Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-1367539
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

10 S. Almaden Blvd., 16th Floor

San Jose, California 95113

(408) 343-7300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Chet Kapoor

Chief Executive Officer

Apigee Corporation

10 S. Almaden Blvd., 16th Floor

San Jose, California 95113

(408) 343-7300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

David J. Segre

Mark B. Baudler

Andrew D. Hoffman

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Stacey Giamalis

Apigee Corporation

10 S. Almaden Blvd., 16th Floor

San Jose, California 95113

(408) 343-7300

 

Andrew S. Williamson

Charles S. Kim

David Peinsipp

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨  
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨  

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $10,023

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Issued                 , 2015

 

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Apigee Corporation is offering             shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “APIC.”

 

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. Investing in our common stock includes risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

 

 

 

PRICE $         A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

    

Underwriting

Discounts and

Commissions(1)

    

Proceeds to

Apigee

Per Share

     $                  $                  $            

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

(1)   See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities regulators have approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2015.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   J.P. MORGAN   CREDIT SUISSE
PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES   JMP SECURITIES   NOMURA

 

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Making every business a digital business

apigee


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Apigee Intelligent API Platform Powers the Digital Value Chain Enabling companies to accelerate the pace at which they share, innovate and adapt. INTELLIGENT API PLATFORM APP API API TEAM USER DEVELOPER BACKEND API TEAM Apigee helps the API team create, secure, launch, analyze, even monetize their API-driven digital initiatives. DEVELOPER Using Apigee, enterprises create experiences that enable developers to explore and build apps using the enterprise’s APIs, resulting in faster innovation and time to market. USER Apigee enables digital businesses to build and operate the systems at the speed necessary to engage and transact with customers on a myriad devices 24/7. BACKEND Apigee’s Intelligent API Platform enables organizations to easily and securely expose services and data, unlocking the value from their back-end systems. API Using Apigee, companies quickly and securely publish intuitive APIs to share data and services, and onboard developers and partners with self-service provisioning. APP Modern mobile apps, smart devices, connected experiences and digital ecosystems are connected to the data and services that power them via APIs.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     45   

Market and Industry Data

     46   

Use of Proceeds

     47   

Dividend Policy

     47   

Capitalization

     48   

Dilution

     50   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     53   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     56   

Business

     87   

Management

     110   

Executive Compensation

     118   
     Page  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     129   

Principal Stockholders

     133   

Description of Capital Stock

     136   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     141   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     143   

Underwriting

     147   

Legal Matters

     154   

Experts

     154   

Additional Information

     154   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

Index to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

     P-1   
 

 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Apigee,” “Apigee Corporation,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Apigee Corporation and its subsidiaries. Our fiscal year end is July 31, and our fiscal quarters end on October 31, January 31, April 30, and July 31. Our fiscal years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and our fiscal year ending July 31, 2015 are referred to herein as fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

 

Overview

 

At Apigee, our mission is to make every business a digital business.

 

Unprecedented growth in mobile technologies, big data, cloud services and the connected devices that comprise the Internet of Things, or IoT, has disrupted or transformed the dynamics of business, changed consumer behavior and eroded the divide between the physical and digital worlds. To fully embrace the digital world, businesses must provide seamless customer experiences across a myriad of devices and channels, respond quickly to fast-changing customer expectations and market conditions, drive revenue through new business models and create or participate in digital ecosystems. A digital business creates value by unlocking its data and services to better serve customers in a real-time, anywhere-anytime fashion and uses data to continually improve the customer experience and drive additional revenue.

 

We believe that application programming interfaces, or APIs, are a critical enabling technology for the shifts in mobile, cloud computing, big data and the IoT and that APIs are a foundational technology on which digital business operates. We believe that a new and expansive market opportunity exists to help enterprises adopt digital strategies and navigate the digitally driven economy.

 

We provide an innovative software platform that allows businesses to design, deploy, and scale APIs as a connection layer between their core IT systems and data and the applications with which their customers, partners, employees and other users engage with their business. The foundations of our platform are Apigee Edge, a robust API-management solution, and Apigee Insights, our predictive analytics software solution. Our platform enables a comprehensive view of the enterprise data the user is consuming and generating, and data about the context in which the customer is using the digital product or service, or contextual data. In addition, our platform provides tools for businesses to drive usage and adoption of APIs by their business partners and developers. Using our platform, businesses in any industry can easily and securely connect their core services and data to developers to enable them to develop applications and experiences for customers, partners, employees and other users. Using our platform, businesses can forge new partnerships, build partner ecosystems, and participate fully in emerging digital business networks.

 

Today, it is difficult for many businesses to fully participate and innovate in the digital world because traditional enterprise software is not designed to interact with and connect to the rapidly evolving digital economy. The IT architectures deployed at most businesses are based on thousands of application servers communicating with databases, other applications and numerous middleware layers, each using thousands of custom integrations and connectors. These legacy architectures generally cannot publish APIs in a way that can be used by application developers. Furthermore, they are not equipped to consume or leverage the data that flow

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

from digital interactions or the contextual data that exist in digital networks. A business with a legacy architecture will not have access to the data necessary to drive better business decisions nor to respond to customers in relevant and responsive ways.

 

We believe that in order to build, manage and extract valuable insights from APIs and data that are needed for digital business, nearly all businesses will require a new layer within their core application software stack. To enable this new layer, we provide a single secure platform for APIs and predictive analytics, which can be deployed either in the cloud or on premises. By using our platform, an organization can securely share its data and services, enabling users to easily engage and transact with the business. Because we provide API publishing, operations, and data visibility in our integrated solution, our platform enables more informed predictive analytics to help the business anticipate and adapt to customer behavior.

 

We have achieved significant scale, with a customer base that has grown over 35% from the end of fiscal 2012 to the end of fiscal 2014. Our customers include many leading businesses: 20 of the Fortune 100, five of the top 10 Global 2000 retail brands and six of the top 10 global telecommunications companies as of January 31, 2015. Our platform has been sold to customers in over 30 countries around the world.

 

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. Our total revenue was $27.6 million, $43.2 million and $52.7 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and $23.4 million and $32.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our gross billings were $36.7 million, $43.1 million and $63.8 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, representing growth rates of 18% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 and 48% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. Our gross billings were $23.7 million and $37.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing a growth rate of 59%. We define gross billings as our total revenue plus the change in our deferred revenue in a period. For fiscal 2014, 33% of our revenue was derived from customers located outside the United States, up from 16% in fiscal 2013. For the six months ended January 31, 2015, we derived 38% of our revenue from customers located outside of the United States, up from 33% in the six months ended January 31, 2014. We incurred net losses of $8.3 million, $25.9 million and $60.8 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and $32.2 million and $26.8 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for information regarding the limitations of using gross billings as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of gross billings to total revenue, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

 

Our Industry

 

Behind every mobile app, smart device and connected experience sits at least one API. An API is a set of programming instructions and standards that enables software applications to interact with other IT resources. APIs connect an enterprise’s services, content and data to developers and partners in an easy and secure way, making it possible for developers to create powerful new applications and experiences. As an example, when someone uses Yelp to look for the closest Italian restaurant, APIs make it work. An API is the code that allows an application such as Yelp to interact with the maps data and show the restaurant on a map. Although the foregoing example does not involve our platform (in this case the Google Maps API is involved), we believe that this example is a good illustration of the integral and ubiquitous nature of APIs generally.

 

Without APIs, a digital business would not be able to as effectively enhance existing assets and unlock the value of data. We believe that analyzing customer behavior to predict future actions is crucial for fostering business innovation in customer engagement and operational processes. By using predictive analytics, digital businesses have a unique opportunity to turn the significant volume of structured and unstructured data in their digital ecosystems

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

into actionable business insights. Every event is rich with contextual information such as user demographics, time, location and activities such as purchases. Using real-time, API-driven insights into individual user behavior and aggregate user activity, businesses can predict user actions and respond in a relevant way.

 

The traditional approaches to integration, application architecture, data management and security make it difficult for a business to connect its customers, partners, employees and other users to its operations. As a result, businesses are not able to fully leverage the data streams generated by the user applications and experiences that characterize digital business. Fundamentally, these traditional approaches do not meet the technical demands of the modern digital experience—the new “systems of engagement,” that are used by customers, partners, employees and other users to engage with businesses across multiple channels and locations. These systems of engagement represent a new layer in the enterprise IT architecture on top of its systems of record—the enterprise resource planning systems companies rely on to run their business, such as databases, financial, manufacturing, customer relationship management and human resources software.

 

We believe that the key IT requirements to support digital business capabilities are as follows:

 

  •  

Speed: Legacy IT Integration Cannot Keep Up with Pace of Change. Traditional IT approaches to middleware demanded centralized planning and governance. Historically business decisions about the connectivity of systems required a lengthy planning process and the participation of specialists who were often removed from the business needs driving the projects. Today, modern adaptive IT processes are renouncing centralized planning and governance practices and embracing agile methodologies that allow the organization to more rapidly scale to meet the diverse and evolving demands of the digital business.

 

  •  

Hyper-connectivity: Legacy IT Cannot Meet the Demands of a Mobile World. Legacy middleware systems were primarily designed for server-to-server communication and not for enabling the modern, user-facing digital experiences that businesses need to deliver across a variety of mobile and connected devices. Most middleware technologies were built around the expectation of reliable and high-bandwidth communications over networks within a company’s data centers. However, the bandwidth constraints of mobile technologies place new constraints on the volume of data and latency between servers and applications.

 

  •  

Data: Narrow View of Data Does Not Adequately Support Business Insights. In a digital business, analytics is not about delivering reports on last month’s activity. Rather, it is about generating responsive actions based on predictive insights into individual and aggregate user behavior and activity. Most legacy architectures are unprepared for the enormous amount of contextual data that is generated through new digital channels.

 

  •  

Security: Perimeter Models of Security Provide Only Limited Protection. Traditional information security architectures have presupposed that the applications and users exist within the firewalled perimeters of the enterprise network. Software that assumes and even requires a “perimeter” where the software can be installed, or that requires a company “agent” to be installed on all mobile devices is ineffective for digital businesses that must support a myriad of new applications and devices, as well as external developers and partners.

 

Our Solution

 

Our platform enables digital business by providing the following features:

 

  •  

Purpose-built for People and Technology Across the Digital Value Chain. Our management tools, business and operational analytics, policy-based approach and advanced programmability provide a simple yet powerful platform that serves the entire digital value chain between the end user and the business’ backend systems. This digital value chain includes the applications, the developers who build them and the APIs that they use, all of which need to work together seamlessly, and each of which has requirements that can only be

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
 

addressed by an integrated platform. Pre-built and configurable policies enable organizations to control traffic on their APIs, enhance performance, enforce security, simplify customer self-service and reduce time-to-value—all without coding or changing the backend systems of record.

 

  •  

Enterprise-grade Software Enables Web Scale, Reliability and Security. Our platform is web scale and flexible and is offered as a cloud service or as an on-premises deployment. Our cloud service provides up to 99.99% availability and uptime, and a multi-region API delivery network enabling low latency worldwide. We enable organizations to control access to APIs and services and protect customers and the business from threats, backend system overload, service issues and sensitive data exposure.

 

  •  

Built-in Developer Services to Foster Adoption and Enhance the Business Value of APIs. Our platform enables a business to provide a developer community experience that accelerates API adoption, simplifies learning, enables monetization and increases the business value of APIs. Using our platform, businesses can rapidly onboard developers and facilitate their secure interaction with their business data and systems. Our customizable developer portal helps businesses foster innovation among internal and external developers and partners by making it easy for developers to interact with the enterprise and with each other.

 

  •  

Analytics for End-to-end Business Visibility. Our platform provides end-to-end visibility across the entire digital value chain with unified operational and business metrics and application monitoring. Operational metrics and application monitoring enable monitoring of the health and performance of APIs, applications and digital ecosystems. Business metrics enable businesses to track product, service, and customer usage and trends, respond quickly to customer and market changes, and make data-driven decisions.

 

  •  

Predictive Analytics to Derive Actionable Insights at the Point of Engagement. With APIs positioned at the center of the application data stream, our platform enables businesses to gain actionable insights from the flow of data and effect a change of behavior that improves the customer experience. Our platform turns the intelligence derived from the enormous amount of data generated by increasingly connected customers into action, enabling the enterprise to deliver the right experience, at the right time, on the right device.

 

  •  

Support for New Forms of Interaction and Connectivity, Such as the Internet of Things. Our platform powers the APIs, and captures and derives insights from the data generated by the applications and experiences through which customers, partners and employees engage with a business. We believe that our platform is positioned to power complex, distributed systems such as the IoT, including wearable technology, intelligent cars, smart energy grids, and other forms of emerging connected interaction.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Our goal is to be the provider of the leading software platform that enables digital business acceleration for enterprises worldwide. The key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  •  

Continue to Lead the Transformation to Digital Business Across Industries. We believe that the transformation of businesses in nearly every industry to digital business, enabled by APIs and big data analytics, is an emerging trend, and that we have a leadership position in this new market. We intend to extend our leadership position by continuing to innovate, bringing new technologies to market, and honing best practices and thought leadership by working closely with our global customer base.

 

  •  

Expand our Platform and Continue Building Our Technology Leadership. We intend to continue building innovative software products that extend the value of our existing solutions and further help enterprises realize digital business success, through new growth and operational efficiencies. For example, we continue to invest in Apigee Insights, a self-service predictive analytics solution that helps enterprises build customer journey models and adaptive applications. In addition to continued investments in product development, we may also pursue acquisitions of technology that complement our platform.

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
  •  

Expand Sales to New Customers and Within Our Existing Customer Base. We intend to increase deployment of our solutions to new customers and within existing customers by targeting additional use cases and more functional areas and business units within the customer organization, and by meeting increasing capacity requirements.

 

  •  

Expand Partnerships to Acquire and Service New Customers. In August 2013, we formed a global alliance with Accenture to deliver enterprise API solutions and, in July 2014, we announced a reseller agreement with SAP. We intend to continue building partnerships with global systems integrators as well as OEMs to enable us to efficiently expand our sales capacity and to provide professional services related to our software platform that also afford us strategic insights into customer deployments.

 

  •  

Continue to Aggressively Grow our Business Internationally. We believe that there is a substantial opportunity to grow our international business. We plan to continue to aggressively market to customers located outside of the United States by building partnerships and by expanding our direct and indirect sales channels outside the United States and EMEA. For fiscal 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, respectively, we derived approximately 33% and 38% of our revenue from customers located outside the United States.

 

Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  •  

we have a history of losses, and we expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future;

 

  •  

the market for our platform is new and unproven and may not grow or may decrease;

 

  •  

we have a short operating history for our recently released solutions, including the current version of our cloud-based solution and the current version of our predictive analytics solution, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful;

 

  •  

because we currently derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from our Apigee Edge solution, failure of this solution to satisfy customer demands or achieve increased market acceptance would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects;

 

  •  

if we are not able to introduce new products successfully and to make enhancements to existing products, our growth rates would likely decline and our business, results of operations and competitive position could suffer;

 

  •  

we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors;

 

  •  

our future quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely affect our share price;

 

  •  

we expect our revenue mix to vary over time, which can affect our gross margin and operating results; and

 

  •  

our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders that beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control. Such stockholders will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock after the offering collectively, based on the beneficial ownership of our stock as of February 15, 2015, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the sale of common stock in this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware as Nexgen Machines, Inc. on June 3, 2004, changed our name to Sonoa Systems, Inc. on November 15, 2004 and changed our name to Apigee Corporation on September 21, 2010. Our principal executive offices are located at 10 South Almaden Blvd., 16th Floor, San Jose, California 95113. Our telephone number at that location is (408) 343-7300. Our website address is www.apigee.com. Information on our website is not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.

 

The Apigee design logo and the mark “Apigee” are the property of Apigee Corporation. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

 

  •  

the requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

  •  

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  •  

an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

  •  

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

  •  

exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (2) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1.0 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (4) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

 

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are choosing to irrevocably “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, but we intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

               shares

Over-allotment option being offered by us

               shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

               shares (            shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for our employees and stockholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visibility in the marketplace.

 

We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, solution and platform development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Directed share program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to certain individuals associated with us and members of their families. None of our directors, executive officers or employees will participate in the directed share program. The sales will be made by Morgan Stanley, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these individuals will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares that are available to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ trading symbol

   “APIC”

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 181,441,420 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of such date into an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as the performance-based vesting condition of certain restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of January 31, 2015 that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which we expect to record upon completion of this offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation,” and excludes:

 

  •  

32,451,089 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, including a non-plan option, outstanding as of January 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.58 per share;

 

  •  

65,890 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015;

 

  •  

526,562 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of January 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.31 per share (not including warrants to purchase 79,687 shares of common stock, which may become issuable in the future pursuant to our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank);

 

  •  

2,235,224 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after January 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $2.31 per share;

 

  •  

100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after January 31, 2015; and

 

  •  

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (1) 35,697,026 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, (2)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, (3)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, and (4)             shares of common stock that become available under our 2015 Plan and ESPP, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  •  

the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  •  

the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of January 31, 2015 into an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  •  

the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015 that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation;”

 

  •  

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after January 31, 2015;

 

  •  

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; and

 

  •  

a one-for-         reverse split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

 

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial and other data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2014, have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2015, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
         2012             2013             2014             2014             2015      
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

          

License

   $ 9,452      $ 13,917      $ 11,411      $ 3,566      $ 9,522   

Subscription and support

     7,308        15,243        20,237        9,651        14,164   

Professional services and other

     10,847        13,992        21,054        10,200        8,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     27,607        43,152        52,702        23,417        32,615   

Cost of revenue

          

License

     157        108        366        88        257   

Subscription and support(1)

     3,484        9,286        11,911        7,425        5,367   

Professional services and other(1)

     8,352        12,435        15,431        7,847        7,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     11,993        21,829        27,708        15,360        12,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,614        21,323        24,994        8,057        19,947   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development(1)

     10,922        16,848        22,273        9,152        14,385   

Sales and marketing(1)

     9,801        23,812        47,029        22,456        25,174   

General and administrative(1)

     4,033        5,885        14,415        6,767        6,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,756        46,545        83,717        38,375        46,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,142 )      (25,222 )      (58,723 )      (30,318 )      (26,316 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     1,228        (376 )      (1,678 )      (1,757 )      (290 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (7,914 )      (25,598 )      (60,401 )      (32,075 )      (26,606 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     367        273        392        137        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (8,281 )    $ (25,871 )    $ (60,793 )    $ (32,212 )    $ (26,809 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share(2):

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.56 )    $ (1.39 )    $ (2.34 )    $ (1.33 )    $ (0.88 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per share(1):

          

Basic and diluted

     14,862        18,576        25,938        24,165        30,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(2):

          

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.39 )      $ (0.15 ) 
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(2):

          

Basic and diluted

         157,297          180,004   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
         2012              2013              2014              2014              2015      
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $ 2       $ 21       $ 24       $ 12       $ 13   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

     30         65         133         47         91   

Research and development

     74         114         490         135         453   

Sales and marketing

     55         138         1,090         146         319   

General and administrative

     20         70         989         430         571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $    181       $    408       $ 2,726       $    770       $ 1,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (2)   See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of our basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share calculations.

 

Our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015, is presented on:

 

  •  

an actual basis;

 

  •  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 149,907,620 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering), as if such conversion had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on January 31, 2015, as well as the stock-based compensation expense associated with the performance-based vesting of certain RSUs, which we expect to record upon completion of our initial public offering, as described in footnote (1) below; and

 

  •  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments noted above and the sale of              shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     January 31, 2015  
     Actual      Pro  Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted(2)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,133       $ 29,133       $                

Working capital

     12,045         12,045      

Total assets

     75,901         75,901      

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     33,193         33,193      

Term debt, current and long-term

     4,899         4,899      

Additional paid-in capital

     197,100         197,123      

Total stockholders’ equity

     24,593         24,593      

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Includes the stock-based compensation expense associated with RSUs that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock-based Compensation.”
  (2)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics

 

We monitor the following key non-GAAP financial metrics:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Gross billings

   $ 36,701      $ 43,136      $ 63,768      $ 23,684      $ 37,618   

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 15,646      $ 21,409      $ 25,763      $ 8,233      $ 20,505   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     56.7 %      49.6 %      48.9 %      35.2 %      62.9 % 

Non-GAAP operating loss

   $ (8,912 )    $ (24,638 )    $ (55,117 )    $ (29,326 )    $ (24,269 ) 

 

Gross Billings. We define gross billings as our total revenue plus the change in our deferred revenue in a period. Gross billings in any period consists of sales to new customers plus renewals and additional sales to existing customers. Our management uses gross billings as a performance measurement because we generally bill our customers at the time of sale of our solutions and recognize revenue either upon delivery or ratably over subsequent periods, and a portion of our revenue may be recognized over a period of more than 12 months. We believe that gross billings provides valuable insight into the sales of our solutions and the performance of our business. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for information regarding the limitations of using gross billings as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of gross billings to total revenue, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Gross Margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as our total revenue less our total cost of revenue, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense associated with equity awards granted to professional services and maintenance personnel, and amortization of acquired intangible assets. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit as a percentage of our total revenue. Non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin are key measures used by our management to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends. In particular, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin exclude certain non-cash expenses and can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our business. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-GAAP Operating Loss. We define non-GAAP operating loss as our operating loss excluding stock-based compensation and amortization of acquired intangibles assets. Our management uses non-GAAP operating loss to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends. In particular, non-GAAP operating loss excludes certain non-cash expenses and can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our business. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP operating loss as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating loss to operating loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

-12-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We have a history of losses, and we expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

 

We have incurred significant net losses in each year since our inception, including net losses of $8.3 million, $25.9 million and $60.8 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $32.2 million and $26.8 million for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $145.9 million at July 31, 2014 and $172.7 million at January 31, 2015, and we expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. Because the market for our software is rapidly evolving and has not yet reached widespread adoption, it is difficult for us to predict our future operating results. We expect our operating expenses to significantly increase over the next several years as we hire additional personnel, particularly in sales and marketing, expand and improve the effectiveness of our distribution channels, expand our operations and infrastructure, both domestically and internationally, and continue to develop our platform. In addition, as we grow and as we become a newly public company, we will incur additional significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our revenue does not increase to offset these increases in our operating expenses, we will not be profitable in future periods. While historically, our total revenue has grown, not all components of our total revenue have grown consistently. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth could slow or our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including slowing demand for our software, increasing competition, any failure to gain or retain channel partners, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, or our failure, for any reason, to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. As a result, our past financial performance should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Any failure by us to sustain or increase profitability on a consistent basis could cause the value of our common stock to materially decline.

 

The market for our platform is new and unproven and may not grow or may decrease.

 

We were founded in 2004 and since our inception have been creating products for the developing and rapidly evolving market for API-based software platforms, a market that is largely unproven and is subject to a number of inherent risks and uncertainties. We believe that our future success will depend in large part on the growth, if any, in the market for software platforms that provide features and functionality to create and implement APIs to enable applications that interact with an enterprise’s backend databases and services, and provide visibility across the entire digital value chain from end-user interactions to backend systems to allow an enterprise to optimize operations and make data-driven business decisions. The utilization of API software and predictive analytics is still relatively new, and enterprises may not recognize the need for APIs and predictive analytics or, if they do, they may decide that they do not need a solution that offers the range of functionalities that we offer, or may decide to build such capabilities in-house. In order to grow our business and extend our market position, we intend to expand the functionality of our product and bring new technologies to market to increase market acceptance and use of our platform. It is difficult to predict customer adoption and renewal rates, customer demand for our solutions, the size and growth rate of the overall market that our platform addresses, the entry of competitive products or the success of existing competitive products. Any expansion of the market our platform addresses depends upon a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with such solutions. If the market our platform addresses does not achieve significant additional growth or there is a reduction in demand for such solutions caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening

 

-13-


Table of Contents

economic conditions, or otherwise, it could result in reduced revenue and customer orders, early terminations, and reduced renewal rates, any of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

We have a short operating history for our recently released solutions, including the current version of our cloud-based solution and the current version of our predictive analytics solution, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

 

We have a short operating history in selling our recently released solutions, including the current version of our cloud-based solution that we began offering at the end of 2012 and the current version of our predictive analytics solution, Apigee Insights, that we began offering in 2014, which limits our ability to forecast our future operating results and plan for and model future growth. We also have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in developing industries. If our assumptions regarding these uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or if we do not address these risks successfully, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

 

Additionally, we have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our solutions. If the market for our solutions begins to mature or as new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with our solutions, we may be unable to attract new customers based on the pricing model we have used historically. Moreover, large customers, which are the focus of our sales efforts, may demand greater price concessions. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, and other results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Moreover, although we have experienced strong growth historically, we may not continue to grow in the future. Any success that we may experience in the future will depend in large part on our ability to, among other things:

 

  •  

maintain and expand our customer base and the ways in which our customers use our platform;

 

  •  

increase revenue from existing customers through increased or broader use of our platform within their organizations;

 

  •  

improve the performance and capabilities of our software through research and development;

 

  •  

successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

  •  

successfully compete with other companies, open source initiatives and custom development efforts that are currently in, or may in the future enter, the markets for our software;

 

  •  

continue to invest in our platform to foster an ecosystem of developers and users to expand the use cases of our software;

 

  •  

continue to develop Apigee Edge, Apigee Insights and Apigee Developer;

 

  •  

generate leads and convert users of the trial version of our software to paying customers;

 

  •  

prevent users from circumventing the terms of their software licenses;

 

  •  

continue to enhance our website infrastructure to minimize interruptions or slower than expected download times when accessing our software from our website;

 

  •  

process, store and use our customers’ data in compliance with applicable governmental regulations and other legal obligations related to data privacy and security; and

 

  •  

hire, integrate and retain qualified talent.

 

If we fail to address these risks and challenges and those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business will be adversely affected and our operating results will suffer.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

Because we currently derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from our Apigee Edge solution, failure of this solution to satisfy customer demands or to achieve increased market acceptance would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

We derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from our Apigee Edge solution. As such, the market acceptance of Apigee Edge is critical to our continued success. Demand for Apigee Edge is affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including continued market acceptance of our solutions by referenceable accounts for existing and new use cases, the timing of development and release of new products by our competitors and additional capabilities and functionality by us, technological change, and growth or contraction of the market in which we compete. In addition, similar to the situation encountered by traditional APIs, we cannot assure you that our Apigee Edge solution and future enhancements to our platform and solutions will be able to address future advances in technology or requirements of digital businesses. Moreover, our platform may not be able to scale and perform to meet increased requirements, including any associated with the proliferation of mobile apps and devices. We also lacked a clear migration path to transition existing customers under prior versions of our Apigee Edge solution (versions prior to August 2012), which has limited our ability to sell add-on purchases to these existing customers. We have experienced, and may continue to experience, decline in add-on purchases from customers using prior versions of our Apigee Edge solution. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of our software, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

 

If we are not able to introduce new products successfully and to make enhancements to existing products, our growth rates would likely decline and our business, results of operations and competitive position could suffer.

 

We invest substantial resources in researching and developing new products and enhancing existing products by incorporating additional features, improving functionality and adding other improvements to meet our customers’ evolving demands in our highly competitive industry. In order to be competitive, our platform must address an ever-increasing array of mobile apps, networked devices and back end databases, applications and systems, as well as keep pace with technological innovations in our industry and with our customers’ business requirements. For example, we are focused on enhancing the features and functionality of our platform to enhance its adaptability for the Internet of Things, or IoT. Since developing our platform is complex, the timetable for the release of enhancements is difficult to predict and we may not offer updates as rapidly as our customers require or expect. The success of enhancements to our platform and their market acceptance may depend upon the timing of introduction of these enhancements, and any failure in this regard may significantly impair our revenue growth. We also have invested, and expect in the future to continue to invest, in the acquisition of complementary products or services that expand the solutions that we can offer our customers and help us enter into new markets. We often make these investments without being certain that they will result in products or enhancements that our target markets will accept or that they will expand our share of those markets. The sizes of the markets currently addressed by our products are not certain, and our ability to grow our business in the future may depend upon our ability to introduce new solutions or enhance and improve our existing products for those markets or entry into new markets. Our growth would likely be adversely affected and we would not be able to extend our leadership position if we fail to introduce these new solutions or enhancements, fail to manage successfully the transition to new solutions from the products they are replacing or do not invest our development efforts in appropriate products or enhancements for significant new markets, or if these new products or enhancements do not attain market acceptance.

 

Our new solutions or enhancements could fail to attain market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

  •  

downtime or other lack of availability or performance of our cloud–based solution;

 

  •  

defects, errors or failures in our platform;

 

  •  

the inability of our platform to interoperate effectively with products from other vendors or to operate successfully when deployed within the networks of our customers;

 

-15-


Table of Contents
  •  

negative publicity about the performance or effectiveness of our new solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions;

 

  •  

the timeliness of the introduction and delivery of our solutions or enhancements;

 

  •  

our failure or inability to predict changes in our industry or customers’ requirements;

 

  •  

reluctance of customers to purchase products that include cloud-based solutions or incorporate elements of open source software;

 

  •  

failure of our channel partners to market, support or distribute our solutions; and

 

  •  

changes in government or industry standards and criteria.

 

If we do not respond to the rapidly changing needs of our customers by timely developing and introducing new and effective solution features, upgrades and services that can respond adequately to their needs, our competitive position, business and growth prospects will be harmed.

 

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

We compete against in-house or custom IT development efforts, a variety of large software vendors and smaller specialized companies and open source initiatives, all of which vary in the breadth and scope of the products and services offered. The principal competitive factors in our markets include domain expertise in API business practices and technologies, size of customer base and level of user and developer adoption, established status as a strategic IT platform, brand awareness and reputation, total cost of ownership, ease of deployment and use of our solution by paying customers and developers, breadth and depth of offering, performance, availability and support for our solution, capability for configurability, integration, security, scalability and reliability of applications, and the ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly. Beyond in-house or custom IT development efforts, our competitors include, among others, International Business Machines Corporation and Oracle Corporation, both of which can bundle competing products and services with other software offerings, or offer them at a low price as part of a larger sale. Some of our actual and potential competitors have certain additional advantages over us, such as:

 

  •  

significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, research and development or other resources;

 

  •  

stronger brand and business user recognition;

 

  •  

larger installed customer bases;

 

  •  

larger intellectual property portfolios; and

 

  •  

broader global distribution and presence.

 

Our industry is evolving rapidly and is becoming increasingly competitive, and we expect further increased competition if our market continues to expand. Larger and more established companies may focus on API management and API-based platforms and could directly compete with us. Smaller companies could also launch new products and services that we do not offer and that could gain market acceptance quickly. Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements, open source initiatives or other factors.

 

In recent years, there have been significant acquisitions and consolidation by and among our competitors. Consolidation in our industry may allow our competitors to take advantage of the greater resources of the larger organization or may increase the likelihood of our competitors offering bundled or integrated products with which we cannot effectively compete. As a result of these acquisitions, competitors might take advantage of the greater resources of the larger organization to compete more vigorously or broadly with us. If we are unable to differentiate our product from the integrated or bundled products of our competitors, such as by offering enhanced functionality or performance, we may see decreased demand for those solutions, which would

 

-16-


Table of Contents

adversely affect our business, operations, financial results and growth prospects. Further, it is possible that continued industry consolidation may impact customers’ perceptions of the viability of smaller or even medium-sized software firms and consequently their willingness to use software solutions from such firms. Similarly, if customers seek to concentrate their software license purchases in the product portfolios of a few large providers, we may be at a competitive disadvantage regardless of the performance and features of our software. We believe that to remain competitive at the large enterprise level, we may need to develop and expand relationships with resellers and large system integrators that provide a broad range of products and services. If we are unable to compete effectively, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our future quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely affect our share price.

 

Our results of operations, including the levels of our revenue, cost of revenue, gross margin, operating expenses, cash flow and deferred revenue, have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and may continue to vary significantly in the future so that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our financial results in any one quarter should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, may be difficult to predict, and may or may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Because the timing and amount of our revenue is difficult to forecast and because our operating costs and expenses are relatively fixed in the short term, if our revenue does not meet our expectations, we are unlikely to be able to adjust our spending to levels commensurate with our revenue. As a result, the effect of revenue shortfalls on our results of operations may be more accentuated, and these and other fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results are those listed below:

 

  •  

our ability to attract and retain new customers;

 

  •  

the addition or loss of large customers;

 

  •  

our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

  •  

our ability to gain new channel partners and retain existing channel partners;

 

  •  

fluctuations in the growth rate of the overall market that our solutions address;

 

  •  

fluctuations in the mix of our revenue;

 

  •  

the unpredictability of the timing of our receipt of orders for perpetual licenses, the revenue for which we typically recognize upfront;

 

  •  

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business and operations, including continued investments in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative resources;

 

  •  

network outages or performance degradation of our cloud service;

 

  •  

information security breaches;

 

  •  

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

  •  

customer renewal rates;

 

  •  

increases or decreases in the number of elements of our services or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

 

  •  

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

  •  

the budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of customers;

 

  •  

decisions by potential customers to purchase alternative solutions from larger, more established vendors, including from their primary software vendors;

 

-17-


Table of Contents
  •  

decisions by potential customers to develop in-house solutions as alternatives to our platform;

 

  •  

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our software and services;

 

  •  

delays in our ability to fulfill our customers’ orders;

 

  •  

seasonal variations in sales of our solutions;

 

  •  

the cost and potential outcomes of future litigation or other disputes;

 

  •  

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

  •  

our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by any reorganization in our corporate tax structure and any new legislation or regulatory developments;

 

  •  

fluctuations in stock-based compensation expense;

 

  •  

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

  •  

the timing and success of new products and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners;

 

  •  

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies; and

 

  •  

other risk factors described in this prospectus.

 

We expect our revenue mix to vary over time, which can affect our gross margin and operating results.

 

We expect our revenue mix to vary over time due to a number of factors, including the mix of perpetual licenses, time-based licenses, subscriptions and professional services. In addition, third-party hosting infrastructure costs associated with customer adoption of our cloud-based solution can vary over time. Our gross margins and operating results can be affected by such changes in revenue mix and costs, together with numerous other factors including:

 

  •  

entry into new markets or growth in lower margin markets;

 

  •  

entry into markets with different pricing and cost structures;

 

  •  

pricing discounts;

 

  •  

increased price competition;

 

  •  

changes in distribution channels; and

 

  •  

how well we execute our strategy and operating plans.

 

Reliance on orders, especially for perpetual licenses, at the end of a fiscal quarter could cause our revenue to vary from period to period or to fall below expected levels for a given period.

 

As a result of customer buying behavior and the efforts of our sales force and channel partners to meet or exceed their sales objectives, we have historically received and generated a substantial portion of bookings and generated a significant portion of our quarterly revenue related to perpetual licenses during the last month of each quarter. The unpredictability of the timing of customer licenses—particularly for perpetual licenses, the revenue for which we typically recognize upfront—and subscriptions could cause our revenue to vary from period to period or to fall below expected levels for a given period, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

Our business and growth depend on our ability to obtain subscription and maintenance renewals from existing customers. Nonrenewals and subscription downgrades could adversely affect our future operating results.

 

We primarily sell our platform on a yearly subscription basis, either deployed in the cloud or on premises. At the end of the term of these subscriptions, customers can renew their existing subscriptions, upgrade their subscriptions, downgrade their subscriptions or not renew. In recent periods, a lesser portion of our total revenue has been derived from annual maintenance and support associated with perpetual licenses. During the six months ended January 31, 2015, our subscription and time-based licenses that were eligible for renewal were renewed at a dollar-based renewal rate of approximately 85%. We calculate dollar-based renewal rate based on the dollar value of renewed contracts divided by the dollar value of expiring contracts at any given period. However, due to limited historical data with respect to rates of subscription renewals by our customers, particularly for our cloud-based solution, we cannot accurately predict customer dollar-based renewal rates. The dollar-based renewal rate for the six months ended January 31, 2015, is not necessarily indicative of our dollar-based renewal rate for the full year or any future period. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customer dissatisfaction with our pricing or our products’ functionality, features or performance, competitors’ product offerings or in-house developed solutions, customers’ ability to continue their operations and spending levels, migration path issues for new versions of products (which we have experienced before) and other factors, a number of which are beyond our control. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of the initial term, and they may elect not to renew their subscriptions or to reduce the product quantity under their subscriptions or maintenance and support contracts, thereby reducing our future revenue. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our products on similar pricing terms, our revenue may decline and our business, results of operations and growth prospects could suffer. In addition, if the average term of our contracts were to decrease, this may afford us less visibility into our future financial performance.

 

We recognize a majority of our revenue over the term of our customer contracts. Consequently, downturns or upturns in new sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

 

We recognize a majority of our revenue ratably over the term, typically one year, of customer subscriptions for our cloud-based solution and on-premises time-based licenses. As a result, a portion of our total revenue in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions and time-based licenses and maintenance and support contracts entered into during prior periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions or time-based licenses in any single quarter may have a small impact on our revenue for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our platform and potential changes in our rate of customer expansion or retention or in our pricing policies will not be fully reflected in our results of operations in a single quarter but only over several quarters. In addition, a significant majority of our operating costs are expensed as incurred, while a majority of our revenue is recognized over the term of our agreements with our customers. As a result, continued growth in the number of our customers may not result in increases in our revenue that offset increases in our operating costs and expenses. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is generally recognized ratably over the applicable term of our agreements.

 

We may require additional capital to support our business, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business and may require additional funds, in particular as we seek to grow our business, including the need to develop new features or enhance our software, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing that we may secure in the future could involve restrictive

 

-19-


Table of Contents

covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth, scale our infrastructure, develop product enhancements and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be adversely affected.

 

To the extent that we are unable to timely recognize revenue from the provision of professional services to our customers or to develop additional channel partner relationships to deliver professional services for our solutions, we will continue to have a substantial portion of our revenue mix derived from our provision of such services which carry lower gross margins than our other revenue sources.

 

We generally offer professional services associated with implementing our solutions, and we recognize revenue from professional services primarily on a time and materials basis as services are delivered. Costs associated with maintaining a professional services department is fixed while professional services revenue is dependent on the amount of work actually billed to customers in a period, the combination of which may result in variability in our gross profit. In addition, the timing of the recognition of professional services revenue is dependent on several factors outside our control. If a customer deploys our solutions and utilizes our services more slowly than we expect, we may not be able to recognize the related revenue as quickly as we anticipated, which may adversely affecting our gross profit and other results of operations. We rely, in part, on our channel partners for professional services associated with implementing our solutions and we plan to continue to expand our channel relationships that provide these professional services to supplement our own resources and, to the extent that we are unable to adequately grow these channel partner relationships, we will continue to have a substantial portion of our revenue mix derived from our provision of such services which carry lower gross margins than our other revenue sources.

 

The seasonality of our business can create significant variance in our quarterly bookings, license revenue and cash flows from operations.

 

We operate on a July 31 fiscal year end and believe that there are significant seasonal factors which may cause us to experience lower levels of revenue in our first fiscal quarter ending October 31 and higher levels of revenue in our second fiscal quarter ending January 31 as compared with other quarters. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including:

 

  •  

slower enterprise buying patterns during the late summer months, both domestically and overseas, including from our telecommunications customers, as well as government customer procurement, budget and deployment cycles, and the timing of our training for our entire sales force, each of which impacts our revenue in our first fiscal quarter; and

 

  •  

larger customers with a December 31 fiscal year end choosing to spend remaining budgets shortly before their year end, which impacts our revenue in our second fiscal quarter.

 

We believe that these seasonal trends have been moderated in recent periods due to our growth, but we anticipate that they may be more pronounced in fiscal 2015 and in future periods.

 

If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

 

We depend on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key personnel, the loss of whom could adversely affect our business. All of our executive officers and key employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time. We do not maintain a key-person life insurance policy on any of our officers or other employees.

 

Our future success also depends in large part on our ability to identify, attract and retain highly skilled technical, managerial, finance and other personnel, particularly in our sales and marketing, research and development, general and administrative, and professional service departments. We face intense competition for qualified individuals from

 

-20-


Table of Contents

numerous software and other technology companies. In addition, competition for qualified personnel, particularly software engineers, is particularly intense in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters are located. We may incur significant costs to attract and retain them, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other technology companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. As we move into new geographies, we will need to attract and recruit skilled personnel in those areas. If we are unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, on a timely basis or at all, our business will be adversely affected.

 

Volatility or lack of appreciation in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain our key employees. Many of our senior management personnel and other key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or, conversely, if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. If we are unable to retain our employees, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses to retain our employees, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows would be adversely affected.

 

If we do not effectively train and expand our sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers and our business will be adversely affected.

 

Currently, we sell our solutions primarily through our direct sales force. Our ability to increase our sales to both new and existing customers is in part dependent on our ability to continue to train and expand our sales force, which from July 31, 2012 to July 31, 2014, grew nearly 300%. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Moreover, newly hired sales personnel require substantial training and typically take a significant amount of time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. In addition, as we continue to grow, a large percentage of our sales force can be expected to be new to the company and our platform. Identifying, recruiting and effectively training sufficient sales personnel to support our growth requires significant time, expenses and management and other resources. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain sales personnel or if our new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve expected sales productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or at all, we may not be able to increase our revenue and grow our business, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

In recent periods, we have been adding personnel and other resources as we focus on growing our business, entering new geographic markets and increasing our market share, and we expect to incur significant additional expenses in further expanding our personnel, particularly in sales and marketing and our international operations in order to grow our business, operations and customer base, and we intend to continue to make significant additional investments in these areas. The number of our full-time employees was 241 as of July 31, 2012, 352 as of July 31, 2013, 437 as of July 31, 2014 and 396 as of February 15, 2015. The return on these investments in terms of increases in revenue, operating margin and number of customers may be lower, or may be realized more slowly, than we expect. If we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from our investments, or if the achievement of these benefits is delayed, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

In addition, our growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. To effectively manage growth, we must continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand and increase market awareness of our company and solutions, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

We believe that maintaining and enhancing the “Apigee” brand identity and increasing market awareness of our company and solutions is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our platform, to our relationships with our customers and channel partners and to our ability to attract new customers and channel partners. The successful promotion of our brand will depend largely upon our marketing efforts, our ability to continue to offer high-quality software, our ability to be thought leaders in API-based software platforms and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from those of our competitors. Our thought leadership and brand promotion activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our products, as well as those of our competitors, and perception of our product in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors’ products and services, our brand may be adversely affected.

 

In addition, the promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new markets and as more sales are generated through our channel partners. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors with stronger brands, and we may lose customers and channel partners, all of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties, which relationships are at an early stage of development.

 

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on relationships with third parties, such as Accenture LLP and SAP AG, to resell and co-sell and provide services related to our platform. Our relationships with these partners are at an early stage of development, we have generated very limited revenue through these relationships to date, and we cannot assure you that these partners will be successful in marketing and selling our platform or solutions based upon our platform. Identifying partners such as these, negotiating and supporting relationships with them and maintaining relationships requires significant commitment of time and resources that may not yield a significant return on our investment in these relationships. Our channel partners are not required to exclusively market or sell our solutions in our target markets and have only limited commitments to dedicate resources to the marketing and promoting our solutions. In addition, our competitors may be more effective in providing incentives to our strategic partners or prospective partners to favor their products or services over our solutions. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with strategic partners, or if these partners are unsuccessful in marketing or selling our solutions, or are unable or unwilling to devote sufficient resources to these activities, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results may suffer.

 

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period.

 

The timing of our sales and related revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our platform. We are often required to spend time and resources to better familiarize potential customers with the value proposition of API software generally. Customers often view the purchase of our products as a significant and strategic decision and, as a result, frequently require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our products prior to making a purchase decision and placing an order. A number of factors influence the length and variability of our sales cycles, including, for example:

 

  •  

the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our platform;

 

  •  

the discretionary nature of potential customers’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

-22-


Table of Contents
  •  

the competitive nature of potential customers’ evaluation and purchasing approval processes; and

 

  •  

the availability of in-house solutions, either currently or through addition internal development, to our potential and current customers.

 

The amount of time that customers devote to their evaluation, contract negotiation and budgeting processes varies significantly. The length of the sales cycle for our platform averages approximately seven months, but specific transactions can be significantly longer. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing and contract negotiation activities, which may not result in a sale. For all of these reasons, it is difficult to predict whether and when a sale will be completed, and when revenue from a sale will be recognized or begin to be recognized. If our sales cycles lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We rely upon Amazon Web Services to operate certain aspects of our service and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted.

 

Amazon Web Services, or AWS, provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We have architected our software and computer systems so as to utilize data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by AWS. Currently, the vast majority of our cloud service infrastructure is run on AWS. Given this, along with the fact that we cannot easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider, any disruption of or interference with our use of AWS would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted.

 

If we fail to adequately maintain cloud-based infrastructure capacity through third parties, our existing customers may experience service outages, and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our platform.

 

Customers of our cloud-based solution need to be able to access our platform 24 hours a day, seven days a week, without interruption or degradation of performance. We outsource all of our data centers to third parties, including AWS. The number of API calls trafficked through our platform is increasing substantially. An API call is a request for data or services from within an application, made through an API, to another application or system. Although we expend considerable effort to ensure that our platform performance is able to handle existing and anticipated traffic levels, we are dependent upon third parties in order to meet these uptime and performance requirements of our customers and we may not be able to maintain the level of uptime and performance required by our customers, especially to cover peak levels or spikes in the number of API calls trafficked through our platform. The provisioning of new cloud hosting capacity and data center infrastructure requires lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements with sufficient lead time, our customers could experience service shortfalls.

 

We do not control the operation of the third-party infrastructure on which our cloud service is deployed and we are therefore vulnerable to any information security breaches, power outages or other issues the data center may experience. We have in the past experienced, and expect that we will in the future experience, interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website or third-party hosting disruptions or capacity constraints due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters or fraud or security attacks. For example, in the fall of 2014, we were unable to process all of the API calls for one of our customers due to initial capacity constraints in connection with a spike in the number of API calls for this customer. As a result, this customer experienced a momentary outage in service and availability, and during a period of less than two hours the performance of our platform was degraded for this customer while we provisioned additional capacity for this customer. We assessed the impact of the outage and determined that it did not have a material impact on our business or operating results. If our security, or that of our third-party infrastructure providers, is compromised, our

 

-23-


Table of Contents

platform is unavailable or our users are unable to deploy our solutions within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business could be negatively affected. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our platform performance, especially during peak usage times and as our software becomes more complex and the number of API calls trafficked through our platform increases. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade third-party infrastructure as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, any changes in service levels from our cloud infrastructure provider may adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ requirements.

 

Any of the above circumstances or events may harm our reputation, cause customers to terminate their agreements with us, impair our ability to obtain subscription and maintenance renewals from existing customers, impair our ability to grow our customer base, subject us to financial penalties and liabilities under our service level agreements, and otherwise harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Breaches of our networks or systems, or those of our third-party cloud infrastructure providers, could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations, delay our ability to recognize revenue, compromise the integrity of our solutions and products, result in significant data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, expose us to liability to third parties and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.

 

We increasingly depend upon our IT systems to conduct virtually all of our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers or other individuals or entities may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our platform, including both customer deployments and our third-party cloud infrastructure, and to cause adverse effects on our business operations, including by misappropriating our proprietary information or that of our customers, employees and business partners or to cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such individuals or entities to access, disrupt or sabotage computing devices, systems and networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques, and we may not become timely aware of such a security breach which could exacerbate any damage we experience. Any data security incidents, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption of us or of third-party infrastructure provider could result in loss of confidential information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties and other liabilities. Additionally, we depend upon our employees and contractors to appropriately handle confidential and sensitive data and to deploy our IT resources in safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches or the loss of data. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity defenses and those of our contractors, including our third-party infrastructure providers, fail to protect against unauthorized access, attacks (which may include sophisticated cyberattacks) and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways, including:

 

  •  

sensitive data regarding our business, including intellectual property and other proprietary data, could be stolen or compromised;

 

  •  

sensitive customer data running through our cloud-based solution or through on-premises customer deployments could be stolen or compromised;

 

  •  

our electronic communications systems, including email and other methods, could be disrupted, and our ability to conduct our business operations could be seriously impeded until such systems can be restored;

 

  •  

our ability to process customer orders, electronically deliver solutions and services and perform our contractual obligations could be degraded, and our distribution channels could be disrupted, resulting in delays in revenue recognition;

 

-24-


Table of Contents
  •  

defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into our software, thereby damaging the reputation and perceived reliability and security of our solutions and potentially making the data systems of our customers vulnerable to further data loss and cyberincidents; and

 

  •  

personally identifiable data of our customers, employees and business partners could be stolen or compromised.

 

If our security measures or those of our third-party infrastructure providers are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to or engages in unauthorized use of customer data, our reputation may be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Also, the regulatory and contractual actions, litigation, investigations, fines, penalties and liabilities relating to any such incidents can be significant in terms of the dedication of management and financial resources, reputational impact and may necessitate changes to our business operations that may be disruptive to us. Additionally, we could incur significant costs, both in terms of monetary expense and in management and technical attention, in order to upgrade our information security systems and methods and remediate damages. Consequently, our financial performance and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

In fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, we derived approximately 16% and 33% of our total revenue from customers located outside the United States. In the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, we derived approximately 33% and 38% of our total revenue from customers located outside the United States, and we are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. Sales to our customers in foreign countries have typically been denominated in U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause our products to become relatively more expensive to end customers in a particular country, leading to a reduction in sales in that country. We are also exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates since the operating expenses we incur for our operations and personnel outside the United States are denominated in local currencies. We have research and development personnel in India and the United Kingdom, engage contractors in various international locations, and have testing and support personnel in the United States, India and the United Kingdom, and we may expand our offshore development efforts. In addition, we have sales and support personnel in numerous countries worldwide and expect to continue to substantially expand our overseas headcount. Our international operations subject us to a variety of additional risks, including:

 

  •  

the difficulty of managing and staffing international offices and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with numerous international locations;

 

  •  

reduced demand for technology products outside the United States;

 

  •  

difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, and longer payment cycles, especially in emerging markets;

 

  •  

demanding data protection standards in certain jurisdictions that can interrupt or delay the transfer and processing of personal data;

 

  •  

tariffs and trade barriers, import requirements, export control and trade sanctions regulations and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets;

 

  •  

heightened exposure to political instability, war and terrorism;

 

  •  

added legal compliance obligations and complexity;

 

  •  

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  •  

multiple conflicting tax laws and regulations;

 

  •  

lack of familiarity and burdens of complying with foreign laws, accounting and legal standards, regulatory requirements, tariffs, and other barriers;

 

-25-


Table of Contents
  •  

compliance with laws and regulations applicable to domestic and international operations, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or FCPA, the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, or Bribery Act, privacy and data protection laws and regulations, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our software in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

  •  

heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of financial statements and irregularities in financial statements;

 

  •  

difficulties in adapting to differing technology standards;

 

  •  

the need to localize our products for international end customers and our lack of experience in connection with the localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and regulatory requirements; and

 

  •  

complexities and increased costs in retaining and terminating employees in some countries.

 

As noted above, we are subject to the FCPA and the Bribery Act in certain cases. We are also subject to the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations in countries in which we conduct activities. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could cause delays in revenue recognition and financial reporting misstatements, and subject us to other serious adverse consequences discussed below. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws such as the FCPA and Bribery Act generally prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from making corrupt payments to government officials or private parties for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, permits or other regulatory approvals, securing an advantage, or directing business to another. These laws also require companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. We plan to increase our international sales and business and engage with an increasing number of business partners and other third-party intermediaries to conduct our business and sell our products and services abroad. We, our business partners, or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. Under the FCPA, the company may be held liable for the corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. Similarly, under the Bribery Act, we may be held strictly liable for the corrupt acts of any person associated with us. As such, if we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA, the Bribery Act or similar legislation, we could be subject to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, significant criminal fines, civil penalties, tax penalties, disgorgement, and other remedial measures, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain governments or other persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, civil litigation, and other collateral consequences. In addition, responding to any allegation or action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and investigation, compliance, and defense costs and other professional fees, and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations. We also face the risk of multijurisdictional liability for the same act. This is due to the fact that many countries have broad laws and regulations in place which overlap with the laws and regulations of other countries.

 

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and manage effectively these and other risks associated with our international operations. In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in government requirements as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could have adverse effects on our business. Although we will implement policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, we cannot assure you that all of our employees, contractors, channel partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

Our ability to sell our products is highly dependent on the quality of our software, support and services offerings, and our failure to offer high-quality software, support and services could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Once our platform is deployed for our customers, those customers depend on our support organization and those of our channel partners to resolve any issues relating to our platform. Customers using our cloud-based solution are similarly dependent upon our ability to resolve these platform issues. Because our software is complex, undetected errors, failures or bugs may occur. Our platform may be installed and used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of our software or other aspects of the computing environment into which it is deployed. Despite testing by us, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in enhancements to our platform until they are used by our customers. In the past, we have discovered software errors, failures and bugs in our platform. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our software could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our software, loss of competitive position, claims by customers for losses sustained by them or, in the case of our cloud-based solution, failure to meet the stated service level commitments in our customer agreements. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend significant additional resources in order to help correct the problem.

 

High-quality software, support and services are critical for the successful marketing and sale of our products. If we or our channel partners do not devote sufficient resources or are otherwise unsuccessful in assisting our customers in deploying our products effectively, succeed in helping our customers resolve post-deployment issues quickly, or provide ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our products to existing end customers and could harm our reputation with potential customers. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. Our failure or the failure of our channel partners to maintain high-quality software, support and services could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Incorrect implementation or use of our software could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, operations, financial results and growth prospects.

 

Our platform is designed to be operated in a “self-service” manner by our customers who subscribe to our cloud-based solution. In addition, our platform may be deployed in large scale, complex technology environments of our customers. Our customers and channel partners require training and experience in the proper use of and the variety of benefits that can be derived from our platform to maximize its potential. If our software is not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance or security vulnerabilities may result. Because our customers rely on our software to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect implementation or use of our software, our failure to train customers on how to productively use our software may result in customer dissatisfaction, negative publicity and adversely affect our reputation and brand. Failure by us to provide these training and implementation services to our customers would result in lost opportunities for follow-on sales to these customers and adoption of our platform by new customers, and adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

 

In cases where our platform has been deployed on premises within a customer’s environment, if we or our customers are unable to configure or implement our software properly, or unable to do so in a timely manner, customer perceptions of our platform may be impaired, our reputation and brand may suffer, and customers may choose not to increase their use of our software or to discontinue its use. In addition, our on-premises solution imposes server load and data storage requirements for implementation. If our customers do not have the server load capacity or the storage capacity required, they may not be able to effectively implement and use our software and, therefore, may not choose to increase their use of our software or to discontinue its use.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

We typically provide service level commitments of up to 99.99% under our customer contracts. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Subscriptions for our cloud-based solution typically provide our customers with service level commitments on a monthly basis. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments to our customers or suffer extended periods of unavailability of our cloud-based solution, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with service credits, refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services, and could face contract terminations. As a result, our revenue, other operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the service level commitments under our agreements with our customers, and any extended service outages could adversely affect our business and reputation.

 

Our reliance on Software-as-a-Service technologies from third parties may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We rely heavily on hosted Software-as-a-Service, technologies from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including enterprise resource planning services from NetSuite and customer relationship management services from salesforce.com. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms or prices, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage our finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our software and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could adversely affect our business.

 

We could incur substantial costs in protecting or defending our intellectual property rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could impair our business.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect proprietary methods and technologies that we develop under patent and other intellectual property laws of the United States and foreign jurisdictions so that we can prevent others from using our inventions and proprietary information. We have only been issued nine U.S. patents to date and have been issued no foreign patents and there can be no assurance that additional patents will be issued or that any patents that have been issued or that may be issued in the future will provide significant protection for our intellectual property. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors might gain access to our technology and our business might be harmed. There is no assurance that the particular forms of intellectual property protection that we seek, including business decisions about when to file patents and when to maintain trade secrets, will be adequate to protect our business. We could be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of us or others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, result in a diversion of significant resources, the narrowing or invalidation of portions of our intellectual property and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights or alleging that we infringe the counterclaimant’s own intellectual property. These steps may be inadequate to protect our intellectual property. Any of our patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights could be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation.

 

We also rely, in part, on confidentiality agreements with our technology partners, employees, consultants, advisors, customers and others in our efforts to protect our proprietary technology, processes and methods,. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information, and it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy our software or other proprietary technology or information, or to develop similar software independently without our having an adequate remedy for unauthorized use or disclosure of our

 

-28-


Table of Contents

confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information, and in these cases we would not be able to assert any trade secret rights against those parties. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

 

In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying, transfer and use of our solutions and proprietary technology or information may increase.

 

There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology. If we fail to meaningfully protect our intellectual property, our business, brand, operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed.

 

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the software industry. Companies providing software are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. We do not have a significant patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. The risk of patent litigation has been amplified by the increase in the number of a type of patent holder, which we refer to as a non-practicing entity, whose sole business is to assert such claims and against whom our own intellectual property portfolio may provide little deterrent value. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending any intellectual property litigation. If we sue to enforce our rights or are sued by a third party that claims that our solutions infringe its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources.

 

Any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

  •  

cease selling or using solutions that incorporate the intellectual property that we allegedly infringe;

 

  •  

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

  •  

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

  •  

redesign the allegedly infringing solutions to avoid infringement, which could be costly, time-consuming or impossible.

 

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our customers for such claims, such payments or actions could harm our business.

 

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

 

A portion of our technologies incorporate open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our solutions in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our software in a manner that

 

-29-


Table of Contents

is inconsistent with the terms of the license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on these solutions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of these solutions. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. In any of these events, we and our customers could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, and to re-engineer our products or discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis. We and our customers may also be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement due to the reliance by our solutions on certain open source software, and such litigation could be costly for us to defend or subject us to an injunction. Any of the foregoing could require us to devote additional research and development resources to re-engineer our solutions, could result in customer dissatisfaction, and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may have additional tax liabilities, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

 

Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining our provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities. Our tax expense may be impacted if our intercompany transactions, which are required to be computed on an arm’s-length basis, are challenged and successfully disputed by the tax authorities. Also, our tax expense could be impacted depending on the applicability of withholding and other taxes (including withholding and indirect taxes on software licenses and related intercompany transactions) under the tax laws of certain jurisdictions in which we have business operations. In determining the adequacy of income taxes, we assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes that could result if our tax positions were challenged by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other tax authorities. The tax authorities in the United States and other countries where we do business regularly examine our income and other tax returns. The ultimate outcome of these examinations cannot be predicted with certainty. Should the IRS or other tax authorities assess additional taxes as a result of examinations, we may be required to record charges to operations that could have a material impact on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We do not collect sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use, value added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

 

Our agreements with clients and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products, services,

 

-30-


Table of Contents

or other contractual obligations. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability for which we would be responsible. The term of these indemnity provisions generally survives termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. From time to time, we are requested by clients to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality with respect to personal data or other security breaches. Although we typically do not agree to, or contractually limit our liability with respect to, such requests, the existence of such a dispute with a client may have adverse effects on our client relationships and reputation.

 

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

 

From time to time, we may become involved in various legal proceedings relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including patent, commercial, product liability, employment, class action, whistleblower and other litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur significant expenses or liability and/or require us to change our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we have meritorious claims or defenses, by agreeing to settlement agreements. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our products, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

 

Our products incorporate certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools from third parties in the future. Such third-party companies may discontinue their products, go out of business, or otherwise cease to make support available for such third-party software. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our products with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Also, to the extent that our products depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our products, delay new product introductions, result in a failure of our products and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties.

 

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

We may choose to expand by making acquisitions that could be material to our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Our ability as an organization to successfully acquire and integrate technologies or businesses is unproven. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the following:

 

  •  

an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

  •  

we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

 

-31-


Table of Contents
  •  

an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our working capital requirements and expenses, and distract our management;

 

  •  

the need to implement or improve internal controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at businesses that, prior to our acquisition of them, may have lacked effective controls, procedures or policies, including but not limited to, processes required for the effective and timely reporting of the financial condition and results of operations of the acquired business, both for historical periods prior to the acquisition and on a forward basis following the acquisition;

 

  •  

an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

 

  •  

we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products;

 

  •  

an acquisition may involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have stronger market positions;

 

  •  

our use of cash to pay for acquisition would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

  •  

if we incur debt to fund such acquisition, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business as well as financial maintenance covenants; and

 

  •  

to the extent that we issue a significant amount of equity securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease.

 

The occurrence of any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

 

We review our intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, we had goodwill and intangible assets with a net book value of $18.8 million and $18.3 million, respectively, related to our acquisition of InsightsOne Systems, Inc., or InsightsOne. An adverse change in market conditions, particularly if such change has the effect of changing one of our critical assumptions or estimates, could result in a change to the estimation of fair value that could result in an impairment charge to our goodwill or intangible assets. Any such charges may have a material negative impact on our operating results.

 

If currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future, the results of our operations, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected.

 

As we continue to expand our international operations, we become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore substantially all of our revenue are not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our software to our customers located outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we incur expenses for employee compensation and other operating expenses at our non-U.S. locations in the local currency. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies could result in the dollar equivalent of such expenses being higher. This could have a negative impact on our reported operating results. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies, and any such strategies, such as forward contracts, options and foreign exchange swaps related to transaction exposures that we may implement to mitigate this risk may not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

 

In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.

 

Our international operations may give rise to potentially adverse tax consequences.

 

We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. In addition, a taxing authority in a jurisdiction in which we have substantial business operations could assert that withholding or other taxes in such jurisdiction could apply, including in connection with a future disposition of our shares. If such a disagreement were to occur or such assertion by a taxing authority made, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates and reduced cash flows. We believe that our financial statements reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency, but there can be no assurances in that regard. If our reserves are not sufficient to cover such contingency, our financial results could be harmed.

 

The enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

 

Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. Due to expansion of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as power disruptions or terrorism.

 

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. We also have significant facilities in India, a region known for typhoons, floods and other natural disasters. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, occurring at our headquarters, at one of our other facilities or where a channel partner or supplier is located could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, natural disasters and acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our or our customers’ businesses, national economies or the world economy as a whole. We also rely on IT systems to communicate among our workforce located worldwide and, in particular, our research and development activities that are coordinated between our corporate headquarters in the San Francisco Bay Area and our operations in other states and countries. Any disruption to our internal communications, whether caused by a natural disaster or by man-made problems, such as power disruptions or terrorism, could delay our research and development efforts. To the extent that these disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or delays in our research and development efforts or the deployment of our solutions, our business and operating results would be materially and adversely affected.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

 

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depend on demand for business software applications and services generally and for API-based software platforms in particular. Current or future economic uncertainties or downturns could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, financial and credit market fluctuations, political deadlock, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks on the United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in business investments, including corporate spending on API-based software platforms in general and negatively affect the rate of growth of our business. Historically, during economic downturns there have been reductions in spending on information technology as well as pressure for extended billing terms and other financial concessions. If economic conditions deteriorate, our customers and prospective customers may elect to decrease their information technology, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

 

To the extent purchases of our platform perceived by customers and potential customers to be discretionary, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general information technology spending. Also, customers may choose to develop in-house software as an alternative to using our products. Moreover, competitors may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our software.

 

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry. If the economic conditions of the general economy or industries in which we operate do not improve, or worsen from present levels, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

 

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. For more information regarding the estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

 

Our solutions are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our solutions must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including: the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. In addition, changes in our solutions or

 

-34-


Table of Contents

changes in applicable export or import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could also result in decreased use of our solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solutions would likely adversely affect our business.

 

Furthermore, we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our solutions. Various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solutions or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our solutions in those countries. Encrypted solutions and the underlying technology may also be subject to export control restrictions. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports of encryption products, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our solutions, when applicable, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our solutions, including with respect to new releases of our solutions, may create delays in the introduction of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions throughout their globally-distributed systems or, in some cases, prevent the export of our solutions to some countries altogether.

 

Moreover, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions programs prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons that are subject to U.S. economic embargoes and trade sanctions. Any violations of such economic embargoes and trade sanction regulations could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

 

Our platform and our business are subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws and regulations, including those regarding privacy, data protection and information security, and our customers may be subject to regulations related to the handling and transfer of certain types of sensitive and confidential information. Any failure of our products or solutions to comply with or enable our customers and channel partners to comply with applicable laws and regulations would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We and our customers that use our solutions may be subject to privacy- and data protection-related laws and regulations that impose obligations in connection with the collection, processing and use of personal data, financial data, health data or other similar data. Existing U.S. federal and various state and foreign privacy- and data protection-related laws and regulations are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current or enact new laws and regulations regarding privacy- and data protection-related matters. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, rules of self-regulatory bodies, industry standards and contractual obligations may impact our business and practices, and we may be required to expend significant resources to adapt to these changes. These developments could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on, or requirements regarding, the collection, distribution, use, security and storage of personally identifiable information of individuals. The U.S. Federal Trade Commission and numerous state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards on the online collection, use and dissemination of data, and to the security measures applied to such data. Similarly, many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the EU member states, have laws and regulations concerning the collection and use of personally identifiable information obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction, which are often more restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of personally identifiable

 

-35-


Table of Contents

information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol, or IP, addresses. Although we are working to have our platform comply with applicable laws and regulations, these and other obligations may be modified, they may be interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and they may conflict with one another, other regulatory requirements or our internal practices. In addition, we may find it necessary or desirable to join industry or other self-regulatory bodies or other privacy or data protection-related organizations that require compliance with their rules pertaining to privacy and data protection. We also may be bound by contractual obligations relating to our collection, use and disclosure of personal, financial and other data.

 

As part of our efforts as a global business to comply with the obligations related to personal data under EU member state laws, we self-certify under—and are subject to—the U.S. Department of Commerce U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Framework. The Safe Harbor Frameworks are intended for organizations operating within the EU and Switzerland that transfer personal data, as the term is used in the context of the EU Data Protection Directive, to the United States and require U.S.-based companies that have certified with the Department of Commerce as part of the Safe Harbor Frameworks to provide assurance that they are adhering to relevant European standards for data protection. As we expand into new verticals and regions, we will need to comply with these and any new or changed requirements. Self-certification under the Safe Harbor Frameworks subjects us to oversight by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, and potential non-compliance could result in an investigation and enforcement action brought by the Federal Trade Commission. Additionally, non-compliance could cause us to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations of the EU and its member states, which could result in investigations by relevant authorities of the EU and its member states, as well as fines and other penalties. Responding to an investigation or enforcement action could divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur investigation, compliance and defense costs and other professional fees, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Recently, the Safe Harbor Frameworks have come under scrutiny in the EU and in the future could be modified or invalidated, in which case it is possible that we will no longer be in compliance with laws and regulations of the EU or its member states.

 

We facilitate our customers’ compliance with a number of diverse data protection, security, privacy and other government- and industry-specific requirements, including those that require companies to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. For example, our solutions must conform, in certain circumstances, to requirements set forth in the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013. Among other things, HITECH, through its implementing regulations, makes certain of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as persons or organizations that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information, or PHI, for or on behalf of a HIPAA-covered entity for a function or activity regulated by HIPAA. Because certain customers that are HIPAA-covered entities receive and transmit PHI through our platform, we are a business associate with respect to these customers and therefore subject to the HIPAA requirements applicable to business associates. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of personal information and health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Noncompliance with applicable HIPAA and related state law requirements could result in monetary and criminal penalties, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and cash flows as well as our reputation.

 

Similarly, because a number of our clients interface with payment card systems through our platform, including those for the processing of debit or credit cards, we maintain Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, compliance as part of our information security program. If we are unable to comply with PCI DSS, whether due to changes in the PCI DSS standard or for another reason, we might incur significant liability and may suffer an adverse effect to our reputation.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

With respect to all of the above, any failure or perceived failure by us or our platform to comply with U.S., EU or other foreign privacy or security laws, policies, industry standards or legal obligations, or any security incident that results in the unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of, personally identifiable information or other customer data may result in governmental investigations, inquiries, enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity. Such actions and penalties could divert management’s attention and resources, adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and cause our customers and channel partners to lose trust in our solutions, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

 

We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Because global laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security have continued to develop and evolve rapidly, it is possible that we or our platform and solutions may not be, or may not have been, compliant with each such applicable law, regulation, and industry standard.

 

Any such new laws, regulations, other legal obligations or industry standards, or any changed interpretation of existing laws, regulations or other standards may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or future laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations or industry standards, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, fines or other liabilities, as well as negative publicity and a potential loss of business. Moreover, if future laws, regulations, other legal obligations or industry standards, or any changed interpretations of the foregoing limit our customers’ or partners’ ability to use and share personally identifiable information or our ability to store, process and share personally identifiable information or other data, demand for our solutions could decrease, our costs could increase and our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

 

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our platform, and could have a negative impact on our business.

 

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication, and business applications. Federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our platform in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations have imposed and may impose additional taxes, fees, or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for Internet-based platforms and services such as ours. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease-of-use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool has been adversely affected by “viruses,” “worms,” and similar malicious programs and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our platform could decline.

 

The terms of our existing loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and future indebtedness could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions.

 

The terms of our existing loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, contains, and any future indebtedness would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to take actions that may be in our best interests, including, among others, disposing of assets, entering into change of control transactions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring additional indebtedness, granting liens on our assets and paying

 

-37-


Table of Contents

dividends. Our loan and security agreement requires us to satisfy specified financial covenants, including a minimum revenue covenant and a minimum liquidity ratio. Our ability to meet those financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to continue to meet those covenants. A breach of any of these covenants or the occurrence of other events specified in the loan and security agreement could result in an event of default under the loan and security agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, SVB could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the loan and security agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, SVB could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have pledged substantially all of our assets, other than our intellectual property, as collateral under the loan and security agreement. If SVB accelerates the repayment of borrowings, if any, we may not have sufficient funds to repay our existing debt.

 

The nature of our business requires the application of complex revenue and expense recognition rules and the current legislative and regulatory environment affecting GAAP is uncertain. Significant changes in current principles could affect our financial statements going forward and changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm our operating results.

 

The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. Recent actions and public comments from FASB and the SEC have focused on the integrity of financial reporting. In addition, many companies’ accounting policies are being subject to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. Further, the accounting rules and regulations are continually changing in ways that could materially impact our financial statements. For example, in May 2014, FASB issued a new accounting guidance on revenue recognition, Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, that becomes effective for us beginning August 1, 2017. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method.

 

We have not yet selected a transition method and continue to evaluate the impact that this guidance will have on our financial condition and results of operations. Regardless of the transition method, the application of this new guidance may result in exclusion of certain future licensing revenues in the statement of comprehensive loss after the adoption date, which, despite no change in associated cash flows, could have a material adverse effect on our net income or loss. We cannot predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward, which could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of the change. In addition, were we to change our critical accounting estimates, including the timing of recognition of license revenue and other revenue sources, our results of operations could be significantly impacted.

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering

 

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline, regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  •  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

  •  

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

  •  

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

-38-


Table of Contents
  •  

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

 

  •  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

  •  

the addition or loss of large customers;

 

  •  

network outages or performance issues of our cloud service;

 

  •  

information security breaches of our internal systems, our cloud service or customer on-premises deployments of our platform;

 

  •  

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

  •  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

  •  

any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

  •  

lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

  •  

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

 

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the market on which our common stock will be listed, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “APIC.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, applications or technologies using our shares as consideration. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects.

 

Our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

 

After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,     % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

 

  •  

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company;

 

-39-


Table of Contents
  •  

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

  •  

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

 

The initial public offering price per share will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of $         per share. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

 

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of January 31, 2015. This includes the shares included in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining             shares are currently restricted as a result of market stand-off agreements. In addition, certain of these shares are also subject to lock-up agreements, as more fully described in “Underwriting.”

 

After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock as of January 31, 2015, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Substantially all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to potential extension in the event we release earnings results or a material event relating to us occurs near the end of the lock-up period. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market stand-off and/or lock-up agreements. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are

 

-40-


Table of Contents

applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to raise additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, solution and platform development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

 

  •  

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights and preferences determined by our board of directors;

 

  •  

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

  •  

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  •  

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

-41-


Table of Contents
  •  

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

  •  

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

  •  

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

  •  

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

  •  

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

 

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.

 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

 

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the accounting provisions of the FCPA, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

 

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public

 

-42-


Table of Contents

companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

 

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any July 31 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following January 31.

 

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

 

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting.

 

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective.

 

If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

 

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any July 31 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following January 31. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our loan and security agreement with SVB restricts, and any future indebtedness may restrict, our ability to pay dividends. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “expect” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

  •  

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses including changes in research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

 

  •  

our business plan and beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

  •  

the anticipated benefits associated with the use of our solutions;

 

  •  

our plans to further invest in and grow our business, and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;

 

  •  

anticipated trends, growth rates and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

  •  

market adoption of our solutions;

 

  •  

our sales and marketing strategy and related activities;

 

  •  

our ability to increase sales of our solutions and renewals of our subscriptions;

 

  •  

our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

  •  

our ability to expand sales to our existing customers;

 

  •  

maintaining and expanding our customer base and our relationships with our channel partners;

 

  •  

our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our solutions;

 

  •  

our ability to develop new solutions and bring them to market in a timely manner and make enhancements to our existing solutions;

 

  •  

expanding the delivery of professional services to our customers through our channel partners;

 

  •  

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

  •  

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

  •  

our ability to continue to expand internationally;

 

  •  

our future capital requirements and estimates regarding the sufficiency of our cash resources;

 

  •  

the effects of seasonal trends on our business;

 

  •  

future acquisitions or investments;

 

  •  

our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

 

  •  

economic and industry trends or trend analysis;

 

  •  

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  •  

the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and determining option exercise prices; and

 

  •  

the future trading prices of our common stock.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is difficult for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

 

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information and data from various sources, including S&P Capital IQ and Gartner, Inc. or Gartner, on assumptions that we have made that are based on that information and data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

The S&P Capital IQ data described herein represents proprietary data gathered by S&P Capital IQ and is not a representation of fact. The S&P Capital IQ data is as of March 3, 2015 (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and is subject to change without notice.

 

The Gartner Reports described herein, or Gartner Reports, represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Reports speak as of their original publication dates (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice. The Gartner Reports consist of:

 

  (1)   Gartner, Press Release dated May 15, 2014: “Gartner Says Worldwide Application Infrastructure and Middleware Market Revenue Grew 5.6 Percent in 2013.”

 

  (2)   Gartner, Forecast Enterprise Software Markets WW 2011-2018 3Q14, Sept 2014.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for our employees and stockholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visability in the marketplace. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, solution and platform development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of our loan and security agreement with SVB. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of January 31, 2015 on:

 

  •  

an actual basis;

 

  •  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering), as if such conversions had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on January 31, 2015, as well as the stock-based compensation expense associated with the performance-based vesting of certain RSUs, which we expect to record upon completion of our initial public offering, as described in footnote (1) below; and

 

  •  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments noted above and the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

You should read this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     January 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro  Forma(1)     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted(2)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,133      $ 29,133      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term debt, current and non-current

   $ 4,899      $ 4,899      $     

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 142,194,666 shares authorized, 141,513,411 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     142        —     

Preferred stock: par value $0.001; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —        —     

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 230,000,000 shares authorized, 31,495,757 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 181,441,420 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     31        181     

Additional paid-in capital

     197,100        197,123     

Accumulated deficit

     (172,680 )      (172,711 )   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     24,593        24,593     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 29,492      $ 29,492      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)  

Also reflects the stock-based compensation expense associated with RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015 that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based

 

-48-


Table of Contents
  vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation.”
  (2)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 181,441,420 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of such date into an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as the performance-based vesting condition of certain RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015 that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which we expect to record upon completion of this offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation,” and excludes:

 

  •  

32,451,089 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, including a non-plan option, outstanding as of January 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.58 per share;

 

  •  

65,890 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015;

 

  •  

526,562 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of January 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.31 per share; (not including warrants to purchase 79,687 shares of common stock, which may become issuable in the future pursuant to our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank);

 

  •  

2,235,224 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after January 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $2.31 per share;

 

  •  

100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after January 31, 2015; and

 

  •  

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our share-based compensation plans, consisting of (1) 35,697,026 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2005 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, (2)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, (3)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP which will become effective upon completion of this offering, and (4)             shares of common stock that become available under our 2015 Plan and ESPP, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

-49-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

 

As of January 31, 2015, our net tangible book value was approximately $6.1 million, or $0.03 per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 149,907,620 shares of common stock, as well as the vesting of RSUs that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation.”

 

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of             shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of January 31, 2015, would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of January 31, 2015

   $ 0.03      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share, the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share, the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of January 31, 2015, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as well as the vesting of RSUs that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation,” and (2) the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     181,441,420              %      173,131,556              %    $ 0.95   

New public investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0 %    $           100.0 %   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, investors will experience further dilution.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 181,441,420 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of such date into an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as the performance-based vesting condition of certain RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015 that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which we expect to record upon completion of this offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation,” and excludes:

 

  •  

32,451,089 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, including a non-plan option, outstanding as of January 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.58 per share;

 

  •  

65,890 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2015;

 

-51-


Table of Contents
  •  

526,562 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of January 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.31 per share; (not including warrants to purchase 79,687 shares of common stock, which may become issuable in the future pursuant to our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank);

 

  •  

2,235,224 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after January 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $2.31 per share;

 

  •  

100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs granted after January 31, 2015; and

 

  •  

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our share-based compensation plans, consisting of (1) 35,697,026 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2005 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, (2)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, (3)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, and (4)             shares of common stock that become available under our 2015 Plan and ESPP, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

-52-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2015, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands, except per share data)

 
                                

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

          

License

   $ 9,452      $ 13,917      $ 11,411      $ 3,566      $ 9,522   

Subscription and support

     7,308        15,243        20,237        9,651        14,164   

Professional services and other

     10,847        13,992        21,054        10,200        8,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     27,607        43,152        52,702        23,417        32,615   

Cost of revenue

          

License

     157        108        366        88        257   

Subscription and support(1)

     3,484        9,286        11,911        7,425        5,367   

Professional services and other(1)

     8,352        12,435        15,431        7,847        7,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     11,993        21,829        27,708        15,360        12,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,614        21,323        24,994        8,057        19,947   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development(1)

     10,922        16,848        22,273        9,152        14,385   

Sales and marketing(1)

     9,801        23,812        47,029        22,456        25,174   

General and administrative(1)

     4,033        5,885        14,415        6,767        6,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,756        46,545        83,717        38,375        46,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,142 )      (25,222 )      (58,723 )      (30,318 )      (26,316 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     1,228        (376 )      (1,678 )      (1,757 )      (290 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (7,914 )      (25,598 )      (60,401 )      (32,075 )      (26,606 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     367        273        392        137        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (8,281 )    $ (25,871 )    $ (60,793 )    $ (32,212 )    $ (26,809 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share(2):

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.56 )    $ (1.39 )    $ (2.34 )    $ (1.33 )    $ (0.88 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per share(1):

          

Basic and diluted

     14,862        18,576        25,938        24,165        30,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(2):

          

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.39 )      $ (0.15 ) 
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)(2):

          

Basic and diluted

         157,297          180,004   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-53-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
         2012              2013              2014              2014              2015      
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $ 2       $ 21       $ 24       $ 12       $ 13   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

     30         65         133         47         91   

Research and development

     74         114         490         135         453   

Sales and marketing

     55         138         1,090         146         319   

General and administrative

     20         70         989         430         571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $    181       $    408       $ 2,726       $    770       $ 1,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (2)   See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of our basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share calculations.

 

     July 31,      January  31,
2015
 
     2012      2013      2014     
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,583       $ 44,243       $ 51,759       $ 29,133   

Working capital

     18,201         31,051         36,317         12,045   

Total assets

     49,997         56,550         95,622         75,901   

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     17,140         17,124         28,190         33,193   

Term debt, current and long-term

     1         3,681         5,243         4,899   

Additional paid-in capital

     76,488         112,279         195,221         197,100   

Total stockholders’ equity

     17,395         27,336         49,522         24,593   

 

Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics

 

We monitor the following key non-GAAP financial metrics:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Gross billings

   $ 36,701      $ 43,136      $ 63,768      $ 23,684      $ 37,618   

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 15,646      $ 21,409      $ 25,763      $ 8,233      $ 20,505   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     56.7 %      49.6 %      48.9 %      35.2 %      62.9 % 

Non-GAAP operating loss

   $ (8,912 )    $ (24,638 )    $ (55,117 )    $ (29,326 )    $ (24,269 ) 

 

Gross Billings. We define gross billings as our total revenue plus the change in our deferred revenue in a period. Gross billings in any period consists of sales to new customers plus renewals and additional sales to existing customers. Our management uses gross billings as a performance measurement because we generally bill our customers at the time of sale of our solutions and recognize revenue either upon delivery or ratably over subsequent periods, and a portion of our revenue may be recognized over a period of more than 12 months. We believe that gross billings provides valuable insight into the sales of our solutions and the performance of our business.

 

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Gross Margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as our total revenue less our total cost of revenue, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation associated with equity awards granted to

 

-54-


Table of Contents

professional services and maintenance personnel, and amortization of acquired intangible assets. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit as a percentage of our total revenue. Non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin are key measures used by our management to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends. In particular, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin exclude certain non-cash expenses and can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our business.

 

Non-GAAP Operating Loss. We define non-GAAP operating loss as our operating loss excluding stock-based compensation and amortization of acquired intangibles assets. Our management uses non-GAAP operating loss to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends. In particular, non-GAAP operating loss excludes certain non-cash expenses and can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our business.

 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

The non-GAAP measures discussed above under “—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Gross billings, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin, and non-GAAP operating loss are not substitutes for total revenue, gross profit and gross margin, and operating loss, respectively. In addition, other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. For example, other companies may not use gross billings, may calculate gross billings differently, may have different billing frequencies, or may use other financial measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of gross billings as a comparative measure. Also, the non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin, and non-GAAP operating loss measures do not consider the dilutive impact of equity awards and the associated stock-based compensation, which is an ongoing expense for us, and these non-GAAP measures exclude amortization of acquired intangible assets, even though we may engage in future acquisitions that may result in additional amortization. We urge you to review the reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures included below, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

 

The following table reflects the reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of the non-GAAP financial measures discussed above:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
    Six Months Ended
January, 31
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)              

Gross billings:

          

Total revenue

   $ 27,607      $ 43,152      $ 52,702      $ 23,417      $ 32,615   

Total deferred revenue, end of period

     17,140        17,124        28,190        17,391        33,193   

Less: Total deferred revenue, beginning of period

     (8,046 )      (17,140 )      (17,124 )      (17,124 )      (28,190 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in deferred revenue

     9,094        (16 )      11,066        267        5,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings

   $ 36,701      $ 43,136      $ 63,768      $ 23,684      $ 37,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit:

          

Gross profit

   $ 15,614      $ 21,323      $ 24,994      $ 8,057      $ 19,947   

Add: Stock-based compensation expense

     32        86        157        59        104   

Add: Amortization of intangible assets

     —        —        612        117        454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 15,646      $ 21,409      $ 25,763      $ 8,233      $ 20,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating loss:

          

Operating loss

   $ (9,142 )    $ (25,222 )    $ (58,723 )    $ (30,318 )    $ (26,316 ) 

Add: Stock-based compensation expense

     181        408        2,726        770        1,447   

Add: Amortization of intangible assets

     49        176        880        222        600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating loss

   $ (8,912)      $ (24,638 )    $ (55,117 )    $ (29,326 )    $ (24,269 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-55-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under the section titled “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus. The last day of our fiscal year is July 31.

 

Overview

 

At Apigee, our mission is to make every business a digital business.

 

Unprecedented growth in mobile technologies, big data, cloud services and the connected devices that comprise the Internet of Things, or IoT, has disrupted or transformed the dynamics of business, changed consumer behavior and eroded the divide between the physical and digital worlds. To fully embrace the digital world, businesses must provide seamless customer experiences across a myriad of devices and channels, respond quickly to fast-changing customer expectations and market conditions, drive revenue through new business models and create or participate in digital ecosystems. A digital business creates value by unlocking its data and services to better serve customers in a real-time, anywhere-anytime fashion and uses data to continually improve the customer experience and drive additional revenue.

 

We believe that application programming interfaces, or APIs, are a critical enabling technology for the shifts in mobile, cloud computing, big data and the IoT and that APIs are a foundational technology on which digital business operates. We believe that a new and expansive market opportunity exists to help enterprises adopt digital strategies and navigate the digitally driven economy.

 

We provide an innovative software platform that allows businesses to design, deploy, and scale APIs as a connection layer between their core IT systems and data and the applications with which their customers, partners, employees and other users engage with their business. The foundations of our platform are Apigee Edge, a robust API-management solution, and Apigee Insights, our predictive analytics software solution. Our platform enables a comprehensive view of the enterprise data the user is consuming and generating, and data about the context in which the customer is using the digital product or service, or contextual data. In addition, our platform provides tools for businesses to drive usage and adoption of APIs by their business partners and developers. Using our platform, businesses in any industry can easily and securely connect their core services and data to developers to enable them to develop applications and experiences for customers, partners, employees and other users. Using our platform, businesses can forge new partnerships, build partner ecosystems, and participate fully in emerging digital business networks.

 

We believe that in order to build, manage and extract valuable insights from APIs and data needed for digital business, nearly all businesses will require a new layer within their core application software stack to achieve this. To enable this new layer, we provide a purpose-built, self-service, scalable platform that can be deployed either in the cloud or on premises to securely expose a business’ data and services needed to enable users to engage and transact with the business. Because we provide API publishing, operations, and data visibility in our integrated solution, our platform enables more informed predictive analytics to help the business anticipate and adjust to customer behavior.

 

We were incorporated in fiscal 2004. From fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2007, our activities were focused on research and development that resulted in the first commercial release of our software in fiscal 2007—our Apigee Edge on-premises platform. In fiscal 2009, we extended our Apigee Edge solution to a cloud offering to enable deployment flexibility for our customers. In fiscal 2012, we further extended our platform with the release of our

 

-56-


Table of Contents

first predictive analytics solution, Apigee Insights. In December 2013, we acquired InsightsOne Systems, Inc., or InsightsOne, to further advance predictive analytics as part of our platform strategy and to bolster our developer adoption strategy. In fiscal 2013, we expanded our network of channel partners by entering into a master alliance agreement with Accenture, under which either we co-sell or they resell our solutions as part of larger installations. In fiscal 2014, we announced an OEM and reseller partnership with SAP under which SAP will deliver a comprehensive API management application built on our Apigee Edge product on SAP’s Hana Cloud to SAP’s cloud customers, and sell our Apigee Edge product on a standalone basis to its on-premises customers.

 

We generate our revenue primarily from licenses and subscriptions for our Apigee Edge products and from professional services. We also generate revenue from licenses of and subscriptions to our Apigee Insights product, although such revenue has been immaterial to date because we re-released our Apigee Insights product in fiscal year 2014 and currently have few active customers. We also offer a free trial version of Apigee Developer to the developer community. We provide our customers the flexibility to deploy our software as a cloud service or on premises. For those customers that deploy our products as a cloud service, we license our software on a subscription basis. For those customers that deploy our products on premises, we offer two licensing options, a time-based license or a perpetual license. We recognize revenue from subscription fees ratably over the service period, and have been increasing the proportion of our revenue mix that we derive from subscriptions. We therefore believe that gross billings provides valuable insight into the performance of our business. We expect professional services and other revenue to account for a decreasing percentage of our total revenue over the long term as we continue to increase our subscriptions and as our customers increase their use of professional services provided by our channel partners and other third parties. However, we expect to continue to provide professional services as an important part of our solution to our customers because digital infrastructure transformation frequently involves core business strategy.

 

We sell our products through direct field sales, direct inside sales and indirect channel sales. We utilize a wide range of online and offline marketing activities to drive brand awareness, thought leadership, developer trials and lead volume. Many of our customers initially use our product as a free trial by visiting our website, creating an account and testing the free cloud version of our platform. In addition, we offer open source solutions that introduce developers to the key technical concepts and technologies of APIs and mobile app development, and that allow their APIs and applications to be migrated or deployed to our paid products. After signing up, developers are able to experience the power of our platform and learn how to interact with our solutions, enabling them to understand the benefits of our paid products. We use the trial program as a source of lead volume for our direct sales team.

 

We have achieved significant scale, with a customer base that has grown over 35% from the end of fiscal 2012 to the end of fiscal 2014. Our customers include many leading businesses: 20 of the Fortune 100, five of the top 10 Global 2000 retail brands and six of the top 10 global telecommunications companies as of January 31, 2015. Our solution has been sold to customers in over 30 countries around the world. Our current focus is on acquiring new customers and increasing revenue from our existing customers as they realize the value of our platform and expand the use of our software through additional use cases and broader deployment within their organizations. We are also focused on increasing adoption of our platform through our Apigee developer program.

 

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. Our gross billings were $36.7 million, $43.1 million and $63.8 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing growth rates of 18% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 and 48% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. Our gross billings were $23.7 million and $37.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing a growth rate of 59%. Our total revenue was $27.6 million, $43.2 million and $52.7 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $23.4 million and $32.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. AT&T accounted for 38% of our total revenue in fiscal 2012, 36% of our total revenue in fiscal 2013 and 15% of our total revenue in fiscal 2014. For the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, AT&T accounted for 17% and 6% of our total revenue. Excluding our revenue from AT&T, our total revenue was $17.0 million, $27.5 million and $45.0 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $19.4 million and $30.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than

 

-57-


Table of Contents

10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2012, 2013 or 2014, or in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015. Our revenue derived from sales to customers located outside the United States was approximately 16%, 16% and 33% in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 33% and 38% in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We expect that sales to customers located outside the United States will continue to comprise a significant portion of our total revenue for the foreseeable future.

 

We have made substantial investments in developing and improving our platform and solutions, in expanding our sales and marketing capabilities and geographic coverage, and in providing general and administrative resources to support our growth. As a result, we have incurred net losses of $8.3 million, $25.9 million and $60.8 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $32.2 million and $26.8 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $145.9 million and $172.7 million as of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively, and we expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. We expect that continued investments will drive further growth in our gross billings and total revenue. While increases in our gross billings and total revenue may trail the increases in our operating expenses in the near term, we expect to realize operating leverage in our business model over the long term. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for more information and a reconciliation of gross billings to total revenue.

 

Key Opportunities and Challenges Affecting Our Performance

 

Market Adoption of Our Platform

 

We are affected by the pace at which enterprises adopt APIs, mobile apps and cloud computing, and make the transition to become digital businesses. We believe that the transformation to digital business, enabled by APIs and powerful analytics, is an emerging trend. We believe that we have established a leadership position in this new market, both as a provider of API management and data analytics and also as a thought leader helping to define the architecture and vision of API-enabled and data-driven businesses. We intend to extend our leadership position by continuing to innovate, bringing new technologies to market, and honing best practices and thought leadership by working closely with our global customer base, both at a technology level and with senior executives. The degree to which prospective customers recognize the need to transform their businesses into digital businesses will determine the rate at which we are able to sell our platform to new and existing customers.

 

Investment in Our API and Predictive Analytics Solutions

 

We have invested, and intend to continue to invest, in expanding the breadth and depth of our platform to enable organizations to deploy robust APIs, big data, and predictive analytics solutions. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to enhance the application development and technology capabilities of our platform. We have had four significant product releases or enhancements in calendar 2014. We typically provide our customers with updates to our solutions at least monthly in the cloud and quarterly on premises.

 

Ability to Grow Our Worldwide Sales Capacity

 

We have invested, and intend to continue to invest, in expanding our sales capacity and improving our sales operations to drive additional revenue and support the growth of our global customer base. We sell our platform through direct field sales, direct inside sales and indirect channel sales. Our sales to date have been primarily through our direct field sales force, which grew nearly 300% from July 31, 2012 to July 31, 2014. We are continuing to develop and expand a partner community to supplement our sales and support operations through system integrators, OEM partners, resellers and other partners to further influence customer decision making and drive adoption of our solutions. Our partners may also co-sell with our direct field sales organization. Our channel partners provide us with additional sales leverage by sourcing new prospects, providing professional services and technical support to existing customers and upselling additional use cases. These channel partners expand our geographic sales reach worldwide, particularly in key international markets in EMEA and APAC. All of these factors will influence timing and overall levels of sales capacity, impacting the rate at which we will be able to acquire customers to drive revenue growth. In fiscal 2014, we derived very limited revenue through our channel partners.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Expansion and Upsell Within Our Existing Customer Base

 

After the initial sale to and successful deployment by a new customer, we focus on expanding our relationship with the customer to sell additional software licenses and add-on features of our current platform. Historically, we have often realized sales of additional software licenses and add-on features on prior versions of our Apigee Edge platform as well. However, upon the introduction of our current platform in August 2012, there was no viable migration path for transitioning existing customers to the current Apigee Edge platform. Accordingly, we believe our upsell opportunities with customers on our prior platforms to be limited. We expect our opportunity to expand our customer relationships through additional sales to increase as we add new customers to the current Apigee Edge platform, broaden our product portfolio to meet additional mobile IT requirements, increase the benefits provided to both users and the enterprise and enhance platform functionality. Additional sales over the lifecycle of a customer relationship can significantly increase the return on our sales and marketing investments. Accordingly, our financial performance will depend in part on the degree to which our expansion and upsell sales strategy is successful.

 

Mix of Products Sold as Subscription and Perpetual Licenses

 

We offer our customers the flexibility to use our software as a cloud service or on premises. For those customers that use our platform as a cloud service, we license our software on a subscription basis. For those customers that use our platform on premises, we offer two licensing options, a time-based license or a perpetual license. In addition, we also offer our customers software support and professional services. We expect the proportion of our subscription and support revenue to our total revenue to increase over time. However, because we recognize subscription and term revenue ratably over the duration of the related contracts, increases in total revenue will lag any increase in subscription arrangements. Furthermore, the unpredictability of the timing of our receipt of orders for perpetual licenses, the revenue for which we typically recognize upfront, may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results.

 

Future Investment in Growth and Product Development

 

We intend to extend our leadership position by continuing to innovate, bringing new technologies to market, and honing best practices and thought leadership by working closely with our global customer base, both at a technology level and with senior executives. We intend to continue building innovative software products that extend the value of our existing offering and further help enterprises realize digital business success, through new growth and operational efficiencies. We develop technology to address emerging technology markets such as the IoT. We have steadily increased our focus on partner and channel development efforts to drive efficient new customer acquisition across geographies and industries. We believe that there is substantial opportunity to grow our international business. We plan to continue to aggressively market to customers located outside the United States by building partnerships that help us add customers internationally and by expanding our direct and indirect sales channels outside the United States and EMEA.

 

Components of Our Operating Results

 

Revenue

 

License Revenue. License revenue reflects the revenue recognized from sales of on-premises software licenses. A substantial majority of our license revenue consists of revenue from perpetual licenses, under which we generally recognize the license fee portion of the arrangement upfront, assuming all revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Customers can also purchase time-based licenses, under which we typically recognize the license fee ratably over the term of the license after all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Due to the differing revenue recognition criteria applicable to perpetual and time-based licenses, shifts in the mix between perpetual and time-based licenses from quarter to quarter could produce substantial variation in the revenue we recognize.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Subscription and Support Revenue. We generate subscription and support revenue primarily from subscription fees from the customer accessing our software in the cloud. We also generate revenue from maintenance and support agreements with customers for on-premises licenses, which represented approximately 10% of our total revenue for fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014. Going forward, we expect our maintenance and support revenue to remain flat or to account for a decreasing percentage of our total revenue over the long term. We typically recognize subscription and support revenue ratably over the term of the arrangement after all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

To assess our renewals with respect to our licenses, we utilize a dollar–based renewal rate, which is calculated by the dollar value of renewed contracts divided by the dollar value of expiring contracts in any given period. During the six months ended January 31, 2015, our subscription and time-based licenses that were eligible for renewal were renewed at a dollar-based renewal rate of approximately 85%. The dollar-based renewal rate for the six months ended January 31, 2015, is not necessarily indicative of our dollar-based renewal rate for a full year or any future period.

 

Professional Services and Other Revenue. Professional services and other revenue consists of fees recognized from consulting services. We recognize fees from consulting services as revenue as the services are performed. We recognize fees from time and material services as revenue as services are rendered based on inputs to the project, such as billable hours incurred, after all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For fixed-fee professional service arrangements, we recognize revenue under the proportional performance method of accounting and estimate the proportional performance on a monthly basis, utilizing hours incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated hours to complete the project. If we do not have a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, we recognize revenue upon completion of the arrangement.

 

Our professional services and other revenue represented 40% of our total revenue for fiscal 2014. We have experienced continued growth in our professional services and other revenue primarily due to the deployment of our software with some customers that have large, highly complex IT environments. However, going forward, we expect our professional services and other revenue to account for a decreasing percentage of our total revenue over the long term as we continue to increase our subscription and support revenue and as our customers increase their use of professional services provided by our channel partners and other third parties. We have also started to refer professional services opportunities to our partners and have started to field requests from customers to use their current third-party service providers for professional services engagements.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of License Revenue. Cost of license revenue consists primarily of the cost of third-party software royalties and amortization of acquired intangible assets.

 

Cost of Subscription and Support Revenue. Cost of subscription and support revenue includes all direct costs to deliver our cloud-based solution and software support, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our customer support organization, third-party hosting costs, third-party software royalties, allocated overhead for facilities and IT, and amortization of acquired intangible assets.

 

Cost of Professional Services and Other Revenue. Cost of professional services and other revenue includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our professional services organization, consulting services and allocated overhead for facilities and IT.

 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

Gross profit, or total revenue less total cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by various factors, including the mix among our license, subscription and professional services and other revenue, the costs associated with third-party hosting facilities and the extent to which we expand our customer support and professional services organizations. Our gross margin on license revenue and subscription and support revenue is significantly higher than our gross margin on

 

-60-


Table of Contents

professional services and other revenue, and our gross margin on license revenue is significantly higher than our gross margin on subscription and support revenue. We expect our gross margin to increase modestly over the long term, although our gross margin will fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of all of these factors.

 

Operating Expenses

 

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative. For each category, the largest component is personnel costs, which include salaries and bonuses, employee benefits costs, stock-based compensation and, in the case of sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT, which include compensation of personnel and costs associated with our facilities and IT infrastructure.

 

Research and Development. Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and allocated overhead attributable to our research and development personnel. We have devoted our product development efforts primarily to enhancing the functionality and expanding the capabilities of our software platform. We intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development to enhance and further develop our platform. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in dollar amount for the foreseeable future. However, we expect our research and development expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue over the long term, although our research and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period.

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and allocated overhead for our sales, marketing and business development personnel, commissions earned by our sales personnel, and the cost of marketing and business development programs. We intend to continue to make significant investments in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue and grow our global customer base. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in dollar amount and to continue to be our largest operating expenses category as we continue to grow our global customer base and expand our geographic coverage. However, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue over the long term, although our sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period.

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and allocated overhead for our executive and administrative personnel, legal, accounting and other professional services fees, and other corporate expenses. We have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional general and administrative expenses to support the growth of our operations and to prepare to operate as a public company. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in dollar amount for the foreseeable future. However, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue over the long term, although our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the changes in the fair value of common stock warrants, foreign currency exchange gains or losses, interest expense on outstanding debt and interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents balances.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes is based on the amount of earnings and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates and is adjusted for allowable credits and deductions. Our provision for income taxes consists of state and foreign taxes. Our income tax provision may be significantly affected by changes to our estimates for tax in jurisdictions in which we operate and other estimates utilized in determining the global effective tax rate.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Because of our history of U.S. net operating losses, we have established a full valuation allowance against potential future benefits for our U.S. deferred tax assets including loss carryforwards and research and development and other tax credits. Our income tax provision could be significantly impacted by estimates surrounding our uncertain tax positions and changes to our valuation allowance in future periods. We reevaluate the judgments surrounding our estimates and make adjustments as appropriate each reporting period. See Note 7 of our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information concerning our provision for income taxes.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

          

License

   $ 9,452      $ 13,917      $ 11,411      $ 3,566      $ 9,522   

Subscription and support

     7,308        15,243        20,237        9,651        14,164   

Professional services and other

     10,847        13,992        21,054        10,200        8,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     27,607        43,152        52,702        23,417        32,615   

Cost of revenue

          

License

     157        108        366        88        257   

Subscription and support(1)

     3,484        9,286        11,911        7,425        5,367   

Professional services and other(1)

     8,352        12,435        15,431        7,847        7,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     11,993        21,829        27,708        15,360        12,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,614        21,323        24,994        8,057        19,947   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development(1)

     10,922        16,848        22,273        9,152        14,385   

Sales and marketing(1)

     9,801        23,812        47,029        22,456        25,174   

General and administrative(1)

     4,033        5,885        14,415        6,767        6,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,756        46,545        83,717        38,375        46,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (9,142 )      (25,222 )      (58,723 )      (30,318 )      (26,316 ) 

Other income (expense), net

     1,228        (376 )      (1,678 )      (1,757 )      (290 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (7,914 )      (25,598 )      (60,401 )      (32,075 )      (26,606 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     367        273        392        137        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,281 )    $ (25,871 )    $ (60,793 )    $ (32,212 )    $ (26,809 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-62-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
       2012          2013          2014           2014            2015     
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $ 2       $ 21       $ 24       $ 12       $ 13   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

     30         65         133         47         91   

Research and development

     74         114         490         135         453   

Sales and marketing

     55         138         1,090         146         319   

General and administrative

     20         70         989         430         571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 181       $ 408       $ 2,726       $ 770       $ 1,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July  31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
         2012             2013             2014             2014             2015      
     (as a percentage of total revenue)        (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

          

License

     34.2 %      32.3 %      21.7 %      15.2 %      29.2 % 

Subscription and support

     26.5        35.3        38.4        41.2        43.4   

Professional services and other

     39.3        32.4        39.9        43.6        27.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   

Cost of revenue

          

License

     0.6        0.3        0.7        0.4        0.8   

Subscription and support

     12.6        21.5        22.6        31.7        16.4   

Professional services and other

     30.3        28.8        29.3        33.5        21.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     43.5        50.6        52.6        65.6        38.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     56.5        49.4        47.4        34.4        61.2   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development

     39.6        39.0        42.3        39.1        44.1   

Sales and marketing

     35.5        55.2        89.2        95.9        77.2   

General and administrative

     14.6        13.6        27.4        28.9        20.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     89.7        107.8        158.9        163.9        141.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (33.2 )      (58.4 )      (111.5 )      (129.5 )      (80.7 ) 

Other income (expense), net

     4.4        (0.9 )      (3.2 )      (7.5 )      (0.9 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (28.8 )      (59.3 )      (114.7 )      (137.0 )      (81.6 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     1.3        0.6        0.7        0.6        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (30.1 )%      (59.9 )%      (115.4 )%      (137.6 )%      (82.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended January 31, 2014 and 2015

 

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
January 31,
    %
Change
 
         2014             2015        
    

(unaudited)
(dollar amounts in thousands)

       

Revenue

      

License

   $ 3,566      $ 9,522        167.0 % 

Subscription and support

     9,651        14,164        46.8 % 

Professional services and other

     10,200        8,929        (12.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 23,417      $ 32,615        39.3 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenue

      

License

     15.2 %      29.2 %   

Subscription and support

     41.2        43.4     

Professional services and other

     43.6        27.4     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     100.0 %      100.0 %   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total revenue increased $9.2 million, or 39%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to six months ended January 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase in license revenue of $6.0 million, or 167%, and growth in subscription and support revenue of $4.5 million, or 47%. The increase in license revenue was driven primarily by growth in our on-premises deployments. The decline in professional services and other revenue of $1.3 million, or 13%, was primarily due to professional services and other revenue we recognized from AT&T in the six months ended January 31, 2014. AT&T accounted for 17% of our total revenue in the six months ended January 31, 2014, and 6% of total revenue in the six months ended January 31, 2015. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in the six months ended January 31, 2014 or 2015. Excluding revenue from AT&T, our total revenue increased $11.1 million, or 57%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014. Excluding our license revenue from AT&T, our license revenue increased $5.9 million, or 166%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014. Excluding our subscription and support revenue from AT&T, our subscription and support revenue increased $4.6 million, or 51%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014. Excluding our professional services and other revenue from AT&T, our professional services and other revenue increased $0.6 million, or 9%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014. We also experienced an increase in the proportion of our total revenue that we derive from customers located outside the United States, rising from 33% in the six months ended January 31, 2014 to 38% in the six months ended January 31, 2015.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
January 31,
    % Change  
         2014             2015        
     (unaudited)        
     (dollar amounts in
thousands)
       

Cost of revenue

      

License

   $ 88      $ 257        192.0 % 

Subscription and support

     7,425        5,367        (27.7 )% 

Professional services and other

     7,847        7,044        (10.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 15,360      $ 12,668        (17.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

      

License

     97.5 %      97.3 %   

Subscription and support

     23.1 %      62.1 %   

Professional services and other

     23.1 %      21.1 %   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total gross margin

     34.4 %      61.2 %   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total cost of revenue decreased $2.7 million, or 18%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014, primarily due to a decrease in cost of subscription and support revenue of $2.1 million, or 28%, and a decrease in cost of professional services and other revenue of $0.8 million, or 10%. The decrease in cost of subscription and support revenue primarily reflected $1.1 million in decreased salaries and benefits and stock-based compensation costs due to decreased headcount in our customer support organization and a $0.8 million decrease in third-party hosting and consulting costs as we gained efficiencies in our customer support organization and substantially completed the migration of customers to our current digital platform. The decrease in cost of professional services and other revenue primarily reflected a $0.9 million decrease in third-party consulting costs as we gained efficiencies in our professional services organization. Cost of license revenue was nominal in both periods.

 

Total gross margin increased due to the impact of revenue mix between our license, subscription and support and professional services and other revenue. More specifically, our license revenue accounted for a significantly higher percentage of our total revenue in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014. This increase in total gross margin also reflected increased efficiencies in our customer support organization and substantial completion of customer migration to our current digital platform. In addition, this increase was partially offset by a decline in gross margin realized on our professional services and other revenue as we continued to expand our professional services organizations to support our growing customer base.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended
January 31,
    % Change  
         2014             2015        
    

(unaudited)

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

       

Operating expenses

      

Research and development

   $ 9,152      $ 14,385        57.2 % 

Sales and marketing

     22,456        25,174        12.1 % 

General and administrative

     6,767        6,704        (0.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 38,375      $ 46,263        20.6 % 

Percentage of revenue

      

Research and development

     39.1 %      44.1 %   

Sales and marketing

     95.9        77.2     

General and administrative

     28.9        20.6     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     163.9 %      141.9 %   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Research and Development Expense

 

Research and development expense increased $5.2 million, or 57%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014, primarily due to a $5.0 million increase in salaries and benefits expense and stock-based compensation as we increased engineering headcount to support ongoing development and enhancement of our product offerings.

 

Sales and Marketing Expense

 

Sales and marketing expense increased $2.7 million, or 12%, in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014, primarily due to a $3.0 million increase in salaries and benefits expense and stock-based compensation as we increased head count to expand our sales operations as well as increased commissions reflecting our higher sales levels.

 

General and Administrative Expense

 

General and administrative expense was relatively flat in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014, and primarily related to a $0.8 million increase in personnel-related expenses to support our overall growth partially offset by a decrease of $0.7 million in professional services fees related to accounting, legal and recruiting activities.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Six Months Ended
January 31,
    % Change  
         2014             2015        
    

(unaudited)

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

       

Other income (expense), net

   $ (1,757 )    $ (290 )      (83.5 )% 

Percentage of revenue

      

Other income (expense), net

     (7.5 )%      (0.9 )%   

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net decreased primarily due to $1.6 million of expense associated with the revaluation of our common stock warrants during the six months ended January 31, 2014, that did not recur in the six months ended January 31, 2015.

 

     Six Months Ended
January 31,
    % Change  
         2014             2015        
     (unaudited)        
     (dollar amounts in
thousands)
       

Provision for income taxes

   $ 137      $ 203        48.2 % 

Percentage of revenue

      

Provision for income taxes

     0.6 %      0.6 %   

 

Provision for income taxes remained flat in the six months ended January 31, 2015, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014, and primarily relates to state and foreign taxes.

 

Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014

 

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    2012 to 2013
% Change
    2013 to 2014
% Change
 
         2012             2013             2014          
     (dollar amounts in thousands)              

Revenue

          

License

   $ 9,452      $ 13,917      $ 11,411        47.2 %      (18.0 )% 

Subscription and support

     7,308        15,243        20,237        108.6 %      32.8 % 

Professional services and other

     10,847        13,992        21,054        29.0 %      50.5 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

   $ 27,607      $ 43,152      $ 52,702        56.3 %      22.1 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of revenue

          

License

     34.2 %      32.3 %      21.7 %     

Subscription and support

     26.5        35.3        38.4       

Professional services and other

     39.3        32.4        39.9       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

     100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2014. Total revenue increased $9.6 million, or 22%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to an increase in subscription and support revenue of $5.0 million, or 33%, and growth in professional services and other revenue of $7.1 million, or 51%. The increase in subscription and support revenue was driven primarily by growth in the number of customers adopting our cloud-based solution and an increase in revenue from software support as a result of on-premises software licenses that increased our cumulative installed base of customers that pay for recurring software support fees. The increase in professional services and other revenue was primarily due to an increase in sales of consulting services reflecting the overall growth in our business. The decline in license revenue of $2.5 million, or 18%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, was due to $8.0 million of license revenue we recognized from AT&T in fiscal 2013, which was not ongoing in fiscal 2014 and which we considered to be abnormally large given the Company’s operating results at the time. AT&T accounted for 36% of our total revenue, 54% of our license revenue, 10% of our subscription and support revenue and 47% of our professional services and other revenue in fiscal 2013 compared to 15% of our total revenue, 7% of our subscription and support revenue and 30% of our professional services and other revenue in fiscal 2014. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2013 or 2014. Excluding revenue from AT&T, our total revenue increased $17.5 million, or 64%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Excluding our license revenue from AT&T, our license revenue increased

 

-67-


Table of Contents

$5.0 million, or 78%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, driven by growth in our on-premises deployments. Excluding our subscription and support revenue from AT&T, our subscription and support revenue increased $5.1 million, or 37%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Excluding our professional services and other revenue from AT&T, our professional services and other revenue increased $7.4 million, or 100%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, we also experienced an increase in the proportion of our total revenue that we derive from customers located outside the United States, rising from 16% in fiscal 2013 to 33% in fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2013. Total revenue increased $15.5 million, or 56%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to growth in subscription and support revenue of $7.9 million, or 109%, the increase in license revenue of $4.5 million, or 47%, and to a lesser extent the increase in professional services and other revenue of $3.1 million, or 29%. The increase in subscription and support revenue was driven primarily by growth in the number of customers adopting our cloud-based solution. The increase in professional services and other revenue was primarily due to an increase in sales of consulting services reflecting our growing customer base. The increase in license revenue was due to revenue that we recognized from AT&T. AT&T accounted for 38% of our total revenue, 35% of our license revenue, 20% of our subscription and support revenue and 53% of our professional services and other revenue in fiscal 2012 compared to 36% of our total revenue, 54% of our license revenue, 10% of our subscription and support revenue and 47% of our professional services and other revenue in fiscal 2013. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2012 or 2013. Excluding revenue from AT&T, our total revenue increased $10.4 million, or 61%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. Excluding our license and subscription and support revenue from AT&T, our license revenue increased $0.3 million, or 5%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 and our subscription and support revenue increased $7.8 million, or 133%, driven by growth in the number of customers accessing our software in the cloud. Excluding the professional services and other revenue from AT&T, professional services and other revenue increased $2.3 million, or 46%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to an increase in sales of consulting services reflecting our growing customer base.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    2012 to 2013
% Change
    2013 to 2014
% Change
 
     2012     2013     2014      
     (dollar amounts in thousands)              

Cost of revenue

          

License

   $ 157      $ 108      $ 366        (31.2 )%      238.9 % 

Subscription and support

     3,484        9,286        11,911        166.5 %      28.3 % 

Professional services and other

     8,352        12,435        15,431        48.9 %      24.1 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 11,993      $ 21,829      $ 27,708        82.0 %      26.9 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Gross margin

          

License

     98.3 %      99.2 %      96.8 %     

Subscription and support

     52.3 %      39.1 %      41.1 %     

Professional services and other

     23.0 %      11.1 %      26.7 %     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total gross margin

     56.6 %      49.4 %      47.4 %     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2014. Total cost of revenue increased $5.9 million, or 27%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to an increase in cost of subscription and support revenue of $2.6 million, or 28%, and an increase in cost of professional services and other revenue of $3.0 million, or 24%. The increase in cost of subscription and support revenue primarily reflected $1.4 million in increased salaries and benefits costs and stock-based compensation due to increased headcount in our customer support organization to support our growing customer base and $0.7 million of third-party hosting costs as we increased our data center capacity to migrate customers to our current digital platform and to support our customer growth, $0.3 million related to the

 

-68-


Table of Contents

amortization of acquired intangible assets and $0.6 million related to facilities and other overhead costs partially offset by a decrease of $0.5 million in third-party consulting services. The increase in cost of professional services and other revenue primarily reflected $3.1 million in increased salaries and benefits costs and stock-based compensation due to increased headcount in our professional services organization to support our growing customer base and to support customers migrating to our current digital platform, $0.5 million related to facilities and other overhead costs, partially offset by a decrease of $0.9 million of deferred costs of revenue recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policy. Cost of license revenue was nominal in both periods.

 

Total gross margin decreased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 due to the impact of revenue mix between our license, subscription and support and professional services and other revenue. This decline in total gross margin reflected growth in the number of customers accessing our software in the cloud, which has lower gross margins and the costs associated with third-party hosting facilities. In addition, this decline also reflected lower gross margin realized on our professional services and other revenue as we continued to expand our customer support and professional services organizations to support our growing customer base.

 

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2013. Total cost of revenue increased $9.8 million, or 82%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, due to an increase in cost of subscription and support revenue of $5.8 million, or 167%, and an increase in cost of professional services and other revenue of $4.1 million, or 49%. The increase in cost of subscription and support revenue primarily reflected $2.2 million in increased salaries and benefits costs and stock-based compensation due to increased headcount in our customer support organization to support our growing customer base and $2.5 million of third-party hosting costs as we increased our data center capacity to migrate customers to our current digital platform and to support our customer growth. The increase in cost of professional services and other revenue primarily reflected $3.6 million in increased salaries and benefits costs and stock-based compensation due to increased headcount in our professional services organization to support our growing customer base and to support customers migrating to our current digital platform, and $1.5 million of deferred costs of revenue recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policy. Cost of license revenue was nominal in both periods.

 

Total gross margin decreased in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily due to our significant investments made to migrate customers to our current digital platform, and expansion of our customer support and professional services organizations to support our growing customer base, as well as the impact of revenue mix among our license, subscription and support and professional services and other revenue.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    2012 to 2013
% Change
    2013 to 2014
% Change
 
     2012     2013     2014      
     (dollar amounts in thousands)              

Operating expenses

          

Research and development

   $ 10,922      $ 16,848      $ 22,273        54.3 %      32.2 % 

Sales and marketing

     9,801        23,812        47,029        143.0 %      97.5 % 

General and administrative

     4,033        5,885        14,415        45.9 %      144.9 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total operating expenses

   $ 24,756      $ 46,545      $ 83,717        88.0 %      79.9 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of revenue

          

Research and development

     39.6 %      39.0 %      42.3 %     

Sales and marketing

     35.5 %      55.2 %      89.2 %     

General and administrative

     14.6 %      13.6 %      27.4 %     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total operating expenses

     89.7 %      107.8 %      158.9 %     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expense

 

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2014. Research and development expense increased $5.4 million, or 32%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $5.0 million increase in salaries and benefits expense and stock-based compensation as we increased engineering headcount to support ongoing development and enhancement of our product offerings and a $0.7 million increase in allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT. This increase was partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in third-party consulting fees as a result of our shifting resources from contractors to full-time employees.

 

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2013. Research and development expense increased $5.9 million, or 54%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to a $4.5 million increase in salaries and benefits expense and stock-based compensation as we increased engineering headcount to support ongoing development and enhancement of our product offerings as well as $1.1 million increase in allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT.

 

Sales and Marketing Expense

 

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2014. Sales and marketing expense increased $23.2 million, or 98%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $16.7 million increase in salaries and benefits expense and stock-based compensation as we increased headcount to expand our sales operations, as well as increased commissions reflecting our higher sales levels. The increased expenses in fiscal 2014 also reflected an increase in marketing related expenditures of $2.7 million as we expanded customer programs and lead generation activities, travel related expenses of $2.0 million due to increased headcount and allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT of $2.2 million, which were partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in third-party consulting fees.

 

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2013. Sales and marketing expense increased $14.0 million, or 143%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to a $9.6 million increase in salaries and benefits expense and stock-based compensation as we expanded our sales operations internationally, a $2.8 million increase in recruiting and third-party consulting and professional services fees, $1.0 million in increased travel related expenses, and an increase in allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT of $0.4 million.

 

General and Administrative Expense

 

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2014. General and administrative expense increased $8.5 million, or 145%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in salaries and benefits and stock-based compensation as we increased general and administrative headcount, including our executive management team, to support our overall growth. The increased expenses in fiscal 2014 also reflected an increase of $3.8 million in third-party consulting and professional services fees related to audit, accounting and legal activities, and increases of $0.2 million in allocated overhead costs for facilities and IT.

 

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2013. General and administrative expense increased $1.9 million, or 46%, in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to a $1.8 million increase in salaries and benefits and stock-based compensation as we increased general and administrative headcount to support our overall growth.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    2012 to 2013
% Change
    2013 to 2014
% Change
 
         2012             2013             2014          
     (dollar amounts in thousands)              

Other income (expense), net

   $ 1,228      $ (376 )    $ (1,678 )      (130.6 )%      (346.3 )% 

Percentage of revenue

          

Other income (expense), net

     4.4 %      (0.9 )%      (3.2 )%     

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2014. Other income (expense), net decreased primarily due to $1.6 million of expense associated with the revaluation of our common stock warrants as well as foreign exchange gains and losses.

 

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2013. Other income (expense), net decreased primarily due to gains on bargain purchases related to fiscal 2012 acquisitions.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    2012 to 2013
% Change
    2013 to 2014
% Change
 
         2012             2013             2014          
     (dollar amounts in thousands)              

Provision for income taxes

   $ 367      $ 273      $ 392        (25.6 )%      43.6 % 

Percentage of revenue

          

Provision for income taxes

     1.3 %      0.6 %      0.7 %     

 

In each of fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we recorded income taxes that were principally attributable to state and foreign taxes.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for the six fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2015, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of total revenue. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Oct. 31,
2013
    Jan. 31,
2014
    April 30,
2014
    July 31,
2014
    Oct. 31,
2014
    Jan. 31
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

            

Revenue

            

License

   $ 688      $ 2,878      $ 3,739      $ 4,106      $ 4,416      $ 5,106   

Subscription and support

     4,421        5,230        5,043        5,543        6,493        7,671   

Professional services and other

     5,125        5,075        5,606        5,248        4,698        4,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     10,234        13,183        14,388        14,897        15,607        17,008   

Cost of revenue

            

License

     15        73        142        136        129        128   

Subscription and support(1)

     3,700        3,725        2,255        2,231        2,438        2,929   

Professional services and other(1)

     3,793        4,054        3,598        3,986        3,720        3,324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     7,508        7,852        5,995        6,353        6,287        6,381   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,726        5,331        8,393        8,544        9,320        10,627   

Operating expenses

            

Research and development(1)

     4,331        4,821        6,229        6,892        7,323        7,062   

Sales and marketing(1)

     9,681        12,775        11,571        13,002        13,960        11,214   

General and administrative(1)

     3,176        3,591        3,357        4,291        3,579        3,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,188        21,187        21,157        24,185        24,862        21,401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (14,462 )      (15,856 )      (12,764 )      (15,641 )      (15,542 )      (10,774 ) 

Other income (expense), net

     (152 )      (1,605 )      (123 )      202        (107 )      (183 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (14,614 )      (17,461 )      (12,887 )      (15,439 )      (15,649 )      (10,957 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     99        38        128        127        111        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (14,713 )    $ (17,499 )    $ (13,015 )    $ (15,566 )    $ (15,760 )      (11,049 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Oct. 31,
2013
     Jan. 31,
2014
     April 30,
2014
     July 31,
2014
     Oct. 31,
2014
     Jan. 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $ 9       $ 3       $ 5       $ 7       $ 5       $ 8   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

     17         30         42         44         43         48   

Research and development

     35         100         174         181         196         257   

Sales and marketing

     57         89         115         829         131         188   

General and administrative

     208         222         355         204         222         349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $    326       $    444       $    691       $ 1,265       $    597       $ 850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-72-


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     Oct. 31,
2013
    Jan. 31,
2014
    April 30,
2014
    July 31,
2014
    October 31,
2014
    Jan. 31,
2015
 
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

            

Revenue

            

License

     6.7 %      21.8 %      26.0 %      27.6 %      28.3 %      30.0 % 

Subscription and support

     43.2        39.7        35.0        37.2        41.6        45.1   

Professional services and other

     50.1        38.5        39.0        35.2        30.1        24.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

            

License

     0.1        0.6        1.0        0.9        0.8        0.8   

Subscription and support

     36.2        28.2        15.7        15.0        15.6        17.2   

Professional services and other

     37.1        30.8        25.0        26.8        23.9        19.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     73.4        59.6        41.7        42.7        40.3        37.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     26.6        40.4        58.3        57.3        59.7        62.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

            

Research and development

     42.3        36.6        43.3        46.3        46.9        41.5   

Sales and marketing

     94.6        96.9        80.4        87.3        89.5        65.9   

General and administrative

     31.0        27.2        23.3        28.8        22.9        18.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     167.9        160.7        147.0        162.4        159.3        125.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (141.3 )      (120.3 )      (88.7 )      (105.1 )      (99.6 )      (63.3 ) 

Other income (expense), net

     (1.5 )      (12.2 )      (0.9 )      1.4        (0.7 )      (1.1 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (142.8 )      (132.5 )      (89.6 )      (103.7 )      (100.3 )      (64.4 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     1.0        0.3        0.9        0.9        0.7        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (143.8 )%      (132.8 )%      (90.5 )%      (104.6 )%      (101.0 )%      (65.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

While our quarterly results in recent periods have not reflected seasonal variations in our total revenue due to our growth and the revenue recognition policies applicable to license revenue derived from time-based licenses and to subscription and support revenue, we anticipate that we will experience seasonality in the future. We expect to experience a pattern of lower sequential total revenue in our first fiscal quarter as a result of slower enterprise buying patterns during the late summer months both domestically and overseas, including from our telecommunications customers, as well as due to government customer procurement, budget and deployment cycles, and the timing of our training for our entire sales force. In addition, we expect to experience sequentially higher total revenue in our second fiscal quarter as a result of larger customers with a December 31 fiscal year end choosing to spend remaining budgets shortly before their year-end, which we expect to impact our total revenue in our second fiscal quarter. We anticipate that our gross margin and other operating results will be affected by these seasonal trends in future periods because the majority of our expenses are relatively fixed in the short term.

 

Our total revenue has increased over the periods presented due to increased sales to new customers as well as expanded sales to existing customers that seek to increase their digital deployments or expand the use of our software through additional use cases or broader deployment within their organizations.

 

Other than the second quarter of fiscal 2015, research and development expenses increased sequentially in dollar amount in each quarter presented primarily due to increases in personnel related expenses from the continued hiring of engineering headcount to develop and enhance our product offerings.

 

Other than the third quarter of fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015, sales and marketing expenses increased sequentially in dollar amount in each quarter presented primarily due to increases in

 

-73-


Table of Contents

personnel-related expenses, as well as increased marketing programs and events. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses from the second quarter to the third quarter of fiscal 2014 and from the first quarter to the second quarter of fiscal 2015 primarily was due to expenses we incurred in connection with our holding of an annual user and developer conference in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the first quarter of fiscal 2015.

 

Other than the third quarter of fiscal 2014, general and administrative expenses increased sequentially in every quarter of fiscal 2014 primarily due to increases in personnel-related expenses, as well as increased consulting and professional services fees related to accounting, legal and recruiting activities to support the growth of our operations and to prepare to operate as a public company. The decrease in general and administrative expenses from the second quarter to the third quarter of fiscal 2014 primarily reflects the decrease in our use of third-party consulting and professional services. General and administrative expenses decreased sequentially in every quarter of fiscal 2015 due to decreases in professional services fees related to accounting, legal and recruiting activities.

 

Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics

 

The following table summarizes certain of our key non-GAAP financial metrics:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Gross billings

   $ 36,701      $ 43,136      $ 63,768      $ 23,684      $ 37,618   

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 15,646      $ 21,409      $ 25,763      $ 8,233      $ 20,505   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     56.7 %      49.6 %      48.9 %      35.2 %      62.9 % 

Non-GAAP operating loss

   $ (8,912 )    $ (24,638 )    $ (55,117 )    $ (29,326 )    $ (24,269 ) 

 

Gross Billings. We define gross billings as our total revenue plus the change in our deferred revenue in a period. Gross billings in any period consists of sales to new customers plus renewals and additional sales to existing customers. Our management uses gross billings as a performance measurement because we generally bill our customers at the time of sale of our solutions and recognize revenue either upon delivery or ratably over subsequent periods, and a portion of our revenue may be recognized over a period of more than 12 months. We believe that gross billings provides valuable insight into the sales of our solutions and the performance of our business. Our gross billings were $36.7 million, $43.1 million and $63.8 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, and grew 18% and 48% year-over-year in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively. Our gross billings were $23.7 million and $37.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and grew 59%. The growth is primarily due to increased customer adoption of our cloud-based and on-premise solutions.

 

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Gross Margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as our total revenue less our total cost of revenue, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation associated with equity awards granted to professional services and maintenance personnel and amortization of acquired intangible assets. We define non-GAAP gross margin as our non-GAAP gross profit as a percentage of our total revenue. Non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin are key measures used by our management to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends. In particular, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin exclude certain non-cash expenses and can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Our non-GAAP gross profit was $15.6 million, $21.4 million and $25.8 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, and grew 37% and 20% year-over-year in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively. Our non-GAAP gross profit was $8.2 million and $20.5 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and grew 149%. The increase in non-GAAP gross profit in fiscal 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, was largely as a result of increased total revenue. Non-GAAP gross margin decreased from 57% to 50% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 and remained relatively flat at 49% in fiscal 2014. Our non-GAAP gross margin decreased from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 because our subscription and support revenue accounted for a higher percentage of our total revenue in fiscal 2013 and we incurred substantial costs in fiscal 2013 to migrate our customers to our current

 

-74-


Table of Contents

digital platform. Non-GAAP gross margin increased from 35% to 63% in the six months ended January 31, 2014, compared to the six months ended January 31, 2015, because our license revenue accounted for a significantly higher percentage of our total revenue in the six months ended January 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended January 31, 2014. Our non-GAAP gross margin on license revenue and subscription and support revenue is significantly higher than our non-GAAP gross margin on professional services and other revenue, and our non-GAAP gross margin on license revenue is significantly higher than our non-GAAP gross margin on subscription and support revenue. In fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we continued to expand our customer support and professional services organizations to support our growing customer base and to migrate customers to our current digital platform. However, going forward we expect our professional services and other revenue to account for a decreasing percentage of our total revenue over the long term as we continue to increase our subscription and support revenue and as our customers increase their use of professional services provided by our channel partners and other third parties.

 

Non-GAAP Operating Loss. We define non-GAAP operating loss as our operating loss excluding stock-based compensation expense and amortization of acquired intangibles assets. Our management uses non-GAAP operating loss to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends. In particular, non-GAAP operating loss excludes certain non-cash expenses and can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Our non-GAAP operating loss was $8.9 million, $24.6 million and $55.1 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $29.3 million and $24.3 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The increase in non-GAAP operating loss through fiscal 2014 reflects our substantial investments to continue to develop and improve our platform and solutions, to expand our sales and marketing capabilities and geographic coverage, and to provide general and administrative resources to support our growth. The decrease in non-GAAP operating loss in fiscal 2015 reflects increased efficiencies in our customer support organization and substantial completion of customer migration to our current platform.

 

See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP financial measures and for reconciliations of each of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     As of July 31,     As of January 31,  
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,583      $ 44,243      $ 51,759      $ 13,965      $ 29,133   
     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (1,258 )    $ (26,780 )    $ (50,267 )    $ (27,994 )    $ (21,274 ) 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,723        (584 )      (2,086 )      (1,596 )      (350 ) 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     27,023        39,024        59,869        (688 )      (1,002 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,488      $ 11,660      $ 7,516      $ (30,278 )    $ (22,626 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Since fiscal 2012 we have funded our operations primarily through private sales of equity securities. At July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively, our cash and cash equivalents of $51.8 million and $29.1 million were held for working capital purposes, a majority of which was invested in money market funds. We intend to increase our capital expenditures in the rest of fiscal 2015, consistent with the growth in our business and operations. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our

 

-75-


Table of Contents

anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, our needs for increased data center capacity to migrate customers to our current digital platform and to support our expanding customer base, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced software and services offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

Operating Activities

 

For the six months ended January 31, 2015, we used $21.3 million of cash in our operating activities, which reflects our net loss of $26.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $2.7 million consisting primarily of $1.4 million for stock-based compensation and $1.2 million for depreciation and amortization. Additional sources of cash inflows were from changes in our working capital, including a $5.5 million increase in deferred revenue and $0.5 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, which was partially offset by a $2.6 million increase in accounts receivable and a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

For the six months ended January 31, 2014, we used $28.0 million of cash in our operating activities, which reflects our net loss of $32.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $3.2 million consisting primarily of $1.6 million associated with changes in the fair value of our common stock warrants, $0.8 million for stock-based compensation and $0.7 million for depreciation and amortization. Additional sources of cash were from changes in our working capital, including a $3.0 million increase in accounts payable and a $2.4 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, which were partially offset by a $3.2 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

For fiscal 2014, we used $50.3 million of cash in our operating activities, which reflects our net loss of $60.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $6.6 million consisting primarily of $2.7 million for stock-based compensation, $2.1 million for depreciation and amortization and $1.6 million associated with changes in fair value of our common stock warrants. Additional sources of cash inflows were from changes in our working capital, including an $11.0 million increase in deferred revenue, and $3.7 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, which were partially offset by a $9.7 million increase in accounts receivable associated with increased sales and a $1.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

For fiscal 2013, we used $26.8 million of cash in our operating activities, which reflects our net loss of $25.9 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $3.1 million consisting primarily of $1.3 million associated with issuances and changes in fair value of our common stock warrants, $0.4 million for stock-based compensation and $1.2 million for depreciation and amortization. Additional uses of cash were from changes in our working capital, including an $8.4 million decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, and a $2.5 million increase in accounts receivable associated with increased sales, which were partially offset by a $6.9 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

For fiscal 2012, we used $1.3 million of cash in our operating activities, which reflects our net loss of $8.3 million, as well as non-cash adjustments of $0.7 million consisting primarily of a $1.6 million gain on purchase for fiscal 2012 acquisitions, partially offset by $0.2 million for stock-based compensation, $0.2 million of deferred income taxes and $0.3 million for depreciation and amortization. Additional sources of cash inflows were from changes in our working capital, including a $9.1 million increase in deferred revenue, a $1.9 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, which were partially offset by a $2.4 million increase in accounts receivable, due to increased sales, and a $0.9 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

 

During the six months ended January 31, 2015, cash used in investing activities of $0.4 million was primarily attributable to capital expenditures for technology and software to support the growth of our business. During the six months ended January 31, 2014, cash used in investing activities of $1.6 million was primarily attributable to capital expenditures of $2.0 million for technology and software to support the growth of our business, as well as leasehold improvements on our corporate headquarters, partially offset by $0.4 million of cash acquired in our acquisition of InsightsOne.

 

During fiscal 2014, cash used in investing activities of $2.1 million was primarily attributable to capital expenditures of $2.5 million for technology and software to support the growth of our business, as well as leasehold improvements on our corporate headquarters, partially offset by $0.4 million of cash acquired in our acquisition of InsightsOne.

 

During fiscal 2013, cash used in investing activities of $0.6 million was primarily attributable to capital expenditures for technology and software to support our corporate infrastructure.

 

During fiscal 2012, cash provided by investing activities of $1.7 million was attributable to $2.7 million of cash received from acquisitions. This was partially offset by $1.0 million in capital expenditures related to the purchase of technology and software to support the growth of our business.

 

Financing Activities

 

During the six months ended January 31, 2015, cash used in financing activities was primarily due to $4.3 million of repayments on our outstanding debt obligations, as well as $1.1 million of payments of deferred initial public offering costs, partially offset by $4.0 million proceeds from the issuance of debt and proceeds from exercise of common stock options of $0.4 million. During the six months ended January 31, 2014, cash used in financing activities was primarily due to $0.8 million of repayments on our outstanding debt obligations, partially offset by proceeds from exercise of common stock options of $0.1 million.

 

During fiscal 2014, cash provided by financing activities of $59.9 million was primarily due to $59.9 million proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and $6.5 million of proceeds from the issuance of debt, each net of issuance costs, as well as $0.5 million of proceeds from exercise of common stock options. This was partially offset by $7.0 million of repayments on our outstanding debt obligations.

 

During fiscal 2013, cash provided by financing activities of $39.0 million was primarily due to $34.9 million of proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and $4.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of issuance costs, as well as $0.4 million of proceeds from exercise of common stock options. This was partially offset by $0.3 million of repayments on our outstanding debt obligations.

 

During fiscal 2012, cash provided by financing activities of $27.0 million was primarily due to $26.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and $0.2 million of proceeds from the exercise of common stock options.

 

Long-term Debt

 

In May 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, which was amended and restated in November 2014, or the Loan and Security Agreement. Prior to the amendment and restatement, the agreement provided us with the ability to borrow up to $11.5 million through a $6.0 million revolving line of credit subject to an accounts receivable borrowing base, a $4.0 million term loan facility and a $1.5 million capital equipment term loan. We had the ability to draw upon the revolving line of credit through April 2016 at a floating interest rate equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum. The amount outstanding on the revolving line of credit was limited to the lesser of $6.0 million or 80% of the balance of certain eligible

 

-77-


Table of Contents

customer accounts receivable. The interest rate on the term loans was 6.5% per annum, payable monthly in arrears, and the outstanding principal was payable in equal monthly installments over a 30-month period with the last payment due in November 2015. The interest rate on the equipment loan was a floating rate equal to prime plus 2.0% per annum and the outstanding principal was payable in monthly installments over a 36-month period with the last payment due in June 2017. As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, we had borrowings of $2.2 million and $3.7 million under the term loan, respectively, and $1.5 million and $1.2 million under the capital equipment term loan, respectively.

 

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 300,000 shares and 200,000 shares of common stock during the years ended July 31, 2012 and July 31, 2013, respectively. Warrants to purchase 315,000 shares have an exercise price of $0.09 per share and expire in May 2022, Warrants to purchase 185,000 shares have an exercise price of $0.48 per share and expire in May 2022. As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, all 500,000 of these warrants to purchase shares of common stock remained outstanding and exercisable.

 

In December 2013, in connection with our acquisition of InsightsOne, we amended the Loan and Security Agreement and entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement with SVB to assume the payment obligations of the InsightsOne growth capital loan with an outstanding loan balance of $2.0 million per a loan and security agreement between InsightsOne and SVB dated April 19, 2013. The interest rate on the growth capital loan was equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum and the outstanding principal was payable in equal monthly installments over a 36-month period with the last payment due in December 2016. As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively, $1.6 million and $0 aggregate principal amount was outstanding under the growth capital loan. In November 2014, the growth capital loan was refinanced with the amended and restated Loan and Security Agreement discussed below.

 

In November 2014, we amended and restated the Loan and Security Agreement with SVB. The amended agreement provides us with the ability to borrow up to $25.0 million through a $12.5 million revolving line of credit subject to an accounts receivable borrowing base, which refinanced and replaced the existing revolving line in its entirety and a $12.5 million term loan. We can draw upon the revolving line of credit through October 31, 2017, and the revolving loans bear interest at a rate equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum. Outstanding revolving loans are limited to the lesser of $12.5 million or 80% of the balance of certain eligible customer accounts receivable. The term loan is available in two tranches. The first tranche, Tranche A, in an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million, refinanced and replaced the existing term loan and existing growth capital loan in their entirety. The principal amount of Tranche A is payable in equal monthly installments over a 30-month period with the last payment due no later than May 31, 2017. The second tranche, Tranche B, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $8.5 million, is available to borrow through May 31, 2016, Tranche B has interest only payments during such draw period and then the principal is payable in equal monthly installments thereafter over a 24-month period. An end-of-term payment of $156,250 will become due upon the final payment of Tranche A, or Tranche B, if applicable. We are permitted to prepay all term loans without premium or penalty. The existing equipment term loan is fully funded and not available for further draws under the amendment and we will continue to repay the outstanding principal in monthly installments, plus interest at a rate equal to prime plus 2.0%, with the last payment due in June 2017.

 

The Loan and Security Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and certain financial and negative covenants, including restrictions on disposing of assets, entering into change of control transactions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring additional indebtedness, granting liens on our assets and paying dividends. We are required to maintain minimum total revenue on a rolling two quarter basis that is not less than 80% of our projected revenues for each period. We have pledged substantially all of our assets, other than our intellectual property, as collateral under the Loan and Security Agreement. As of October 31, 2012, we were not in compliance with the required minimum revenue financial covenant, which would have allowed SVB to declare all outstanding amounts due and payable and to terminate the loan facility. However, SVB waived this covenant breach in December 2012. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all loan covenants.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

The Loan and Security Agreement contains customary events of default that include, among others, payment defaults, covenant defaults, bankruptcy defaults, cross-defaults to certain other obligations, judgment defaults and inaccuracy of representations and warranties. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, SVB may elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Loan and Security Agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we are unable to repay those amounts, SVB can proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. In addition, the occurrence of an event of default will increase the applicable rate of interest by 3.0%.

 

In connection with the November 2014 amendment and restatement, we issued warrants to purchase 26,562 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share and expiration in November 2024; and upon funding of Tranche B, we will issue warrants to purchase 79,687 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share and expiration in November 2024. As of January 31, 2015, 26,562 of these warrants to purchase shares of common stock remained outstanding and exercisable.

 

Contractual Payment Obligations

 

The following summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as of July 31, 2014:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Contractual Obligations(1):

              

Debt obligations(2)

   $ 5,274       $ 2,802       $ 2,472       $ —       $   —   

Purchase obligations

     2,008         1,373         426         209         —   

Operating lease obligations(3)

     8,842         1,922         3,505         3,415         —   

 

  (1)   The table above excludes the liability for uncertain tax positions due to the uncertainty of when the related tax settlements will become due.
  (2)   Excludes future interest payments on debt obligations for which the timing and amounts are uncertain. Interest payments on debt obligations range from prime plus 1.5% per annum and prime plus 2.0% per annum for the growth capital loan and equipment loan, respectively, to 6.5% per annum for the term loan. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, interest rates may increase up to 3.0% above the applicable rate.
  (3)   Excludes proceeds from non-cancelable sublease of $0.5 million.

 

In November 2014, we amended and restated our Loan and Security Agreement with SVB for borrowings of up to $25.0 million, including a $12.5 million revolving line of credit and a $12.5 million term loan. The term loan is available in two tranches, and the first tranche, Tranche A, was used to refinance and replace the existing term and growth capital loans in their entirety. The second tranche is available to borrow through May 2016. Payments on Tranche A are due in equal monthly installments over a 30-month period, and an end-of-term payment of $156,250 will become due upon the final payment of Tranche A, or Tranche B, if applicable.

 

In December 2014, we entered into an operating lease agreement for our facilities in the United Kingdom. The operating lease agreement is non-cancelable for a 36-month period and lease payments are due in quarterly installments beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result, operating lease obligations reflected in the table above increased by approximately $1.1 million, of which $0.2 million is due by July 31, 2015, $0.8 million is due between July 31, 2015 and July 31, 2017, and $0.1 million is due by July 31, 2018.

 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Indemnification Arrangements

 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements under which we agree to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties, and other liabilities with respect to our products and services and our business. In these circumstances, payment may be conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract.

 

We include service level commitments to our cloud customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those levels. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of these commitments and we expect the time between any potential claims and issuance of the credits to be short. As a result, we have not accrued any liabilities related to these commitments in our consolidated financial statements.

 

In addition, we have indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our executive officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We prepare our condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP in the United States. The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We generate revenue from the sale of our software solutions to customers as a cloud service or on premises. For those customers that deploy our platform as a cloud service, we license our software on a subscription basis. For those customers that deploy our platform on premises, we offer two licensing options, a time-based license or a perpetual license. We also generate revenue from the sale of post-contract software support for on premises licenses including when and if available updates, and professional services such as consulting and training services.

 

We begin to recognize revenue when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been provided, (3) the sales price is fixed and determinable and (4) collection of the related receivable is probable.

 

Signed agreements, including by electronic acceptance, are used as evidence of an arrangement. For our on premises solution, delivery is considered to occur when we provide the customer the ability to download the software. For our cloud service, delivery is considered to occur when subscription service is provisioned and made available to a customer. We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement, primarily based on the payment terms associated with the sale. We assess collectability of the fee based on a number of factors such as collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collectability is not probable, revenue is deferred until collectability becomes probable, generally upon receipt of payment from the customer.

 

We typically enter into multiple-element arrangements with our customers in which a customer may purchase a combination of our software (offered on premises with software support or as a cloud service) and

 

-80-


Table of Contents

professional services. The software support and professional services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software. All of these elements are considered separate units of accounting. Typically, our agreements do not include rights for customers to cancel or terminate arrangements or to return software to obtain refunds.

 

We established vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value for consulting days, training and software support, except for software support bundled with time-based licenses or subscriptions, based on a substantial majority of separate stand-alone sales of these elements, which have been priced within a reasonably narrow range. As a result, for multiple-element arrangements that include perpetual licenses, revenue is allocated to undelivered elements based on VSOE for software support or consulting days and training. Using the residual method, the difference between the total arrangement fee and amount deferred for the undelivered elements is recognized upon delivery of the perpetual license if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue for software support for our on-premises perpetual and time-based software licenses is generally recognized ratably over the contractual term, which is typically one to three years. Software support is bundled with time-based licenses, and we use a consistent systematic and rational method to allocate between time-based license and support revenue for financial statement presentation purposes only.

 

We have not historically priced our cloud service within a narrow range and, therefore, cannot establish VSOE. We also believe that third-party evidence, or TPE, is not readily available for our cloud service as pricing is not readily accessible and there is no comparable product offering in the market. As a result, we use best estimate of selling price, or BESP, in order to allocate the selling price to cloud deliverables. We determined BESP considering multiple factors, including the price we charge for similar offerings, market conditions, competitive landscape, and pricing practices. For cloud services that include consulting days and training, we use BESP for cloud deliverables and VSOE for consulting days and training to allocate revenue into separate units of accounting. Revenue for our cloud services is generally recognized over the subscription period when all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

Revenue from our on-premises perpetual licenses is generally recognized upfront, assuming all revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Revenue from our on premises time-based licenses is recognized ratably over the contractual term. Our on-premises licenses are included as a component of license revenue within our consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Revenue from subscriptions to our cloud service and software support for our on-premises licenses is generally recognized ratably over the contract term and is included as a component of subscription and support revenue within our consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Revenue related to professional services and training is recognized as delivered and is included as a component of professional services and other revenue within the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, straight line over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.

 

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant-date fair value of options using an option pricing model is affected by a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, the expected term of the options, our expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

  •  

Fair Value of Our Common Stock. Because our stock is not publicly traded prior to this initial public offering, or IPO, we estimated the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common stock valuations” below. Upon the completion of our IPO, our common stock will be valued by reference to its publicly traded price.

 

-81-


Table of Contents
  •  

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.

 

  •  

Expected Volatility. As we do not have a significant trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until we have a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price.

 

  •  

Risk-free Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

 

  •  

Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes materially, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

 

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
July 31,
  Six Months Ended
January 31,
     2012   2013   2014   2014   2015

Expected term (in years)

   5.6 – 6.9   5.9 – 6.1   5.5 – 6.9   5.8 – 6.9   6.0 – 6.1

Expected volatility

   51 – 52%   50 – 51%   48 – 50%   49 – 50%   40 – 44%

Risk-free rate

   1.0 – 1.3%   0.8 – 1.7%   1.7 – 2.3%   1.7 – 2.3%   1.5 – 1.8%

Dividend yield

   0%   0%   0%   0%   0%

Fair value of common stock

   $0.06 – 0.09   $0.20 – 0.48   $0.54 – 1.20   $0.54 – 0.97   $1.37 – 2.09

 

In connection with our acquisition of InsightsOne in December 2013, we issued 125,176 RSUs. These RSUs are subject to a time-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition, both of which must be satisfied before the RSUs are vested and settled for shares of common stock. The time-based vesting condition is three years and the performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the completion of our initial public offering. No expense related to these awards will be recognized unless the performance-based vesting condition is satisfied. Upon satisfaction of the performance-based vesting condition, cumulative stock-based expense will be recognized to the extent of satisfaction of the time-based vesting condition as of such date, with the remaining expense recognized over the remainder of the time-based vesting condition. RSUs that have met the time-based vesting condition are not cancelled when service to us is terminated; however, these shares will not vest until the performance-based vesting condition is met. RSUs that have not satisfied the time-based vesting condition as of termination of employment are automatically forfeited. The RSUs will expire seven years from the grant date if not previously settled for shares of common stock.

 

Common Stock Valuations

 

Prior to our IPO, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants

 

-82-


Table of Contents

Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Because there had been no public market for our common stock, our board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  •  

contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by an independent valuation firm;

 

  •  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  •  

our historical and expected operating and financial performance;

 

  •  

relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;

 

  •  

current business conditions;

 

  •  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  •  

our stage of development;

 

  •  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  •  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  •  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and

 

  •  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

 

The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by our board of directors until such time that our common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

 

We granted stock-based awards with the following exercise prices since the beginning of fiscal 2014:

 

Grant Date

   Shares
Underlying
Options
     Shares
Underlying
RSUs
     Common Stock
Fair Value Per Share
at Grant Date
     Exercise Price
(Options)
 

September 3, 2013

     3,210,935         —       $ 0.54       $ 0.54   

October 14, 2013

     5,882,809         —       $ 0.54       $ 0.54   

December 17, 2013

     1,432,597         —       $ 0.97       $ 0.56   

March 5, 2014

     1,283,366         145,676       $ 0.97       $ 0.97   

May 20, 2014

     480,600         —       $ 1.20       $ 1.20   

June 17, 2014

     358,600         9,000       $ 1.20       $ 1.20   

August 19, 2014

     910,373         —       $ 1.37       $ 1.37   

October 25, 2014

     2,663,050         —       $ 1.67       $ 1.67   

November 18, 2014

     981,500         —       $ 1.80       $ 1.80   

December 16, 2014

     1,148,000         —       $ 2.09       $ 2.09   

January 21, 2015

     241,600         —       $ 2.09       $ 2.09   

March 19, 2015

     2,235,224         100,000       $ 2.31       $ 2.31   

 

The third-party valuations of our common stock determined the enterprise value of our business by applying either or both the market approach and the income approach. Depending on whether stock options were granted near periods in which we also had a preferred stock issuance, the valuations of our common stock were back-solved for the common stock equity value using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM backsolve method.

 

The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that we will generate over the forecast horizon and a terminal value at the end of the forecast horizon. These future cash flows and terminal value are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of

 

-83-


Table of Contents

capital for other companies in a similar stage of development as of each valuation date. The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of our company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to our historical and projected results of operations to estimate the value of our company. In our valuations, the multiples of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to the last 12 months’ revenue, or the historical multiple, and the estimated future revenue for the each company’s next fiscal year and the fiscal year subsequent to next fiscal year, or the forward multiple. The estimated equity value is then allocated to determine the estimated value of common stock. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to the value of common stock to reflect the lack of marketability of the common stock of a privately-held entity.

 

The OPM treats the rights of the holders of preferred and common stock as equivalent to call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Thus, the estimated value of the common stock can be determined by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. The OPM backsolve method derives the implied equity value of a company from a recent transaction involving the company’s own securities issued on an arms-length basis.

 

We used a hybrid method utilizing a combination of the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and OPM, in estimating the value of our common stock. The hybrid method estimates the probability-weighted value across multiple scenarios, but uses OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. PWERM considers the present value of the returns afforded to stockholders under an IPO scenario at each valuation date. After the enterprise value is determined and allocated to the various classes of stock using the hybrid of OPM and PWERM allocation methodologies, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of our common stock. DLOM is applied based on the premise that a private company valuation analysis relies on data from publicly traded companies, which may have substantially different characteristics; thus, discount adjustment is needed to accurately estimate the fair value of the private company common stock.

 

In connection with the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended July 31, 2014, we reviewed and reassessed the grant-date fair value of our common stock as of December 17, 2013. As a result of this reassessment , the fair value of our common stock on December 17, 2013 was increased from our original determination of $0.56 per share to $0.97 per share. This increase in fair value per share represents the third-party valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2014, which took into account significant events that occurred on or prior to December 17, 2013. In connection with this determination, for the year ended July 31, 2014, we recognized approximately $0.1 million of additional stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options granted on December 17, 2013 than we would have recognized had we not reviewed and reassessed our original determination of fair value. Additionally, we recognized $1.5 million of additional expense in other income (expense), net for the final fair value of the common stock warrants that were exercised in December 2013.

 

Income Taxes

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and income tax assets and liabilities, including evaluating uncertainties in the application of accounting principles and complex tax laws. We record a provision for income taxes for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. We make adjustments to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily changes in interest rates and currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We had cash and cash equivalents of $51.8 million and $29.1 million as of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash deposits and money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce our future interest income.

 

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. This objective is accomplished by making investments, consisting only of money market funds. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, the effect of a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in overall interest rates would not have had a material impact on our interest income.

 

Any draws under our outstanding debt obligations bear interest at a variable rate tied to the prime rate. At July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively, we had an outstanding balance of $5.2 million and $4.9 million on our debt obligations. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, the effect of a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in overall interest rates would not have had a material impact on our interest expense.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. All of our revenue is generated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the U.S. and to a lesser extent in Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our historical condensed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

 

Inflation

 

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

JOBS Act Accounting Election

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Going Concern: In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern, which requires an entity to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures. The new standard is effective for us in our fiscal year ending July 31, 2017. We are evaluating the effect of our pending adoption of ASU 2014-15 on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Share-Based Payments with Performance Targets: In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (ASU 2014-12). ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, as it relates to such awards. ASU 2014-12 is effective for us in our first quarter of fiscal 2017 with early adoption permitted using either of two methods: (1) prospective to all awards granted or modified after the effective date; or (2) retrospective to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter, with the cumulative effect of applying ASU 2014-12 as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements. We have elected to early adopt the new standard using the retrospective adoption method. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our financial position.

 

Revenue Recognition: In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard is effective for us in its first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early application is not permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

At Apigee, our mission is to make every business a digital business.

 

Unprecedented growth in mobile technologies, big data, cloud services and the connected devices that comprise the Internet of Things, or IoT, has disrupted or transformed the dynamics of business, changed consumer behavior and eroded the divide between the physical and digital worlds. To fully embrace the digital world, businesses must provide seamless customer experiences across a myriad of devices and channels, respond quickly to fast-changing customer expectations and market conditions, drive revenue through new business models and create or participate in digital ecosystems. A digital business creates value by unlocking its data and services to better serve customers in a real-time, anywhere-anytime fashion and uses data to continually improve the customer experience and drive additional revenue.

 

We believe that application programming interfaces, or APIs, are a critical enabling technology for the shifts in mobile, cloud computing, big data and the IoT and that APIs are a foundational technology on which digital business operates. We believe that a new and expansive market opportunity exists to help enterprises adopt digital strategies and navigate the digitally driven economy.

 

We provide an innovative software platform that allows businesses to design, deploy, and scale APIs as a connection layer between their core IT systems and data and the applications with which their customers, partners, employees and other users engage with their business. The foundations of our platform are Apigee Edge, a robust API-management solution, and Apigee Insights, our predictive analytics software solution. Our platform enables a comprehensive view of the enterprise data the user is consuming and generating, and data about the context in which the customer is using the digital product or service, or contextual data. In addition, our platform provides tools for businesses to drive usage and adoption of APIs by their business partners and developers. Using our platform, businesses in any industry can easily and securely connect their core services and data to developers to enable them to develop applications and experiences for customers, partners, employees and other users. Using our platform, businesses can forge new partnerships, build partner ecosystems, and participate fully in emerging digital business networks.

 

Today, it is difficult for many businesses to fully participate and innovate in the digital world because traditional enterprise software is not designed to interact with and connect to the rapidly evolving digital economy. The IT architectures deployed at most businesses are based on thousands of application servers communicating with databases, other applications and numerous middleware layers, each using thousands of custom integrations and connectors. These legacy architectures generally cannot publish APIs in a way that can be used by application developers. Furthermore, they are not equipped to consume or leverage the data that flow from digital interactions or the contextual data that exist in digital networks. A business with a legacy architecture will not have access to the data necessary to drive better business decisions nor to respond to customers in relevant and responsive ways.

 

We believe that in order to build, manage and extract valuable insights from APIs and data that are needed for digital business, nearly all businesses will require a new layer within their core application software stack. To enable this new layer, we provide a single secure platform for APIs and predictive analytics, which can be deployed either in the cloud or on premises. By using our platform, an organization can securely share its data and services, enabling users to easily engage and transact with the business. Because we provide API publishing, operations, and data visibility in our integrated solution, our platform enables more informed predictive analytics to help the business anticipate and adapt to customer behavior.

 

We have achieved significant scale, with a customer base that has grown over 35% from the end of fiscal 2012 to the end of fiscal 2014. Our customers include many leading businesses: 20 of the Fortune 100, five of the top 10 Global 2000 retail brands and six of the top 10 global telecommunications companies as of January 31, 2015. Our platform has been sold to customers in over 30 countries around the world.

 

-87-


Table of Contents

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. Our gross billings were $36.7 million, $43.1 million and $63.8 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, representing growth rates of 18% from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 and 48% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. Our gross billings were $23.7 million and $37.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, representing a growth rate of 59%. Our total revenue was $27.6 million, $43.2 million, and $52.7 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and $23.4 million and $32.6 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For fiscal 2014, 33% of our revenue was derived from customers located outside the United States, up from 16% in fiscal 2013. For the six months ended January 31, 2015, we derived 38% of our revenue from customers located outside the United States, up from 33% in the six months ended January 31, 2014. We incurred net losses of $8.3 million, $25.9 million and $60.8 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and $32.2 million and $26.8 million in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Certain Key Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” for information regarding the limitations of using gross billings as a financial measure and for a reconciliation of gross billings to total revenue, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

 

Industry Background

 

Businesses Must Be Digital Businesses

 

The rapid growth in mobile technologies, big data, cloud service and the IoT has profoundly changed market dynamics, fostering the convergence of the digital and physical worlds, and changing consumer behavior. The pace of change is accelerating. Businesses must provide seamless customer experiences across digital and physical channels and respond quickly to fast-changing customer expectations and market conditions to meet the demands of hyper-connected customers, partners and employees.

 

Successful established companies, such as Walgreens, recognize the benefit of being digital. In 2012, Walgreens launched a single digital initiative in response to changing customer behavior in the pharmacy retail space, and quickly realized that a broader digital strategy was necessary to maintain a competitive advantage. In response to the realization that an increasing number of photos were being taken on smartphones, Walgreens embarked on its first digital initiative. It built QuickPrints—a digital platform through which Walgreens enables mobile app developers to allow their users to print photos from their mobile devices to any of the more than 8,200 Walgreens locations. Today, a growing ecosystem of partner photo applications integrate with the QuickPrints platform. Realizing that digital transformation needed to extend to the entire business, Walgreens next developed a mobile prescription refill capability that provided even more convenience to customers who expect connectivity to all parts of a company’s product and service offerings.

 

APIs Make Digital Business Work

 

Behind every mobile app, smart device and connected experience sits at least one API. An API is a set of programming instructions and standards that enables software applications to interact with other IT resources. APIs connect an enterprise’s services, content and data to developers and partners in an easy and secure way, making it possible for developers to create powerful new applications and experiences. APIs are a common part of online experiences. As an example, when someone uses Yelp to look for the closest Italian restaurant, APIs make it work. An API (in this case the Google Maps API) is the code that allows an application such as Yelp to interact with the maps data and show the restaurant on a map.

 

As the Yelp example shows, APIs enable a new way of building applications and of making them work together easily. APIs also make it easier for companies to create partnerships, easily combining their data and services in mobile apps and other digital products to create new digital experiences. Without APIs, companies such as Yelp and Google would likely have endured lengthier negotiations to establish their business partnership and extensive internal IT discussions to work out the technical integration while preserving the integrity of their

 

-88-


Table of Contents

separate systems. APIs are not limited to simple use cases, such as the aforementioned Yelp example; they also have the power to enable much more complex partnerships, solve large scale connectivity challenges and help facilitate application interoperability in the most complex IT environments.

 

APIs Are the Building Blocks for Digital Business in Nearly Every Industry

 

Using APIs to build powerful applications and business partnerships is no longer solely the province of companies that were founded to do business during the age of the Internet. We believe that companies doing business with increasingly connected and mobile customers, partners and employees will be required to use APIs. Examples from multiple industries and our customer base demonstrate the power of APIs to facilitate the digital experiences that allow businesses to interact with their customers and partners wherever and whenever:

 

  •  

Telecom: Using APIs, AT&T enables their resellers to activate their customers’ iPhones immediately and at the point of purchase such as at an Apple store.

 

  •  

Retail: Using APIs, retail organizations, such as Walgreens and Marks & Spencer, connect data from their websites, mobile apps and stores to provide customers a multi-channel personalized shopping experience.

 

  •  

Travel: Using APIs, Expedia has enabled controlled access into its travel marketplace in which thousands of service providers, including airlines, hotels, car rental and cruise companies can connect their inventory.

 

  •  

Aviation: Using APIs, Gogo, a leading provider of in-flight communications services, enables partners and developers to create in-flight applications for passengers and flight crews.

 

  •  

Satellite TV: Using APIs, a leading satellite service provider enables retailers to activate their satellite service directly from the retailer’s point of sale system when a customer purchases a new TV.

 

  •  

Financial Services: Using APIs, First Data powers an ecosystem that enables merchants and developers to quickly develop and deploy applications with secure mobile payment capabilities.

 

A Digital Business Must Be Data-Driven

 

We believe that analyzing customer behavior to predict future actions is crucial for fostering business innovation in customer engagement and operational processes. By using predictive analytics, digital businesses have a unique opportunity to turn the significant volume of structured and unstructured data in their digital ecosystems into actionable business insights. A company that can leverage data to understand customers’ behavior and context and use that insight to deliver personalized experiences, help retain customers and better maximize customer satisfaction gains a significant competitive advantage. At the same time, companies need to meet these demands efficiently across a large number of customers, channels and touchpoints.

 

To maximize the value of their data, companies need to use predictive analytics to model every business interaction and customer service process as a set of “events” that can be captured and stored for analysis. Every event is rich with contextual information such as user demographics, time, location and activities such as purchases. The ability to derive value from data hinges on two things: the ability to collect the data at the time and place it is generated and the ability to take action on it at the point when it can have the most impact.

 

APIs not only deliver data to the applications through which customers, partners and employees engage with a business, but are uniquely positioned to collect the data at the place and time it is generated, enabling a business to generate actions at the point where they can have the most impact.

 

Examples from our customer base that demonstrate the power of APIs and predictive analytics to transform companies into data-driven businesses include:

 

  •  

Telecom: By analyzing customer activity patterns on their API-powered applications and web properties, AT&T was able to identify customers at-risk of switching to competitive services and contact them pro-actively with promotional offers to retain them as subscribers.

 

-89-


Table of Contents
  •  

Healthcare: By running sophisticated algorithms on all of the data in its vast ecosystem, Independence Blue Cross has been able to predict when its clients are becoming dissatisfied with Medicare service. By taking action proactively, the company has significantly reduced formal complaints to Medicare.

 

  •  

Travel: Expedia uses predictive analytics on their API traffic in their travel marketplace to better understand anticipated inventory levels from service providers such as airlines, hotels and car rental companies.

 

Legacy IT Technologies Are Unable to Meet the Demands of Digital Business

 

The traditional approaches to integration, application architecture, data management and security make it difficult for a business to connect its customers, partners, employees and other users to its operation. As a result, the business intelligence, or BI, is not able to fully leverage the data streams generated by the user applications and experiences that characterize digital business. Fundamentally, these traditional approaches do not meet the technical demands of the modern digital experience—the new “system of engagement,” that is used by customers, partners, employees and other users to engage with businesses across multiple channels and locations. This system of engagement represents a new layer in the enterprise IT architecture on top of its systems of record—the enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems companies rely on to run their business (such as databases, financial, manufacturing, customer relationship management and human resources software).

 

This system of engagement is more decentralized and must incorporate technologies that enable interactions, and it must be faster and more agile than the systems of record to keep pace with dynamic and diverse customer, partner and employee expectations and to take advantage of the data generated through new digital channels.

 

LOGO

 

Traditionally, IT has approached the challenges of connecting systems through “middleware” technologies. These technologies include integration servers, application servers, enterprise service buses, or ESBs, message-oriented middleware, or MOM, and various service-oriented architecture, or SOA, technologies, as illustrated above. This approach was effective when middleware projects were few in number and had lengthy implementation timeframes. However, the processes for implementing and operating these integration systems are labor intensive and do not easily scale when the number of connected systems increases.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

Legacy IT Cannot Meet the Demands of a Mobile World

 

Legacy middleware systems were primarily designed for server-to-server communication and not for enabling the modern, user-facing digital experiences that businesses need to deliver across a variety of mobile and connected devices. Most middleware technologies were built around the expectation of reliable and high- bandwidth communications over networks within a company’s data centers. However, the bandwidth constraints of mobile technologies place new constraints on the volume of data and latency between servers and applications.

 

In addition, most mobile operating systems are not well equipped to deal with the legacy communications protocols used by traditional IT middleware technologies. For example, XML-based protocols, such as Simple Object Access Protocol, or SOAP, often deliver data payloads that consume bandwidth and tax the limited processing power and memory of mobile devices.

 

Narrow View of Data Does Not Adequately Support Business Insights

 

Legacy solutions require significant integration efforts to tap into the various sources of data events and, more importantly, most solutions deliver analysis well after the fact. In a digital business, analytics is not about delivering reports on last month’s activity. Rather, it is about generating actions based on predictive insights into individual and aggregate user behavior and activity.

 

Most legacy architectures are unprepared for the enormous amount of contextual data that is generated through new digital channels. Digital interactions deliver a constant stream of data, such as location data, items saved to digital shopping carts, preferences, and sensor data from the connected devices in the IoT, from users to the backend operational and transactional systems, or systems of record. Much of this data is discarded as it passes from the applications and experiences to the systems of record. This winnowing of the data stream loses the valuable contextual signals that are necessary to feed big data systems.

 

Perimeter Models of Security Provide Only Limited Protection

 

Traditional information security architectures have presupposed that the applications and users exist within the firewalled perimeters of the enterprise network. Software that assumes and even requires a “perimeter” where the software can be installed, or that requires a company “agent” to be installed on all mobile devices is ineffective for digital businesses that must support a myriad of new applications and devices, as well as external developers and partners. Furthermore, an enormous amount of data exists in multiple places: some resides in the core enterprise or legacy operational and transactional systems and an increasing amount of data comes from outside the enterprise. Most importantly, these data are generated by, and reside in, new digital channels like mobile apps. IT security experts are often overburdened and may not be consulted by fast-moving digital teams that are developing and deploying new applications. As a result, many projects implement security in an independent and piecemeal fashion, resulting in inconsistent security.

 

Centralized IT Processes Have Fundamental Limitations

 

IT for all aspects of systems, applications, data and security has traditionally operated through processes of centralized planning and governance. Historically, business decisions about the connectivity of systems required a lengthy planning process and the participation of specialists who were removed from the business needs driving the projects. However, today, companies need to build myriad digital connections among customers, partners and employees. While these connections take many forms, such as new mobile apps or business partner integrations, traditional IT infrastructure and its systems and processes remain cumbersome and an impediment to the business’s ability to stay competitive. Today, modern adaptive IT processes are renouncing centralized planning and governance practices and embracing agile methodologies that allow the organization to more rapidly scale to meet the diverse and evolving demands of digital business. Many integration or application architects, data scientists and security specialists are overburdened with a backlog of projects, and frequently cannot keep pace

 

-91-


Table of Contents

with fast-moving digital teams. The result is that many projects implement critical functions, such as security in an inconsistent and piecemeal fashion, with potentially disastrous results. Traditional IT technologies were not designed for application developers; rather, they were meant to be used by application architects, data scientists, and security specialists. Further, these systems are not designed to support user interactions on mobile devices. In other words, traditional IT also disenfranchises developers who are forced to give up on innovative solutions and instead work within the confined centralized IT environment.

 

Digital Business Requires a New Adaptive Architecture

 

A new API-centric adaptive layer is required to enable agile and web-scale innovation so that IT can meet evolving business requirements, while allowing existing IT systems to continue to run reliably and securely. According to Gartner, businesses invested approximately $21.5 billion in 2013 alone in middleware. We believe that this is a product of the web era and comprises primarily core network infrastructure and back-office business applications. An adaptive API architecture enables businesses to unlock the value of this investment and extend it to new channels.

 

This new layer must enable enterprises to control and secure the operational and transactional systems built on integration servers, ESBs, MOM and various SOA technologies, while also enabling the speed and agility to deliver powerful new applications and services that serve customers, partners and employees in a world that is fast moving. An adaptive API platform must bridge the speeds of the stable and reliable operational systems with the rapidly evolving systems of engagement, as illustrated below.

 

LOGO

 

In the same way as the last decade’s investment in Web IT infrastructure did not eliminate previous layers of IT infrastructure, this new tier of API-based IT infrastructure does not eliminate legacy infrastructure. An adaptive API platform enables an organization to implement an architecture, build a workforce and define and manage all of the processes around the business—from the backend operational systems to the customers and the applications they use to engage with the business. This new API tier must enable the speed and agility required to serve increasingly mobile and connected customers, partners and employees, while allowing a business to maintain control of their backend systems. It must make data and analytics a core priority in the IT infrastructure, enabling data-driven business and operational decisions. It must leverage APIs and data analytics to power the actions that help create relevant, personalized interactions with customers and help systems adapt automatically

 

-92-


Table of Contents

to changing conditions. It must scale to meet the needs of new forms of interaction and connectivity. Critically, it must enable the developers who are building the applications and experiences of the digital world with self-service and intuitive tools.

 

Our Solution

 

We have pioneered an API-based software platform that enables digital connectivity and business insights. Our solution is a single secure platform for APIs and predictive analytics that accelerates the pace at which businesses innovate, share their data and services, and adapt to rapidly changing customer and market needs. Our API platform is designed for the digital economy and the data-rich and mobile-driven APIs and applications that power it. It is designed to serve the people and technology across the digital value chain, from the backend systems of record through to the customer who interacts with a digital experience delivered by a mobile app or a connected device.

 

LOGO

 

Key elements of this solution include:

 

  •  

Purpose-built for People and Technology Across the Digital Value Chain. Our management tools, business and operational analytics, policy-based approach and advanced programmability provide a simple yet powerful platform that serves the entire digital value chain between the end user and the business’ backend systems. This digital value chain includes the applications, the developers who build them and the APIs that they use, all of which need to work together seamlessly and each of which has requirements that can only be addressed by an integrated platform. Pre-built and configurable policies provide a unified and intuitive platform approach to APIs, enabling organizations to control traffic on their APIs, enhance performance, enforce security, simplify customer self-service and reduce time-to-value—all without coding or changing the backend systems of record. Advanced programmability allows developers to handle advanced use cases, customize existing APIs for online and mobile platforms and add new API services—all using languages and tools, such as Java, JavaScript, Node.js and Python, which are familiar to developers.

 

  •  

Enterprise-grade Software Enables Web Scale, Reliability and Security. Our platform is web scale and flexible and is offered as a cloud service or as an on-premises deployment. Our cloud service provides up to 99.99% availability and uptime, and a multi-region API delivery network enabling low latency worldwide. We enable organizations to control access to APIs and services and protect customers and the business from threats, backend system overload, service issues and sensitive data exposure. Our platform supports billions of API calls per week for the world’s largest and mission-critical API programs, including 20 of the Fortune 100, five of the top 10 Global 2000 retail brands and six of the top 10 global telecommunications companies as of January 31, 2015. As of January 31, 2015, nearly 9,000 individual applications were accessed by our users per month, nearly 6,000 individual APIs were accessed by users of our cloud service per month and our platform had processed over 1,500 terabytes of data since January 1, 2013.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Monthly Apps

 

LOGO

 

Monthly Apps. We define monthly apps as the total number of individual applications accessed by users of our cloud service in a calendar month. This number includes apps running on production environments of paying customers and apps from our Apigee Developer environments. We use this measure to monitor the adoption rate and utilization of our cloud services and to monitor the development of our customers’ API-based apps.

 

Monthly APIs

 

LOGO

 

Monthly APIs. We define monthly APIs as the total number of individual APIs accessed by users of our cloud service in a calendar month. This number includes APIs running on production environments of paying customers and APIs from our Apigee Developer environments. We use this measure to monitor the adoption rate and utilization of our cloud services.

 

Cumulative Data Processing Volume (in TB)

 

LOGO

 

Cumulative Data Processing Volume. We define cumulative data processing volume as the cumulative amount of data, measured in terabytes, that was exchanged across our cloud service since January 1, 2013, when we first began recording this metric. This number includes data processed on production

 

-94-


Table of Contents

environments of paying customers and data processed from our Apigee Developer environments. We use this information to improve scalability and gauge the reliability of our algorithms.

 

  •  

Built-in Developer Services to Foster Adoption and Enhance the Business Value of APIs. Our platform enables a business to provide a developer community experience that accelerates API adoption, simplifies learning, enables monetization and increases the business value of APIs. Using our platform, businesses can rapidly onboard developers and facilitate their secure interaction with their business data and systems. Our customizable developer portal helps businesses foster innovation among internal and external developers and partners by making it easy for developers to interact with the enterprise and with each other.

 

  •  

Analytics for End-to-end Business Visibility. Our platform provides end-to-end visibility across the digital value chain with unified operational and business metrics and application monitoring. Operational metrics enable monitoring of the health and performance of APIs and digital ecosystems. Business metrics enable businesses to track product, service, customer usage and trends, respond quickly to customer and market changes and make data-driven decisions. Application monitoring helps organizations discover application errors and performance glitches, optimize application performance, identify network bottlenecks and understand usage patterns.

 

  •  

Predictive Analytics to Derive Actionable Insights at the Point of Engagement. With APIs positioned at the center of the application data stream, our platform enables businesses to gain actionable insights from the flow of data. Our platform collects data in a Hadoop data store and mines API traffic for critical business events and adds contextual data from the customer journey, which is the sequence of digital interactions by customers with the business over time. Businesses can derive insights from these events, their context and their sequence, and use them to create models to predict likely customer behaviors, and generate actions that result in a change of behavior in a system or in delivering the right experience, at the right time, on the right device.

 

  •  

Support for All New Forms of Interaction and Connectivity, such as the Internet of Things. Our platform allows businesses to manage APIs and data at the scale needed to support new and emerging forms of interaction and connectivity. Our platform powers the APIs, and captures and derives insights from the data generated by the applications and experiences, through which customers, partners, and employees engage with a business. We believe that our platform is positioned to power complex, distributed systems such as the IoT, including wearable technology, intelligent cars, smart energy grids and other forms of emerging connected interaction.

 

Our Opportunity

 

By 2016, Gartner estimates that the application infrastructure and middleware market and the business intelligence and analytics market will be approximately $27 billion and approximately $18 billion, respectively, of which we believe that the global API market is a subset.

 

We estimate the total addressable market, or TAM, for our solution is $5.5 billion. We have arrived at this figure by taking the number of operating companies listed in all industries with greater than $500 million in annual revenue using certain S&P Capital IQ commercial data and multiplying that figure by the average historical customer spend on our products and services. The total number of companies was 19,246 and our average customer spend in fiscal year 2014 was $287,988. Therefore, we estimate the TAM for our solution is $5,542,617,048, or about $5.5 billion.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we possess the following competitive strengths:

 

  •  

Category Creator and Market Leader. We have played an important role in the transition of enterprises to API-enabled and data-driven businesses. We believe that we are recognized as a thought

 

-95-


Table of Contents
 

leader in digital business transformation and that we are in a position to define the roadmap of the market. This leadership position has enabled us to form a global alliance with Accenture to deliver enterprise API solutions and an OEM and reseller agreement with SAP.

 

  •  

Products Built From the Ground Up for the Connected Digital Era. Our technology is purpose built for a mobile-first environment and new forms of digital interaction. This has enabled us to build products and features on design principles focused on self-service, ease of use, simplicity, scalability and with advanced data capabilities in mind. Our platform offers multi-tenancy in both cloud and on-premises versions, providing a flexible solution suited to the particular customer’s needs.

 

  •  

Large and Growing Developer Reach. Our growing community of API and application developers use Apigee Edge Trial, our free, self-service, cloud-based version of Apigee Edge, as well as open-source technologies that we sponsor and to which we contribute. This developer reach provides us with a rapidly growing network of developers who build awareness and promote the adoption of our software. Adoption of the free version results in our solutions being used in customer projects at early stages of development, giving us an advantage as those projects grow and require commercial support and services. We believe that the self-service nature of our solutions accelerates our customer evaluations and our sales cycle.

 

  •  

Large and Growing Blue Chip and Diverse Customers Running Billions of API Calls Per Week. We focus on serving enterprises, service providers and government entities, and we have seen significant momentum in the adoption of our platform. Our customers run billions of API calls through our cloud solution each week. Our customers include many leading businesses: 20 of the Fortune 100, five of the top 10 Global 2000 retail brands and six of the top 10 global telecommunications companies as of January 31, 2015. Many of our customers have stringent enterprise technology criteria, and their adoption of our platform has helped validate our platform.

 

  •  

Access to Senior Executives. Digital infrastructure transformation is a senior executive level project that involves core business strategy and impacts the entire organization. We are often involved in strategic senior executive level business discussions with our clients and have broad exposure to key executives throughout these organizations and become a trusted partner for the most important aspects of our clients’ transformation. We believe that our success with senior executives provides us with the opportunity to expand in other parts of an organization that are not part of our initial mandates.

 

  •  

Significant Investment in Our Technology and Team. We have devoted considerable resources in developing our technology, including our investment in an agile model for design, development and deployment of our cloud and on-premises software, our acquisition and integration of Usergrid and InsightsOne into our platform, and our engineers’ significant contribution to our open source products, Apigee 127 and Apigee Zetta. We have assembled a team of leading technology experts from well-established application infrastructure, analytics and cloud services companies.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Our goal is to provide the leading software platform that enables digital business acceleration for enterprises worldwide. The key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  •  

Continue to Lead the Transformation to Digital Business Across Industries. We believe that the transformation of businesses in nearly every industry to digital business, enabled by APIs and big data analytics, is an emerging trend. We believe that we have established a leadership position in this market, both as a provider of API management and data analytics and also as a thought leader helping to define the architecture and vision of API-enabled and data-driven businesses. We intend to extend our leadership position by continuing to innovate, bringing new technologies to market and honing best practices and thought leadership by working closely with our global customer base.

 

  •  

Expand our Platform and Continue Building Our Technology Leadership. We intend to continue building innovative software products that extend the value of our existing solutions and further help

 

-96-


Table of Contents
 

enterprises realize digital business success through new growth and operational efficiencies. For example, we continue to invest in Apigee Insights, a self-service predictive analytics solution that helps enterprises build customer journey models and adaptive applications. We plan to continue to invest in Zetta, an open source platform for creating IoT servers, to provide the tools for developers to use APIs and data to better realize the potential of the IoT. In addition to continued investments in product development, we may also pursue acquisitions of technology that complement our platform.

 

  •  

Expand Sales to New Customers and Within Our Existing Customer Base. We have substantially expanded our sales force in recent years to grow our customer base and drive adoption of our solutions. Our customer deployments often begin with the requirement to solve a specific project, which subsequently turns into a program spanning across the enterprise. We intend to increase deployment of our solutions to new customers and within existing customers by targeting additional use cases and more functional areas and business units within the customer organization, and by meeting increasing capacity requirements, such as API monetization and analytics as their API business models evolve.

 

  •  

Expand Partnerships to Acquire and Service New Customers. We intend to continue building partnerships with global systems integrators and OEMs to enable us to efficiently expand our sales capacity and to provide professional services related to our software platform that also afford us strategic insights into customer deployments. In August 2013, we formed a global alliance with Accenture to deliver enterprise API solutions. In July 2014, we announced an OEM and reseller agreement with SAP. Additionally, a number of global systems integrators and digital agencies are partnering with us to sell our platform.

 

  •  

Continue to Aggressively Grow Our Business Internationally. We believe that there is substantial opportunity to grow our international business. We have been focused on international expansion, starting by opening our EMEA base in London in late 2012. For fiscal 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, respectively, we derived approximately 33% and 38% of our revenue from customers located outside the United States. We plan to continue to aggressively market to customers located outside of the United States by building partnerships, and by expanding our direct and indirect sales channels outside the United States and EMEA. In addition to our existing strategic global partnerships with Accenture and SAP, we intend to pursue other systems integrators and digital agencies to address specific geographic regions and vertical markets.

 

Our Platform

 

Architecture

 

Our guiding architectural principles are simplicity, scalability and data-centricity. These principles guide our product design and technology strategies.

 

We define simplicity in two dimensions: first as the initial “zero to sixty” experience of a first time user of our platform, and second as the ability of our product to serve the entire life cycle of usage by both individuals and teams across multiple projects. We define scalability as the ability to handle the highest levels of traffic throughput with the lowest latencies, with a system that is reliable and available, in the cloud or in a private datacenter. We define data-centricity as the essential property that drives us to enable the customer to mine every transaction and interaction for data; to provide data management capabilities that efficiently store all of the data that we collect or generate; and to ensure that these data can be used throughout the system, whether to present meaningful dashboard reports or to automatically adapt the platform to optimize business outcomes.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Our architecture is designed as a true platform technology—it is not just about managing APIs, but a technology stack that is itself built out of APIs. This makes it possible for us to build new solutions for new markets and it enables our customers and partners to leverage the full set of capabilities that we deliver for new purpose-built applications and systems. Examples of customers and partners that have built their digital businesses on our platform include:

 

  •  

Walgreens uses our software as a platform to enable an ecosystem of developers building applications using Walgreens APIs.

 

  •  

A leading telecommunications company uses our software as a platform to power multiple independent projects on a single Apigee installation.

 

  •  

SAP uses our platform as the basis for an API management application offering to its customers both on premises and through the SAP HANA Cloud Platform.

 

Products

 

Our platform is designed to empower business leaders, IT technologists and developers to build and operate digital businesses. The platform is comprised of the following products:

 

  •  

Apigee Edge is a self-service API platform that enables businesses to manage the digital value chain from exposure of their services and data through APIs to the use of those APIs by developers who are building consumer-facing and enterprise applications, and to measure the success of the business’s digital initiatives with end-to-end analytics.

 

  •  

Apigee Insights is the self-service predictive analytics solution that enables the enterprise to find time-based patterns in big data—both structured and unstructured—and gain insights to help an enterprise provide personalized experiences, maximize customer satisfaction and retention and grow revenue and profits.

 

  •  

Apigee Developer is comprised of Apigee Edge Trial, two open source products, Apigee 127 and Apigee Zetta, and open source projects that we sponsor. Apigee Edge Trial provides a free, self-service, non-expiring cloud-based trial of Apigee Edge to developers. Apigee 127 is an open source, design-first toolkit for building rich, enterprise-class APIs on a laptop or any local development environment, which can be deployed on multiple platforms as a service. Apigee Zetta is an open source platform for creating IoT servers that run across geo-distributed computers and in the cloud. We are a principal contributor to the Apache Usergrid project, an open source Backend-as-a-Service, or BaaS. In addition, we provide free API documentation tools that facilitate developers’ learning and testing of APIs. Developers, in turn, are able to redistribute these tools through community sites.

 

Apigee Edge

 

Apigee Edge is the foundation of our platform strategy. It provides a solution that addresses the entire digital value chain and minimizes risk and time-to-value by eliminating the need to integrate disparate point solutions. Apigee Edge includes three components: API Services, Developer Services and Analytics Services.

 

API Services unites Internet and enterprise technologies with API management, BaaS, security and programming extensibility. API Services enable the transformation of services into APIs that extend an enterprise’s capabilities to the digital world of applications and devices, delivering new agility while maintaining the security and reliability that enterprises require. Key capabilities of API Services include:

 

  •  

Self-service and extensibility enables developers to directly manage API policy configuration and changes with pre-built policies for traffic management, security, mediation and extension.

 

  •  

Protocol transformation enables the transformation of enterprise data and services into easily usable, scalable and secure APIs.

 

-98-


Table of Contents
  •  

BaaS provides developers with a cloud datastore and API-based capabilities for user management, push notifications, social networking and geolocation services.

 

  •  

Policy-based security architecture provides a configurable model that enables enterprise-grade security to protect the business from threats, backend overload and service issues.

 

  •  

API programmability enables the extension of API Services capabilities to increase flexibility and meet business requirements, with support for Java, JavaScript, Node.js and Python.

 

Developer Services enables an enhanced developer and community experience that accelerates API adoption, simplifies learning and increases the business value of APIs. Key Developer Services capabilities include:

 

  •  

Developer portal is deployed by an enterprise to provide a community for developers with the resources necessary to learn about the enterprise’s APIs, become a registered developer and collaborate with peers and with the enterprise.

 

  •  

Fast on-boarding for developers with self-service registration and key generation to register their applications and engage with both the API provider and with a community of peer developers.

 

  •  

Interactive API documentation and modeling simplifies designing and documenting new APIs as well as learning, testing and evaluation of existing APIs.

 

  •  

API consoles enable developers to easily access and explore APIs from almost 100 top API providers, improving their knowledge and ability to use the appropriate API for their needs.

 

  •  

API monetization enables API revenue models based on fees, freemium and revenue sharing and can be customized to meet complex requirements.

 

Analytics Services enables end-to-end visibility across the digital value chain with the unified operational, developer, application performance and business metrics necessary to monitor, measure and manage success. Key Analytics Services capabilities include:

 

  •  

Business metrics provide a business context for monitoring and measuring API program goals and helping to make smart, informed business decisions.

 

  •  

Operational analytics monitors the health and performance of production APIs, enabling enterprises to plan for traffic spikes, identify slow and error-prone APIs, find root causes and understand traffic anomalies.

 

  •  

Application performance monitoring measures mobile app usage and performance of applications, on different platforms, carriers and devices.

 

  •  

Developer program metrics identifies the developer programs with the most popular applications, best developer engagement and highest API traffic.

 

Apigee Insights

 

Apigee Insights delivers predictive analytics enabling businesses to gain actionable insights. To address the need to perform sophisticated predictive analytics on business events, such as those captured by the data streams running through our APIs, we have built a unique time-sequenced graph database that stores and analyzes the events within graphs, which can be used to represent the relationships of events within complex sequences. This allows businesses to model customers’ journeys as they interact with various digital touch-points such as mobile apps. By modeling the propensity of a customer to step through these sequences, a company can make predictions that determine the next most likely or next best action, or to make recommendations and tailor the experience to drive the user to choose the next action that serves business objectives. Graph and Sequence Processing technology, or GRASP, is the core proprietary technology within Insights. Key capabilities of this technology include:

 

  •  

Time-sequenced graph database that makes it simple to efficiently aggregate information along customer journey paths and to analyze customer events;

 

-99-


Table of Contents
  •  

Data management to import data into GRASP, understand the imported data, and view statistics about each imported data set; and

 

  •  

Data loaders to load data into GRASP from Apigee Edge, Hadoop-based data lakes, Amazon S3 and enterprise data warehouses.

 

Predictive analytics capabilities enable businesses to anticipate each customer’s likely next action by analyzing all interactions along the customer journey and including the customer’s current context such as location, weather or time of day. Key elements of these capabilities include:

 

  •  

Customer journey analytics to measure and visualize the sequences of interactions of multiple customers and understand customer distribution along one or more attributes;

 

  •  

Unstructured data processor to extract relevant keywords from text and determine customer sentiment based on user-submitted responses; and

 

  •  

Predictive modeling to analyze likelihood of future actions based on customer events and customer profiles.

 

Adaptive interactions capabilities enable business to realize value from data by solving the last mile problem of integrating predictive analytics into applications. This capability enables a business to adapt the behavior of applications in real time. Key elements of these capabilities include:

 

  •  

Segmentation and profiling to easily segment and target users using descriptive, behavioral and predictive attributes;

 

  •  

Scalable, real-time propensity scores based on user and context events that can be used to power adaptive applications that generate dynamic responses to influence user behavior;

 

  •  

RESTful APIs to access all customer predictions, segments and data; and

 

  •  

Self-service to enable developers to quickly build new predictive data projects and initiate analytics tasks without the need to setup or configure independent installations.

 

Apigee Developer

 

Apigee Developer is comprised of Apigee Edge Trial, two open source products, Apigee 127 and Apigee Zetta, and other open source projects that we sponsor.

 

Apigee Edge Trial is a free, self-service cloud edition of Apigee Edge. Apigee Edge Trial provides software developers with much of the functionality in the enterprise edition of Apigee Edge, but without an enterprise service level agreement and with restrictions on storage and traffic rates. We provide the developer service free of charge as a way to build awareness of our platform and our technologies within the developer community. This results in our products being used in projects at early stages of development, giving us an advantage as projects grow and require commercial support and services. It also greatly expands the pool of developers who are proficient with our technology.

 

Apigee 127 is an open source, design-first toolkit for building enterprise-class APIs in Node.js in a local development environment. Developers can design, model and configure APIs using the popular Swagger API definition language with our easy-to-use editor. These API definitions generate ready-to-run APIs that can be run on Apigee Edge or other cloud services.

 

Apigee Zetta is an open source product for creating IoT servers that run across geo-distributed computers and the cloud. Zetta allows IoT developers to assemble smartphone applications, device applications and cloud applications into large, complex adaptive “systems of systems” that operate at scale in the physical world of home automation, smart transportation and wearable computing.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Our Technology

 

Our technology efforts are centered on five key areas of focus across our solutions: scalability, multi-tenancy, data-centricity, simplicity and reliability. Each of these areas represents a significant challenge to implement effectively, and we believe that the combination of the five differentiates our platform.

 

Scale Is Hard

 

Our API platform is positioned at the center of the enterprise architecture and enables all API traffic between applications and backend systems to pass through our systems. This means that our products must be among the most scalable, high performance and reliable systems in the enterprise. Enterprise architectures are by nature distributed geographically and often have elements that run in the cloud as well as in the customer’s data center. Therefore, our platform technology is built as a distributed architecture and can be deployed both in the cloud and on premises. Our cloud service is highly scalable and can process more than one billion API calls a day.

 

In order to build a system that can perform at scale, we use a variety of best practices and technologies. These include:

 

  •  

High-performance pipelined proxy architectures that can effectively handle very high levels of API traffic, efficiently processing the traffic whether to analyze or transform it with minimal computational overhead;

 

  •  

Automated elastic computing to devote additional computational resources on-demand, with our software automatically able to take advantage of new resources and allocate them to tasks efficiently;

 

  •  

Micro-services architecture that allows us to develop constituent services powering specific features and then scale these features independently as necessary based on usage patterns; and

 

  •  

Distributed database technologies and expertise that allows us to manage the storage requirements for our architecture as demand grows.

 

Multi-tenancy Is Hard

 

Multi-tenancy is the technology that cloud-based services use to share IT resources cost-efficiently and securely across multiple users and projects. The multi-tenant design of a cloud service can have a dramatic impact on the application delivery and productivity of an IT organization. Multi-tenancy at scale is a core requirement and key technological advantage for us. Customers of our cloud service business must experience the fast and simple self-service process that they have come to expect from Software-as-a-Service products.

 

We have developed unique mechanisms for ensuring that each user of our cloud service is isolated from other users in ways designed to ensure that each user gets guaranteed service levels. At the same time, we are able to safely share certain pooled computation and data resources between users in order to create a high degree of operational efficiency. We provide the same multi-tenancy experience to our non-cloud customers who install our software as an on-premises solution.

 

Data Is Hard

 

All of our solutions rely on the ability to store, query and analyze data, often in real time, and at significant levels of scale, leveraging a unique combination of open source data storage technologies, including Cassandra, Hadoop and Postgres, and a proprietary set of data management and analytics capabilities. We have augmented these capabilities with predictive analytics based on complex graph-based analysis of these data streams. These technologies allow us to:

 

  •  

Store large amounts of API data and API traffic metadata in real-time regardless of traffic levels;

 

  •  

Construct queries that can execute in real time with traffic flows in order to retrieve information that supplements API data and to make real-time decisions about the handling of API traffic;

 

  •  

Implement “counters,” which are the running tallies of traffic patterns and key metrics related to users, devices and business events;

 

-101-


Table of Contents
  •  

Generate alerts based on data conditions in order to notify IT personnel of critical events; and

 

  •  

Serve pre-defined and customer reports to provide answers to questions such as how API traffic is trending over time, who are the top developers, when API response time varies, from which geography is API traffic coming, what APIs are failing, and what devices are making the most API requests.

 

Apigee Insights leverages our proprietary GRASP to power big data predictive analytics that increases the ability to find time-based patterns in structured and unstructured data. Featuring a distributed processing foundation based on Hadoop and an in-memory real-time processor, Apigee Insights combines the power of big data and data science to deliver significantly greater precision than is possible with traditional technologies and statistical tools.

 

Simplicity Is Hard

 

We leverage APIs in our own platform architecture to deliver simplicity and adaptability. Using a modern “microservices architecture” approach, the capabilities of our solutions are exposed as APIs. This allows us to develop our solutions as a set of independent services, which are assembled to create a comprehensive user experience. This also allows developers or organizations to create and customize the manner in which they interact with our solutions, bringing simplicity and flexibility to enterprise infrastructure. We provide an intuitive graphical user interface, and easy to use “command line” options for developers. We make our APIs intuitive and easy to use and enable developers to build on our platform with technologies such as JavaScript and Node.js, simplifying the programmability of our platform. Our platform is designed to be operated in a “self-service” manner by our customers, and our configurable policies allow customers to transform services into highly consumable APIs, control API traffic, enhance performance and enforce security, all without coding or changing the backend systems of record.

 

Reliability Is Hard

 

The integrity and security of our cloud products is critical to our business, and as such we leverage industry-standard security and monitoring tools to ensure performance across our cloud service. Our technology enables enterprises to provide secure access to their data and services with a well-defined API that is consistent across all of their databases and services, regardless of implementation. Our cloud customers are highly dependent on our cloud service, and as such, it is designed to be available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. We provide a service level commitment for our cloud service, which can be up to 99.99%, excluding designated periods of maintenance.

 

Our Customers

 

Our customers include leading enterprises across a broad range of industry segments, including telecommunications, media and entertainment, financial services, retail, travel and hospitality, and healthcare and insurance. Our customer base has grown over 35% from the end of fiscal 2012 to the end of fiscal 2014. Our customers are comprised of organizations that have purchased our cloud or on-premises software solutions and professional services. On an annual basis, our revenue per customer ranges from less than $50,000 to over $1.0 million. One customer, AT&T, represented 38%, 36% and 15%, of our total revenue in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively and represented 17% and 6% of our total revenue in the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in any of the past three fiscal years.

 

Below are some of our representative customers by revenue during the prior six fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2015, organized by industry segment:

 

Telecommunications      Media & Entertainment      Financial Services
AT&T Inc.      BBC Worldwide Ltd.      First Data Corporation
Swisscom AG      Gamesys, Ltd.      Morningstar, Inc.
Telefonica, S.A.      Live Nation Entertainment, Inc.     

Vantiv, Inc.

Vodafone Group Plc      Outerwall Inc.     

 

-102-


Table of Contents
Retail      Healthcare/Insurance
Burberry Group plc      eHealth, Inc.
Magazine Luiza      Health Care Service Corp.
Target Corporation      Humana Inc.
Walgreens Company      Independence Blue Cross
WM Morrison Supermarkets PLC      Kaiser Permanente

 

We also offer a free version of our software to developers with much of the functionality in the enterprise edition of Apigee Edge, but without an enterprise service level agreement and with restrictions on storage and traffic rates. This enables us to build awareness of our platform and our technologies within the developer community and we believe that it results in our products being used in projects at early stages of development, giving us an advantage as projects grow and require commercial support and services.

 

Customers Case Studies

 

The following case studies are examples of how certain of our customers have deployed and benefited from our platform.

 

AT&T

 

Problem: AT&T, one of the world’s leading providers of IP-based communications services, wanted to deliver new capabilities to its customers faster by making it secure and easy for independent developers and partners to build apps using its network-based services. As part of this digital initiative, AT&T wanted a secure, simple way to expose and manage its back-end services with third-party developers and partners.

 

Solution: In 2011, AT&T started using our platform as part of its digital initiative to securely open up its network-based services – such as location, messaging, payment and speech – and enable outside developers to create an ecosystem of innovative apps using AT&T’s network. Using Apigee Edge, AT&T securely manages and shares select back-end services (defined through APIs) with third-party developers. In 2013, AT&T expanded its use of our platform to manage APIs and data delivery for its mission-critical system used by national reseller partners to securely activate AT&T mobile phones. AT&T continues to tap additional capabilities in our platform as it continues its digital transformation, including an initiative that uses our Apigee Insights predictive analytics platform to anticipate and adapt to change.

 

Gogo

 

Problem: Leading global aero communications service provider Gogo wanted to enable airline partners and digital agencies to build engaging new applications for airline passengers using Gogo’s in-flight communications services, but its IT architecture was not designed to securely share data with third-party applications at scale.

 

Solution: In 2014, Gogo built a custom developer portal, which operates on the Apigee platform, where partners can now come to build innovative applications using Gogo data and services. Partners can access and use Gogo APIs such as “gogoFlightInfo” to create new applications that deliver compelling in-flight experiences. For example, a leading airline created an application using Gogo APIs that encourages networking among business travelers in the air. Our platform securely delivers Gogo’s backend data and services to partner applications via APIs. Apigee also provides the control and analytics to support Gogo as the ecosystem of third-party Gogo applications scales.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

McCormick

 

Problem: McCormick, a global leader in spice manufacturing, wanted to quickly accelerate growth beyond its long-standing model of adding stores to its physical distribution chain.

 

Solution: Using our platform, McCormick developed a new digital service called FlavorPrint, which has been referred to as the “Netflix for the food industry” because it uses data analytics to suggest what consumers should cook based on his or her unique flavor “fingerprint” (similar to Netflix’s movie suggestions). Using consumer digital engagement to influence in-store sales, FlavorPrint creates customized profiles of the foods and recipes people love to drive them to stores to buy McCormick products. A customer since 2013, McCormick uses the Apigee platform to securely deliver all FlavorPrint data and web services to mobile and web applications across consumer touchpoints. Our integrated analytics have also helped McCormick understand how FlavorPrint is being used in order to optimize the service and grow faster.

 

First Data

 

Problem: First Data, a global leader in payment technology and services solutions, wanted to quickly build a solution to support Apple’s new Apple Pay single-touch payment solution.

 

Solution: With Apigee’s platform, First Data was able to accelerate project development and time to market for Payeezy.com, its online eCommerce solution that gives merchants access to Apple Pay. A customer since 2014, First Data uses our platform to bring app developers onboard and to enable them to rapidly build and scale solutions supporting online and mobile payments using First Data APIs. As a result, First Data was one of the first financial services companies that supported Apple Pay. Our platform is an integral component of Payeezy.com, connecting First Data services and data to outside developers via First Data APIs so those developers can rapidly build solutions supporting online and mobile payments.

 

Swisscom

 

Problem: Swisscom, the largest telecommunications operator in Switzerland, wanted to operate with more agility and efficiency to remain competitive amid declining revenues for services like voice and messaging.

 

Solution: APIs powered by our platform are key to Swisscom’s digital transformation, enabling the telecommunications leader to more quickly and securely share data and digital services, both inside and outside its organization. With our platform, Swisscom, a customer since 2013, makes it easier for software developers to build powerful apps that take advantage of its network-based services. Swisscom can securely deliver its APIs, manage growing API traffic and quickly expand the ecosystem of applications that use Swisscom services. Moving forward, Swisscom’s API program powered by our platform will drive a Swisscom “partner platform” that delivers a variety of applications in an iTunes model and a Swisscom “experience platform” similar to Facebook.

 

Equinix

 

Problem: Equinix, a global interconnection and data center company, wanted to ensure that customers using its new Cloud Exchange offering would receive consistent, high-performance connections to multiple clouds in near-real time.

 

Solution: A customer since 2013, Equinix uses our platform to help simplify the complex process of provisioning and managing connections to multiple cloud services and networks in multiple geographies. The Equinix Cloud Exchange offers a large ecosystem comprised of leading cloud services, including Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud Platform. Because the near-real-time connectivity in the Equinix Cloud Exchange is achieved through the use of APIs, which need to be optimized for performance and managed at scale, Equinix has embedded our API platform into the Cloud Exchange to deliver seamless, on-demand, high-performance access to multiple clouds from multiple networks around the world.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Tradier

 

Problem: Tradier, an online brokerage company, wanted to ensure that the data and services used as part of its new cloud-based brokerage platform had high security, were easy to integrate into applications and could scale.

 

Solution: Tradier offers APIs and tools that enable financial services firms, software developers and investors to create customized trading experiences and real-time portfolios. A customer since 2013, Tradier uses our API platform to provide the security, visibility, traffic management and analytics required to operate its business-critical and often sensitive data and services. Tradier estimates that our platform accelerated the launch of its brokerage platform by several months, and its partners have indicated that the onboarding process with our technology is three to nine times faster than similar integrations with other platform providers.

 

Pearson

 

Problem: Pearson, the world’s largest education and book publishing company, wanted to deliver more and better educational experiences for its global audiences.

 

Solution: Pearson created an API program, powered by our platform, to simplify the development and maintenance of its online educational applications using its wide-ranging selection of educational content. Starting in 2012, the company adopted our platform to securely deliver Pearson content through a global ecosystem of online applications and to serve as the technology foundation for Pearson’s software developer portal. Using our platform, Pearson has been able to accelerate and scale its developer ecosystem, which has grown to over 3,000 developers. With Apigee and APIs, Pearson estimates the time it takes a developer to build an application using Pearson educational content has decreased from four weeks to just six to eight hours on average. As a result, Pearson’s community continues to expand, creating high-quality and adaptive online learning experiences globally.

 

Philips

 

Problem: The Lighting division of Philips, a Global 500 company, wanted to address demand for the IoT and expand the number of applications built for its Hue lighting system beyond the limited number of applications developed internally.

 

Solution: A customer since 2014, Philips has been using APIs to enable outside developers to build over 200 apps to use lights in new ways. With Apigee, Philips has been able to re-engineer their server interface to enable developers to securely access their APIs via the cloud, which will further accelerate the API use and link it to internet services like Facebook and Evernote.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our sales and marketing organizations optimize our customer acquisition process by generating brand and product awareness, cultivating customer relationships, lead generation, building pipeline, onboarding new channel partners and implementing customer expansion programs.

 

Sales

 

We sell our software through direct field sales, direct inside sales and indirect channel sales. We have local sales teams in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. We also have a dedicated sales team focused on government customers, which covers U.S. federal, state and local government entities. We generate prospects and leads through a wide range of marketing programs and events and also run a robust outbound teleprospecting program. Leads are qualified by inside account development representatives, based on a set of criteria agreed

 

-105-


Table of Contents

upon by sales and marketing leadership. Our direct sales team seeks to build relationships high up in the enterprise where business strategy decisions are being made. In addition to acquiring new customers, our sales teams are responsible for increased adoption of our software by existing customers.

 

We have formed strategic partnerships with Accenture and SAP and work closely with them globally to acquire new customers. We also have established relationships with other channel partners to provide us with additional sales leverage worldwide by sourcing new prospects, providing professional services and technical support to existing customers and upselling for additional use cases. Our channel partners include system integrators that combine our products with their own technology expertise and solutions and digital agencies that help customers implement digital initiatives. Technology partners and OEMs integrate our products to extend functionality and use our products in their own solutions.

 

As is typical in the software industry, we expect a significant portion of our product orders to be received in the last month of each fiscal quarter. We typically provision our product orders shortly after the receipt of an order. While we may have backlog consisting of product orders that have not shipped and maintenance, professional and training services that have not been billed and for which the services have not yet been performed at the end of a given fiscal year, historically, we have not had material backlog, and we do not anticipate having material backlog in the future.

 

Marketing

 

Our marketing and demand generation efforts consist of a mix of metrics-driven programs to educate the market and generate leads for our field sales team. Through our marketing programs and events, and through our strategic relationships, we generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and increase brand awareness.

 

Our thought leadership content and online education and certification programs reach business leaders, IT technologists and developers, helping define the language and the requirements of the market. Equipping all of these important constituents with the know-how and tools to be effective in digital business facilitates our potential future sales. We offer a free trial cloud service as well as free developer tools, and open source solutions to help drive adoption of our solutions. Our marketing programs include free online and local training to engage both existing and prospective customers. We participate in conferences, trade shows and industry events and also annually host the largest API industry user conference, called I Love APIs, to build and support the API community to enable companies to become digital businesses.

 

Customer Success

 

We have built a company culture centered around our customers’ success and satisfaction. We have developed several programs designed to provide customers with service options to enhance their experience with, and expand their use of, our products.

 

Professional Services

 

We provide consulting, training, configuration and implementation services to customers through our professional services organization. These services are typically utilized by large enterprises looking to deploy our solutions across their large, disparate and complex IT infrastructure. We believe that these professional services are an important part of our solution to our customers because digital infrastructure transformation frequently involves core business strategy and impacts the entire organization. Personnel within our professional services organization are trained on our products and are encouraged to follow our methodologies. We generally provide these services at the time of initial installation to help the customer with configuration and implementation. Given our software’s ease-of-use, our professional services engagements are typically short in duration.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Maintenance and Customer Support

 

Our customers typically purchase annual subscriptions to our platform that include software maintenance and support as part of their initial purchase of our software platform. Software maintenance and support is not included as part of a perpetual license and may be purchased separately. The maintenance agreements provide customers the right to receive unspecified software updates, maintenance releases and patches and access to our technical support services during the term of the agreement.

 

Customers receiving maintenance and support receive guaranteed response times, direct telephonic support and access to online support portals. All support is provided 24x7x365 for critical issues. Our customer support organization has global capabilities, delivering support with deep expertise in both its software as well as complex IT environments. Our support team also works closely with our updates team to create the best possible experience for customers as they move from one version of our products to the next version.

 

Training

 

We provide several options for customers to increase their level of knowledge about our products through our training organization, which offers classroom training, virtual classroom training and on-demand training. Paid classroom training offers customers the opportunity to visit one of our training facilities for one or more days of hands-on, instructor-led courses. Paid virtual classroom training is also delivered by an instructor, but students attend the training on-line rather than being present at a training facility. We also continue to develop our free and on-demand online education and enablement courses through the Apigee Academy.

 

Research and Development

 

We invest substantial resources in research and development to enhance our platform, develop new solutions, conduct software and quality assurance testing and improve our core technology. Our technical staff monitors and tests our software on a regular basis, and we maintain a regular release process to refine, update, and enhance our existing products. We typically provide our customers with updates to our solutions at least monthly in the cloud and quarterly on premises. Research and development expense totaled $10.9 million, $16.8 million and $22.3 million for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and $9.2 million and $14.4 million for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

Competition

 

The market for enterprise API-based platforms is fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We compete against in-house or custom development efforts, a variety of large software vendors and smaller specialized companies and open source initiatives, all of which vary in the breadth and scope of the products and services offered. Beyond in-house or custom development efforts, our competitors include International Business Machines Corporation and Oracle Corporation, both of which can bundle competing products and services with other software offerings, or offer them at a low price as part of a larger sale. In addition, our industry is evolving rapidly and is becoming increasingly competitive. Larger and more established companies may focus on API management and API-based platforms and could directly compete with us. Smaller companies could also launch competing or new products and services.

 

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

  •  

domain expertise in API business practices and technologies;

 

  •  

size of customer base and level of user adoption;

 

  •  

established status as a strategic IT platform;

 

  •  

brand awareness and reputation;

 

-107-


Table of Contents
  •  

total cost of ownership;

 

  •  

ease of deployment and use of API-based platforms by paying customers and developers;

 

  •  

level of paying customer and developer following;

 

  •  

breadth and depth of offering;

 

  •  

performance, availability and support for API-based platforms;

 

  •  

capability for customization, configurability, integration, security, scalability and reliability of applications; and

 

  •  

the ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly.

 

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of the above factors. However, some of our actual and potential competitors have certain additional advantages over us, such as significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, research and development or other resources, stronger brand and business user recognition, larger installed customer bases, larger intellectual property portfolios and broader global distribution and presence.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections.

 

We had nine issued patents and eight patent applications pending in the United States as of February 15, 2015. Our issued patents expire between 2028 and 2029. We cannot assure you whether any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Furthermore, even if a patent issues, we cannot assure you that such patent will be adequate to protect our business. We also license software from third parties for integration into our solutions, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms.

 

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. Despite our efforts to protect our technology and proprietary rights through intellectual property rights, licenses and confidentiality agreements, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software and other technology. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

 

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in our markets have extensive patent portfolios and are regularly involved in litigation. From time to time, third parties, including certain of these leading companies, may assert patent, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our customers. Our standard license and other agreements may obligate us to indemnify our channel partners and customers against such claims. Successful claims of infringement by a third party could prevent us from continuing to offer our solution or performing certain services, require us to expend time and money to develop non-infringing solutions, or force us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights, royalties or other fees. Competitors may also be more likely to claim that our solutions infringe their proprietary rights and seek an injunction against us from continuing to offer our platform. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, upon any third-party patents or other proprietary rights.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of February 15, 2015, we had 396 full-time employees. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

Facilities

 

We currently lease approximately 41,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in San Jose, California under a lease agreement expiring in June 2019. We lease regional offices for sales, support and product development in Atlanta, Georgia and Detroit, Michigan and various international locations, including India, Dubai and the United Kingdom. While we believe our facilities are sufficient and suitable for the operations of our business today, we are closely monitoring the need to add new facilities and expanding our existing facilities as we add employees and expand into additional markets.

 

Government Regulation

 

We are subject to a number of U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations that involve matters central to our business. These laws and regulations may involve privacy, data protection, intellectual property, competition, consumer protection, taxation or other subjects. Many of the laws and regulations to which we are subject are still evolving and being tested in courts and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations often are uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industry in which we operate. Because global laws and regulations have continued to develop and evolve rapidly, it is possible that we may not be, or may not have been, compliant with each such applicable law or regulation.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business including, for example, patent infringement lawsuits by non-practicing entities. In addition, third parties may from time to time assert claims against us in the form of letters and other communications. We currently believe that these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our future financial results of operations; however, the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 2, 2015:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Chet Kapoor

   47    Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Tim Wan

   44    Chief Financial Officer

Stacey Giamalis

   50    Chief Counsel

Anant Jhingran

   51    Chief Technology Officer

Shankar Ramaswamy

   47    Vice President of Engineering and Operations

Stephen Rowland

   46    Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Non-employee Directors

     

Bob L. Corey(1)

   63    Director

Neal Dempsey(1)(3)

   73    Director

Promod Haque(2)(3)

   66    Director

William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr.*(1)(2)

   49    Director

Edmond Mesrobian(3)

   54    Director

Robert Schwartz(2)

   53    Director

 

   *   Lead independent director
  (1)   Member of our audit committee.
  (2)   Member of our compensation committee.
  (3)   Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Executive Officers

 

Chet Kapoor has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kapoor served as Vice President of Content Management and Search Products at International Business Machines Corporation, from May 2005 to December 2006. From December 2004 to May 2005, Mr. Kapoor served as Chief Executive Officer of Gluecode Software, Inc., an open source application infrastructure company. From April 2002 to December 2004, Mr. Kapoor served as the Vice President and General Manager at BEA Systems, Inc., an enterprise infrastructure software company. Mr. Kapoor holds a B.S. degree in engineering from Arizona State University.

 

We believe that Mr. Kapoor possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the hardware and software industries and the operational insight and expertise he has accumulated as our Chief Executive Officer.

 

Tim Wan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2015. Mr. Wan previously served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of RealNetworks, Inc., a digital media and applications company, from April 2012 to February 2015. Mr. Wan served as RealNetworks’ Vice President, Finance from September 2009 to April 2012, as its Area Vice President, Strategic Planning and Analysis from March 2006 to August 2009, and in various other leadership roles at RealNetworks between 2000 and 2006, including General Manager of Consumer Operations, Director of Marketing Analysis and Senior Manager of Marketing Analysis. Mr. Wan also served as a trustee at Overlake Hospital Medical Center and as a board member of Rhapsody International. Mr. Wan has a B.A. in Economics from University of California, Los Angeles, and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Stacey Giamalis has served as our Chief Counsel since October 2013. From April 2010 to October 2013, Ms. Giamalis served in several positions, including Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Privacy Officer and Secretary at Adchemy, Inc., a software solutions company. From July 2005 to September 2009, Ms. Giamalis served as Senior Vice President Legal and Human Resources, General Counsel and Secretary at LookSmart, Ltd., an online advertising company. From July 2002 to January 2005, Ms. Giamalis served in various roles at QRS Corporation, a commerce solutions company, including as its Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Giamalis holds a B.A. degree in psychology from the University of California, Davis and a J.D. degree from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall.

 

Anant Jhingran has served as our Chief Technology Officer since July 2012 and as our Vice President of Data from September 2011 to July 2012. Prior to joining our company, he served in several positions, including Vice President and Director of Computer Science at International Business Machines Corporation, from March 2000 to September 2011, most recently as an IBM Fellow and Chief Technology Officer, Information Management. Mr. Jhingran holds a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from IIT Delhi and a Ph.D. degree in computer science from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

Shankar Ramaswamy has served as our Vice President of Engineering and Operations since June 2013. From December 2009 to June 2013, Mr. Ramaswamy served in various roles at eBay Inc., an e-commerce company, including Director of Product Management, Application Platform of the Marketplaces division and Director of Product Management, Platform of the X.commerce division, most recently as Director of Engineering, Digital Payments Customer Engineering of the PayPal division. From August 2008 to December 2008, he served as Principal Technical Program Manager at Amazon.com, Inc. Mr. Ramaswamy holds a B.S. degree in electronics, physics and mathematics from Delhi University, an M.S. degree in electrical engineering from the Indian Institute of Science and a Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering and computer engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

 

Stephen Rowland has served as our Vice President of Worldwide Sales since July 2012. From September 2007 to June 2012, Mr. Rowland served in several positions, including Vice President of Asia Pacific Field Operations and Vice President of Americas Field Operations at Blue Coat Systems, Inc., a security and networking solutions company. From June 2006 to June 2007, Mr. Rowland served as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales at Workbrain, Inc., a workforce management software company. From August 1998 to June 2006, he served in several positions, including as vice president of sales at BMC Software Inc., an enterprise management solutions company. Mr. Rowland holds a B.S. degree in engineering from Texas A&M University.

 

Non-employee Directors

 

Bob L. Corey has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2011. Since May 2013, Mr. Corey has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Callidus Software Inc., an enterprise software company. From May 2012 to May 2013, Mr. Corey served as the Chief Financial Officer of FrontRange Solutions USA Inc., an enterprise software company. From July 2009 to March 2011, he served in various roles, including Interim Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Extreme Networks, Inc., an ethernet solutions company. From May 2003 to January 2006, Mr. Corey served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, at Thor Technologies, Inc., an enterprise software company. Mr. Corey holds a B.B.A. degree in accounting from California State University, Fullerton.

 

We believe that Mr. Corey possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his financial and accounting expertise and his experience serving in a variety of finance positions at numerous public companies.

 

Neal Dempsey has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Dempsey has been a General Partner of Bay Partners, a venture capital firm, since May 1989, and the Managing General Partner since July 2002. Mr. Dempsey currently sits on the boards of numerous private companies, and since April 2010, he

 

-111-


Table of Contents

has been a member of the board of directors of Enphase Energy, Inc., a solar energy management device maker. Previously, he has served as a member of the board of directors of Eloqua, Inc., a marketing solutions company, and Guidewire Software, Inc., a software company, from August 2006 to February 2013 and August 2006 to December 2013, respectively. He holds a B.S. degree in business from the University of Washington.

 

We believe that Mr. Dempsey possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the venture capital industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of technology companies, as well as his perspective as a representative of one of our largest stockholders.

 

Promod Haque has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Haque has been a Senior Managing Partner of Norwest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since January 2013 and had previously served as a Managing Partner since 1990. He currently serves on the boards of directors of Cyan, Inc., an enterprise network company and several privately held companies, including Palerra, Inc., Health Catalyst, LLC and PCH International. He also previously served on the board of directors of FireEye, Inc., a provider of cybersecurity solutions, from March 2005 until October 2014, Persistent Systems Limited, a software product and technology services company, from November 2005 until November 2010, and as a chairman of the board of directors of Veraz Networks, Inc., a software solutions company, from July 2001 until October 2010 when it merged with Dialogic Corporation. Mr. Haque holds a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from the University of Delhi, India, an M.B.A. degree from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Management and a Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering from Northwestern University.

 

We believe that Mr. Haque possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the venture capital industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of technology companies, as well as his perspective as a representative of our largest stockholder.

 

William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr. has served as our lead independent director since February 2015 and as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Since November 2012, Mr. Jenkins has served as Chief Executive Officer of Barracuda Networks, Inc., a hardware and software solutions company. From April 1998 to November 2012, Mr. Jenkins served in various roles, including President of the Backup Recovery Systems division at EMC Corporation, an information infrastructure company. Mr. Jenkins holds a B.S. degree in general engineering from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School.

 

We believe that Mr. Jenkins possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an executive of companies in the technology industry.

 

Edmond Mesrobian has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. From January 2011 to September 2014, Mr. Mesrobian served as Chief Technology Officer of Expedia, Inc., an online travel company. From June 2003 to August 2010, Mr. Mesrobian served in various roles, including Chief Technology Officer at Real Networks, Inc., an internet streaming media delivery company. Previously, Mr. Mesrobian served in executive positions at ArtistDirect, Inc., Amplified Holdings, Inc. and Buena Vista Internet Group, as well as co-founded Checkout.com and the UCLA Data Mining Laboratory. Mr. Mesrobian holds a B.S. degree in math computer science, an M.Sc. degree in computer science and a Ph.D. in artificial intelligence and computer vision, all from University of California, Los Angeles.

 

We believe that Mr. Mesrobian possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as an executive of companies in the technology industry.

 

Robert Schwartz has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2008. Since June 2000, Mr. Schwartz has been Managing Partner of Third Point Ventures, a venture capital arm of Third Point LLC. From 1984 to September 2013, Mr. Schwartz was the President of RF Associates North, Inc., a privately held

 

-112-


Table of Contents

communications semiconductor manufacturer’s representative firm. Mr. Schwartz currently serves on the board of directors of Enphase Energy, Inc., a solar array manufacturing company, and several privately held companies. Mr. Schwartz holds a B.S. degree in engineering from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

We believe that Mr. Schwartz possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a board member of companies in the technology industry.

 

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.apigee.com. We intend to post any amendment to our code of business conduct and ethics, and any waivers of such code for directors and executive officers, on the same website. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. The current composition of our board of directors is dictated by our voting agreement, although this agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

 

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a staggered, three-year term. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2016 for the Class I directors, 2017 for the Class II directors and 2018 for the Class III directors.

 

  •  

Our Class I directors will be Chet Kapoor and Promod Haque, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

  •  

Our Class II directors will be Neal Dempsey, Robert Schwartz and Bob L. Corey, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

  •  

Our Class III directors will be William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr. and Edmond Mesrobian, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

 

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

 

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

 

Director Independence

 

In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s

 

-113-


Table of Contents

audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Bob L. Corey, Neal Dempsey, Promod Haque, William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr., Edmond Mesrobian and Robert Schwartz, representing six of our seven directors, were “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below upon completion of this offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

 

Audit Committee

 

Bob L. Corey, Neal Dempsey and William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr. each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our audit committee. Bob L. Corey is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Corey qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the SEC rules and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  •  

selecting and hiring our registered public accounting firm;

 

  •  

evaluating the performance and independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

  •  

approving the audit and pre-approving any non-audit services to be performed by our registered public accounting firm;

 

  •  

reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and practices;

 

  •  

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

  •  

overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters;

 

  •  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit, our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports;

 

-114-


Table of Contents
  •  

reviewing and approving in advance any proposed related person transactions; and

 

  •  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Promod Haque, William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr. and Robert Schwartz, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our compensation committee. Promod Haque is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC, is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Internal Revenue Code. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the compensation committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  •  

reviewing and approving our Chief Executive Officer’s and other executive officers’ annual base salaries, incentive compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  •  

administering our equity compensation plans;

 

  •  

overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans and benefits programs; and

 

  •  

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC will require in our annual proxy statement.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Neal Dempsey, Promod Haque and Edmond Mesrobian, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee. Neal Dempsey is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  •  

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

  •  

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

  •  

reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines and compliance with laws and regulations; and

 

  •  

reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related person transactions reviewed by the audit committee.

 

We intend to post the charters of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, and any amendments thereto that may be adopted from time to time, on our website at www.apigee.com. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee or director (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee or our board of directors.

 

A member of our board of directors and our compensation committee, Promod Haque, is affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners, which is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners purchased 5,193,510 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $3,003,406.84 in November 2011, 4,181,165 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $6,392,165.06 in July 2012, 4,494,492 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $9,999,997.52 in July 2013, and 2,943,198 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $8,564,706.18 in April 2014. In addition, an entity affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners received 3,591,445 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $7,990,605.98 as a stockholder of InsightsOne Systems, which we acquired in December 2013 through the merger of our wholly-owned merger subsidiary with and into InsightsOne with InsightsOne continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of us.

 

A member of our board of directors and our compensation committee, Robert Schwartz, is affiliated with Third Point Partners, which is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Entities affiliated with Third Point Partners purchased 2,221,306 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $1,284,581.28 in November 2011, 2,028,403 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $3,101,022.53 in July 2012, 2,010,685 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $4,473,663.56 in July 2013, and 929,430 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock for a total purchase price of $2,704,641.30 in April 2014.

 

In connection with the purchases of our convertible preferred stock, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the holders of such stock, including entities affiliated with each of Norwest Venture Partners and Third Point Ventures. This agreement provides, among other things, that the holders of our preferred stock have the right to request that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing, subject to certain exceptions. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Non-employee Director Compensation

 

We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. During 2014, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. Our board of directors has, however, granted equity awards from time to time to non-employee directors as compensation for their service as directors.

 

The table below shows the equity and other compensation granted to our non-employee directors during 2014.

 

Name

   Year      Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All  Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Bob L. Corey

     2014         —         11,706         11,706 (2) 

Neal Dempsey

     2014         —         —         —   

Promod Haque

     2014         —         —         —   

William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr.

     2014         84,087         —         84,087   

Edmond Mesrobian

     2014         92,972         —         92,972   

Robert Schwartz

     2014         —         —         —   

 

-116-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the award as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (2)   The amounts represent health insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Corey.

 

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our non-employee directors as of July 31, 2014:

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Option
Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Bob L. Corey

     2/14/2012         162,250         73,750 (1)    $ 0.09         2/13/2022   

Neal Dempsey

     —         —         —        —         —   

Promod Haque

     —         —         —        —         —   

William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr.

     9/3/2013         —         460,685 (2)    $ 0.54         9/2/2023   

Edmond Mesrobian

     3/5/2014         —         288,041 (3)    $ 0.97         3/4/2024   

Robert Schwartz

     —         —         —        —         —   

 

  (1)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Corey’s continued role as a service provider to us, with one-fourth of the shares subject to the option vest on the twelve-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date of October 6, 2011 and one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter.
  (2)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Jenkins’ continued role as a service provider to us, with one-fourth of the shares subject to the option vest on the twelve-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date of August 30, 2013 and one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter.
  (3)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Mesrobian’s continued role as a service provider to us, with one-fourth of the shares subject to the option vest on the twelve-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date of February 10, 2014 and one forty-eighth of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter.

 

In March 2015, our board of directors approved a stock option grant to Mr. Corey to purchase 217,636 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $2.31 per share. The option was granted pursuant to our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and is scheduled to vest, subject to Mr. Corey’s continued role as a service provider, as to one twenty-fourth of the total shares on each monthly anniversary of October 6, 2015.

 

Upon a change of control, each non-employee directors’ then-outstanding and unvested shares subject to options granted under the 2005 Plan, will become fully vested and exercisable (and our repurchase right with respect to shares acquired through an early exercise will lapse).

 

-117-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

2014 Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table presents information concerning the total compensation of our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities during the year ended July 31, 2014:

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary($)     Bonus($)     Option
Awards($)(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation($) (2)
    All Other
Compensation($)(3)
    Total($)  

Chet Kapoor

    2014        312,771        —        546,540        87,150        572,521 (4)      1,518,982   

Chief Executive Officer

             

Steve Valenzuela(5)

Former Chief Financial Officer

    2014        201,763        100,000 (6)      472,144        45,150        —        819,057   

Stephen Rowland

Vice President of Worldwide Sales

    2014        270,000        —        19,748        130,107        129,150        549,005   

 

  (1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the award as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (2)   The amounts included in this column represent incentives earned under our employee cash incentive plan described below. See “—2014 Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for more details.
  (3)   The amounts in this column represent the difference between the aggregate purchase price paid by Pine River Capital Management L.P. and the aggregate fair market value of such shares on the date of sale by the named executive officer.
  (4)   This amount also includes $271 of disability insurance premium paid by us on behalf of Mr. Kapoor.
  (5)   Mr. Valenzuela served as our chief financial officer from October 2013 to November 2014.
  (6)   This amount consists of sign-on and retention bonuses paid to Mr. Valenzuela.

 

2014 Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation

 

Chet Kapoor and Steve Valenzuela

 

We approved a 2014 Executive Bonus Plan, or the 2014 Bonus Plan, which was amended effective November 1, 2013. The 2014 Bonus Plan provided cash incentives for certain executives, including Messrs. Kapoor and Valenzuela, for the period May 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014. The 2014 Bonus Plan was based on the attainment of company objectives and individual objectives that were established by our board of directors, weighted 90% and 10%, respectively. The company objectives consisted of revenue targets, bookings targets, and gross margins targets, weighted 40%, 30%, and 30%, respectively. The individual performance objectives were comprised of key metrics designed to measure each executive officer’s functional contributions to achieving our key strategic goals.

 

Based on our performance against the company objectives, the compensation committee determined to fund the 2014 Bonus Plan at 60% of the target level for the company objectives component. The compensation committee also determined that for the individual objectives component, Mr. Kapoor achieved 95% of his individual performance objectives and Mr. Valenzuela achieved 100% of his individual performance objectives.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

In addition, we approved an executive bonus plan for the period May 1, 2014 through July 31, 2014, or the 2014 Q4 Bonus Plan. The 2014 Q4 Bonus Plan provided cash incentive for certain executives, including Messrs. Kapoor and Valenzuela. The 2014 Q4 Bonus Plan was based on the attainment of company objectives that were established by our board of directors. The company objectives consisted of revenue targets and profitability targets, weighted equally.

 

Based on our performance against the company objectives, the compensation committee determined to fund the 2014 Q4 Bonus Plan at 100% of the target level.

 

The amounts in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for Messrs. Kapoor and Valenzuela are based on the achievements under the 2014 Bonus Plan (pro-rated for the portion of the bonus period that occurred during the 2014 fiscal year) and the Q4 Bonus Plan, and, in the case of Mr. Valenzuela, further pro-rated based on the period of time during the 2014 fiscal year in which he was employed with us.

 

Stephen Rowland

 

Stephen Rowland did not participate in the 2014 Q4 Bonus Plan. Instead, Mr. Rowland participated in a commissions plan under which he was eligible to earn quarterly commissions based on total booking attainment against quarterly goals. At the end of the first quarter of our 2014 fiscal year, Mr. Rowland achieved 52% of the bookings target, and received a payment equal to $20,820. At the end of the second quarter of our 2014 fiscal year, Mr. Rowland achieved 74% of the bookings target, and received a payment equal to $33,145. At the end of the third quarter of our 2014 fiscal year, Mr. Rowland achieved 81% of the bookings target, and received a payment equal to $39,036. At the end of the fourth quarter of our 2014 fiscal year, Mr. Rowland achieved 82% of the bookings target, and received a payment equal to $37,107.

 

The amount in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for Mr. Rowland is based on achievements under his commission plan during the 2014 fiscal year.

 

2014 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End

 

The following table presents information concerning all outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of July 31, 2014.

 

Named Executive Officer

  Grant Date     Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price($)
    Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
    Stock
Awards –
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested

(#)
    Stock Awards –
Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
 

Chet Kapoor

    1/10/2007        3,304,692        —      $ 0.14        1/9/2017        —        —   
    12/21/2010        69,193        27,678 (1)    $ 0.06        12/20/2020        —        —   
    8/16/2011        301,667        —      $ 0.06        8/15/2021        —        —   
    4/24/2012        87,500        612,500 (2)    $ 0.09        4/23/2022        —        —   
    10/14/2013        616,936        1,498,276 (3)    $ 0.54        10/13/2023        —        —   

Steve Valenzuela(7)

    10/14/2013        —        1,785,000 (4)    $ 0.54        10/13/2023        —        —   

Stephen Rowland

    8/14/2012        21,663        519,900 (5)    $ 0.20        8/13/2022        —        —   
    9/3/2013        2,083        72,917 (6)    $ 0.54        9/2/2023        —        —   

 

  (1)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Kapoor’s continued role as a service provider to us, with respect to one-eighth of the total shares on the six-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date of November 1, 2010 and one forty-eighth of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

 

-119-


Table of Contents
  (2)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Kapoor’s continued role as a service provider to us, with respect to one forty-eighth of the total shares every month, beginning on the one-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2014.
  (3)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Kapoor’s continued role as a service provider to us, with respect to one forty-eighth of the total shares every month, beginning on the one-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date of May 1, 2013.
  (4)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Valenzuela’s continued role as a service provider to us, with respect to one-fourth of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date of October 10, 2013 and one forty-eighth of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.
  (5)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Rowland’s continued role as a service provider to us, with respect to one-fourth of the total shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date of July 9, 2012 and one forty-eighth of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.
  (6)   The option vests, subject to Mr. Rowland’s continued role as a service provider to us, with respect to one-fourth of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date of June 26, 2013 and one forty-eighth of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.
  (7)   Mr. Valenzuela served as our chief financial officer from October 2013 to November 2014.

 

Executive Employment Arrangements

 

Chet Kapoor

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a confirmatory employment letter with Chet Kapoor, our Chief Executive Officer. The confirmatory employment letter will have no specific term and will provide that Mr. Kapoor is an at-will employee. The confirmatory employment letter also is expected to provide Mr. Kapoor with severance and change in control benefits. Mr. Kapoor’s current annual base salary is $335,000 and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 50% of his annual base salary.

 

Stephen Rowland

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a confirmatory employment letter with Stephen Rowland, our Vice President of Worldwide Sales. The confirmatory employment letter will have no specific term and will provide that Mr. Rowland is an at-will employee. The confirmatory employment letter also is expected to provide Mr. Rowland with severance and change in control benefits. Mr. Rowland’s current annual base salary is $270,000 and he is eligible for an annual cash target incentive payment equal to $180,000.

 

Separation Agreement with Steve Valenzuela

 

On November 22, 2014, we entered into a separation agreement and general release with Steve Valenzuela, our former chief financial officer (the “Valenzuela Agreement”). Under the Valenzuela Agreement, Mr. Valenzuela’s employment with us will terminate on December 19, 2014. Mr. Valenzuela will be available for transition consulting services from December 24, 2014 through June 23, 2015 pursuant to an independent contractor agreement between us and Mr. Valenzuela, under which Mr. Valenzuela will make himself available to collaborate with us on financial and investor relations matters at a rate of $250 per hour.

 

In consideration for Mr. Valenzuela executing and not revoking the Valenzuela Agreement, Mr. Valenzuela is entitled to receive:

 

  •  

A lump sum payment equal to $125,000 paid within 10 days of Mr. Valenzuela’s employment termination date;

 

  •  

Reimbursement of COBRA continuation premiums for up to seven months, beginning on January 1, 2015;

 

-120-


Table of Contents
  •  

If we pay a bonus covering the bonus period beginning on August 1, 2014 and ending October 31, 2014, Mr. Valenzuela will be eligible to receive a bonus for this period; and

 

  •  

223,125 of the shares subject to Mr. Valenzuela’s options to purchase shares of our common stock will accelerate and fully vest as of his employment termination date.

 

In exchange for the separation benefits described above, Mr. Valenzuela (1) released the company from all past, present, and future claims, (2) agreed to not engage with any unfair competition with the company, and (3) agreed to adhere to our standard proprietary information and invention agreement, including provisions relating to non-solicitation.

 

Tim Wan

 

On February 27, 2015, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Tim Wan, our chief financial officer. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Wan’s current annual base salary is $300,000 and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 30% of his annual base salary. Mr. Wan’s base salary is subject to review annually. Additionally, Mr. Wan’s offer letter provides for cash severance of nine months base salary and reimbursement of COBRA continuation premiums for up to six months upon a termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason. If a qualifying termination occurs within the period beginning one month preceding and 12 months following a change of control of our company, then Mr. Wan is entitled to full accelerated vesting of his then outstanding equity awards in addition to the cash severance payment described above.

 

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors is expected to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to the board of directors and stockholder approval, the 2015 Plan will be effective one business day prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement and is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2015 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

Authorized Shares. A total of             shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2015 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will also include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2005 Plan (as defined below) as of the effective date described above and (b) shares returned to our 2005 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of options (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2015 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is             shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2016, equal to the least of:

 

  •  

            shares;

 

  •  

    % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding year; or

 

  •  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

Plan Administration. Our compensation committee will administer our 2015 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will have the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of

 

-121-


Table of Contents

consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.

 

Stock Options. The exercise price of options granted under our 2015 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will determine the term of all other options.

 

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, stock appreciation rights will be subject to the same post-termination exercise restrictions as options as described above.

 

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

Performance Units and Performance Shares. Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Non-employee Directors. Our 2015 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2015 Plan. In order to provide an annual maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2015 Plan will provide that in any given year a non-employee director will not receive (1) cash-settled awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $        , increased to $         in connection with his or her initial service; and (2) stock-settled awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $        , increased to $         in connection with his or her initial service, in each case, as determined under GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our non-employee directors under our 2015 Plan in the future. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation above under “Management—Non-employee Director Compensation.”

 

Non-transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2015 Plan will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2015 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units, if any, will vest and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions will be deemed met.

 

Plan Amendment and Termination. Our 2015 Plan will automatically terminate in 2025, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2015 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

 

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our board of directors is expected to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to board of directors and stockholder approval, the ESPP will become effective one business day prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in the ESPP provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

 

Authorized Shares. A total of              shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2016, equal to the least of:

 

  •  

    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year;

 

  •  

shares; or

 

  •  

such amount as determined by our board of directors.

 

Plan Administration. Our compensation committee will administer the ESPP, and will have full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the plan and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of the plan as described below.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any designated subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

  •  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  •  

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

 

Offering Periods. Our ESPP will be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Each offering period will include purchase periods, which will be the approximately          months commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date. The offering periods will be scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after             and             of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after                     .

 

Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of                      shares during a six month period.

 

Exercise of Purchase Right. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant will be used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each             month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be     % of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation will end automatically upon termination of employment with us.

 

Non-transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP. If the compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

 

Merger or Change in Control. In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

 

Amendment; Termination. Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2035, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors will have the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Plan, on March 29, 2005, as most recently amended in October 2014. Our 2005 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock awards to our employees, directors, and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors, and consultants. It is expected that as of one business day prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, the 2005 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2005 Plan. However, the 2005 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2005 Plan was 54,191,310 shares of our common stock as of January 31, 2015. As of January 31, 2015, options to purchase 32,442,089 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2005 Plan, 103,933 restricted stock units were outstanding under our 2005 Plan, and 3,151,004 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2005 Plan.

 

Plan Administration. The 2005 Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors (referred to as the “administrator”). Subject to the provisions of our 2005 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2005 Plan. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and any other actions of our board with respect to the 2005 Plan will be final and binding on all participants.

 

Stock Options. Incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonstatutory stock options are permitted to be granted under our 2005 Plan; provided that incentive stock options can only be granted to employees. The exercise price of such options has to equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and the term of an option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

 

The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. If termination is due to any reason other than cause (as defined in the 2005 Plan), death, or disability (as defined in the 2005 Plan), the option will remain exercisable for at least 30 days. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for at least 6 months. If termination is due to cause, the award agreement may provide that the right to exercise the option terminates immediately on the effective date of termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms of options are set forth in award agreements.

 

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock are permitted to be granted under our 2005 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock vest, and the restrictions on such shares lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator and, unless determined otherwise in the award agreement, such vesting restrictions apply to any dividends paid with respect to such shares. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason may be repurchased by us. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, any right to acquire shares pursuant to a restricted stock award automatically expires if not exercised within 30 days after we communicate the grant of the award to the participant. The specific terms of restricted stock grants are set forth in the award agreements.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are permitted to be granted under the 2005 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the 2005 Plan, the administrator determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, except that the per share exercise price of a stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her stock appreciation right to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, stock appreciation rights will be subject to the same post-termination exercise restrictions as described above for options.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units are permitted to be granted under the 2005 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units.

 

Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2005 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by beneficiary designation, will, and the laws of descent and distribution, and only the recipient of an award, or the recipient’s guardian or legal representative, may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Mergers and Consolidations. Our 2005 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or other consolidation, or in the event of a transaction providing for the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, each outstanding award will be treated as indicated by the agreement of merger, consolidation, or sale, in each case without the participants’ consent. On a change of control, awards held by outside directors will fully vest and, with respect to options and stock appreciation rights, become fully exercisable.

 

Plan Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2005 Plan for any reason, provided that such action does not have a material adverse effect on any award previously granted.

 

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

 

Our board of directors has adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, which we refer to as our Bonus Plan. Our Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee. Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a target award for each participant and a bonus pool, with actual awards payable from such bonus pool, with respect to the applicable performance period.

 

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, will determine the performance goals applicable to awards, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or backlog, customer renewals, customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division, earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net taxes), earnings per share, expenses, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, installs, internal rate of return, inventory turns, inventory levels, market share, net income, net profit, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, retained earnings, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by our compensation committee, performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by our compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our compensation committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

 

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in our compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction

 

-126-


Table of Contents

on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

 

Actual awards are paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the performance period during which they are earned and after they are approved by our compensation committee, but in no event later than the 15th day of the third month of the fiscal year following the date the award has been earned. Unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by us (or an affiliate of ours) through the date the bonus is paid. Accordingly, an award is not considered earned until paid.

 

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not, without the consent of the participant, alter or impair the rights or obligations under any award theretofore earned by such participant.

 

2015 Executive Bonus Plan

 

We approved a 2015 Executive Bonus Plan, or the 2015 Bonus Plan, to provide cash incentives for certain executives, including Mr. Kapoor, for our 2015 fiscal year. The 2015 Bonus Plan will be funded and paid to participants based on achievements against financial and other company goals and individual goals established by our board of directors, weighted 90% and 10%, respectively. The financial and other company goals under the 2015 Bonus Plan are revenue, non-GAAP operating gain/loss, and key strategic initiatives that our board of directors determined were important to drive performance in 2015 fiscal year, weighted 60%, 30%, and 10%, respectively. The individual performance metrics are based on measurable objectives.

 

The 2015 Bonus Plan may fund and pay bonuses according to the following schedule: 18% of each participant’s total annual target bonus may be paid following the end of each fiscal quarter based on quarterly performance against the financial and other company goals for that quarter. The remaining 28% of each participant’s annual target bonus may be paid following the end of 2015 based on performance against our financial and other company goals and individual goals for our 2015 fiscal year.

 

A minimum of 80% of the target performance goals must be met for a fiscal quarter for bonuses to be paid with respect to that quarter. Upon achievement of 80% of the target performance goals, 50% of each participant’s target bonus for that quarter will be paid. If performance exceeds 80% of the target performance goals for a specific quarter, the percentage of each participant’s target bonus that may be paid for that quarter will increase linearly up to 125% if performance for a quarter equals or exceeds 115% of target levels. In order for the annual bonus to be paid, 80% of the fourth quarter target performance goals must be achieved.

 

401(k) plan

 

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation

 

-127-


Table of Contents

Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  •  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  •  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  •  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

  •  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

 

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide indemnification for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent, or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by, or in the right of, our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as we may provide indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  •  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  •  

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Equity Financings

 

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

 

In November 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 12,104,444 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5783 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.0 million. Each share of our Series E convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. Purchasers of our Series E convertible preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock or were represented on our board of directors. The following table presents the number of shares and the total purchase price paid by these entities:

 

Investor

   Shares of
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
 

Entities Affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(1)

     5,193,510       $ 3,003,406.84   

Entities Affiliated with Bay Partners(2)

     3,389,242       $ 1,959,998.66   

Entities Affiliated with Third Point Partners(3)

     2,221,306       $ 1,284,581.28   

 

  (1)   Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Norwest Venture Partners IX, LP and Norwest Venture Partners VIII, LP. Promod Haque, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners.
  (2)   Entities affiliated with Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners X, LP and Bay Partners X Entrepreneurs Fund, LP. Neal Dempsey, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Bay Partners.
  (3)   Entities affiliated with Third Point holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Third Point Offshore Master Fund L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P., Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P. and Third Point Partners, L.P. Robert Schwartz, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Third Point.

 

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

 

In July 2012 and February 2013, we sold and issued an aggregate of 13,114,861 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.5288 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20.0 million. Each share of our Series F convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Purchasers of our Series F convertible preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock or were represented on our board of directors. The following table presents the number of shares and the total purchase price paid by these entities:

 

Investor

   Shares of
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
 

Entities Affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(1)

     4,181,165       $ 6,392,165.06   

Entities Affiliated with Bay Partners(2)

     3,439,674       $ 5,258,573.62   

Entities Affiliated with Third Point Partners(3)

     2,028,403       $ 3,101,022.53   

 

-129-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Norwest Venture Partners IX, LP and Norwest Venture Partners VIII, LP. Promod Haque, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners.
  (2)   Entities affiliated with Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners X, LP and Bay Partners X Entrepreneurs Fund, LP. Neal Dempsey, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Bay Partners.
  (3)   Entities affiliated with Third Point holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Third Point Offshore Master Fund L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P., Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P. and Third Point Partners, L.P. Robert Schwartz, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Third Point.

 

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

 

In July 2013, we sold and issued an aggregate of 15,730,725 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.224945 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35.0 million. Each share of our Series G convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Purchasers of our Series G convertible preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock or were represented on our board of directors. The following table presents the number of shares and the total purchase price paid by these entities:

 

Investor

   Shares of
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
 

Entities Affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(1)

     4,494,492       $ 9,999,997.52   

Entities Affiliated with Third Point Partners(2)

     2,010,685       $ 4,473,663.56   

Entities Affiliated with Bay Partners(3)

     1,517,958       $ 3,377,373.08   

 

  (1)   Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP, Norwest Venture Partners IX, LP and Norwest Venture Partners VIII, LP. Promod Haque, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners.
  (2)   Entities affiliated with Third Point Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Third Point Offshore Master Fund L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P., Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P. and Third Point Partners, L.P. Robert Schwartz, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Third Point Partners.
  (3)   Entities affiliated with Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners X, LP and Bay Partners X Entrepreneurs Fund, LP. Neal Dempsey, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Bay Partners.

 

Series H Preferred Stock Financing

 

In April and May 2014, we sold and issued an aggregate of 20,637,076 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.91 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $60.1 million. Each share of our Series H convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Purchasers of our Series H convertible preferred stock include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock or were represented on our board of directors. The following table presents the number of shares and the total purchase price paid by these entities:

 

Investor

   Shares of
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
 

Entities Affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(1)

     2,943,198       $ 8,564,706.18   

Entities Affiliated with Third Point Partners(2)

     929,430       $ 2,704,641.30   

Entities Affiliated with Bay Partners(3)

     362,682       $ 1,055,404.62   

 

-130-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP, Norwest Venture Partners IX, LP and Norwest Venture Partners VIII, LP. Promod Haque, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners.
  (2)   Entities affiliated with Third Point Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Third Point Offshore Master Fund L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P., Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P. and Third Point Partners, L.P. Robert Schwartz, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Third Point Partners.
  (3)   Entities affiliated with Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners X, LP and Bay Partners X Entrepreneurs Fund, LP. Neal Dempsey, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Bay Partners.

 

Acquisition of InsightsOne Systems

 

In December 2013, we acquired InsightsOne. The acquisition of InsightsOne was effected through the merger of our wholly-owned merger subsidiary with and into InsightsOne, with InsightsOne continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of us. In connection with this acquisition, holders of outstanding capital stock of InsightsOne received an aggregate of 5,181,757 shares and 3,887,736 shares of our Series G-1 and Series G convertible preferred stock, respectively, as consideration for their shares of capital stock of InsightsOne, of which 777,255 shares and 583,160 shares of our Series G-1 and Series G convertible preferred stock, respectively, are being held in escrow pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement. Recipients of our Series G convertible preferred stock pursuant to this acquisition include a venture capital fund that holds 5% or more of our capital stock and was represented on our board of directors. The following table summarizes the issuance of our Series G convertible preferred stock to such recipient:

 

Investor

   Shares of
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
 

Norwest Venture Partners XI, L.P.(1)

     3,591,445       $ 7,990,605.98   

 

  (1)   Promod Haque, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners XI, L.P.

 

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

 

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and non-employee directors. For a description of options granted to our named executive officers and non-employee directors, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—2014 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” above.

 

Offer Letters

 

We have entered into offer letters and other arrangements containing compensation, termination and change of control provisions, among others, with certain of our executive officers as described under the caption “Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements” above.

 

Additionally, we have entered into offer letters with board members Bob L. Corey, William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr. and Edmond Mesrobian, which provide that each of Messrs. Corey, Jenkins and Mesrobian will be granted common stock under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. In accordance with such agreements 236,000, 460,685 and 288,041 shares of common stock were granted in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Mr. Corey’s offer letter further provides him health coverage under our health insurance plan.

 

Investors’ Rights Agreements

 

We entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities affiliated with each of Norwest Venture Partners, Third Point Ventures and

 

-131-


Table of Contents

Bay Partners which each hold 5% or more of our capital stock or of which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides, among other things, that the holders of our preferred stock have the right to request that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing, subject to certain exceptions. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

 

We have a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below.

 

In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Our audit committee has determined that certain transactions will not require audit committee approval, including certain employment arrangements of executive officers, director compensation, transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee, director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis and transactions available to all employees generally.

 

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth above on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at February 15, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 149,907,620 shares of common stock, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

  •  

each of our directors;

 

  •  

each of our current named executive officers;

 

  •  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  •  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

Applicable percentage ownership prior to, and after this offering is based on 181,700,130 shares of common stock outstanding at February 15, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 149,907,620 shares of common stock, as well as the vesting of RSUs that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation.” In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to equity awards held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015. We did not deem such shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Apigee Corporation, 10 S. Almaden Boulevard, 16th Floor, San Jose, California 95113.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
     Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
     %      Number of
Shares
   %

5% Stockholders:

           

Entities Affiliated with Bay Partners(1)

     33,780,955         18.6         

Entities Affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(2)

     47,577,115         26.2         

Entities Affiliated with Third Point Partners(3)

     21,751,974         12.0         

Wellington Management Company, LLP and certain of its investment advisory clients(4)

     13,745,704         7.6         

Current Named Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Chet Kapoor(5)

     8,928,530         4.8         

Tim Wan

     —         —         

Stephen Rowland(6)

     635,612         *         

Bob L. Corey(7)

     206,500         *         

Neal Dempsey(8)

     33,780,955         18.6         

Promod Haque(9)

     47,577,115         26.2         

William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr.(10)

     128,766         *         

Edmond Mesrobian

     84,011         *         

Robert Schwartz(11)

     —         —         

All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(12)

     116,286,199         61.3         

 

  *   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).
  (1)   Consists of (i) 1,773,491 shares held of record by Bay Partners X Entrepreneurs Fund, LP (Entrepreneurs Fund); and (ii) 32,007,464 shares held of record by Bay Partners X, LP (Bay Partners X and together with Entrepreneurs Fund, the Bay Entities). Neal Dempsey and Stuart G. Phillips are the co-Managers of Bay Management Company X, LLC, the general partner of each of the Bay Entities. Messrs. Dempsey and Phillips share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bay entities. The address for each of these entities is c/o Neal Dempsey, 2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 345, Menlo Park, California 94025.
  (2)   Consists of (i) 6,623,015 shares held of record by Norwest Venture Partners VIII, LP (Partners VIII); (ii) 37,733,121 shares held of record by Norwest Venture Partners IX, LP (Partners IX); and (iii) 3,220,979 shares held of record by Norwest Venture Partners XI, LP (Partners XI and together with Partners VIII, Partners IX, the Norwest Venture Partners Entities), which excludes the 538,717 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock held in escrow pursuant to the acquisition of InsightsOne Systems. NVP Associates, LLC (NVP), is the managing member of the general partners of the Norwest Venture Partners Entities, and shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Norwest Venture Partners Entities. Promod Haque, Jeffrey Crowe and Matthew Howard, as co-chief executive officers of NVP and members of the general partners, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held of record by the Norwest Venture Partners Entities. The address for each of these entities is c/o Promod Haque, 525 University Ave, Ste 800, Palo Alto, California 94301-1922.
  (3)  

Consists of (i) 14,553,035 shares held of record by Third Point Offshore Master Fund, L.P.; (ii) 2,806,638 shares held of record by Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P.; (iii) 1,718,157 shares held of record by Third Point Partners, L.P.; and (iv) 2,674,144 shares held of record by Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P. Robert Schwartz, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner of Third Point Ventures (the Sunnyvale, California-based venture capital arm of Third Point LLC), but does not have any voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Third Point Ventures and its affiliated entities. Mr. Schwartz disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Third Point LLC, the investment manager of

 

-134-


Table of Contents
  Third Point Offshore Master Fund, L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified L.P., Third Point Partners L.P. and Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P., and Daniel S. Loeb, in his capacity as the Chief Executive Officer of Third Point LLC, have voting and dispositive power over shares held by Third Point Offshore Master Fund, L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified L.P., Third Point Partners L.P. and Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P. The address for each of these persons is c/o Third Point LLC, 390 Park Avenue, New York, 19th Floor, New York 10022.
  (4)   Consists of: (i) 628,505 shares held by John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Small Cap Growth Trust; (ii) 143,039 shares held by Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund; (iii) 1,363,871 shares held by Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund; (iv) 1,393,846 shares held by Hartford Small Company HLS Fund; (v) 370,884 shares held by The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund; (vi) 3,329,812 shares held by The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund; (vii) 870,207 shares held by The Hartford Small Company Fund; (viii) 84,518 shares held by Northeast Utilities Service Company Master Trust; (ix) 256,001 shares held by Optimum Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund; (x) 839,668 shares held by Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P.; (xi) 764,617 shares held by Quissett Partners, L.P.; (xii) 260,625 shares held by John Hancock Funds II Small Cap Growth Fund; (xiii) 148,495 shares held by Alpha Opportunities Trust; (xiv) 280,906 shares held by Alpha Opportunities Fund; (xv) 1,877,800 shares held by Mid Cap Stock Fund; (xvi) 59,363 shares held by John Hancock Pension Plan; and (xvii) 1,073,547 shares held by Mid Cap Stock Trust. Wellington Management Company, LLP, or Wellington Management, is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and serves as the advisor to these entities. Wellington Management, in such capacity, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares held by its client accounts. The address for each of the above referenced entities is c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
  (5)   Consists of (i) 3,993,011 shares held of record by Mr. Kapoor; and (ii) 4,935,519 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
  (6)   Consists of (i) 400,237 shares held of record by Mr. Rowland; and (ii) 235,375 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
  (7)   Consists of 206,500 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
  (8)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Bay Partners. Mr. Dempsey is a co-Manager of Bay Management Company X, LLC, the general partner of each of the Bay Entities and a limited partner of such funds, and as such may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by such entities.
  (9)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote (2) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners. Mr. Haque is a member of the general partners of the Norwest Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Haque is also an officer of NVP Associates, LLC, the managing member of the Norwest Venture Partners Entities and a limited partner of such funds, and as such may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by such entities.
  (10)   Consists of 128,766 shares exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
  (11)   Excludes the shares listed in Note (3) above, the beneficial ownership of which Mr. Schwartz disclaims, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
  (12)   Consists of (i) 108,281,359 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors; and (ii) 8,004,840 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of February 15, 2015, all of which are fully vested as of such date.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,200,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

  •  

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

  •  

200,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

 

Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, except as required by the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, to issue an additional shares of our capital stock.

 

As of February 15, 2015, we had outstanding 181,700,130 shares of common stock, held by approximately 380 stockholders of record, and no shares of preferred stock, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 149,907,620 common stock effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as the vesting of RSUs that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation.”

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with SVB currently prohibit us from paying cash dividends on our common stock. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power

 

-136-


Table of Contents

of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Option Awards and RSUs

 

As of February 15, 2015, there were 31,915,446 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our equity plans with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.58 per share.

 

As of February 15, 2015, we had outstanding a non-plan option to purchase an aggregate of 9,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.67 per share.

 

As of February 15, 2015, we had 103,933 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs.

 

Warrants

 

As of February 15, 2015 we had outstanding warrants to purchase 526,562 shares of our common stock with a weighted exercise price of $0.31 per share. The warrants have a net exercise provision pursuant to which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock, as applicable, at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price.

 

Registration Rights

 

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with the completion of this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.

 

These rights are provided under the terms of a rights agreement dated April 17, 2014, or our Rights Agreement, between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financing, and include requested registration rights, piggyback registration rights and S-3 registration rights. These registration rights will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any 90-day period. In any registration made pursuant to such rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including the reasonable fees of one special counsel for the selling holders selected by them (not to exceed $50,000), will be borne by us and underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

 

Requested Registration Rights

 

The holders of an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of our common stock (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their permitted transferees, are entitled to requested registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement. Six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of the shares entitled to registration rights then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares, provided that such registration of shares would result in an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public of at least $15.0 million, after deducting underwriter’s discounts and commissions related to the issuance.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the Rights Agreement. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days once in any 12-month period. We are not required to effect a requested registration earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

The holders of an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of our common stock (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement. If we register any of our securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the Rights Agreement.

 

S-3 Registration Rights

 

The holders of an aggregate of 149,907,620 shares of our common stock (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their permitted transferees are also entitled to S-3 registration rights pursuant to the Rights Agreement. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request from holders of these shares, to have such shares registered by us if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1.0 million, subject to exceptions set forth in the Rights Agreement.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, could discourage takeovers, coercive or otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

 

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. As discussed above under “—Preferred Stock,” our board of directors will have the ability to designate and issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could deter hostile takeovers or delay changes in our control or management.

 

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, the holders of a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend the amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the amended and restated bylaws.

 

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or a majority of our board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the

 

-138-


Table of Contents

nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These advance notice procedures may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our company.

 

Board Classification. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see the titled section “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

 

Election and Removal of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

No Cumulative Voting. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

 

Amendment of Charter Provision. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

 

Delaware Anti-takeover Statute. We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  •  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  •  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  •  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is also possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (718) 921-8206.

 

Exchange Listing

 

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “APIC.”

 

-140-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Based on shares outstanding as of February 15, 2015, upon the completion of this offering, a total of              shares of common stock will be outstanding, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 149,907,620 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as the vesting of RSUs that settle for 38,043 shares of common stock, which vest subject to a time-based vesting condition that has been partially met and a performance-based vesting condition related to the completion of our initial public offering, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation,” and assuming no exercises of options or warrants that were outstanding as of February 15, 2015. Of these shares, all the              shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of substantially all of our equity securities are subject to market stand-off agreements or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our Rights Agreement described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares subject to such provisions and agreements will be available for sale in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  •  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

-141-


Table of Contents
  •  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of common stock have entered into lock-up agreements as described below, and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701, as currently in effect, generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus (or until such later date that is required by the lock-up agreements, as described below) before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  •  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition; or

 

  •  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the section titled “Underwriting.”

 

Registration Rights

 

The holders of 149,907,620 shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

Registration Statements on Form S-8

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under outstanding stock options and our stock option plans. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements and subject to vesting of such shares.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of their ownership and disposition of our common stock purchased in this offering but is for general information only and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those set forth below.

 

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under any non-income tax laws, including U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  •  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  •  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or tax on net investment income;

 

  •  

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

  •  

regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

 

  •  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  •  

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  •  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  •  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  •  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  •  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  •  

partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and other passthrough entities (and investors therein);

 

  •  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

  •  

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

  •  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

  •  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

 

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock. We urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares of our common stock.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

 

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder (other than a partnership) if you are any beneficial owner of our common stock other than:

 

  •  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);

 

  •  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  •  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  •  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

Distributions

 

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

 

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or such successor form as the IRS designates certifying qualification for the reduced rate. These forms must be updated periodically. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

 

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax if you satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  •  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

  •  

you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  •  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

 

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

 

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

 

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that such holder is a U.S. person.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

 

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock, and under current transitional rules are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-146-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for which Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock.

 

     Per Share    Total
        No Exercise    Full Exercise

Public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $    $    $

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $    $    $

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses up to a maximum of $30,000.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “APIC.”

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our related persons through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. None of our executive officers or directors will participate in the directed share program. We have agreed to indemnify for Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and its affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sale of such reserved shares.

 

We, all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

  •  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing;

 

  •  

in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

  •  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transactions, including:

 

  •  

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

  •  

transactions by a securityholder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

  •  

the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock: (i) to an immediate family member of a securityholder or to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the securityholder or such immediate family member; (ii) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy; (iii) if the securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of such securityholder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by such securityholder to its members, limited partners or equity holders; or (iv) if the securityholder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in each case, each transferee, donee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer or distribution, and (1) in the case of any transfer or

 

-148-


Table of Contents
 

distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period and if a securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer is not a transfer for value and (2) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (iii) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  •  

the receipt by a securityholder from us of shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase our securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans or the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the securityholders in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 30th day, if a securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the securityholder in connection with such vesting or exercise and provided further that any shares received by the securityholder upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase our securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans shall be subject to the restrictions described above;

 

  •  

the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us, pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;

 

  •  

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the securityholder or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

  •  

the conversion our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the restrictions described above;

 

  •  

the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law, including pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the securityholder uses its reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement including the restrictions described in this section prior to such transfer, and provided further, that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the restricted period as a result of such transfer, states that such transfer has occurred by operation of law;

 

  •  

the sale and transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

  •  

the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion or vesting of a security outstanding on the date hereof;

 

  •  

the issuance and grant by us of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock-based compensation pursuant to equity compensation plans or employee stock purchase plans described in this prospectus;

 

-149-


Table of Contents
  •  

the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in connection with any (i) mergers, (ii) acquisition of securities, businesses, property, technologies or other assets, (iii) joint ventures, (iv) strategic alliances, commercial relationships or other collaborations, (v) equipment leasing arrangements (vi) debt financing or (vii) the assumption of employee benefit plans in connection with mergers or acquisitions; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed     % of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions (determined on a fully-diluted basis and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other similar events after the date of this prospectus); and provided further, that each recipient of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock shall execute a lock-up agreement with respect to the remaining restricted period; and

 

  •  

the filing of one or more registration statements with the SEC on Form S-8 with respect to shares of common stock issued or issuable under any equity compensation plan in effect on the date of this prospectus.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of

 

-151-


Table of Contents
  Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares, and debentures of that corporation, or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

Switzerland

 

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the shares.

 

Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Apigee Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2014, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The financial statements of InsightsOne Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and for the year in the period ended December 31, 2012 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent auditor, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.apigee.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  
APIGEE CORPORATION   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   
INSIGHTSONE SYSTEMS, INC.   

Independent Auditor’s Report

     F-40   

Balance Sheets

     F-41   

Statements of Operations

     F-42   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-43   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-44   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-45   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Apigee Corporation:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Apigee Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of July 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Apigee Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Santa Clara, California

November 26, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Apigee Corporation

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     July 31,     January 31,     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity As of
January 31,
 
     2013     2014     2015     2015  
                 (Unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 44,243      $ 51,759      $ 29,133     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $172, $204 and $86 as of July 31, 2013, 2014 and January 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively

     6,757        16,403        18,515     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,362        4,533        5,748     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     54,362        72,695        53,396     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Property and equipment, net

     1,342        3,474        3,290     

Goodwill

     —        14,744        14,744     

Intangible assets, net

     496        4,342        3,742     

Other assets

     350        367        729     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 56,550      $ 95,622      $ 75,901     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 1,740      $ 2,850      $ 2,159     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     5,829        7,394        8,741     

Deferred revenue, current portion

     14,233        23,356        28,380     

Term debt, current portion

     1,509        2,778        2,071     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     23,311        36,378        41,351     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-current liabilities

        

Deferred revenue, non-current

     2,891        4,834        4,813     

Deferred rent, non-current

     36        1,617        1,522     

Other liabilities, non-current

     804        806        794     

Term debt, non-current

     2,172        2,465        2,828     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-current liabilities

     5,903        9,722        9,957     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     29,214        46,100        51,308     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

        

Stockholders’ equity

        

Convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 112,731,253, 142,194,666 and 142,194,666 shares authorized; 112,461,978, 142,168,547 and 141,513,411 shares issued and outstanding at July 31, 2013 and 2014, and January 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively (aggregate liquidation preference of $107,016, $187,249 and $185,792 as of July 31, 2013 and 2014, and January 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively)

     112        142        142        —   

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 200,000,000, 230,000,000 and 230,000,000 shares authorized; 22,824,467, 29,876,435 and 31,495,757 shares issued and outstanding at July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; pro forma 181,441,420 issued and outstanding at January 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     23        30        31        181   

Additional paid-in capital

     112,279        195,221        197,100        197,123   

Accumulated deficit

     (85,078 )      (145,871 )      (172,680 )      (172,711 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     27,336        49,522        24,593      $ 24,593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 56,550      $ 95,622      $ 75,901     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Apigee Corporation

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended July 31,     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

          

License

   $ 9,452      $ 13,917      $ 11,411      $ 3,566      $ 9,522   

Subscription and support

     7,308        15,243        20,237        9,651        14,164   

Professional services and other

     10,847        13,992        21,054        10,200        8,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     27,607        43,152        52,702        23,417        32,615   

Cost of revenue

          

License

     157        108        366        88        257   

Subscription and support

     3,484        9,286        11,911        7,425        5,367   

Professional services and other

     8,352        12,435        15,431        7,847        7,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     11,993        21,829        27,708        15,360        12,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,614        21,323        24,994        8,057        19,947   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development

     10,922        16,848        22,273        9,152        14,385   

Sales and marketing

     9,801        23,812        47,029        22,456        25,174   

General and administrative

     4,033        5,885        14,415        6,767        6,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,756        46,545        83,717        38,375        46,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,142 )      (25,222 )      (58,723 )      (30,318 )      (26,316 ) 

Other income (expense), net

     1,228        (376 )      (1,678 )      (1,757 )      (290 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (7,914 )      (25,598 )      (60,401 )      (32,075 )      (26,606 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     367        273        392        137        203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (8,281 )    $ (25,871 )    $ (60,793 )    $ (32,212 )    $ (26,809 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.56 )    $ (1.39 )    $ (2.34 )    $ (1.33 )    $ (0.88 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per share:

          

Basic and diluted

     14,862        18,576        25,938        24,165        30,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

          

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.39 )      $ (0.15 ) 
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per share (unaudited):

          

Basic and diluted

         157,297          180,004   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Apigee Corporation

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Convertible Preferred Stock      Common Stock     Additional  Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
        Shares             Amount          Shares     Amount        

Balances at July 31, 2011

    71,511,948      $ 72         13,064,667      $ 13      $ 49,284      $ (50,926 )    $ (1,557 ) 

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $111

    12,104,444        12         —        —        6,877        —        6,889   

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $67

    13,082,156        13         —        —        19,920        —        19,933   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —        —         3,679,455        4        206        —        210   

Issuance of common stock warrants

    —        —         —        —        20        —        20   

Stock-based compensation

    —        —         —        —        181        —        181   

Net loss

    —        —         —        —        —        (8,281 )      (8,281 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at July 31, 2012

    96,698,548        97         16,744,122        17        76,488        (59,207 )      17,395   

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $8

    32,705        —         —        —        42        —        42   

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $103

    15,730,725        15         —        —        34,881        —        34,896   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —        —         5,922,010        6        400        —        406   

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —        —         158,335        —        —        —        —   

Issuance of common stock warrants

    —        —         —        —        60        —        60   

Stock-based compensation

    —        —         —        —        408        —        408   

Net loss

    —        —         —        —        —        (25,871 )      (25,871 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at July 31, 2013

    112,461,978        112         22,824,467        23        112,279        (85,078 )      27,336   

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock in connection with InsightsOne acquisition

    3,887,736        4         —        —        9,599        —        9,603   

Issuance of Series G-1 convertible preferred stock in connection with InsightsOne acquisition

    5,181,757        5         —        —        7,416        —        7,421   

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $180

    20,637,076        21         —        —        59,853        —        59,874   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —        —         4,145,727        4        452        —        456   

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —        —         537,002        1        29        —        30   

Issuance of common stock from exercise of common stock warrants

    —        —         2,369,239        2        2,836        —        2,838   

Issuance of restricted stock units in connection with InsightsOne acquisition

    —        —         —        —        31        —        31   

Stock-based compensation

    —        —         —        —        2,726        —        2,726   

Net loss

    —        —         —        —        —        (60,793 )      (60,793 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at July 31, 2014

    142,168,547      $ 142         29,876,435      $ 30      $ 195,221      $ (145,871 )    $ 49,522   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options (Unaudited)

    —        —         1,619,322        1        406        —        407   

Issuance of common stock warrants (Unaudited)

    —        —         —        —        26        —        26   

Stock-based compensation (Unaudited)

    —        —         —        —        1,447        —        1,447   

Repurchase of series G-1 preferred stock (Unaudited)

    (655,136 )      —         —        —        —        —        —   

Net loss (Unaudited)

    —        —         —        —        —        (26,809 )      (26,809 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 31, 2015 (Unaudited)

    141,513,411      $ 142         31,495,757      $ 31      $ 197,100      $ (172,680 )    $ 24,593   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Apigee Corporation

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended July 31,     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net loss

   $ (8,281 )    $ (25,871 )    $ (60,793 )    $ (32,212 )    $ (26,809 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

          

Depreciation and amortization

     307        1,187        2,104        748        1,212   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     124        124        150        81        18   

Amortization of debt discount

     —        —        24        11        26   

Issuances and changes in fair value of common stock warrants

     —        1,254        1,584        1,584        —   

Deferred income taxes

     206        90        (84 )      —        —   

Stock-based compensation expense

     181        408        2,726        770        1,447   

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     —        (2 )      39        —        —   

Loss on lease abandonment

     —        —        75        —        —   

Gain on bargain purchase

     (1,550 )      —        —        —        —   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

          

Accounts receivable

     (2,369 )      (2,466 )      (9,671 )      (3,223 )      (2,630 ) 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (869 )      6,947        (1,173 )      (1,357 )      (357 ) 

Accounts payable

     939        (576 )      1,034        2,974        (204 ) 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     960        (7,859 )      2,694        2,406        520   

Deferred revenue

     9,094        (16 )      11,024        224        5,503   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,258 )      (26,780 )      (50,267 )      (27,994 )      (21,274 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,015 )      (587 )      (2,539 )      (2,045 )      (350 ) 

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

     —        3        4        —        —   

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     2,738        —        449        449        —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,723        (584 )      (2,086 )      (1,596 )      (350 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

     —        4,000        6,500        —        4,000   

Repayments of debt obligations

     (9 )      (320 )      (6,961 )      (808 )      (4,332 ) 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     26,822        34,938        59,874        —        —   

Payment of deferred initial public offering costs

     —        —        —        —        (1,077 ) 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     210        406        456        120        407   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     27,023        39,024        59,869        (688 )      (1,002 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     27,488        11,660        7,516        (30,278 )      (22,626 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents

          

Beginning of period

     5,095        32,583        44,243        44,243        51,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 32,583      $ 44,243      $ 51,759      $ 13,965      $ 29,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ —      $ 24      $ 321      $ 122      $ 133   

Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds

     99        425        348        162        406   

Non-cash investing and financing activities

          

Accrued purchases of property and equipment

   $ 26      $ 65      $ 15      $ 132      $ 104   

Property and equipment acquired through tenant improvement

     —        —        883        823        —   

Convertible preferred stock issued in connection with the InsightsOne acquisition

     —        —        17,024        17,024        —   

Issuance of restricted stock units in connection with the InsightsOne acquisition

     —        —        31        31        —   

Deferred offering costs not yet paid

     —        —        —        —        1,069   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Apigee Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Business

 

Apigee Corporation’s (together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, “Apigee” or the “Company”) mission is to make every business a digital business. The Company provides an innovative software platform that allows businesses to design, deploy, and scale APIs, as a connection layer between their core IT systems and data and the applications with which their customers, partners, employees and other users engage with the business. The foundations of the Company’s platform are Apigee Edge, a robust API-management solution, and Apigee Insights, the Company’s predictive analytics software solution. The Company delivers its platform both in the cloud and on premises. Apigee was incorporated in Delaware on June 3, 2004 and is headquartered in San Jose, California.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of Apigee Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

 

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015, the related interim consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and cash flows for the six-month periods ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, the statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the six-month period ended January 31, 2015 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to interim financial statements. The interim financial statements are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position as of January 31, 2015 and our consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015. The results for the six months ended January 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period covered by the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. In particular, the Company makes estimates with respect to the fair value of multiple elements in revenue recognition, the uncollectible accounts receivables, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, valuation of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation, income taxes and other contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the financial statements and affect the results of operations reported in future periods.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, monetary balance sheet accounts are remeasured using the current exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and non-

 

F-7


Table of Contents

monetary items are remeasured at the historical exchange rate. Expenses are remeasured at the average exchange rates for the period. The resulting gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net and were not material for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original or remaining maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, $44.1 million, $51.3 million and $28.3 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents were invested in money market funds.

 

Concentration of Risk and Significant Customers

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains the majority of its cash and money market accounts at one financial institution that management believes is a high-credit, high-quality financial institution and accordingly, subject to minimal credit risk. Deposits held with these financial institutions may be in excess the amount of insured limits provided on such deposits, if any.

 

The Company’s accounts receivable are subject to credit risks. The accounts receivable are unsecured and are derived from customers around the world in a variety of industries.

 

The Company’s significant customers who individually exceeded 10% of total accounts receivable as of the dates shown or total revenue during the period are as follows:

 

     Revenue      Accounts Receivable  
     Year Ended
July 31,
    Six Months Ended
January 31,
     As of
July 31,
     As of
January 31,

2015
 
         2012             2013             2014         2014     2015          2013             2014         
                       (unaudited)                   (unaudited)  

Customer A

     *        *        *        *        *         24 %      *         *   

Customer B

     38 %      36 %      15 %      17 %      *         14 %      *         *   

Customer C

     *        *        *        *        *         *        20 %       *   

Customer D

     *        *        *        *        *         *        18 %       *   

Customer E

     *        *        *        *        *         *        *         32 % 

 

  *   Does not exceed 10%.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

The Company’s accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of the Company’s estimated allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on an assessment of the Company’s ability to collect on customer accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and regularly reviews the allowance by considering certain factors such as historical experience, industry data, credit quality, age of accounts receivable balances and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. In cases where the Company is aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet their financial obligations, the Company records a specific allowance against amounts due from the customer and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amount the Company reasonably believes will be collected. There is judgment involved with estimating the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts and if the financial condition of its customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make the required payments, the Company may be required to record additional allowances or charges against revenue. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are not collateralized by any security.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the accounts receivable allowance activity:

 

     Year Ended July 31,     Six Months
Ended  January 31,
2015
 
     2012     2013     2014    
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)        

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 34      $ 137      $ 172      $ 204   

Additions

     124        124        150        13   

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     (21 )      (89 )      (118 )      (131 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 137      $ 172      $ 204      $ 86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets generally ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed in the period incurred.

 

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

    

Useful Life

Computer equipment and software

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

 

Level 1—Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

The Company has certain financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company’s cash equivalents include highly liquid money market funds and are classified within the Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 3 liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist solely of the Company’s common stock warrant liability. The fair values of the outstanding common stock warrants are measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Inputs used to

 

F-9


Table of Contents

determine estimated fair value include the estimated fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends, and the expected volatility of the underlying stock. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying stock and estimated term would have a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

 

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing obligations with similar terms and considering the Company’s credit risks, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates fair value.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The Company’s impairment tests are based on a single operating segment and reporting unit structure. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is less than the carrying value, it will conduct a two-step test for impairment of goodwill. The first step involves comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the test is performed by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill in the reporting unit to its implied fair value. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges during the year ended July 31, 2014.

 

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination, consisting primarily of developed technology, customer relationships and backlog are capitalized at their acquisition-date fair value and amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful life.

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. There were no impairment charges for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

Business Combinations

 

The Company recognizes assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration at their fair value on the acquisition date. The Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

In addition, uncertainties in income tax and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. The Company continues to gather information and evaluates these items and records any adjustments to the Company’s preliminary estimates to

 

F-10


Table of Contents

goodwill when the Company is within the measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period, changes to these income tax uncertainties and tax related valuation allowances will affect the Company’s provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

Capitalized Software Development Costs

 

Software development costs are expensed as incurred until the establishment of technological feasibility, at which time those costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers and amortized over the estimated life of the product. Technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. To date, costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility have not been significant, and all software development costs have been charged to research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

Deferred Offering Costs

 

Deferred offering costs consisted primarily of accounting, legal and other fees related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering. There were $2.1 million of deferred offering costs included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015. Upon completion of the initial public offering contemplated herein, these amounts will be recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity as an offset against the proceeds of the offering. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company generates revenue from the sale of its software solutions to customers through perpetual licenses and time-based licenses for its on premises solutions, and subscription arrangements for its cloud service. The Company also generates revenue from the sale of post-contract software support for on premises licenses including when and if available updates, and professional services such as consulting and training services. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

 

  •  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

  •  

delivery has occurred or services have been provided;

 

  •  

sales price is fixed or determinable; and

 

  •  

collection of the related receivable is probable.

 

Signed agreements, including by electronic acceptance, are used as evidence of an arrangement. For the Company’s on premises solution, delivery is considered to occur when it provides the customer the ability to download the software. For the Company’s cloud service solution, delivery is considered to occur when a subscription service is provisioned and made available to a customer. The Company assesses whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement, primarily based on the payment terms associated with the sale. The Company assesses collectability of the fee based on a number of factors such as collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collectability is not probable, revenue is deferred until collectability becomes probable, generally upon receipt of payment from the customer.

 

The Company typically enters into multiple-element arrangements with its customers in which a customer may purchase a combination of its software (offered on premises with software support or as a cloud service) solution, and professional services. The software support and professional services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software. All of these elements are considered separate units of accounting. Typically, the Company’s agreements do not include rights for customers to cancel or terminate arrangements or to return software to obtain refunds.

 

The Company presents revenue on a net basis, and therefore, all sales taxes are excluded from revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Travel and other reimbursable costs are recorded in revenue.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

License

 

License revenue is comprised of revenue generated from licenses of the Company’s on premises perpetual and time-based software solutions. The majority of the Company’s perpetual software license arrangements include a combination of the Company’s software downloaded on the customer’s hardware, software support, or professional services. For software elements, under the software revenue recognition guidance, the residual method is used to recognize revenue when a multiple-element arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value of all undelivered element exists. VSOE is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately or for an element not yet being sold separately, the price established by management having relevant authority. In the majority of the Company’s software arrangements, the only element that remains undelivered at the time of delivery of the software product is software support or services.

 

The Company has established VSOE for consulting days, training and software support, except for software support bundled with time-based licenses, based on a substantial majority of separate stand-alone sales of these elements, which have been priced within a reasonably narrow range. As a result, for multiple element arrangements that include perpetual licenses, revenue is allocated to the undelivered elements based on VSOE for support or consulting days and training. Using the residual method, the difference between the total arrangement fee and amount deferred for the undelivered elements is recognized upon delivery of the perpetual license if all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

The Company does not have VSOE for software support bundled with time-based licenses. Therefore, revenue from time-based licenses to the Company’s on-premises solution is generally recognized ratably over the contractual term for all periods presented.

 

Subscription and Support

 

Subscription and support revenue includes the revenue derived from customer subscriptions to the Company’s cloud service and software support for its on premises software licenses. Cloud service arrangements generally include the Company’s cloud service solution offered on a subscription basis and professional services. The term of the arrangement allows for the customer to access the Company’s software for a specified period of time, generally one to three years. In cloud service subscription arrangements, the customer is not allowed to take possession of the Company’s software. Revenue from subscriptions to the Company’s cloud service is generally recognized ratably over the contractual term for all periods presented.

 

When cloud service subscription arrangements involve multiple elements that qualify as separate units of accounting (i.e., the delivered items have stand-alone value), the Company allocates arrangement consideration based on the relative selling price method using the following selling price hierarchy: (1) VSOE if available; (2) third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; and (3) best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

 

The Company has not historically priced its cloud service solution within a narrow range and, therefore, cannot establish VSOE. The Company also believes that TPE is not readily available for its cloud service as pricing is not readily accessible and there is no comparable product offering in the market. As a result, the Company uses BESP in order to allocate the selling price to cloud deliverables. The Company determines BESP considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, the price it charges for similar offerings, market conditions, competitive landscape, and pricing practices. For cloud offerings that include consulting days and training, the Company uses BESP for cloud deliverables and VSOE for consulting days and training to allocate revenue into separate units of accounting. Revenue for the cloud service is generally recognized over the subscription period when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Consulting days and training are recognized as the services are performed, as discussed below.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Revenue from software support for the Company’s on-premises perpetual and time-based software licenses is generally recognized ratably over the contractual term, which is typically one to three years. Software support is bundled with time-based licenses and the Company uses a consistent systematic and rational method to allocate between time-based license and support revenue for financial statement presentation purposes only.

 

Professional Services and Other

 

Generally, the Company’s professional service arrangements are short-term in nature and not considered essential to the functionality of the Company’s software. Professional services are generally offered as consulting days, time and material and fixed-fee arrangements. Consulting days are recognized as revenue as the services are performed on an hourly basis or upon expiration of the service period. Time and material services are recognized as revenue as services are rendered based on inputs to the project, such as billable hours incurred. For fixed-fee professional service arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue under the proportional performance method of accounting and estimates the proportional performance on a monthly basis, utilizing hours incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated hours to complete the project.

 

In cases where the Company has on premises perpetual or time-based license and professional services arrangements requiring significant customization and implementation that are considered essential to the functionality of the software, the arrangement is accounted for using contract accounting until the essential services are complete. If the Company can make reliable estimates of total project costs and the extent of progress toward completion, it applies the percentage-of-completion method in recognizing the arrangement fee.

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s product offerings described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the following 12 months is recorded as a current liability and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

 

Deferred Cost of Revenue

 

Deferred cost of revenue primarily consists of direct costs for professional services from multiple-element arrangements either accounted for using the completed contract method or subject to acceptance. The direct costs are being recognized in proportion to the related revenue.

 

Product Warranties

 

The Company generally provides a warranty for its software products and services to its customers for periods ranging from one to six months. The Company’s software products are generally warranted to be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and the products are also generally warranted to substantially perform as described in published documentation. The Company’s services are generally warranted to be performed in a professional manner and to materially conform to the specifications set forth in the related customer contract. In the event there is a failure of such warranties, the Company generally will correct the problem or provide a reasonable workaround or replacement product. If the Company cannot correct the problem or provide a workaround or replacement product, then the customer’s remedy is generally limited to refund of the fees paid for the nonconforming product or services. To date, the warranty expenses have been insignificant.

 

Sales Commissions

 

Sales commissions are recorded as a component of sales and marketing expenses and consist of the variable compensation paid to the Company’s sales force. Sales commissions are earned and recorded at the time that a customer has entered into a binding license, subscription or services agreement. Sales commission expense was $1.6 million, $2.5 million and $4.6 million for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $1.8 million and $3.4 million for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Research and Development

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, except for certain internal-use software development costs, which may be capitalized as noted above.

 

Advertising

 

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred as a component of sales and marketing expenses. The Company incurred advertising costs of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $63,000 and $58,000 for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss over the related vesting periods. The expense recorded is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and therefore is reduced by estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company calculates the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and records expense using the straight-line attribution approach.

 

The determination of the grant-date fair value of options is affected by a number of complex and subjective variables, which include the Company’s fair value of common stock, expected term of the options, expected volatility, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

 

The Company accounts for equity awards issued to non-employees, such as consultants, in accordance with the guidance relating to equity instruments that are issued to other than employees for acquiring, or in conjunction with selling, goods or services, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of such instruments. Awards granted to non-employees are remeasured over the vesting period, and the resulting value is recorded as an expense over the period the services are received.

 

Segments

 

The Company operates its business as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

 

Taxes

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred income tax assets and assesses the need for a valuation allowance on an ongoing basis. In evaluating its deferred income tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets to determine, based on the weight of available evidence, whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Company has placed a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets as of July 31, 2014 because the realization of these tax benefits through future taxable income is not more likely than not as of July 31, 2014. The valuation allowance will be maintained until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. The Company makes estimates and judgments about its future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from the estimates, the amount of the valuation allowance could be materially impacted.

 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. Tax positions are evaluated for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is probable that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation. Tax benefits are then measured as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

 

The Company recognized potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.

 

Other Taxes

 

The Company conducts operations in many tax jurisdictions throughout the U.S. In many of these jurisdictions, non-income based taxes such as property taxes, sales and use taxes, and value-added taxes are assessed on the Company’s operations in that particular location. While the Company strives to ensure compliance with these various non-income based tax filing requirements, there have been instances where potential non-compliance exposures have been identified. In accordance with GAAP, the Company makes a provision for these exposures when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the exposure can be reasonably estimated. The Company believes that, as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, it has adequately provided for such contingencies. However, it is possible that the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, and financial position could be harmed if one or more non-compliance tax exposures are asserted by any of the jurisdictions where the Company conducts its operations.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been or will be incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

Going Concern: In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which requires an entity to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures. The new standard is effective for the Company for its fiscal year ending July 31, 2017. The Company is evaluating the effect of its pending adoption of ASU 2014-15 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Share-Based Payments with Performance Targets: In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (ASU 2014-12). ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in ASC 718,

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Compensation—Stock Compensation, as it relates to such awards. ASU 2014-12 is effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2017 with early adoption permitted using either of two methods: (1) prospective to all awards granted or modified after the effective date; or (2) retrospective to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter, with the cumulative effect of applying ASU 2014-12 as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements. The Company has elected to early adopt the new standard using the retrospective adoption method. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on its financial position.

 

Revenue Recognition: In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard is effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early application is not permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

 

(2) Acquisitions

 

Fiscal 2012 Acquisitions

 

Usergrid

 

On January 10, 2012, the Company acquired the assets of Usergrid, a sole proprietorship engaged in mobile app development and the provision of APIs for managing dates, users and events, for $140,000 in cash.

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of consideration to the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

     (in thousands)  

Cash paid

   $ 140   
  

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     308   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     308   
  

 

 

 

Total fair value allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities

     308   
  

 

 

 

Gain on bargain purchase

     (168 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 140   
  

 

 

 

 

The Company determined that the transaction included a bargain purchase, or gain on the purchase, of $168,000, which was recorded in other income for the year ended July 31, 2012. The bargain purchase gain was primarily the result of contingent cash and restricted stock unit considerations payable to the former sole proprietor, which were excluded from the purchase price, as the payments were contingent on future employment and were recorded as compensation expense as earned. Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of four years.

 

WAC Application Services, Ltd.

 

On July 14, 2012, the Company acquired WAC Application Services, Ltd. (“WAC”), a global alliance of leading telecommunications companies focused on creating a unified and open platform for mobile app development, for $1.5 million in cash.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the allocation of consideration to the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

     (in thousands)  

Cash paid

   $ 1,500   
  

 

 

 

Cash and other current assets acquired

     13,095   

Property and equipment

     632   

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     120   

Favorable lease contract

     30   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     150   
  

 

 

 

Debt and liabilities assumed

     (11,111 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total fair value allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities

     2,766   
  

 

 

 

Gain on bargain purchase

     (1,266 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,500   
  

 

 

 

 

The Company determined that the transaction included a bargain purchase, or gain on the purchase, of $1.3 million, which was recorded in other income for the year ended July 31, 2012. The Company believes that it was able to acquire WAC for less than fair value of its net assets, as the former owners of the business were a global technology cooperative of major telecommunications companies with the goal of creating an open uniform platform for mobile app development. The owners were willing to accept less than fair value of the net assets, primarily comprised of current assets and fixed assets, as they believed that the Company could be more effective and efficient in meeting this objective. Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from two to four years.

 

InstaOps, Inc.

 

On July 18, 2012, the Company acquired InstaOps, Inc. (“InstaOps”), a provider of a cloud service and software development kits (“SDK”), for $160,000 in cash.

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of consideration to the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

     (in thousands)  

Cash paid

   $ 160   
  

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     276   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     276   
  

 

 

 

Total fair value allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities

     276   
  

 

 

 

Gain on bargain purchase

     (116 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 160   
  

 

 

 

 

The Company determined that the transaction included a bargain purchase, or gain on the purchase, of $116,000, which was recorded in other income for the year ended July 31, 2012. The bargain purchase gain was primarily the result of contingent cash and restricted stock unit considerations payable to the former owners, which were excluded from the purchase price, as the payment was contingent on future employment. Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of four years.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The financial results of fiscal 2012 acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results from their respective acquisition dates. The Company’s business combinations completed in fiscal 2012 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and therefore pro forma disclosures have not been presented.

 

Fiscal 2014 Acquisitions

 

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

On December 19, 2013, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of InsightsOne Systems, Inc. (“InsightsOne”), a provider of on-premises and cloud-based consumer lifecycle predictive analytics. This acquisition is expected to enhance the API platform capabilities to further analyze and find patterns in consumer data across multiple channels. The Company issued 3,887,736 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock, 5,181,757 shares of Series G-1 convertible preferred stock, and 125,176 RSUs in exchange for all of the outstanding preferred stock, common stock and unvested stock options outstanding of InsightsOne.

 

The acquisition date fair value of the purchase consideration totaled $17.1 million, which consisted of the following:

 

     (in thousands)  

Series G convertible preferred stock

   $ 9,603   

Series G-1 convertible preferred stock

     7,421   

Restricted stock units

     31   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 17,055   
  

 

 

 

 

For several employees, the Series G-1 convertible preferred stock is subject to certain post-acquisition vesting terms. The total fair value of the Series G-1 convertible preferred stock exchanged for post-combination service was $4.3 million and will be expensed over the remaining vesting terms of the award, with a weighted-average period of 2.93 years. The RSUs are subject to a time-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition, including the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, both of which must be satisfied before the RSUs are vested and settled for shares of common stock. The total fair value of the RSUs exchanged for post-combination service was determined to be $90,000 and the Company will record the vested portion of the expense upon the satisfaction of the above conditions.

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of consideration to the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

     (in thousands)  

Cash and other current assets acquired

   $ 579   

Property and equipment

     27   

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Developed technology

     4,540   

Customer relationships

     150   

Backlog

     53   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     4,743   

Debt and liabilities assumed

     (3,038 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total fair value allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities

     2,311   

Goodwill

     14,744   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 17,055   
  

 

 

 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Among the factors that contributed to a purchase price in excess of the fair value of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

the net tangible and intangible assets were the expected synergies that can be leveraged by the Company and the acquisition of an assembled workforce of experienced software engineers. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The Company estimated the fair value of the developed technology using a discounted cash flow model, which included royalty and discount rate assumptions. The fair value of customer relationships were estimated using the cost approach, which included assumptions related to the estimated cost to recreate the asset. Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from less than one year to five years. Debt and liabilities include a $2.0 million growth capital loan assumed by the Company. The Company incurred acquisition-related transaction costs of approximately $368,000 for the year ended July 31, 2014, which were included in general and administrative expenses. The financial results of InsightsOne are included in the Company’s consolidated results from the acquisition date. These results were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations for the Company and InsightsOne as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each of the periods presented, and includes pro forma adjustments related to the amortization of acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, and direct and incremental transaction costs. The unaudited pro forma financial information combines the historical results of the Company for the years ended July 31, 2013 and 2014 and the historical results of InsightsOne, which have been conformed to match the Company’s reporting periods. The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the actual operating results that would have been recorded had the acquisition actually taken place at the beginning of each of the periods presented, or of future consolidated operating results. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma financial results do not include any anticipated synergies or other expected benefits from the acquisition.

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
             2013                     2014          
     (unaudited and in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 43,723      $ 53,256   

Net loss

   $ (32,432 )    $ (62,999 ) 

 

(3) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

The following table provides a summary of changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill:

 

     Year Ended July 31,      Six Months  Ended
January 31,
2015
 
     2012      2013      2014     
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)         

Balance at beginning of period

   $         —       $         —       $ —       $ 14,744   

Acquisition

     —         —         14,744         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ —       $ —       $ 14,744       $ 14,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The following tables provide a summary of the carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets:

 

July 31, 2013

   Amortization
Period
   Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Developed technology

   48 months    $ 704       $ (225 )    $ 479   

Favorable lease contract

   28 months      30         (13 )      17   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 734       $ (238 )    $ 496   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

July 31, 2014

   Amortization
Period
   Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Developed technology

   48-60 months    $ 5,244       $ (960 )    $ 4,284   

Customer relationships

   12 months      150         (92 )      58   

Backlog

   <12 months      53         (53 )      —   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 5,447       $ (1,105 )    $ 4,342   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

January 31, 2015

   Amortization
Period
   Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 
     (unaudited)  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Developed technology

   48-60 months    $ 5,244       $ (1,502 )    $ 3,742   

Customer Relationships

   12 months      150         (150 )      —   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 5,394       $ (1,652 )    $ 3,742   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Amortization expense was $49,000, $0.2 million and $0.9 million for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.6 million for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Expected future amortization expense as of July 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

     Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2015

   $ 1,142   

2016

     1,035   

2017

     908   

2018

     908   

2019

     349   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,342   
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured on a recurring basis:

 

     As of July 31, 2013  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Financial Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 44,068       $ —       $ —       $ 44,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

            $ 44,068   
           

 

 

 

Financial Liability

           

Common stock warrant liability

   $ —       $ —       $ 1,254       $ 1,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Other current liabilities

            $ 1,254   
           

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents
     As of July 31, 2014  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Financial Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 51,258       $ —       $ —       $ 51,258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

            $ 51,258   
           

 

 

 

Financial Liability

           

Common stock warrant liability

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Other current liabilities

            $ —   
           

 

 

 

 

     As of January 31, 2015  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Financial Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 28,347       $ —       $ —       $ 28,347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

            $ 28,347   
           

 

 

 

Financial Liability

           

Common stock warrant liability

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reported as:

           

Other current liabilities

            $ —   
           

 

 

 

 

Refer to Note 5 for additional quantitative information regarding the common stock warrants. A summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level III financial liability related to the common stock warrants as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Fair value, beginning of period

   $ —       $ 1,254   

Issuance of common stock warrants

     336         —   

Change in fair value of Level III liabilities

     918         1,584   

Exercise of common stock warrants

     —         (2,838 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value, end of period

   $ 1,254       $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) Customer Common Stock Warrants

 

On February 14, 2013, the Company issued to one of its customers a warrant to purchase 3,198,851 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.20 per share. The warrant was provided as a sales incentive and recorded as an offset to the amount of revenue recognized by the customer. The warrant vests 50% upon achievement of each of two performance milestones. Both performance milestones are based on achieving certain targets and both were met as of July 31, 2013. The warrant agreement had an anti-dilution clause whereby, if a financing event occurred prior to December 31, 2013, the Company was obligated to issue additional warrants to the customer equal to 2% of the Company’s outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis. A financing event was defined as a sale of equity securities for capital raising purposes during the period beginning on the date of the issue of the warrants until December 31, 2013.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

On July 26, 2013, as a result of the Company’s Series G preferred stock financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase an additional 486,633 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $0.20 per share to the customer based on the terms of the warrant agreement described above. On December 17, 2013, the customer net exercised the warrants and such warrants were not outstanding as of July 31, 2014.

 

Due to the anti-dilution provision of the warrants, the fair value of the outstanding warrants was classified within current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and any changes in fair value were recognized as a reduction of revenue prior to the achievement of the performance milestones and as a component of other income (expense), net after both milestones were met, in its consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company recorded $0.9 million related to the revaluation of the warrants during fiscal 2013, of which $0.8 million was recorded as a reduction of revenue and $0.1 million was included in other income (expense), net. During fiscal 2014 the Company performed the final remeasurement of the warrants prior to its exercise on December 17, 2013 and recorded an expense of $1.6 million, which was included in other income (expense), net.

 

The Company determined the fair value of warrants on the issuance date and subsequent reporting dates using the Black-Scholes pricing model utilizing the assumptions noted below. The expected term of the warrants was based on the remaining contractual expiration period. The expected stock price volatility for the Company’s stock was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of its industry peers as it did not have any trading history of its common stock. The risk-free interest rate was calculated using the average of the published interest rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities that approximate the expected term. The dividend yield assumption is zero, as the Company does not have any history of, nor plans for, dividend payments.

 

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the common stock warrants:

 

     Year Ended July 31,
     2013    2014

Expected volatility

   36.0 – 40.0%    34.9 – 37.0%

Risk-free rate

   0.11 – 0.17%    0.07 – 0.11%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Expected term (in years)

   0.67 – 1.12    0.28 – 0.41

Fair value of common stock

   $0.23 – $0.54    $0.54 – $0.97

 

(6) Balance Sheet Components

 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     July 31,      January  31,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 1,322       $ 1,635       $ 1,352   

Deferred offering costs

     —         —         2,146   

Prepaid hosting costs

     1,277         1,760         1,514   

Other

     763         1,138         736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,362       $ 4,533       $ 5,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. These assets are depreciated and amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     July 31,     January  31,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 1,691      $ 2,538      $ 2,662   

Furniture and fixtures

     242        662        668   

Leasehold improvements

     760        2,076        2,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,693        5,276        5,687   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,351 )      (1,802 )      (2,397 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,342      $ 3,474      $ 3,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $0.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     July 31,      January  31,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Accrued payroll and benefits

   $ 639       $ 1,025       $ 967   

Accrued bonus and commission

     1,268         2,522         2,571   

Accrued sales, service and income taxes

     1,504         2,140         2,393   

Common stock warrants

     1,254         —         —   

Other

     1,164         1,707         2,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,829       $ 7,394       $ 8,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue consisted of the following:

 

     July 31,      January  31,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred revenue:

        

License

   $ 2,187       $ 5,476       $ 3,875   

Subscription and support

     10,316         19,372         25,671   

Professional services and other

     4,621         3,342         3,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

     17,124         28,190         33,193   

Less: current portion of deferred revenue

     14,233         23,356         28,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current portion of deferred revenue

   $ 2,891       $ 4,834       $ 4,813   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

(7) Income Taxes

 

Loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the periods shown below:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ (8,414 )    $ (26,074 )    $ (61,957 ) 

International

     500        476        1,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (7,914 )    $ (25,598 )    $ (60,401 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the periods shown below:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Current income tax provision:

        

Federal

   $ —       $ —       $ —   

State

     4         6         —   

Foreign

     157         177         476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax provision

   $ 161       $ 183       $ 476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax provision

        

Federal

     —         —         —   

State

     —         —         (96 ) 

Foreign

     206         90         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax provision

     206         90         (84 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 367       $ 273       $ 392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Company’s tax provision consisted principally of state and foreign income tax expense.

 

The reconciliation of federal statutory income tax provision to the Company’s effective income tax provision is as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Expected provision at U.S. federal statutory rate

   $ (2,691 )    $ (8,703 )    $ (20,536 ) 

State income taxes—net of federal benefit

     3        4        (96 ) 

Stock options

     51        100        98   

Common stock warrant

     —        383        63   

Tax credits

     82        (629 )      (225 ) 

Foreign tax rate differential

     (8 )      216        (67 ) 

Bargain purchase gain

     (249 )      —        —   

Acquisition costs

     —        —        125   

Change in valuation allowance

     3,078        8,894        20,790   

Other

     101        8        240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax provision

   $ 367      $ 273      $ 392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The income tax provision for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, differed from amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pre-tax loss primarily as a result of the valuation allowance recorded against its U.S. net operating losses generated in the periods.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     July 31,  
     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 30,375      $ 54,343   

Accrued liabilities

     1,126        2,142   

Tax credit carryforwards

     1,825        2,389   

Fixed assets

     106        106   

Deferred revenue

     1,203        452   

Stock-based compensation

     68        315   

Other

     2        1   

Valuation allowance

     (34,680 )      (58,268 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     25        1,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

     (6 )      (1,436 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (6 )      (1,436 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 19      $ 44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     July 31,  
     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Recorded as:

    

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 2,159      $ 2,174   

Current valuation allowance

     (2,148 )      (2,111 ) 

Non-current deferred tax assets

     32,565        56,190   

Non-current valuation allowance

     (32,532 )      (56,157 ) 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

     (25 )      (52 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 19      $ 44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets on a regular basis. In evaluating its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including operating results, history of losses, and forecasts of future taxable income in various U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. Accordingly, the U.S. net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance has not been recorded on certain foreign deferred net tax assets because of the existence of future taxable income. The valuation allowance increased by $10.4 million and $23.6 million, respectively, during the years ended July 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

As of July 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $76.5 million and $143.4 million, respectively, which expire in the years 2024 through 2034. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for California state income tax purposes of $69.3 million and $81.1 million, respectively, which expire in the years 2015 through 2034. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had R&D credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $1.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively, which expire in the years 2024 through 2034. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had R&D credit carryforwards for California income tax purposes of $1.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively, which have no expiration date.

 

The Code, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause

 

F-25


Table of Contents

limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. Utilization of the federal and state net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the IRC Section 382 and similar state provisions. No analysis was conducted through July 31, 2014 to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. In the event the Company has changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized.

 

The Company files U.S. federal, states and foreign income tax returns. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities. The Company is currently being audited by the India taxing authorities related to transfer pricing. Management has recorded a long-term tax liability for uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and penalties.

 

Uncertain Income Tax Positions

 

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes by determining whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     July 31,  
     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 747      $ 1,033   

Increase related to prior year tax positions

     68        1   

Decrease related to prior year tax positions

     (30 )      —   

Increase related to current year tax positions

     248        239   

Settlements with tax authorities

     —        —   

Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations

     —        —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,033      $ 1,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

If the gross unrecognized tax benefits at July 31, 2014 were recognized, $0.3 million of the recognition would affect the income tax rate. The Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate as to when cash settlement with a taxing authority may occur. It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease in the next 12 months.

 

The Company also recognizes interest and penalties accrued in relation to unrecognized tax benefits as a tax expense. For the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded charges to tax expense of $129,000, $39,000 and $39,000 for interest and penalties, respectively. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties, which are included in non-current income tax liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(8) Long-term Debt

 

In May 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”), which was amended and restated in November 2014 (see Note 16) (“Loan Agreement”). The loan agreement provides the Company with the ability to borrow up to $25.0 million through a $12.5 million revolving line of credit subject to an accounts receivable borrowing base, which refinanced and replaced the existing revolving line in its entirety and $12.5 million term loan. The Company can draw upon the revolving line of credit through

 

F-26


Table of Contents

October 31, 2017, and the revolving loans bear interest at a rate equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum (4.75% at January 31, 2015). Outstanding revolving loans are limited to the lesser of $12.5 million or 80% of the balance of certain eligible customer accounts receivable. The term loan is available in two tranches. The first tranche, Tranche A, in an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million, refinanced and replaced the existing term loan and existing growth capital loan in their entirety. The principal amount of Tranche A is payable in equal monthly installments over a 30-month period with the last payment due no later than May 31, 2017. The second tranche, Tranche B, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $8.5 million, is available to borrow through May 31, 2016. Tranche B has interest only payments during such draw period and then the principal is payable in equal monthly installments thereafter over a 24-month period. An end-of-term payment of $156,250 will become due upon the final payment of Tranche A, or Tranche B, if applicable. The Company is permitted to prepay all term loans without premium or penalty. The existing equipment term loan is fully funded and not available for further draws under the amendment and the Company will continue to repay the outstanding principal in monthly installments, plus interest at a rate equal to prime plus 2.0% per annum (5.25% at January 31, 2015), with the last payment due in June 2017.

 

Prior to the amendment and restatement, the agreement provided the Company with the ability to borrow up to $11.5 million through a $6.0 million revolving line of credit subject to an accounts receivable borrowing base, a $4.0 million term loan facility and a $1.5 million equipment term loan. The Company had the ability to draw upon the revolving line of credit through April 2016 at a floating interest rate equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum (4.75% at July 31, 2014). The amount outstanding on the revolving line of credit was limited to the lesser of $6.0 million or 80% of the balance of certain eligible customer receivable accounts. The interest rate on the term loans was 6.5% per annum, payable monthly in arrears, and the outstanding principal was payable in equal monthly installments over a 30-month period with the last payment due in November 2015. The interest rate on the equipment loan was a floating rate equal to prime plus 2.0% per annum (5.25% at July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015) and the outstanding principal was payable in monthly installments over a 36-month period with the last payment due in June 2017.

 

In December 2013, in connection with the acquisition of InsightsOne, the Company entered into another amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement and an Assignment and Assumption Agreement with SVB whereby the Company assumed the payment obligations of the InsightsOne growth capital loan with an outstanding loan balance of $2.0 million per a Loan and Security Agreement between InsightsOne and SVB dated April 19, 2013. The interest rate on the growth capital loan was equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum (4.75% at July 31, 2014) and the outstanding principal was payable in equal monthly installments over a 36-month period with the last payment due in December 2016.

 

The Loan and Security Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and certain financial and negative covenants, including restrictions on disposing of assets, entering into change of control transactions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring additional indebtedness, granting liens on our assets and paying dividends. The Company is required to maintain minimum revenue on a rolling two quarter basis that is not less than 80% of its projected revenues for each period. The Company has pledged substantially all of its assets, other than its intellectual property, as collateral under the loan and security agreement. As of October 31, 2012, the Company was not in compliance with the required minimum revenue financial covenant, which would have allowed SVB to declare all outstanding amounts due and payable and to terminate the loan facility. However, SVB waived this

 

F-27


Table of Contents

covenant breach in December 2012. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all loan covenants. The Company’s outstanding loan balances as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

     July 31,     January  31,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Silicon Valley Bank term loan

   $ 3,735      $ 2,204      $ 3,733   

Silicon Valley Bank growth capital loan

     —        1,611        —   

Silicon Valley Bank equipment loan

     —        1,459        1,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal amount

     3,735        5,274        4,941   

Less: Unamortized discount

     (54 )      (31 )      (42 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     3,681        5,243        4,899   

Less: current portion

     (1,509 )      (2,778 )      (2,071 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current debt, excluding current portion

   $ 2,172      $ 2,465      $ 2,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The future principal maturities of debt as of July 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

2015

   $ 2,802   

2016

     1,736   

2017

     736   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,274   
  

 

 

 

 

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company issued warrants (“SVB warrants”) to purchase 300,000 shares and 200,000 shares of common stock during the years ended July 31, 2012 and July 31, 2013, respectively. Warrants to purchase 315,000 shares have an exercise price of $0.09 per share and expire in May 2022. Warrants to purchase 185,000 shares have an exercise price of $0.48 per share and expire in May 2022. The fair value of the SVB warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The total fair value of the warrants was recorded as a debt discount for the years ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, which is being amortized over the term of the loan. As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, all 500,000 of these warrants to purchase shares of common stock remained outstanding and exercisable.

 

In connection with the amendment and restatement of the Loan and Security Agreement with SVB in November 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 26,562 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share and expiration in November 2024; and upon funding of Tranche B, the Company will issue warrants to purchase 79,687 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share and expiration in November 2024. As of January 31, 2015, all 26,562 of these warrants to purchase shares of common stock remained outstanding and exercisable.

 

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the SVB warrants:

 

       Year Ended July 31,      Six Months
Ended
January 31,

2015
 
       2012      2013     

Expected volatility

       66.0 %       59.0% – 62.0 %       42.0 % 

Risk-free interest rate

       2.0 %       1.5% – 1.9 %       2.3 % 

Dividend yield

       0 %       0 %       0 % 

Expected term (in years)

       10.0         8.9 – 9.6         10.0   

 

F-28


Table of Contents

(9) Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

The Company leases office space in San Jose, California; London, England; and Bangalore, India under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2019. Rent expense was $0.8 million, $1.6 million and $2.5 million for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $1.2 million and $1.2 million for the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of July 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

2015

   $ 1,922   

2016

     1,792   

2017

     1,713   

2018

     1,760   

2019

     1,655   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum operating lease payments

     8,842   

Less: minimum payments to be received from non-cancelable sublease

     (464 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum operating lease payments, net

   $ 8,378   
  

 

 

 

 

In December 2014, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement for its facilities in the United Kingdom. The operating lease agreement is non-cancelable for a 36-month period and lease payments are due in quarterly installments beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result, operating lease obligations reflected in the table above increased by approximately $1.1 million, of which $0.2 million is due in fiscal 2015, $0.4 million is due in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017, and $0.1 million is due by July 31, 2018.

 

Letters of Credit

 

As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, the Company had a total of $0.5 million in letters of credit outstanding related to its leased office space in San Jose, California. The letters of credit are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding its intellectual property. These letters of credit renew annually and mature at various dates through June 30, 2019.

 

Legal Matters and Contingencies

 

The Company makes a provision for a liability relating to legal matters and loss contingencies when it is both probable that a liability has been or will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

From time to time, the Company may become a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labor and employment claims, and threatened claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters.

 

The Company is not currently aware of any litigation matters or loss contingencies that would be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss or cash flows.

 

Indemnification Arrangements

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which it agrees to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties, and other liabilities with respect to the Company’s products and services and its business. In these circumstances, payment may be conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The Company includes service level commitments to its cloud customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that it fails to meet those levels. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of these commitments and the Company expects the time between any potential claims and issuance of the credits to be short. As a result, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to these commitments in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In addition, the Company has indemnification agreements with its directors and certain of its executive officers that require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers.

 

(10) Segment Information and Information About Geographic Areas

 

Revenue by geography is based on the shipping address of the customer. The following tables present the Company’s revenue by geographic region for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended July 31,      Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 23,093       $ 36,049       $ 35,434       $ 15,644       $ 20,108   

United Kingdom

     2,769         1,382         4,049         1,642         3,572   

Rest of the world

     1,745         5,721         13,219         6,131         8,935   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,607       $ 43,152       $ 52,702       $ 23,417       $ 32,615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

No individual country other than the United States and the United Kingdom accounted for more than 10% of total revenue during any of the periods presented.

 

Long-lived assets by geographic area were as follows:

 

     July 31,      January 31,  
     2013      2014      2015  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 1,336       $ 22,117       $ 21,138   

India

     477         364         271   

Rest of the world

     25         79         367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   1,838       $ 22,560       $ 21,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(11) Stockholders’ Equity

 

Common Stock

 

As of July 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, the Company was authorized to issue 200,000,000 and 230,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value of common stock in accordance with its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. No additional common shares were authorized to be issued during the six months ended January 31, 2015. As of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively, the Company had 22,824,467, 29,876,435 and 31,495,757 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and to receive dividends and, upon liquidation or dissolution, are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to stockholders. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Common stock is subordinate to the convertible preferred stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, and dissolution of the Company.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The following table summarizes convertible preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015:

 

     As of July 31, 2013  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net
Proceeds
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Series A

     14,520,125         14,520,125       $ 11,612       $ 11,725   

Series B

     12,672,303         12,672,303         12,518         12,647   

Series C

     30,706,959         30,706,959         13,912         14,094   

Series D

     13,612,561         13,612,561         6,427         6,500   

Series E

     12,104,444         12,104,444         6,889         7,000   

Series F

     13,114,861         13,114,861         19,975         20,050   

Series G

     16,000,000         15,730,725         34,896         35,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     112,731,253         112,461,978       $ 106,229       $ 107,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of July 31, 2014  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net
Proceeds
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Series A

     14,520,125         14,520,125       $ 11,612       $ 11,725   

Series B

     12,672,303         12,672,303         12,518         12,647   

Series C

     30,706,959         30,706,959         13,912         14,094   

Series D

     13,612,561         13,612,561         6,427         6,500   

Series E

     12,104,444         12,104,444         6,889         7,000   

Series F

     13,114,861         13,114,861         19,975         20,050   

Series G

     19,618,461         19,618,461         34,896         43,650   

Series G-1

     5,181,757         5,181,757         —         11,529   

Series H

     20,663,195         20,637,076         59,874         60,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     142,194,666         142,168,547       $ 166,103       $ 187,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of January 31, 2015  

Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net
Proceeds
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (unaudited)  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Series A

     14,520,125         14,520,125       $ 11,612       $ 11,725   

Series B

     12,672,303         12,672,303         12,518         12,647   

Series C

     30,706,959         30,706,959         13,912         14,094   

Series D

     13,612,561         13,612,561         6,427         6,500   

Series E

     12,104,444         12,104,444         6,889         7,000   

Series F

     13,114,861         13,114,861         19,975         20,050   

Series G

     19,618,461         19,618,461         34,896         43,650   

Series G-1

     5,181,757         4,526,621         —         10,071   

Series H

     20,663,195         20,637,076         59,874         60,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     142,194,666         141,513,411       $ 166,103       $ 185,791   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The holders of convertible preferred stock have various rights, preferences and privileges as follows:

 

Redemption—The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable.

 

Dividends—Holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, G-1 and H series convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends on a pari passu basis in preference to any dividends to common stockholders at a rate of $0.0480, $0.0599, $0.0275, $0.0287, $0.0347, $0.0917, $0.1335, $0.1335 and $0.1746 per share per annum, respectively, on each outstanding share of preferred stock (adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, and recapitalizations). Such dividends are payable out of funds legally available and are payable only when and if declared by the board of directors and are noncumulative. No dividends are payable on the common stock during any fiscal year until the Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, G-1 and H convertible preferred stockholders have received their dividend preference for that fiscal year. Any additional dividends declared shall be distributed among the holders of preferred stock and common stock, assuming conversion of all convertible preferred stock into common stock. No dividends have been declared on any shares of the Company’s capital stock.

 

Liquidation Preference—In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up or change of control of the Company, the holders of Series C, D, E, F, G, G-1, and H convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive on a pari passu basis $0.4590, $0.4775, $0.5783, $1.5288, $2.2249, $2.2249, and $2.91 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payments to Series C, D, E, F, G, G-1 and H convertible preferred stockholders, the holders of Series A and B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to $0.8075 and $0.9980 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment has been made to the holders of preferred stockholders, the entire remaining assets and funds shall be distributed ratably among the holders of preferred stock (excluding Series G-1) and common stock in proportion to shares of common stock then held by each plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

 

Any acquisition of the Company by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which the outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a reincorporation transaction) or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the corporation and shall entitle the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock to receive at the closing in cash, securities, or other property amounts as specified above.

 

Conversion—The holders of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, G-1 and H convertible preferred stock have the right to convert the convertible preferred stock, at any time, into shares of common stock. The conversion rate for Series C, D, E, F, G, G-1 and H convertible preferred stock is on a 1:1 basis, for Series A convertible stock on 1:1.261 basis and for Series B convertible preferred stock is on 1:1.363 basis, subject to adjustment for common stock dividends, combinations, or splits and subsequent issues of common or convertible preferred stock.

 

Automatic Conversion—The Series H convertible preferred stock automatically converts into common stock upon the earlier of (1) the date specified by a vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series H convertible preferred stockholders or (2) an initial public offering at a price of at least $2.91 per share with gross proceeds of at least $35,000,000. The Series C, D, E, F, G and G-1 convertible preferred stock automatically converts into common stock upon the earlier of 1) the date specified by a vote or written consent or agreement of at least 70% of the shares of Series C, D, E, F, G and G-1 convertible preferred stock or (2) an initial public offering at a price of at least $2.2249 per share with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $35,000,000. The Series A and B convertible preferred stock automatically converts into common stock upon the earlier of (1) the date specified by a vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A and B preferred stock or (2) an initial public offering with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $35,000,000.

 

Conversion Price Adjustments—The conversion price per share of the Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock will be reduced if the Company issues any additional stock without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock conversion price in effect for that series.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Voting Rights—Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, have the right to elect two directors. The holders of Series D convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class, have the right to elect one director. The holders of the common stock, voting together as a single class, have the right to elect two directors. The holders of convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class, have the right to elect one preferred director. The holders of the common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together on an as-if-converted basis, elect one at-large director.

 

(12) Stock Incentive Plan

 

In 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“the Plan”), which was amended in April 2014. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company’s board of directors may grant common stock options, RSUs, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and other stock awards to employees, outside directors, and consultants. The exercise price per share of all common stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan must equal to or greater than the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The common stock options granted generally vest over a period of four years and expire 10 years from the grant date.

 

As of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively, an aggregate of 48,600,310, 54,200,310 and 54,191,310 common shares were reserved under the Plan, of which 11,103,289, 6,736,244 and 3,151,004 common shares were available for issuance as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Stock-based Compensation Expense

 

The total stock-based compensation expense recognized for stock-based awards under the Plan in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss was as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,      Six Months Ended
January  31,
 
     2012      2013      2014        2014          2015    
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription and support revenue

   $ 2       $ 21       $ 24       $ 12       $ 13   

Cost of professional services and other revenue

     30         65         133         47         91   

Research and development

     74         114         490         135         453   

Sales and marketing

     55         138         1,090         146         319   

General and administrative

     20         70         989         430         571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 181       $ 408       $ 2,726       $ 770       $ 1,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The total stock-based compensation expense for stock options awarded to non-employees included above was immaterial for all periods presented.

 

Stock Options

 

A summary of activity under the Plan and related information was as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (In
thousands)
 

Balances at July 31, 2011

     18,181,823      $ 0.08         8.08       $ 106   

Options granted (weighted-average fair value of $0.04)

     12,763,525        0.08         

Options exercised

     (3,679,455 )      0.06         

Options cancelled

     (2,903,919 )      0.07         
  

 

 

         

Balances at July 31, 2012

     24,361,974        0.08         8.15         2,124   

Options granted (weighted-average fair value of $0.12)

     9,473,704        0.25         

Options exercised

     (5,922,010 )      0.07         

Options cancelled

     (3,116,382 )      0.14         
  

 

 

         

Balances at July 31, 2013

     24,797,286        0.14         7.82         9,807   

Options granted (weighted-average fair value of $0.35)

     12,648,907        0.63         

Options exercised

     (4,145,727 )      0.11         

Options cancelled

     (2,831,546 )      0.38         
  

 

 

         

Balances at July 31, 2014

     30,468,920        0.33         7.65         31,716   
  

 

 

         

Options granted (weighted-average fair value of $0.74) (unaudited)

     5,944,523        1.74         

Options exercised (unaudited)

     (1,619,322 )      0.25         

Options cancelled (unaudited)

     (2,343,032 )      0.51         
  

 

 

         

Balances at January 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     32,451,089      $ 0.58         7.52       $ 49,032   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at July 31, 2014

     12,921,273      $ 0.17         6.16       $ 15,559   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at July 31, 2014

     25,880,911      $ 0.32         7.48       $ 27,281   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at January 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     15,851,162      $ 0.22         6.16       $ 29,669   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at January 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     27,094,676      $ 0.53         7.28       $ 42,262   
  

 

 

         

 

No income tax benefit has been recognized relating to stock-based compensation expense and no tax benefits have been realized from exercised stock options. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $0.1 million, $1.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and during the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, was $0.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and during the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015, was $0.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, there was total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost of $3.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, related to unvested stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.53 years and 3.09 years, respectively.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding under the option plan as of July 31, 2014:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Number of
Options
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Per Share
 

$0.03

     34,321         5.32       $ 0.03         34,321       $ 0.03   

$0.06

     3,908,966         6.67         0.06         3,187,283         0.06   

$0.08

     448,459         4.60         0.08         448,459         0.08   

$0.08

     17,500         1.12         0.08         17,500         0.08   

$0.09

     5,432,492         7.64         0.09         2,509,321         0.09   

$0.14

     3,446,078         2.47         0.14         3,446,078         0.14   

$0.20

     3,238,437         8.17         0.20         1,147,854         0.20   

$0.23

     1,259,888         8.65         0.23         505,849         0.23   

$0.48

     1,215,313         8.91         0.48         326,725         0.48   

$0.54

     8,231,344         9.17         0.54         1,286,008         0.54   

$0.56

     1,249,097         9.38         0.56         9,375         0.56   

$0.97

     1,162,825         9.60         0.97         —         —   

$1.20

     824,200         9.84         1.20         2,500         1.20   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     30,468,920         7.65       $ 0.33         12,921,273       $ 0.17   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

Valuation Assumptions

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each option awarded on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model utilizing the assumptions noted below. The expected term of the options is based on the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding calculated as the midpoint of the options’ vesting terms and contractual expiration periods, as the Company does not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The expected stock price volatility for the Company’s common stock was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of its industry peers as it does not have sufficient trading history of the Company’s common stock. The risk-free interest rate was calculated using the average of the published interest rates for United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities that approximate the expected term. The dividend yield assumption is zero as the Company does not have any history of, nor plans to make, dividend payments. Forfeitures were estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience. The fair value of the common stock has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the board of directors has determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of the option grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, operating and financial performance, lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry-specific economic outlooks, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the board of directors until such time that the Company’s common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of options granted:

 

     Year Ended July 31,     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     5.6 – 6.9        5.9 – 6.1        5.5 – 6.9        5.8 – 6.9        6.0 – 6.1   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.0 – 1.3 %      0.8 – 1.7 %      1.7 – 2.3 %      1.7 – 2.3 %      1.5 – 1.8 % 

Expected volatility

     51 – 52 %      50 – 51 %      48 – 50 %      49 – 50 %      40 – 44 % 

Dividend yield

     0 %      0 %      0 %      0 %      0 % 

Fair value of common stock

   $ 0.06 – 0.09      $ 0.20 – 0.48      $ 0.54 – 1.20        $0.54 – 0.97      $ 1.37 – 2.09   

 

Series G-1 Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended July 31, 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015 included $0.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of amortization expense for Series G-1 convertible preferred stock issued to former employees of InsightsOne. The awards are subject to vesting on a monthly basis over certain vesting periods. Additionally, the Company recorded a modification charge of $0.5 million during the year ended July 31, 2014 related to the acceleration of unvested shares in connection with the termination of a former InsightsOne employee.

 

As of July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015, the remaining unamortized expense related to Series G-1 convertible preferred stock was $1.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 2.22 years and 1.74 years, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

A summary of RSUs under the Plan and related information was as follows:

 

     RSUs Outstanding             Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In thousands)
 
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
    

Balances at July 31, 2011

     —      $ —         

Granted

     645,837        0.13         

Released

     —        —         

Forfeited

     —        —         
  

 

 

         

Balances at July 31, 2012

     645,837        0.13         

Granted

     20,000        0.48         

Released

     (158,335 )      0.14         

Forfeited

     —        —         
  

 

 

         

Balances at July 31, 2013

     507,502        0.14         

Granted

     154,676        0.98         

Released

     (537,002 )      0.19         

Forfeited

     (4,992 )      0.97         
  

 

 

         

Balances at July 31, 2014

     120,184        0.97         

Granted (unaudited)

     —        —         

Released (unaudited)

     —        —         

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (16,251 )      0.97         
  

 

 

         

Balances at January 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     103,933      $ 0.97         6.09       $ 217   

 

F-36


Table of Contents

RSUs granted during the year ended July 31, 2012 include 345,837 RSUs granted in connection with the acquisition of Usergrid and 300,000 RSUs granted in connection with the acquisition of InstaOps. The Usergrid RSUs had a fair value of $0.09 per share and vest over a period of 30 months of continuous employment with the Company (40% and 60% vest at 18 and 30 months, respectively). The InstaOps RSUs had a fair value of $0.17 per share and vest 100% after 24 months of continuous employment with the Company.

 

RSUs granted during the year ended July 31, 2014 include 125,176 RSUs granted in connection with the acquisition of InsightsOne. These RSUs are subject to a time-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition, both of which must be satisfied before the RSUs are vested and settled for shares of common stock. The time-based vesting condition is three years and the performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering. No expense related to these awards will be recognized unless the performance-based vesting condition is satisfied. Upon satisfaction of the performance-based vesting condition, cumulative stock-based compensation expense will be recognized to the extent of satisfaction of the time-based vesting condition as of such date, with the remaining expense recognized over the remainder of the time-based vesting condition. RSUs that have met the time-based vesting condition are not cancelled when service to the Company is terminated; however, these shares will not vest until the performance-based vesting condition is met. RSUs that have not satisfied the time-based vesting condition as of termination of employment are automatically forfeited. The RSUs will expire seven years from the grant date if not previously settled for shares of common stock.

 

(13) Net Loss Per Share

 

The Company computes net loss per share of common stock in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of the convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive a non-cumulative dividend on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on the common stock. The holders of the convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the Company’s net losses for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended January 31, 2015, were not allocated to these participating securities.

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock, including common stock issuable upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock, outstanding stock-based awards, and outstanding warrants, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential common stock outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended July 31,     Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Numerator:

          

Net loss

   $ (8,281 )    $ (25,871 )    $ (60,793 )    $ (32,212 )    $ (26,809 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     14,862        18,576        25,938        24,165        30,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.56 )    $ (1.39 )    $ (2.34 )    $ (1.33 )    $ (0.88 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,      Six Months Ended
January 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Shares subject to outstanding common stock options

     24,362         24,797         30,469         32,465         32,451   

Convertible preferred stock (on an as if converted basis)

     105,076         120,856         150,563         129,926         149,908   

Restricted stock units

     646         508         120         —         104   

Shares subject to preferred stock warrants (on as if converted basis)

     301         —         —         —         —   

Shares subject to common stock warrants

     300         4,185         500         500         527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     130,685         150,346         181,652         162,891         182,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share for fiscal 2014 has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock, the conversion of preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants, and vesting of restricted stock units.

 

             Year Ended         
July 31, 2014
    Six Months  Ended
January 31, 2015
 
      
     (in thousands except per share data)  

Net loss

   $ (60,793 )    $ (26,809 ) 

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed vesting of restricted stock units

     (18 )      (13 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (60,811 )    $ (26,822 ) 

Basic and diluted shares:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     25,938        30,467   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed vesting of restricted stock units

     5        29   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     132,438        149,908   

Less: Weighted-average unvested Series G-1 convertible preferred stock subject to repurchase or forfeiture

     (1,084 )      (592 ) 

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the repurchase of Series G-1 convertible preferred stock

     —        192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted shares

     157,297        180,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.39 )    $ (0.15 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(14) Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company adopted a defined-contribution retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1996. This 401(k) Plan covers essentially all employees. Eligible employees may make voluntary contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to the statutory annual limitations, and the Company is allowed to make discretionary contributions. The Company has made no discretionary contributions during the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and during the six months ended January 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

(15) Related Party Transactions

 

A member of the Company’s board of directors was a key employee of a publicly-traded company that is a customer of the Company. There was no revenue recorded from sales to this customer for the years ended July 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the six months ended January 31, 2015, $2.0 million of revenue was recorded from sales to this customer. The Company recorded deferred revenue from sales to this customer of $0, $2.9 million and $0.9 million and had $0, $2.9 million and $0 of accounts receivable due from this customer as of July 31, 2013 and 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Another member of the Company’s board of directors had a direct ownership interest in InsightsOne prior to its acquisition by Apigee in December 2013. See Note 2 for further details on the InsightsOne acquisition.

 

(16) Subsequent Events

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events from the most recent balance sheet date through November 26, 2014, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

Debt Financing Facilities

 

In November 2014, the Company amended and restated the Loan and Security Agreement with SVB (“loan amendment”). The loan amendment provides the Company with the ability to borrow up to $25.0 million through a $12.5 million revolving line of credit subject to an accounts receivable borrowing base, which refinanced and replaced the existing revolving line in its entirety and $12.5 million term loan. The Company can draw upon the revolving line of credit through October 31, 2017, and the revolving loans bear interest at a rate equal to prime plus 1.5% per annum. Outstanding revolving loans are limited to the lesser of $12.5 million or 80% of the balance of certain eligible customer accounts receivable. The term loan is available in two tranches. The first tranche, Tranche A, in an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million, refinanced and replaced the existing term loan and existing growth capital loan in their entirety. The principal amount of Tranche A is payable in equal monthly installments over a 30-month period with the last payment due no later than May 31, 2017. The second tranche, Tranche B, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $8.5 million, is available to borrow through May 31, 2016. Tranche B has interest only payments during such draw period and then the principal is payable in equal monthly installments thereafter over a 24-month period. The Company is permitted to prepay all term loans without premium or penalty. The existing equipment term loan is fully funded and not available for further draws under the amendment and the Company will continue to repay the outstanding principal in monthly installments, plus interest at a rate equal to prime plus 2.0%, with the last payment due in June 2017.

 

In connection with loan amendment, the Company issued warrants to purchase 26,562 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share and expiration in November 2024; and upon funding of Tranche B, the Company will issue warrants to purchase 79,687 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.80 per share and expiration in November 2024.

 

(17) Events (unaudited) Subsequent to the Date of the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

None.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT OF INSIGHTSONE SYSTEMS, INC.

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

Santa Clara, California

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of InsightsOne Systems, Inc., which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of InsightsOne Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that InsightsOne Systems, Inc. will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses and will require additional capital to fund future operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to this matter also are described in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

 

San Diego, California

December 9, 2013

 

F-40


Table of Contents

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
2012
    September 30,
2013
 
           (unaudited)  

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,088,194      $ 846,529   

Accounts receivable

     90,000        —   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     16,301        156,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,194,495        1,003,222   

Fixed Assets—Net

     32,626        40,346   

Other Assets—Net

     5,218        5,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 2,232,339      $ 1,048,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current Liabilities

    

Current portion of term note payable

   $ —      $ 500,000   

Accounts payable

     44,504        42,828   

Accrued expenses

     71,736        223,422   

Deferred revenue

     15,000        15,000   

Other current liabilities

     28,625        15,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     159,865        796,694   

Term Note Payable, Less Current Portion

     —        1,493,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 159,865      $ 2,290,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,299,712 shares authorized; 10,299,710 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012; 10,299,710 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013; liquidation preference of $0.4204 per share

     1,029        1,029   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 34,000,000 shares authorized; 18,525,600 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012; 18,578,724 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013

     1,853        1,858   

Additional paid-in capital

     4,326,690        4,358,820   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,257,098 )      (5,603,374 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     2,072,474        (1,241,667 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 2,232,339      $ 1,048,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

Statements of Operations

 

     For the year
ended
December 31,

2012
    For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
       2012     2013  
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net Sales

   $ 723,600      $ 538,600      $ 430,000   

Operating Costs and Expenses

      

Cost of revenue—software

     90,725        64,463        62,046   

Cost of revenue—professional services

     269,657        191,336        324,338   

Research and development expenses

     1,561,454        1,072,131        1,606,101   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,006,979        636,202        1,742,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (2,205,215 )      (1,425,532 )      (3,304,619 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense)

      

Interest expense

     —        —        (41,728 ) 

Interest income

     —        —        871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

   $ —      $ —      $ (40,857 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss Before Taxes

     (2,205,215 )      (1,425,532 )      (3,345,476 ) 

Income tax expense

     800        800        800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (2,206,015 )    $ (1,426,332 )    $ (3,346,276 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
           
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2011

    9,514,746        951        18,050,000        1,805        3,937,080        (51,083 )      3,888,753   

Common stock option exercises

    —        —        475,600        48        42,756        —        42,804   

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock

    784,964        78        —        —        329,921        —        329,999   

Stock-based compensation

    —        —        —        —        16,933        —        16,933   

Net loss

    —        —        —        —        —        (2,206,015 )      (2,206,015 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    10,299,710        1,029        18,525,600        1,853        4,326,690        (2,257,098 )      2,072,474   

Common stock option exercises (unaudited)

    —        —        53,124        5        4,776        —        4,781   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

    —        —        —        —        20,288        —        20,288   

Issuance of common stock warrants (unaudited)

    —        —        —        —        7,066        —        7,066   

Net loss (unaudited)

    —        —        —        —        —        (3,346,276 )      (3,346,276 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

    10,299,710      $ 1,029        18,578,724      $ 1,858      $ 4,358,820      $ (5,603,374 )    $ (1,241,667 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the year
ended
December 31,

2012
    For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
       2012     2013  
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net loss

   $ (2,206,015 )    $ (1,426,332 )    $ (3,346,276 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     5,025        3,179        7,728   

Stock-based compensation expense

     16,933        11,523        20,288   

Non-cash interest expense

     —        —        825   

Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:

      

Accounts receivable

     (90,000 )      (197,701 )      90,000   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (14,804 )      (24,804 )      (140,392 ) 

Other assets—net

     (3,818 )      (3,818 )      —   

Accounts payable

     44,504        47,076        (1,676 ) 

Accrued expenses

     42,230        74,993        151,686   

Deferred revenue

     (184,100 )      (53,900 )      —   

Other current liabilities

     28,625        —        (13,181 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (2,361,420 )      (1,569,784 )      (3,230,998 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Purchases of fixed assets

     (29,734 )      (25,938 )      (15,448 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (29,734 )      (25,938 )      (15,448 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Net proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock

     329,999        329,999        —   

Proceeds from issuance of term note payable

     —        —        2,000,000   

Issuance of restricted common stock to founders

     —        —        —   

Common stock option exercises

     42,804        42,804        4,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     372,803        372,803        2,004,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (2,018,351 )      (1,222,919 )      (1,241,665 ) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

     4,106,545        4,106,545        2,088,194   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

   $ 2,088,194      $ 2,883,626      $ 846,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ —      $ —      $ 40,903   

Income taxes

   $ 800      $ 800      $ 800   

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

      

Noncash debt discount related to issuance of warrants

   $ —      $ —      $ 7,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

A summary of the InsightsOne Systems, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) (“the Company”) significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows. All references made throughout these financial statements to September 30, 2012 and 2013 are unaudited. All references made to 2013 throughout these financial statements are referenced to the nine months ended September 30, 2013, unless otherwise noted.

 

Nature of operations

 

The Company was formed on October 1, 2010. The Company offers precise, on-premise and cloud-based consumer lifecycle predictive analytics. The Company’s advanced analytics and big data infrastructure provides a comprehensive understanding of consumer preferences to help increase revenue, customer retention, and a superior consumer experience with no upfront investment in hardware or software.

 

Basis of presentation

 

The Company has experienced net losses since its inception, and, as of December 31, 2012, had an accumulated deficit of $2,257,098. To date, the Company has derived the majority of its working capital primarily through the issuance of convertible preferred stock (Note 4) and long-term debt (Note 3). The Company expects to continue to incur net losses and will need to raise additional financing to complete its development efforts and expand its operations. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business. Successful completion of the Company’s development and its transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon the Company achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. The Company has used significant estimates in its determination of the timing of revenue recognition, stock-based compensation expense, warrant valuations and the reserve for accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount. The Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential credit losses that are expected to be incurred, based on management’s assessment

 

F-45


Table of Contents

of the collectability of specific customer accounts, the aging of the accounts receivable, historical information and other currently available evidence. Receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012 and 2013, management determined that all the amounts recorded as accounts receivable were collectible, and no allowance for doubtful accounts was needed.

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

Depreciation and amortization is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the lesser of the useful life of the related asset or lease term.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The Company adopted authoritative guidance which defines fair value, establishes a framework for using fair value to measure financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company also applied the guidance to non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The guidance establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of the inputs as follows:

 

Level—1: Uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the assets or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level—2: Uses inputs other than Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date through correlation with market data, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in markets that are not active. Level 2 also includes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment since the input assumptions used in the models, such as interest rates volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data.

 

Level—3: Uses inputs that are unobservable and are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant’s assumptions.

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and notes payable. Pursuant to authoritative guidance, the fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents is determined based on “Level 1” inputs, which consist of quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. The recorded values of all other financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective maturity dates or durations.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. To determine recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates whether future undiscounted net cash flows will be less than the carrying amount of the assets and adjusts the carrying amount of its assets to fair value. Management has determined that no impairment of long-lived assets occurred during 2012 or 2013 (unaudited).

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Stock options

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative guidance related to share-based payments, which require the Company to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized in the statements of operations over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the requisite service. The grant-date fair value of employee share options and similar instruments is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

Income taxes

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A provision has been made for income taxes due on taxable income and for the deferred taxes on the temporary differences. The components of the deferred tax asset and liability are individually classified as current and noncurrent based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. Realization of the deferred income tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future years.

 

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the combination of the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenues when the following fundamental criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or the services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

 

The Company generally generates revenues by providing access to the Company’s online database or delivering information obtained from the database, usually in the form of periodic reports. Revenues are typically recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which access to data or reports is provided. In certain cases the Company’s only deliverable is the delivery of a specific report or analysis, in which case revenue is recognized upon delivery of the related report.

 

The Company also generates revenues under service contracts where there is not a monthly subscription fee, but rather milestone payments upon the delivery of specific reports to the customer. These contracts are accounted for under the proportional performance method. Under this method, the Company recognizes revenue in proportion to the value provided to the customer for each project as of each reporting date.

 

Concentrations of risk

 

Revenues include amounts recognized from sales to certain customers who represent over 10 percent of total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2012, one represented 64 percent of the Company’s revenues. No amounts were receivable from this customer at December 31, 2012. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, three and two customers represented 90 and 96 percent of the Company’s revenues, respectively. Amounts receivable from these customers were $170,200 and $0 at September 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively (unaudited).

 

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at various financial institutions located in Santa Clara, CA. Accounts at these institutions are secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Advertising costs

 

The Company charges advertising costs to expense as incurred. During the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), the Company incurred advertising costs of $0.

 

New accounting standards

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11 “Income Taxes (Topic 740)”. The amendments in this update provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date Retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that adoption will have on its financial statements.

 

(2) Fixed Assets

 

Fixed assets consisted of the following:

 

     December  31,
2012
    September  30,
2013
 
      
           (unaudited)  

Computer equipment

   $ 38,639      $ 54,088   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (6,013 )      (13,742 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed assets, net

   $ 32,626      $ 40,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was approximately $5,025 for 2012, and $3,179 and $7,728 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

(3) Debt

 

During 2013 the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “growth capital line of credit”), allowing the Company to borrow up to $2,000,000 through April 30, 2013 (the “growth capital availability end date”). Interest is payable monthly on the first month following the growth capital availability end date at the prime rate plus 1.5% (4.75% at September 30, 2013). Interest only payments are made through December 31, 2013, at which point the Company must begin to pay equal monthly principal and interest payments through the maturity date of December 1, 2016. In addition, the agreement contains certain non-financial covenants. At September 30, 2013, the Company was not aware of any violations of these covenants. In conjunction with this growth capital line of credit, the Company issued fully vested and immediately exercisable warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.12 (Note 5). At September 30, 2013, the balance of the growth capital line of credit was $2,000,000. Future minimum payments under the growth capital line of credit are as follows:

 

As of September 30, 2013 and for the year ending December 31:

      

2013 remaining payments

   $ —   

2014

     666,667   

2015

     666,667   

2016

     666,666   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,000,000   
  

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

(4) Stockholders’ Equity

 

The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated February 27, 2012, authorizes the issuance of 34,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,299,712 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Upon filing of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of common and preferred stock issued and outstanding at such time was automatically split into two shares of such common or preferred stock. The accompanying financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split for all periods presented.

 

Preferred stock

 

In November 2011 the Company entered into the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued 9,514,746 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.4204 per share for proceeds of $3,938,031, net of issuance costs of $61,968. In February 2012 the Company had a second closing of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock whereby the Company issued an additional 784,964 shares for total proceeds of $329,999.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends are payable if and when declared by the Board of Directors. The holders of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to non-cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.03363 per share, per annum, when and if declared. No dividends were declared during the year ended December 31, 2012 or the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

 

Conversion

 

At the option of the holder, the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible into Common Stock at a conversion rate of 1.00 to 1.00, subject to adjustment as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate (1) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, covering the offer and sale of the corporation’s common stock, provided that the offering price per share is not less than $2.102, as adjusted for recapitalizations, and the aggregate gross proceeds to the corporation are not less than $30,000,000, or (2) upon the receipt by the corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the preferred stock then outstanding.

 

Redemption

 

The shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are not redeemable.

 

Liquidation preference

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled, prior to distribution to common shareholders, an amount per share held equal to the sum of (1) $0.4204 (original issue price) per share and (2) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such shares of preferred stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock. After payment to Series A Convertible Preferred Stock holders, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of preferred stock and common stock of the Company in proportion to the number of shares of common stock held by each (with the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate) until, with respect to preferred stock, such holders have received two times the original issue price. The remaining assets are distributed pro rata to common shareholders.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Voting rights

 

The holders of Common Stock and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held. Each holder of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock could be converted.

 

Stock options

 

In 2011 the Board of Directors of the Company approved the InsightsOne Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Plan (“the Plan”). The Plan provides for the issuance of common stock options to officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons of the Company. The number of shares that may be issued under the Plan may not exceed 3,355,968 shares. Options issued under the Plan generally vest over a four-year period with cliff vesting for the first year, and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.

 

The Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions in accordance with authoritative guidance related to share-based payments. Compensation costs in 2012 and 2013 include the portion of awards vested in the period for all share-based payments granted, based on the grant-date fair value estimated using a Black-Scholes based option valuation model, consistent with authoritative guidance, using the weighted average assumptions in the table below:

 

     As of
December 31,

2012
    As of September 30,  
       2012     2013  
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected volatility

     60 %      60 %      60 % 

Dividend yield

     0 %      0 %      0 % 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.76 %      0.76 %      0.83 % 

Expected terms in years

     6        6        6   

 

Expected Volatility—The expected volatility is based on a peer group in the industry in which the Company does business.

 

Dividend Yield—The Company has not, and does not, intend to pay dividends.

 

Risk-free Interest Rate—The Company applies the risk-free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant consistent with the life of the award.

 

Expected Term in Years—The expected term is based upon the Company’s consideration of the historical life of options, the vesting period of the option granted and the contractual period of the option granted. For 2012 and 2013, the Company calculated the expected term as the average of the contractual term of the option and the vesting period in accordance with authoritative guidance.

 

Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted—Using the weighted average assumptions described above, the weighted average fair value of options granted was $0.05 during both the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited). The weighted average fair value of options granted was $0.07 during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

 

Forfeitures—Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, reduced for estimated forfeitures. Authoritative guidance applicable to stock-based compensation requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the Company in accordance with authoritative guidance.

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2011

     —     

Granted

     2,833,458      $ 0.09   

Forfeited

     (1,014,100 )      0.09   

Exercised

     (475,600 )      0.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2012

     1,343,758        0.09   

Granted

     378,920        0.12   

Forfeited

     (161,876 )      0.09   

Exercised

     (53,124 )      0.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     1,507,678      $ 0.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

Exercise Price

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
in Years
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
in Years
 

$ 0.09

     1,343,758         9.64         84,790         8.41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,343,758         9.64         84,790         8.41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of September 30, 2013 is as follows (unaudited):

 

Exercise Price

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
in Years
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
in Years
 

$0.09

     1,128,758         8.86         398,233         8.68   

$0.12

     378,920         9.68         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,507,678         9.07         398,233         8.68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $14,000 and $2,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively. The intrinsic value for options exercised represents the difference between the fair market value based on the valuation of the stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the stock option. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was approximately $3,000 and $12,000 at December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, stock-based compensation expense of $16,933 was included in the statements of operations. Stock-based compensation expense of $11,523 and $20,288 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, was included in the statements of operations.

 

The Company has a 100% valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets; therefore, the stock-based compensation has no tax effect on the statements of operations.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), there was $72,808 and $70,021, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.35 and 2.83 years, respectively.

 

Certain employees early exercised their common stock options in accordance with their stock option agreement. During 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), 0 and 241,382 shares, respectively, of the restricted stock issued vested. Unvested common stock is subject to repurchase by the Company at the exercise price paid, adjusted for dividends and stock splits, in the event the employee ceases to provide services for any reason. During 2012 and 2013 (unaudited) no shares were repurchased by the Company.

 

Restricted stock activity for 2012 and 2013 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Non vested shares at January 1, 2012

     —        —   

Non vested stock exercised

     475,600      $ 0.09   

Non vested stock forfeited

     —        —   

Restricted stock vested

     —        —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non vested shares at December 31, 2012

     475,600      $ 0.09   

Non vested stock exercised

     53,124      $ 0.09   

Non vested stock forfeited

     —        —   

Restricted stock vested

     (241,382 )    $ 0.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non vested shares at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     287,342      $ 0.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(5) Warrants

 

In conjunction with the growth capital line of credit agreement in 2013 (see Note 3), the Company issued the lender warrants to purchase Common Stock at $0.12 per share. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company granted 47,558 warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock upon execution of the agreement, which represented 0.15% of the fully diluted ownership interest at such date. In addition, the Company was to grant additional warrants calculated as 0.15% of the fully diluted ownership interest upon the first advance under the loan agreement. The Company granted the lender an additional 47,558 warrants as a result. The warrants are exercisable any time until the eighth anniversary after the issue date.

 

The Company evaluated the provisions of the agreement and determined that the proceeds should be allocated to the loan and warrants based on their fair values. As a result, using a Black-Scholes pricing model, the Company allocated $7,066 to the warrants, which was recorded as a debt discount and amortized to interest expense on a pro-rata basis over the term of the loan.

 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes pricing model to calculate fair value of the warrants were 60%, 0%, 1.11%, and 8 for the expected volatility, dividend yield, risk-free interest rate, and expected term in years, respectively. The Company recorded $825 to interest expense associated with the amortization of the fair value of the warrants during 2013.

 

(6) Income Taxes

 

For 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), the Company paid California state income taxes of $800 each year. The Company did not pay any Federal income taxes in 2012 or 2013.

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company has federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $2,213,000 and California net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $2,213,000 each of which begin to expire in 2031.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss and credit carry forwards may be limited in the event that a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% has occurred within a three-year period.

 

The Company has established a valuation allowance for all deferred tax assets including those for net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred income taxes are as follows as of:

 

December 31,

   2012  

Deferred Tax Assets:

  

Net operating loss carry forward

   $ 881,000   

Depreciation and other

     8,000   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     889,000   

Valuation allowance

     (889,000 ) 
  

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $ —   
  

 

 

 

 

The Company applies authoritative guidance relating to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The authoritative guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The authoritative guidance requires that a Company determine whether the benefits of tax positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit based on the technical merits of the tax position. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the Company recognizes the largest amount of the benefits that are more likely than not of being sustained in the financial statements. For tax positions that are not more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the Company does not recognize any portion of the benefit in the financial statements. At December 31, 2012 no portion of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (before being fully reserved) has been adjusted by the application of the authoritative guidance.

 

The Company classifies interest and penalties on income tax liabilities as additional income tax expense. There was no accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and California. As of December 31, 2012, the Company is not under examination by any major tax jurisdiction. At December 31, 2012, the Company has determined that the federal statute of limitation remains open for 2012. The statute of limitations for the state income tax returns remains open for 2012.

 

(7) Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating leases

 

The Company leases office space under a month to month lease agreement. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 was $48,801. Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited) was $34,191 and $51,878, respectively.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may possibly be named as a defendant in various lawsuits; there are no such lawsuits currently pending nor is management aware of any such potential lawsuits.

 

(8) Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the report date, which is December 9, 2013.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Effective September 30, 2013, three of the Company’s top executives elected to defer their salaries until further notice. The Company is recording the full amount of the deferrals as liabilities until they are paid.

 

In November 2013 the Company’s Chief Executive Officer made a non-interest bearing cash advance of $99,000 to the Company.

 

In December 2013 the Company repurchased common stock from a former employee in the amount of $29,000.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

INDEX TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

     P-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

     P-3   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

     P-4   

 

P-1


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended July 31, 2014 is presented to give effect to the acquisition of InsightsOne Systems, Inc. (“InsightsOne”) on December 19, 2013 for $17.1 million consideration transferred, consisting of Series G and Series G-1 convertible preferred shares and restricted stock units.

 

The pro forma information was prepared based on the historical consolidated financial statements of Apigee Corporation (“Apigee” or the “Company”) and InsightsOne after giving effect to the acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting, and after applying the assumptions, reclassifications, and adjustments described in the accompanying notes. The pro forma information is presented as if the acquisition had occurred on August 1, 2013.

 

Apigee and InsightsOne have different fiscal year ends. Apigee’s fiscal year ends on July 31 and InsightsOne’s fiscal year ends on December 31. The Apigee condensed statement of comprehensive loss information included herein was derived from its audited July 31, 2014 statement of comprehensive loss included in this prospectus. The InsightsOne historical statement of comprehensive loss included herein was derived from its unaudited statement of operations from August 1, 2013 through the acquisition date.

 

The pro forma information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been achieved had Apigee and InsightsOne been a combined company during the period presented. The pro forma information does not reflect any operating efficiencies, post-acquisition synergies or cost savings that Apigee may achieve with respect to the combined companies.

 

The pro forma information should be read together with (1) the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss, (2) the audited historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and (3) the audited historical financial statements and related notes of InsightsOne included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

P-2


Table of Contents

APIGEE CORPORATION

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

For the year ended July 31, 2014

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments

(See Note 2)
         Pro Forma
Combined
 
     Apigee     InsightsOne         

Revenue

           

License

   $ 11,411      $ —      $  —         $ 11,411   

Subscription and support

     20,237        —        —           20,237   

Professional services and other

     21,054        554      $  —           21,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

     52,702        554        —           53,256   

Cost of revenue

           

License

     366        —        175      (a)      541   

Subscription and support

     11,911        —        174           12,085   

Professional services and other

     15,431        228        27      (c)      15,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     27,708        228        376           28,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     24,994        326        (376 )         24,944   

Operating expenses

           

Research and development

     22,273        940        200      (c)      23,413   

Sales and marketing

     47,029        512        85      (a)(c)      47,626   

General and administrative

     14,415        755        (467 )    (b)(c)(d)      14,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     83,717        2,207        (182 )         85,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (58,723 )      (1,881 )      (194 )         (60,798 ) 

Other income (expense), net

     (1,678 )      (36 )      —          (1,714 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (60,401 )      (1,917 )      (194 )         (62,512 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     392        —        95      (e)      487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (60,793 )    $ (1,917 )    $ (289 )       $ (62,999 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (2.34 )           $ (2.43 ) 
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

     25,938               25,938   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss

 

P-3


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

 

Note 1. Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended July 31, 2014 is presented to give effect to the acquisition of InsightsOne Systems, Inc. (“InsightsOne”) on December 19, 2013 for $17.1 million consideration transferred, consisting of Series G and Series G-1 convertible preferred shares and restricted stock units, as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Series G convertible preferred stock

   $ 9,603   

Series G-1 convertible preferred stock

     7,421   

Restricted stock units

     31   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 17,055   
  

 

 

 

 

Additionally, the Company assumed $2.0 million of a growth capital loan. In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values and added to those of the Company. The excess purchase consideration over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill.

 

The total purchase price was allocated using information currently available to the Company. As a result, the Company may continue to adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation after obtaining more information regarding asset valuations, liabilities assumed and revisions of preliminary estimates.

 

Under the acquisition method, acquisition-related transaction costs (e.g., advisory, legal, valuation and other professional fees) are not included as consideration transferred but are accounted for as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred. These costs are not presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss because they will not have a continuing impact on the combined results.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss reflect certain adjustments that are necessary to present fairly our unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss. The pro forma adjustments give effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the acquisition, (2) factually supportable and (3) with respect to the statement of comprehensive loss, expected to have a continuing impact on us, and are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable given the best information currently available.

 

Accounting Periods Presented

 

InsightsOne’s last fiscal year ended on December 31, 2013 and, for purposes of this unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss, its historical results have been aligned to conform to the Company’s fiscal year ended July 31, 2014. The historical results of InsightsOne were derived using the unaudited historical results of operations from August 1, 2013 through the acquisition date. Subsequently, the results of InsightsOne have been combined with the Company’s results from the acquisition date through July 31, 2014.

 

Reclassifications

 

The Company made certain reclassification adjustments to the presentation of InsightsOne’s historical statement of operations in order to conform to the Company’s presentation. Sales and marketing expenses, which were combined with general and administrative expenses, were reclassified as a separate line item. Additionally, certain personnel-related expenses and facilities costs which were included in general and administrative expenses were allocated to each department based on the Company’s allocation methodology.

 

P-4


Table of Contents

Note 2. Pro Forma Adjustments

 

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss has been prepared as if the acquisition was completed on August 1, 2013 for statement of comprehensive loss purposes and reflects the following pro forma adjustments:

 

  (a)   To record $0.3 million of estimated amortization expense associated with the fair value of acquired developed technology and $0.1 million of estimated amortization expense associated with the fair value of acquired customer relationships, as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Cost of revenues—license

   $ 349   

Sales and marketing

     58   

 

  (b)   To eliminate $32,000 of stock-based compensation expense recorded in the historical statement of operations of InsightsOne. The outstanding awards of former InsightsOne employees were replaced with Series G-1 convertible preferred stock and restricted stock units of the Company.

 

  (c)   To record $0.6 million of estimated stock-based compensation expense associated with Series G-1 awards issued to former employees of InsightsOne, as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Cost of revenues—professional services and other

   $ 27   

Research and development

     200   

Sales and marketing

     27   

General and administrative

     308   

 

  (d)   To eliminate $0.4 million in transaction costs incurred by the Company and $0.3 million transactions costs incurred by InsightsOne as a result of the acquisition, primarily consisting of legal and advisory fees.

 

  (e)   To remove the tax benefit of $0.1 million related to goodwill resulting from the release of valuation allowance. As both Apigee and InsightsOne have a full valuation allowance in the U.S., there is no tax impact on the pro forma adjustments.

 

P-5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by Apigee Corporation (the “Registrant”), other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,023   

FINRA filing fee

     13,438   

NASDAQ listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving

         *   

Legal fees and expenses

         *   

Accounting fees and expenses

         *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

         *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         *   

Miscellaneous

         *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *   
  

 

 

 

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnification to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

 

On completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, excluding liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty.

 

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant will provide that:

 

  •  

The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  •  

The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

  •  

The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, provided that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

  •  

The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

  •  

The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  •  

The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

 

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

Since August 1, 2011, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

 

Sales of Series E Preferred Stock

 

In November 2011, the Registrant issued 12,104,444 shares of Series E preferred stock to 18 accredited investors at a per share purchase price of $0.5783, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.0 million.

 

Sales of Series F Preferred Stock

 

In July 2012 and February 2013, the Registrant issued 13,114,861 shares of Series F preferred stock to 23 accredited investors at a per share purchase price of $1.5288, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20.0 million.

 

Sales of Series G Preferred Stock

 

In July 2013, the Registrant issued 15,730,725 shares of Series G preferred stock to 19 accredited investors at a per share purchase price of $2.224945, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35.0 million.

 

Issuance of Series G-1 and Series G Preferred Stock

 

In December 2013 pursuant to Regulation D (Rule 506) of the Securities Act, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 5,181,757 shares and 3,887,736 shares of its Series G-1 and Series G convertible preferred stock, respectively, to 37 accredited investors and 5 sophisticated investors, as consideration for its acquisition of InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

Sales of Series H Preferred Stock

 

In April and May 2014, the Registrant issued 20,637,076 shares of Series H preferred stock to 32 accredited investors at a per share purchase price of $2.91, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $60.1 million.

 

Option and Common Stock Issuances

 

(a) Incentive Plan Grants

 

From August 1, 2011 through March 20, 2015, the Registrant granted to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 43,056,883 shares of common stock under its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $2.31 per share. Of the options

 

II-2


Table of Contents

granted, options to purchase 1,202,362 shares of common stock were granted to three non-employee directors with exercise prices ranging from $0.09 to $2.31 per share; options to purchase 14,884,736 shares of common stock were granted to eight executives with exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $2.31 per share and options to purchase 913,924 shares of common stock were granted to 23 consultants and other service providers with exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $2.31 per share.

 

From August 1, 2011 to March 20, 2015, the Registrant granted 795,337 RSUs to certain of its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers under its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, the Registrant issued 125,176 RSUs in connection with its acquisition of InsightsOne Systems, Inc.

 

(b) Warrant Issuances and Non-plan Option Grants

 

From August 1, 2011 through March 20, 2015, the Registrant issued warrants to three accredited investors to purchase 6,978,746 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.09 to $1.80 per share.

 

On October 25, 2014, pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, the Registrant issued a non-plan option to a service provider to purchase 9,000 shares of its common stock to a sophisticated investor with adequate access to information about the Registrant at an exercise price of $1.67 per share.

 

(c) Common Stock Issuances

 

From August 1, 2011 through March 20, 2015, the Registrant issued and sold 195,000 shares of its common stock, at exercise prices ranging from $0.09 to $0.97 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $40,150, to certain consultants and other service providers in transactions deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was either an accredited investor or a sophisticated person that had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

 

From August 1, 2011 through March 20, 2015, the Registrant issued and sold 277,582 shares of its common stock, at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $1.20 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $104,833.16, to certain consultants and other service providers through offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.

 

The recipients of the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

The Registrant filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Jose, California, on the 19th day of March 2015.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

By:  

 

/s/ Chet Kapoor

  Chet Kapoor
  Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Chet Kapoor, Tim Wan and Stacey Giamalis, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Chet Kapoor           

Chief Executive Officer

and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 19, 2015

 

Chet Kapoor

    
/s/    Tim Wan           

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and

Financial Officer)

  March 19, 2015

 

Tim Wan

    
/s/    Bob L. Corey            Director   March 19, 2015

 

Bob L. Corey

    
/s/    Neal Dempsey            Director   March 19, 2015

 

Neal Dempsey

    
/s/    Promod Haque            Director   March 19, 2015

 

Promod Haque

    
/s/    William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr.            Director   March 19, 2015

 

William “BJ” Jenkins, Jr.

    
/s/    Edmond Mesrobian            Director   March 19, 2015

 

Edmond Mesrobian

    
/s/    Robert Schwartz            Director   March 19, 2015

 

Robert Schwartz

    

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1**    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2**    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4**    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering
  4.1    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 17, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto
  4.2   

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 1, 2012, as amended on October 3, 2012

  4.3    Form of Warrant to purchase common stock issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank
  4.4**    Specimen common stock certificate of the Registrant
  5.1**    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
10.2+    2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and form of agreements thereunder
10.3+**    2015 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.4+**    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreement thereunder
10.5+**    Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Chet Kapoor, dated December 18, 2006
10.6+**    Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Tim Wan, dated February 27, 2015
10.7+**    Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Stacey Giamalis, dated September 16, 2013
10.8+**    Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Anant Jhingran, dated August 29, 2011
10.9+**    Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Shankar Ramaswamy, dated May 14, 2013
10.10+**    Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Stephen Rowland, dated May 23, 2012
10.11+    Separation Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Steve Valenzuela, dated November 22, 2014
10.12    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
10.13    Office Lease, by and between the Registrant and CA-10 Almaden Limited Partnership, dated October 18, 2013
10.14+    Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., Independent Auditor
23.3**    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in page II-5 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1)

 

  **   To be filed by amendment.
  +   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

APIGEE CORPORATION

APIGEE CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 3, 2004 by the Corporation under its former name, Nexgen Machines, Inc.

SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.

THIRD: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer this 16th day of April, 2014.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Chet Kapoor
 

Chet Kapoor

Chief Executive Officer

 


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

APIGEE CORPORATION

FIRST: The name of the Corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is Apigee Corporation.

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901 and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH:

A. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) and Common Stock (“Common Stock”). The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 372,153,239. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 142,153,239. The total number of shares of Common Stock the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 230,000,000. The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share. Subject to such votes or consents as may be required by Section C.5 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).

B. The Preferred Stock shall be divided into series. The first series shall consist of 14,520,125 shares and is designated “Series A Preferred Stock.” The second series shall consist of 12,672,303 shares and is designated “Series B Preferred Stock.” The third series shall consist of 30,706,959 shares and is designated “Series C Preferred Stock.” The fourth series shall consist of 13,612,561 shares and is designated “Series D Preferred Stock.” The fifth series shall consist of 12,104,444 shares and is designated “Series E Preferred Stock.” The sixth series shall consist of 13,114,861 shares and is designated “Series F Preferred Stock.” The seventh series shall consist of 19,618,461 shares and is designated “Series G Preferred Stock.” The eighth series shall consist of 5,181,757 shares and is designated “Series G-1 Preferred Stock.” The ninth series shall consist of 20,621,738 shares and is designated “Series H Preferred Stock.”

 


C. The powers, preferences, rights, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock, are as follows:

1. Dividends.

(a) The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on a pari passu basis and in preference to any dividends on the Common Stock. The holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.1746 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series G-1 Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.1334967 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.0917 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.0347 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.02865 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.02754 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.0599 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.048 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) per annum, in each case payable out of funds legally available therefor. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) and shall be noncumulative.

(b) No dividends (other than those payable solely in the Common Stock of the Corporation for purposes of implementing a stock split) shall be paid on any Common Stock of the Corporation during any fiscal year of the Corporation until dividends in the total amount of (i) $0.1746 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series H Preferred Stock, (ii) $0.1334967 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series G-1 Preferred Stock, (iii) $0.1334967 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series G Preferred Stock, (iv) $0.0917 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series F Preferred Stock, (v) $0.0347 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series E Preferred Stock, (vi) $0.02865 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series D Preferred Stock, (vii) $0.02754 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations

 

-2-


or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series C Preferred Stock, (viii) $0.0599 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series B Preferred Stock, and (ix) $0.048 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) on the Series A Preferred Stock, shall have been paid or declared and set apart during that fiscal year.

(c) After payment of the dividends set forth in Section C.1(a), no dividends shall be paid on any share of Common Stock unless (i) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series H Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series H Preferred Stock could then be converted, (ii) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series G Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series G Preferred Stock could then be converted, (iii) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series F Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series F Preferred Stock could then be converted, (iv) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series E Preferred Stock could then be converted, (v) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series D Preferred Stock could then be converted, (vi) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series C Preferred Stock could then be converted, (vii) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series B Preferred Stock could then be converted, and (viii) a dividend is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Series A Preferred Stock could then be converted.

(d) The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section C.1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of, (i) with regard to all of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, then outstanding, (ii) with regard to all of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of at least 70% of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis,(iii) with regard to all of the Series H Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a single class, and (iv) with regard to all of the Preferred Stock, (A) the holders of at least two-thirds (2.13rds) of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B

 

-3-


Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a class, (B) the holders of at least a majority of the Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a single class, and (C) the holders of at least 70% of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a class.

2. Liquidation Preference.

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Change of Control (as defined below) of the Corporation (each, a “Liquidation Event”), whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, Series G-1 Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation or consideration received in such transaction to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to the Original Series H Issue Price, Original Series G-1 Issue Price, Original Series G Issue Price, Original Series F Issue Price, Original Series E Issue Price, Original Series D Issue Price and the Original Series C Issue Price (each, as defined below), respectively, then in effect, as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on each such share then held by them. The “Original Series H Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $2.91 per share, “Original Series G-1 Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $2.224945 per share, “Original Series G Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $2.224945 per share, “Original Series F Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $1.5288 per share, the “Original Series E Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $0.5783 per share, the “Original Series D Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $0.4775 per share, and the “Original Series C Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $0.459 per share. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, Series G-1 Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, Series G-1 Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b) After payment to the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, Series G-1 Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the amounts set forth in Section C.2(a) above, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation or consideration received in such transaction to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to the Original Series A Issue Price and the Original Series B Issue Price (each, as defined below), respectively, then in effect for the applicable series of Preferred Stock, as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on each such share then held by them. The “Original Series B Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $0.9980 per share, and the “Original

 

-4-


Series A Issue Price” shall mean an amount equal to $0.8075 per share (together with the Original Series B Issue Price, the Original Series C Issue Price and the Original Series D Issue Price, the “Original Issue Price”). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for such distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(c) After payment to the holders of the Preferred Stock of the amounts set forth in Sections C.2(a) and C.2(b) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock (excluding the Series G-1 Preferred Stock) and the Common Stock in proportion to the shares of Common Stock then held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon (if any).

(d) For purposes of this Section C.2: (i) any acquisition of the Corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Corporation; (ii) a sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) the sale (whether through one sale or multiple sales during any period of time after the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) by holders of the Corporation’s capital stock of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Corporation shall be referred to herein as a “Change of Control” (provided that a Change of Control shall not include: (A) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any transaction or series of transactions for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; provided that, in each case, the transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors) and shall entitle the holders of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, Common Stock to receive at the closing in cash, securities or other property (valued as provided in Section C.2(e) below) amounts as specified in Sections C.2(a), C.2(b) and C.2(c) above (unless subject to the provisions of ARTICLE THIRD, Sections C.5(a) and C.5(b) hereof, the holders of (i) at least two-thirds (213rds) of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis, (ii) at least 70% of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis and (iii) at least a majority of the Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall determine otherwise).

(e) In any of the events specified in C.2(d) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows, except where otherwise provided for in the documents governing such event:

 

-5-


(i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (ii) below:

(A) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) if actively traded over-the-counter but not on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i)(A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(f) In the event the requirements of Section C.2 are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:

(i) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section C.2 have been complied with; or

(ii) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section C.2(g) hereof.

(g) The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction in reasonable detail and the provisions of this Section C.2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes to such terms and conditions. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened to (i) a period of no less than five (5) days upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least (A) a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and (B) at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred

 

-6-


Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, or (ii) a period shorter than five (5) days upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least (A) a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (B) at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (C) at least seventy five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock and (D) at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock.

(h) The Preferred Stock is not redeemable (i) at the election of the holders thereof, or (ii) at the unilateral election of the Corporation.

3. Voting Rights.

(a) Voting Other than for Directors. Except as required by law and in Section C.3(b) below, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders and, except as otherwise required by law, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock. The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock upon the election of directors and upon any other matter submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as to those matters required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be submitted to a class vote. Fractional votes by the holders of Preferred Stock shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half or greater being rounded upward).

(b) Voting for Directors.

(i) The Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) directors. With respect to the election of members of the Board of Directors, (i) so long as at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) remain outstanding, four (4) members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (collectively, the “Preferred Directors” and each, a “Preferred Director”), and (ii) two (2) members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class (collectively, the “Common Directors” and each, a “Common Director”). The remaining member of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis (the “Joint Director”).

 

-7-


(ii) A Preferred Director may be removed from Board the of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; a Common Director may be removed from the Board of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock; and a Joint Director may be removed from the Board of Directors, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis.

(iii) If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the Board of Directors, only a director or directors elected by the same class of stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy, if any, shall vote to fill such vacancy. If there are no such directors, such vacancy shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class.

4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right To Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, including immediately prior to a Liquidation Event, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price then in effect for such share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) by the Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. As of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Price”) shall be, (i) with regard to each share of Series H Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $2.91 (the “Series H Conversion Price”), (ii) with regard to each share of Series G-1 Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $2.224945 (the “Series G-1 Conversion Price”), (iii) with regard to each share of Series G Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $2.224945 (the “Series G Conversion Price”), (iv) with regard to each share of Series F Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $1.5288 (the “Series F Conversion Price”), (v) with regard to each share of Series E Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $0.5783 (the “Series E Conversion Price”) (vi) with regard to each share of Series D Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $0.4775 (the “Series D Conversion Price”), (vii) with regard to each share of Series C Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $0.459 (the “Series C Conversion Price”), (viii) with regard to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $0.7321 (the “Series B Conversion Price”), and (ix) with regard to each share of Series A Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $0.6403 (the “Series A Conversion Price”). The Conversion Price applicable to each series of Preferred Stock shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided.

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series H Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable then-effective Series H Conversion Price for each such share upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least a majority of the Series H Preferred Stock then

 

-8-


outstanding, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of the sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock at a price of not less than $2.91 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under such Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation) that results in gross offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and expenses) to the Corporation of not less than $35,000,000 (a “Series H Qualified Public Offering”). Each share of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series G-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable then-effective Conversion Price for each such share upon earlier of (x) the date specified by vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series G-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, or (y) immediately upon the closing of the sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock at a price of not less than $2.224945 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act (other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under such Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation) that results in gross offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and expenses) to the Corporation of not less than $35,000,000 (an “Other Qualified Public Offering”). Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable then-effective Conversion Price for each such share upon the earlier of (A) the date specified by vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, or (B) immediately upon the closing of any Series H Preferred Qualified Public Offering or Other Qualified Public Offering.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) Except as provided in Section 4(c)(ii) or 4(c)(iii) hereof, before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or the holder shall notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and shall execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates) at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office of election to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares to be converted and the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

 

-9-


(ii) If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(iii) If the conversion is in connection with the automatic conversion provisions set forth in Section 4(b) hereof, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the conversion date specified in the stockholder vote or consent (automatically without any further action by the holder of such shares and whether or not the certificate representing such shares has been surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent), and the persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that until certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock that have been converted have been delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates representing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Diluting Issuances.

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section C.4(d), the following definitions apply:

(A) “Options” shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

(B) “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which shares of Series H Preferred Stock are first issued.

(C) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares (other than Common Stock) or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (or other shares convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock).

(D) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section C.4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

(1) upon actual conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

(2) up to 54,200,310 shares of Common Stock to employees, directors, consultants or advisors under stock option, stock bonus or stock purchase plans or agreements or similar plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof (which number includes 14,708,711 shares of Common Stock issued and

 

-10-


outstanding as of the Original Issue Date as a result of exercises of options and direct grants of stock under such plans); provided that any options to purchase shares of Common Stock that expire or terminate pursuant to their terms or any stock repurchased by the Corporation at cost shall not be counted toward such maximum number unless and until such securities are regranted pursuant to the terms of any such plan, agreement or arrangement; provided further, that, after the Original Issue Date, any increase in the shares of Common Stock reserved under such stock option, stock bonus or stock purchase plans or agreements or similar plans or agreements must be approved by the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof and the holders of a majority of shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class;

(3) as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

(4) for which adjustment of the Conversion Price is made pursuant to Section C.4(e);

(5) to financial institutions or equipment lessors in connection with an equipment lease, loan or similar transaction approved by the Board of Directors for other than primarily equity financing purposes, provided that the value of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in such transactions shall be limited to $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

(6) to OEMs, vendors or customers or to other persons in similar commercial situations with the Corporation if such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors (including at least two (2) of the Preferred Directors), and provided that such securities are issued for other than primarily equity financing purposes; or

(7) in connection with any other transaction in which an exemption or waiver of the provisions of this Section C.4(d) as applied to a particular series of Preferred Stock is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock (other than in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock, which shall instead require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock in order for such exemption or waiver to be effective with respect to such particular series).

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) no adjustment in the Conversion Price for a share of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section C.4(d)(v) hereof) for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect for such share on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue or deemed issue, and (ii) no adjustment shall be made to the Series G-1 Conversion Price, other than pursuant to sub-section C.4(e) and C.4(f).

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum

 

-11-


number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(A) no further adjustments in the applicable Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(B) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease or increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities (provided, however, that no such adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price shall affect Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock);

(C) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(1) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange and

(2) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section C.4(d)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

 

-12-


(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (B) or (C) above shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (a) the applicable Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (b) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(4) in the case of any Options which expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the same manner provided in clause (C) above.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event this Corporation, at any time after the Original Issue Date, shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section C.4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock (other than the Series G-1 Preferred Stock) in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, (each, a “Dilutive Issuance”) then and in such event, the applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one hundredth of one cent) determined by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purpose of the above calculation, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be calculated as if all shares of Preferred Stock and all Convertible Securities had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance and any outstanding warrants, options or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities had been fully exercised immediately prior to such issuance (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible) as of such date, but not including in such calculation any additional shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to shares of Preferred Stock, Convertible Securities, or outstanding options, warrants or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities, solely as a result of the adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price (or other conversion ratios) resulting from the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock causing such adjustment.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section C.4(e), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate net amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

 

-13-


(2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(3) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section C.4(d)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(1) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(2) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against the dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Adjustments for Subsequent Dilutive Issuances. In the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(e) Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Stock Dividends and for Combinations or Subdivisions of Common Stock. In the event that the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall declare or pay, without consideration, any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration, or shall effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater

 

-14-


number of shares of Common Stock (by stock split, reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock), or in the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price for each share of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such event shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such event, be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate. In the event that the Corporation shall declare or pay, without consideration, any dividend on the Common Stock payable in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have made a dividend payable in Common Stock in an amount of shares equal to the maximum number of shares issuable upon exercise of such rights to acquire Common Stock.

(f) Adjustments for Reclassification and Reorganization. If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for in Section C.4(e) above or a merger or other reorganization referred to in Section C.2(c) above), the Conversion Price for each share of Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted so that such share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of the Preferred Stock immediately before that change. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section C.4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section C.4 (including adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

(g) Other Distributions. In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection C.4(d) and other than a Liquidation Event, then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection C.4(g), the holders of Preferred Stock (other than the shares of Series G-1 Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(h) No Impairment. The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section C.4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

-15-


(i) Certificates as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section C.4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate executed by the Corporation’s President or Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(j) Notices of Record Date. In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time: (i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus; (ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or (iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of Preferred Stock:

(A) in the case of the matters referenced to in (i) above, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend or distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above;

(B) in the case of the matters referred to in (ii) above, at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the Corporation’s offer of pro rata subscription rights for any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; and

(C) in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

(k) Issue Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.

(l) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock such number of its shares

 

-16-


of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate.

(m) Fractional Shares. No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section C.4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his or her address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Restrictions and Limitations.

(a) So long as at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the initially issued shares of Series H Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without the vote or written consent by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series H Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series H Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock;

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock;

(iii) Alter, change, amend or waive the rights of the Series H Preferred Stock as set forth in ARTICLE THIRD Section C.2(a)-(c) and Section C.4(d) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided however, that such vote shall not be required if such alteration, change, amendment or waiver is affected as a result of the automatic conversion of the Series H Preferred Stock in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or

(iv) Increase the authorized number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock.

 

-17-


(b) Subject to the provisions of ARTICLE THIRD, Section C.5(c) hereof, so long as at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the initially issued shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series G Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock.

(c) So long as at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the initially issued shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of at least seventy five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter, change, amend or waive the rights of the Series G Preferred Stock as set forth in ARTICLE THIRD Section C.2(a)-(c) and Section C.4(d) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided however, that such vote shall not be required if such alteration, change, amendment or waiver is affected as a result of the automatic conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(d) So long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the initially issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series F Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock.

 

-18-


(e) So long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the initially issued shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series E Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock.

(f) So long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the initially issued shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series D Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock.

(g) So long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the initially issued shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series C Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

-19-


(h) Without limiting the restrictions otherwise set forth in this Section C.5, so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any subsidiary to, in each case, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without the vote or written consent by (i) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis and (ii) the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-1 Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(i) Increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(ii) Authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any new class or series of equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-1 Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock;

(iii) Redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon termination of employment or cessation of services by such employee, officer, director, consultant or other person performing services for the Corporation;

(iv) Cause a Change of Control or any other corporate reorganization, including the creation or elimination of any subsidiary of the Corporation for the purpose of effecting a Change of Control;

(v) Increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(vi) Declare, pay or set aside a dividend or other distribution on any class of capital stock of the Corporation (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Common Stock for purposes of implementing a stock split); or

(vii) Incur indebtedness, or permit any of its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, of more than $4,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

-20-


(i) So long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the initially issued shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series B Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock.

(j) So long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the initially issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

(i) Alter or change, whether by merger, recapitalization, amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or otherwise, the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series A Preferred Stock, in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(k) Without limiting the restrictions otherwise set forth in this Section C.5, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis shall be required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Common Stock.

6. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

D. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Section D.

1. Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

-21-


2. Liquidation Rights. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section C.2 hereof.

3. Redemption. The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors shall have the power, subject to the provisions of Section C.5 of ARTICLE THIRD both before and after receipt of any payment for any of the Corporation’s capital stock, to adopt, amend, repeal or otherwise alter the Bylaws of the Corporation without any action on the part of the stockholders; provided, however, that the grant of such power to the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of nor limit their power, subject to the provisions of Section C.5 of ARTICLE THIRD, to adopt, amend, repeal or otherwise alter the Bylaws.

SIXTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

SEVENTH: Subject to the provisions of Section C.5 of ARTICLE THIRD, the Corporation reserves the right to adopt, repeal, rescind or amend in any respect any provisions contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by applicable law, and all other rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

EIGHTH: A director of the Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as it now exists or as it may hereafter be amended, not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHTH nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHTH, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE EIGHTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this ARTICLE EIGHTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

NINTH: The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless in either case such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

-22-


TENTH: To the extent sections of state corporations codes setting forth minimum requirements for the Corporation’s retained earnings and/or net assets are applicable to the Corporation’s repurchase of shares of Common Stock, such code sections shall not apply, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to repurchases by the Corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for this Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the right to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of service to the Corporation. Distributions by the Corporation may be made without regard to the “preferential dividends arrears amount” or any “preferential rights amount,” as such terms may be defined in state corporations codes.

 

-23-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

APIGEE CORPORATION

APIGEE CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 3, 2004 by the Corporation under its former name, Nexgen Machines, Inc.

SECOND: This Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, that further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: Paragraph A. of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety with the following:

“The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) and Common Stock (“Common Stock”). The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 372,194,666. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 142,194,666. The total number of shares of Common Stock the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 230,000,000. The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share. Subject to such votes or consents as may be required by Section C.5 of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).”

FOURTH: Paragraph B. of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety with the following:

“The Preferred Stock shall be divided into series. The first series shall consist of 14,520,125 shares and is designated “Series A Preferred Stock.” The second series shall consist of 12,672,303 shares and is designated “Series B Preferred Stock.” The third series shall consist of 30,706,959 shares and is designated “Series C Preferred Stock.” The fourth series shall consist of 13,612,561 shares and is designated “Series D Preferred Stock.” The fifth series shall consist of 12,104,444 shares and is designated “Series E Preferred Stock.” The sixth series shall consist of 13,114,861 shares and is designated “Series F Preferred Stock.” The seventh series shall consist of 19,618,461

 

-24-


shares and is designated “Series G Preferred Stock.” The eighth series shall consist of 5,181,757 shares and is designated “Series G-1 Preferred Stock.” The ninth series shall consist of 20,663,195 shares and is designated “Series H Preferred Stock.”

(remainder of page intentionally left blank)

 

-25-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer this 14th day of May, 2014.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Chet Kapoor
 

Chet Kapoor

Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

 


EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

NEXGEN BUSINESS MACHINES, INC.

The duly elected and acting Secretary of Nexgen Business Machines, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), has certified (which certification is affixed hereto) that these are the current and effective Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), duly adopted by the Corporation on June 14, 2004.

ARTICLE I:

STOCKHOLDERS

1.01 Annual Meeting. Beginning with the 2004 annual meeting, the annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at the place, date and time determined by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) or by these Bylaws, may be specified by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. If no annual meeting has been held on the date as determined above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held or there may be action by written consent of the stockholders on matters to be voted on at the annual meeting, and such special meeting or written consent shall have for the purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

1.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of one or more stockholders who hold at least twenty-five percent in interest of the capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting. The call for the meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting. Only the purposes specified in the notice of special meeting shall be considered or dealt with at such special meeting.

1.03 Notice of Meetings. A written notice stating the place, date and hour of all meetings of stockholders, and in the case of special meetings, the purposes of the meeting shall be given by the Secretary (or other person authorized by these Bylaws or by law) not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, under the Certificate or under these Bylaws is entitled to such notice, by delivering such notice to him or by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such stockholder at his address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. If the meeting is to take place by means of remote communication, the means by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be stated in the notice. Notice need not be given to a stockholder if a written waiver of notice is executed before or after the meeting by such stockholder, if communication with such stockholder is unlawful, or if such stockholder attends the meeting in question, unless such attendance was for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting


if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.04 Quorum. The holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.

1.05 Voting and Proxies. Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the books of the Corporation unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either in person or by written proxy or express directly or by written proxy their consent or dissent to a corporate action taken without a meeting, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.

1.06 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

1.07 Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested or to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these Bylaws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these Bylaws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

-2-


1.08 Stockholder Lists. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

ARTICLE II:

DIRECTORS

2.01 Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.02 Election and Qualification. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, the number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall, consistent with these Bylaws, be determined by vote of the Board or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders.

2.03 Vacancies; Reduction of Board. A majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors. In lieu of filling any vacancy the stockholders or the Board may reduce the number of Directors.

2.04 Enlargement of the Board. The Board may be enlarged by the stockholders at any meeting or by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, from a minimum of one (1) Director to a maximum of nine (9) Directors.

2.05 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, Directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any Director may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.06 Removal. To the extent permitted by law, a Director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of Directors. A Director may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body proposing to remove him.

 

-3-


2.07 Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time, date and place as the Board may from time to time determine. Special meetings of the Board may be called, orally or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer or two or more Directors, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.08 Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board shall be given to each Director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person or by telephone or by telegram sent to his business or home address at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least forty-eight hours in advance of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice is executed by him before or after the meeting, or if communication with such Director is unlawful. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.09 Quorum. At any meeting of the Board, a majority of the Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the lesser of fifty percent (50%) of the Directors or a majority of the disinterested Directors shall constitute a quorum for purposes of calling, holding and taking an lawful action at meeting of the Board for purposes of deliberating and voting on a transaction in which one or more directors has personal interest; the interested Director(s) shall not participate in the discussion or vote regarding such matter, and the failure of such Director(s) to attend, deliberate or vote at such meeting shall not effect the ability of the remainder of the Board to act.

2.10 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, a majority of the Directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board, unless a larger number is required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws.

2.11 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all the Directors and filed with the records of the meetings of the Board. Such consent shall be treated as a vote of the Board for all purposes.

2.12 Committees. The Board, by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, may establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate, or by these Bylaws may not be delegated. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board. All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board, and the Board may abolish any committee at any time. Each such committee shall report its action to the Board who shall have power to rescind any action of any committee without retroactive effect and without affecting any other action of such committee.

 

-4-


ARTICLE III:

OFFICERS

3.01 Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers (which may include one or more Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries) as the Board may determine.

3.02 Election; Compensation. The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event no such annual election is held, incumbent officers shall continue in office until removed or resigned. Other officers may be chosen by the Board at such meeting or at any other meeting. A majority of the members of the Board shall determine the compensation of each officer (excluding the vote and participation of the officer whose compensation is being determined).

3.03 Qualification. Other than the Chairman of the Board, who must be a Director, no officer need be a stockholder or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the Board to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Board may determine.

3.04 Tenure. Except as otherwise Provided by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold his office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

3.05 Removal; Vacancies. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors then in office; provided, that an officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard by the Board. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board.

3.06 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board and at all meetings of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all such meetings, if present. The Vice-Chairman, if any, shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as provided by law.

3.07 Chief Executive Officer, Presidents and Vice Presidents. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge of the Corporation’s business operations, subject to the direction of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are

 

-5-


carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall execute all documents requiring the seal of the Corporation, under such seal, except as otherwise required or permitted by law, these Bylaws, the Certificate or the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board, preside, when present, at all meeting of stockholders and the Board. The Board shall have the authority to appoint a temporary presiding officer to serve at any meeting of the stockholders or Board if the Chairman and Vice-Chairman are absent and the Chief Executive Officer is unable to do so for any reason. In the absence of specific determination by the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chief Executive Officer alone shall have the powers and duties of a president (or, if a separate President has been designated, vice president) under the General Corporation Law (as defined below) or other applicable law. Any President or Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board may from time to time designate.

3.08 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account, including but not limited to accurate accounts of all receipts and disbursements of Corporation funds. He shall, on behalf of the Corporation, have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall, at the request of the Board, deliver to the Board a report of the Corporation’s finances and accounts. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time designate.

3.09 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend and record the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board in books kept for that purpose. In his absence from any such meeting an Assistant Secretary, or if he is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall give or cause to be given all notices of Board and stockholder meetings and all other notices required in these Bylaws or in the Certificate to be given by the Corporation. The Secretary shall have charge of corporate seal (if any) and of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation) and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time designate.

3.10 Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these Bylaws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these Bylaws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

ARTICLE IV:

CAPITAL STOCK

4.01 Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board. Such certificate shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such signatures may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or

 

-6-


registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. The Corporation shall be permitted to issue fractional shares.

4.02 Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

4.03 Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws. It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of his, her or its post office address.

4.04 Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, more than ten days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (c)the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

-7-


4.05 Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board may prescribe.

ARTICLE V:

INDEMNIFICATION

5.01 Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time (the “General Corporation Law”), indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, and whether by or in the right of the Corporation, its stockholders, a third party or otherwise (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation (or of a predecessor corporation), or is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expense (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees), liability, loss, judgments, fines, excise taxes, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding, including expenses incurred in seeking such indemnification. In addition, the Corporation shall grant such indemnification to each of its Directors and officers with respect to any matter in a Proceeding as to which his liability is limited pursuant to Article 9 of the Certificate. However, such indemnification shall exclude (i) indemnification with respect to any improper personal benefit which a Director or officer is determined to have received and of the expenses of defending against an improper personal benefit claim unless the Director or officer is successful on the merits in said defense, (ii) indemnification of a party in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such party (unless the Proceeding was authorized by the Board) and (iii) indemnification of present or former officers, directors, employees or agents of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with this Corporation with respect to their activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board or stockholders of this Corporation.

Such indemnification, where applicable, shall include prompt payment of expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a Proceeding (other than a Proceeding initiated by such party) in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article V, which undertaking shall be an unsecured general obligation of the Director or officer and may be accepted without regard to his ability to make repayment. Advancement of expenses shall not be required or provided to the extent the Proceeding pertains to an interested party transaction, action or decision which benefited the prospective indemnitee.

5.02 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to an advancement of expenses, pursuant to the provisions of this Article V, to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

-8-


5.03 Nature of Indemnification Rights. The indemnification rights provided in this Article V shall be a contract right and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person, whether or not entitled to be indemnified hereunder, may be entitled under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. A Director or officer shall be entitled to the benefit of any amendment of the General Corporation Law which enlarges indemnification rights hereunder, but any such amendment which adversely affects indemnification rights with respect to prior activities shall not apply to him without his consent unless otherwise required by law. Each person who is or becomes a Director or officer of the Corporation shall be deemed to have served or to have continued to serve in such capacity in reliance upon the indemnity provided for in this Article V.

5.04 Amendment. The provisions of this Article V may be amended as provided in Article VI; however, no amendment or repeal of such provisions which adversely affects the rights of a Director or officer under this Article V with respect to his acts or omissions prior to such amendment or repeal, shall apply to him without his consent.

ARTICLE VI:

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

6.01 Fiscal Year. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31st of each year.

6.02 Seal. The Board shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

6.03 Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations authorized to be executed by an officer of the Corporation in its behalf shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Treasurer, or by any other officer of the Corporation designated by the Board, except as the Board may generally or in particular cases otherwise determine.

6.04 Voting of Securities. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

6.05 Resident Agent. The Board may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

 

-9-


6.06 Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel, or at an office of its transfer agent.

6.07 Certificate. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

6.08 Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed or additional Bylaws adopted by the stockholders or by the Board; provided, that (a) the Board may not amend or repeal Article V or this Article 6.08 or any provision of these Bylaws which by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws requires action by the stockholders, (b) any amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board and any Bylaw adopted by the Board may be amended or repealed by the stockholders.

6.09 Electronic Transmission. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, the Board, the Directors and the officers of the Corporation may utilize electronic means for the transmission, delivery, receipt and confirmation of notices, consents and other information exchanges hereunder.

(a) Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the General Corporation Law, the Certificate or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or Director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or Director by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(b) Effective Date of Notice. Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this Article 6.09 shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or Director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or Director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or Director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or Director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

-10-


6.10 Officer Loans. The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-11-


CERTIFICATION OF BYLAWS BY THE SECRETARY OF

NEXGEN BUSINESS MACHINES, INC.

The undersigned, Rajvir Singh„ hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected and acting Secretary of NEXGEN BUSINESS MACHINES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by written action of the sole incorporator as of June 14 2004, as confirmed by Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting by the Board of Directors of the Corporation of even date herewith.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his or her name this 14th day of June, 2004.

 

/s/ Rajvir Singh
Rajvir Singh, Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

BYLAWS OF APIGEE CORPORATION

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Apigee Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and stockholders of the Company wish to amend the Company’s Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) as provided for below.

WHEREAS, other than as expressly amended hereby, the Bylaws shall remain in full force and effect.

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the following amendment to the Bylaws:

1. Article II, Section 2.08 of the Bylaws is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“2.08. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board shall be given to each Director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person, by telephone, telegram, facsimile or electronic transmission at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice at least forty-eight hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be directed to each Director at that Director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice is executed by him before or after the meeting, or if communication with such Director is unlawful. A notice of waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting.”

2. Article II, Section 2.11 of the Bylaws is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“2.11. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all the Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board. Such consent shall be treated as a vote of the Board for all purposes.”


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Apigee Corporation, and that the foregoing Amendment to Bylaws, consisting of one (1) page was adopted by the board of directors and stockholders of Apigee Corporation effective as of May 9, 2014.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and affixed the corporate seal this 9th day of May 2014.

 

/s/ Stacey Giamalis
Stacey Giamalis, Secretary

 

-2-


EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Copy

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 17th day of April, 2014, by and among APIGEE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the persons listed on Schedule A (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”) and RAJVIR SINGH and S. ATIQ RAZA (the “Stockholders”). In addition, solely with respect to Sections 1 and 3 of this Agreement, each of the persons listed on Schedule A-1 shall be deemed an “Investor” hereunder.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors currently hold, or have held in the past, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Preferred Stock”) and the Series G-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series G-1 Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Company’s prior sale of its Series G Preferred Stock, the Company and certain of the Stockholders and Investors entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2013, and amended as of December 12, 2013 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are purchasing shares (the “Financing”) of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H Preferred Stock,” and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series G-1 Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”) pursuant to that certain Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith and as amended from time to time (the “Series H Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and grant registration rights, information rights and other rights to the Investors and the Stockholders as set forth below.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-1-


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and as follows:

SECTION 1

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Advisory Investor” means any Investor (or transferee thereof) who, directly or indirectly, is advised by an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

(b) “Closing” shall mean the date of the initial sale of shares of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock.

(c) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(d) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(e) “Holder” shall mean (i) any person who holds Registrable Securities, (ii) any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in compliance with Section 1.11 hereof, and (iii) solely for purposes of Section 1 of this Agreement, any person who owns Series G Preferred Stock or Series G-1 Preferred Stock as listed on Schedule A-1 hereto.

(f) “Initiating Holders” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Preferred Stock.

(g) “Investor” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble hereto.

(h) “Major Holder” shall mean (i) any Holder who (together with its affiliates) holds at least one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) Shares (including Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Shares or any combination thereof (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations and the like)) and (ii) any Advisory Investor.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-2-


(i) “Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereto.

(j) “Qualified Public Offering” shall mean the first sale of the Company’s Common Stock at a price of not less than $2.91 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like) in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act, other than a registration under Rule 145 under such Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Company, that results in gross offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commission relating to the issuance) to the Company of not less than $35,000,000 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like).

(k) “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares; (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the Shares, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold in a transaction in which rights under this Section 1 are not assigned; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public; (iii) any other shares of Common Stock acquired by an Investor; and (iv) for the purposes of Sections 1.3, 1.7, 1.8, 1.11 and 1.15 hereof, Registrable Securities shall be deemed to include shares of Common Stock of the Company held by a Stockholder. The number of shares of “Registrable Securities” outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then-exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(l) The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(m) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(n) “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-3-


(o) “Rule 145” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(p) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(q) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of counsel described in Section 1.4 of this Agreement).

(r) “Series H Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereto.

(s) “Shares” shall mean the Preferred Stock held by the Investors listed on Schedule A, and solely for purposes of Section 1 hereof the Investors listed on Schedule A-1, or their respective assigns to whom rights hereunder are properly transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

1.2 Requested Registration.

(a) Request for Registration. If the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders at any time or times following the earlier of (i) November 29, 2016 or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first sale of the Company’s Common Stock in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act, a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities, the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) will be not less than $15,000,000 (a “Registration Request”), the Company will:

(i) within ten (10) days of receipt thereof, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of receipt of such request, use its best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after the date on which such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-4-


The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(A) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(B) After the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) (counting for these purposes only registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold and registrations which have been withdrawn by the Holders as to which the Holders have not elected to bear the Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof and would, absent such election, have been required to bear such expenses);

(C) During the period starting with the date forty-five (45) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a company-initiated registration; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(D) If, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a Registration Request, the Company delivers notice to the Holders of its intent to file a registration statement for its initial public offering within ninety (90) days; or

(E) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 1.5 hereof.

(b) Registration Statement. Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (E), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after receipt of the Registration Request or Registration Requests of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that if (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, such registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is essential to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company furnishes to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for the period during which such disclosure would be seriously detrimental, provided that (except as provided in clause (C) above) the Company may not defer the filing for a period of more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-5-


The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2(d) hereof, include other securities of the Company, with respect to which registration rights have been granted, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(c) Underwriting. The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder with respect to such participation and inclusion) to the extent provided herein. A Holder may elect to include in such underwriting all or a part of the Registrable Securities he holds.

(d) Procedures. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.2 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.2, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 1 (including Section 1.12). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriter(s) are reasonably acceptable to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the representative of the underwriters advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten, and the number of shares to be included in the underwriting or registration shall be allocated first to the Initiating Holders and the other Investors on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders and the other Investors seeking to register shares, second to the Holders (other than the Initiating Holders and such other Investors which have so requested inclusion) on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders seeking to register shares and third, to any other stockholder of the Company seeking to register shares that are not Registrable Securities. If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 1.2(d), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders requesting additional inclusion in accordance with Section 1.13.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-6-


1.3 Company Registration.

(a) If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand registration rights (other than pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.5 hereof), other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction, the Company will:

(i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(ii) use its best efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 1.3(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by any Holder and received by the Company within twenty (20) days after the date on which such written notice from the Company described in clause (i) above is delivered by the Company. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the representative of the underwriters advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the representative may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. If the registration is the first Company-initiated registered offering of the Company’s securities to the general public, the Company may limit, to the extent so advised by the underwriters, the amount of securities (including Registrable Securities) to be included in the registration by the Company’s stockholders (including the Holders), or may exclude, to the extent so advised by the underwriters, such underwritten securities entirely from such registration (provided that in such event no other holder of registration rights is entitled to registration of securities in such offering), it being understood that prior to the exclusion of any Registrable Securities held (and being offered for registration) by an Investor, the Company shall

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-7-


exclude securities held by stockholders that are not Holders hereunder (“non-Investor Holders”), up to all of the Registrable Securities held by such non-Investor Holders. If such registration is the second or any subsequent Company-initiated registered offering of the Company’s securities to the general public, the Company may limit, to the extent so advised by the underwriters, the amount of securities to be included in the registration by the Company’s stockholders (including the Holders); provided, however, that the aggregate value of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration by the Holders may not be so reduced to less than thirty percent (30%) of the total value of all securities included in such registration (provided further that if an Investor is an employee of the Company, the representative of the underwriters may require that such employee not participate), and furthermore, it being understood that prior to the exclusion of any Registrable Securities held (and being offered for registration) by an Investor, the Company shall exclude Registrable Securities held by non-Investor Holders, up to all of the Registrable Securities held by such non-Investor Holders. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to the Company for securities being sold for its own account and thereafter as set forth in Section 1.13. If any person does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, he shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors, the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion in accordance with Section 1.13 hereof.

1.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 1.3 and 1.5 hereof, and the first two registrations pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof (including the reasonable fees of one counsel for the selling stockholders not to exceed $50,000 per registration) shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that if the Holders bear the Registration Expenses for any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 and subsequently withdrawn by the Holders registering shares therein, such registration proceeding shall not be counted as a requested registration pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof, except in the event that such withdrawal is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 1.2, in which event the Company shall bear the Registration Expenses and such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 1.2 hereof, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities so registered shall be borne by the holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of securities so registered on their behalf.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-8-


1.5 Registration on Form S-3.

(a) After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, the Holders of Registrable Securities shall have the right to request registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration if (i) the Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000, or (ii) in the event that the Company shall furnish the certification described in paragraph 1.2(b)(ii) (but subject to the limitations set forth therein), provided, however, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(b) If a request complying with the requirements of Section 1.5(a) hereof is delivered to the Company, the provisions of Sections 1.2(a)(i) and (ii) (notwithstanding the language of clauses (A) through (D) of subsection (ii)) and Section 1.2(b) hereof shall apply to such registration, and provided that such registration shall not count as a registration under Section 1.2(a)(ii)(B). If the registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Sections 1.2(c) and 1.2(d) hereof shall apply to such registration.

1.6 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 1, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its best efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of the Company or an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment that (A) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (B) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (A) and (B) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement;

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-9-


(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(d) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(e) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(g) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof, the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains customary underwriting provisions and provided further that if the underwriter so requests the underwriting agreement will contain customary contribution provisions.

(h) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-10-


registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

(i) Register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

1.7 Indemnification.

(a) The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 1, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification, or compliance, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission included (or omitted) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein. It is agreed that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent has not been unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-11-


(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by him are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors, officers, affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (“Affiliates”), legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder and other stockholder, and each of their officers, directors, and Affiliates, and each person controlling such Holder or other stockholder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, Affiliates, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein provided, however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). In no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.7(b), when taken together with any contribution under subsection 1.7(d), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.7 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 1, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-12-


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this subsection 1.7(d), when taken together with any indemnity under subsection 1.7(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that in no event shall any indemnification or contribution by a Holder exceed, collectively, the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder; and provided further, however, that the failure of the underwriting agreement to provide for or address a matter provided for or addressed by the foregoing provisions shall not be a conflict with the foregoing provisions and, in such event, the foregoing provisions shall control with respect to such matter.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.8 Information by Holder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section l.

1.9 Limitations on Registration of Issues of Securities. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of holders of two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are on parity with or more favorable than the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-13-


1.10 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements;

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

1.11 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 1 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to: (a) any Major Holder; (b) if the Holder is a partnership, partners, retired partners or affiliates of such Holder, including a limited partnership, fund, limited liability company or other investment entity managed by or under common investment management with such Holder; (c) if the Holder is a limited liability company, any member, former member or affiliates of such Holder, including a limited partnership, fund, limited liability company or other investment entity managed by or under common investment management with such Holder; (d) if the Holder is a corporation, any affiliated entity of such Holder; or (e) if the Holder is an individual, members of such Holder’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of such Holder, provided that the Company is given written notice at the time of or within a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided further, that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes the obligations of such Holder under this Section 1.

1.12 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. If requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, a Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-14-


effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request, if the Company is not an Emerging Growth Company under applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations, in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation, not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the termination of the one hundred eighty (180) day period), provided that such agreement shall only apply to the first such registration statement of the Company, including securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or shares acquired in the Company’s initial public offering or in open market transactions on or after the date of the Company’s initial public offering and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers and directors of the Company (regardless of ownership percentage) and one percent (1%) or greater shareholders of the Company are required to enter into similar agreements; provided, however, that if any of the obligations described in this Section 1.12 are waived or terminated with respect to any of the securities of any such Holder, officer, director or one percent (1%) or greater shareholder (in any such case, the “Released Securities”), the foregoing provisions shall be waived or terminated, as applicable, to the same extent and with respect to the same percentage of securities of each Holder as the percentage of Released Securities represent with respect to the securities held by the applicable Holder, officer, director or one percent (1%) or greater shareholder. If the underwriters reasonably request, the Company will require its employees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 1.12. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 1.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

The obligations described in this Section 1.12 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the applicable periods.

1.13 Allocation of Registration Opportunities. In any circumstance in which all of the Registrable Securities and other shares of Common Stock of the Company (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of Preferred Stock of the Company) with registration rights (the “Other Shares”) requested to be included in a registration on behalf of the Holders or other selling stockholders cannot be so included as a result of limitations of the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included, the number of shares of Other Shares shall be excluded, pro rata, until the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities and Other Shares may be included in such registration. If, after the complete exclusion of Other Shares from such registration, the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities cannot be so included as a result of such limitations, the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders shall be excluded, pro rata, until the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities may be included in

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-15-


such registration. If, after the complete exclusion of Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders from such registration, the aggregate number of remaining shares of Registrable Securities cannot be so included as a result of such limitations, the remaining shares of Registrable Securities shall be excluded, pro rata, until the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities may be included in such registration. In no event shall shares of Registrable Securities held by the Investors be excluded from such registration unless all Other Shares and all Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders have been completely excluded from such registration.

1.14 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder or Stockholder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.2, 1.3 or 1.5 shall terminate at such time, following the Company’s initial underwritten public offering of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement, as all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder or Stockholder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1); provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 1.15 shall not apply to any Holder or Stockholder who owns more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding stock until such time as such Holder or Stockholder owns less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Company.

SECTION 2

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, as follows:

2.1 Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish, upon request, the following reports to each Holder: as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors or such other accounting firm as is reasonably acceptable to holders of a majority of the Shares.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-16-


2.2 Additional Information and Rights.

(a) The Company will furnish, upon request, to each Holder, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year end audit adjustments, all in reasonable detail, except that such financial statements need not contain the notes required by generally accepted accounting principles; and

(b) The Company will permit each Holder to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with the Company’s officers and its independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times as may reasonably be requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information, unless such Holder enters into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

2.3 Right of First Refusal. The Company hereby grants to each Major Holder a right of first refusal to purchase up to its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 2.3) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. A Major Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares owned by such Major Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise of all outstanding rights, options and warrants to acquire Common Stock of the Company, but excluding any unvested portion of such outstanding rights, options and warrants. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) “New Securities” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exercisable for capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include (i) securities issued upon conversion of the Shares; (ii) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another business entity or business segment of any such entity by the Company by merger, or purchase of technology or other license rights; (iii) up to 54,200,310 shares of Common Stock to employees, directors, consultants or advisors under stock option, stock bonus or stock purchase plans or agreements or similar plans or agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (including the nominees of Investors) (which number includes 14,708,711 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date hereof as a result of exercises of options and direct grants of stock under such plans), provided that any options to purchase shares of Common

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-17-


Stock that expire or terminate pursuant to their terms or any stock repurchased by the Company at cost shall not be counted toward such maximum number unless and until such securities are regranted pursuant to the terms of any such plan, agreement or arrangement; (iv) securities issued to OEM’s, vendors or customers or to other persons in similar commercial situations with the Company if such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors (including the nominees of Investors) and provided that such securities are issued for other than primarily equity financing purposes; (v) securities issued to financial institutions or equipment lessors in connection with an equipment lease, loan or similar transaction approved by the Board of Directors (including the nominees of Investors) and provided that such securities are issued for other than primarily equity financing purposes, provided that the value of shares or other equity securities subject to such transactions shall be limited to $1,000,000 in the aggregate; (vi) securities issued in a public offering pursuant to a firmly underwritten registration under the Securities Act; (vii) securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company; (viii) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (vii) above; (ix) securities issued pursuant to the Series H Agreement, and (x) securities issued in a transaction in which (A) all Major Holders and their affiliates are treated in the same manner with respect to their rights under this Section 2.3; and (B) this right of first refusal has been expressly waived by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Shares held by all Major Holders, including (i) Third Point Partners, L.P., Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P., Third Point Offshore Fund, Ltd., Third Point Ultra Ltd. and their respective affiliated entities (collectively, “Third Point”) and (ii) Holders advised by Wellington Management Company, LLP.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Major Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Holder shall have ten (10) business days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase all or any portion of such Major Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Holder that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Holder’s failure to do likewise. During the two (2) business day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Holders were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Holders (“Over-Allotment Right”) that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-18-


(c) In the event the Major Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal within the applicable period, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of such agreement) to sell the New Securities respecting which the Major Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 2.3 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Major Holders pursuant to Section 2.3(b). In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period or entered into an agreement to sell the New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within ninety (90) days from the date of such agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Major Holders in the manner provided in Section 2.3(b) above.

(d) The right of first refusal set forth in this Section 2.3 may not be assigned or transferred, except that (i) such right is assignable by each Major Holder to (A) if the Major Holder is a partnership, partners, retired partners or affiliates of such Major Holder, including a limited partnership, fund, limited liability company or other investment entity managed by or under common investment management with such Major Holder; (B) if the Major Holder is a limited liability company, any member, former member or affiliates of such Major Holder, including a limited partnership, fund, limited liability company or other investment entity managed by or under common investment management with such Major Holder; (C) if the Major Holder is a corporation, any affiliated entity of such Major Holder, or (D) any other affiliate or entity that is, within the meaning of the Securities Act, controlling, controlled by or under common control with, any such Major Holder, and (ii) such right is assignable between and among any of the Major Holders.

2.4 Stock Option Pool; Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, all service providers, including but not limited to employees and consultants, of the Company who shall purchase or receive options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements in a form approved by the Board of Directors providing for vesting of such shares over a forty-eight (48) month period at the rate of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares one year from the date of hire and 1/48th of the shares per month thereafter and providing further for a right of repurchase in favor of the Company or its assigns with respect to future sales of such Common Stock by such persons. If such service providers are permitted to exercise unvested shares pursuant to their applicable stock purchase or option agreement, the repurchase option shall provide that upon termination of the service arrangement with such service provider, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under applicable securities laws) retains the option to repurchase any unvested shares held by such service provider at the lesser of cost or the then fair value. Notwithstanding anything to the forgoing to the contrary, unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, grants to Company’s advisory board members will vest ratably over a two-year period.

2.5 Board of Director Meetings and Other Events; Expenses. The Company shall reimburse non-employee directors for their out-of-pocket travel expenses reasonably incurred in connection with attendance at board meetings (including any meeting of committees of the Board of Directors) and any other pre-approved meetings or events attended on the Company’s behalf and at the request of the Company. Such travel reimbursement shall be consistent with the Company’s travel reimbursement policies for its own employees.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-19-


2.6 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

2.7 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, in each case as may be amended from time to time, shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Company shall enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors. The Company shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in amounts deemed appropriate by the Company’s Board of Directors unless the Board (including nominees of the Investors) determines that procuring such insurance is not in the best interest of the Company.

2.8 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Shares, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

2.9 Employee Matters. Subject to general principles related to wrongful termination of employees, the employment of each officer and employee of the Company shall be terminable at the will of the Company and each employee’s offer letter or other employment agreements will explicitly state that the employment is “at will”. No employee or consultant of the Company shall be granted the right to any material compensation, severance or option acceleration following termination of employment or termination of the consulting relationship with the Company without the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (which shall include the nominees of the Investors). All compensation of the Company’s officers will be determined by a compensation committee elected by the Company’s Board of Directors (which shall initially be comprised of the nominees of Bay Partners, Norwest Venture Partners and Third Point). All employees in the Company’s subsidiary in India will enter into non-compete agreements on the Company’s standard form, a copy of which has been provided to the Investors.

2.10 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that certain of the Investors are professional investment funds (the “Professional Investors”), and as such invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, neither the Professional Investors nor their affiliates shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (a) the investment by the Professional Investors or their affiliates in any entity competitive with the Company, or (b) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of the Professional Investors or its affiliates to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise,

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-20-


and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) the Professional Investors or any party from liability associated with the willful misuse of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 hereof, or (ii) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

2.11 Voting Agreement. The Company covenants and agrees to cause each future employee of the Company who is granted stock award(s) or stock option(s) to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock equal to more than 1% of the fully diluted capital stock of the Company as of the date hereof to sign a counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Company and certain of its stockholders, and such employee shall be bound as a Stockholder or an Optionholder, as applicable, thereunder.

2.12 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the time of effectiveness of the Company’s Qualified Public Offering; provided, further, that the covenants set forth in Section 2.3 (Right of First Refusal) shall also terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger (other than a mere reincorporation), consolidation or other transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock such that the stockholders of the Company prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity.

SECTION 3

MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Governing law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, as if entered into by and between Delaware residents exclusively for performance entirely within Delaware.

3.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

3.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated, except by a written instrument signed by the Company and by holders of a majority of the Shares (which solely with respect to terms in Section 1 shall include Shares held by the Investors listed on Schedule A-1); provided, however, (i) that Section 1.1(k)(iv) shall not be amended without the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders; (ii) that Sections 1.9 and 1.13 shall not be amended without the consent of the holders

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-21-


of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Registrable Securities; (iii) that any amendment or waiver that affects the Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock shall not be effective without the consent of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock, as applicable; and (iv) that the right of first refusal to purchase New Securities of the Company provided for in Section 2.3 cannot be waived with respect to any Holder advised by Wellington Management Company, LLP without the written consent of such Holder; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver which would materially and adversely affect any Holder in a manner that is disproportionate to the other Holders will be binding upon and enforceable against such Holder only with its prior written consent. Except as set forth in this Section 3.3, any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be binding on all the Holders (including the Investors listed on Schedule A-1).

3.4 Notices, etc. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing (a) if to an Investor, as indicated on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Schedule A and Schedule A-1, or at such other address as such holder shall have furnished to the Company in writing ten (10) days prior to any notice to be given hereunder, (b) if to the Company, at its principal office, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall furnish to each Investor in writing ten (10) days prior to any notice to be given hereunder with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to David J. Segre and Mark B. Baudler, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, or (c) if to a Stockholder, as indicated on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Stockholder shall furnish to the Company in writing ten (10) days prior to any notice to be given hereunder. All such notices and other written communications shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery to the party to be notified (or upon the date of attempted delivery where delivery is refused) or, if sent by electronic mail or telecopier, telex, telegram, or other facsimile means, upon receipt of appropriate written confirmation of receipt, or five (5) days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, or one (1) day after deposit with next day air courier, with postage and fees prepaid and addressed to the party entitled to such notice.

3.5 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default therefore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Holder of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-22-


3.6 Rights; Separability. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, a Holder’s rights hereunder are several rights, not rights jointly held with any of the other Holders. In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

3.7 Information Confidential. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant hereto may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is required to disclose such information by a governmental body, and provided that any Holder may provide financial information to its partners or members as required by any partnership agreement or limited liability operating agreement, so long as any such partner or member agrees to treat this information as confidential information and to take no less care to protect the confidentiality of such information as such partner or member takes to protect its own confidential information.

3.8 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

3.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

3.10 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.11 Subsequent Closings. In the event that the Company shall conduct subsequent sales of Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Series H Agreement, any holder of such shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be deemed an Investor with all of the rights of an Investor under this Agreement; provided, that as a condition thereto such Investor shall sign and deliver a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and the Company may update the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Schedule A to include such new Investor without the consent of the Investors.

3.12 Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. All provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-23-


3.13 Waiver of Right of First Refusal. Each Investor holding a right of first refusal to purchase new securities of the Company pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Prior Agreement (the “Existing Rights Holders”), by such party’s execution of this Agreement, hereby (i) waives, on behalf of itself and all other Investors, any and all rights it may have pursuant to such section to receive notice of the sale of the Series H Preferred Stock and to purchase any portion of the Series H Preferred Stock other than the number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock, if any, it is purchasing under the Series H Agreement and (ii) acknowledges that such Existing Rights Holder has received adequate notice of the Company’s intention to issue shares of its Series H Preferred Stock.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow.]

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

-24-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By   /s/ Chet Kapoor
 

Chet Kapoor

Chief Executive Officer

[Investors’ signature pages follow.]

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGES

 


INVESTORS:
Alpha Opportunities Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as
investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699
Mid Cap Stock Trust
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as
investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:

Alpha Opportunities Trust

By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as

investment adviser

By:

  /s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Phone:

  (617) 790-7770

Fax:

  (617) 289-5699

Northeast Utilities Service Company Master

Trust

 

By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as

investment adviser

By:

  /s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Phone:

  (617) 790-7770

Fax:

  (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:

Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund

By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as

investment adviser

By:

  /s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Phone:

  (617) 790-7770

Fax:

  (617) 289-5699

Optimum Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund

By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as

investment adviser

By:

  /s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Phone:

  (617) 790-7770

Fax:

  (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:

Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund

By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as

investment adviser

By:

  /s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Phone:

  (617) 790-7770

Fax:

  (617) 289-5699

Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P.

By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as

investment adviser

By:

  /s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Phone:

  (617) 790-7770

Fax:

  (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
Hartford Small Company HLS Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699
Quissett Partners, L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
John Hancock Funds II Small Cap Growth Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699
The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
John Hancock Pension Plan
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699
The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust
Small Cap Growth Trust
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699
The Hartford Small Company Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
Mid Cap Stock Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Its: Steven M. Hoffman, Vice President and Counsel
Address: c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Phone:   (617) 790-7770
Fax:   (617) 289-5699

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
PINE RIVER MASTER FUND LTD.
By: Pine River Capital Management L.P.
Its: Investment Manager
Name:   /s/ Jeff Stolt
  Jeff Stolt
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
NISSWA ACQUISITION MASTER FUND LTD.
By: Pine River Capital Management L.P.
Its: Investment Manager
Name:   /s/ Jeff Stolt
  Jeff Stolt
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
BlackRock Global Long/Short Equity Fund, a series of BlackRock Funds
By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its: Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Raffaele Savi
Printed Name: Raffaele Savi
Title:   Managing Director
BlackRock Small Cap Growth Equity
Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds
By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its: Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Raffaele Savi
Printed Name: Raffaele Savi
Title:   Managing Director
BlackRock Master Small Cap Growth
Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Master LLC
By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its: Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Raffaele Savi
Printed Name: Raffaele Savi
Title:   Managing Director

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
The 32 Capital Master Fund SPC Ltd,
acting for and on behalf of Global Market
Neutral Segregated Portfolio
By: BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A.
Its: Investment Manager
By:   /s/ Raffaele Savi
Printed Name: Raffaele Savi
Title:   Managing Director

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
NORWEST VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, LP
By: Itasca VC Partners VIII, LLP, General Partner
By:   NVP Associates, LLC,
  Managing Member
By:   /s/ Bill Myers
  Bill Myers
NORWEST VENTURE PARTNERS IX, LP
By: Genesis VC Partners IX, LLC, General Partner
By:   NVP Associates, LLC,
  Managing Member
By:   /s/ Bill Myers
  Bill Myers
NORWEST VENTURE PARTNERS XI, LP
By: Genesis VC Partners XI, LLC, General Partner
By:   NVP Associates, LLC,
  Managing Member
By:   /s/ Bill Myers
  Bill Myers

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
THIRD POINT PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Third Point LLC, as investment advisor
By:   /s/    James P Gallagher        
Name:   James P Gallagher
Its:   CAO
THIRD POINT PARTNERS QUALIFIED, L.P.
By: Third Point LLC, as investment advisor
By:   /s/    James P Gallagher        
Name:   James P Gallagher
Its:   CAO
THIRD POINT OFFSHORE MASTER FUND, L.P.
By: Third Point LLC, as investment advisor
By:   /s/    James P Gallagher        
Name:   James P Gallagher
Its:   CAO
THIRD POINT ULTRA MASTER FUND L.P.
By: Third Point LLC, as investment advisor
By:   /s/    James P Gallagher        
Name:   James P Gallagher
Its:   CAO

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
SAP VENTURES FUND I HOLDINGS, LLC,
A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By: SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership its sole member
By: SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company its general partner
By:   /s/ Jai Das
Name:   Jai Das
Title:   Managing Member
SAP VENTURES FUND I HOLDINGS, LLC,
A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By: SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership its sole member
By: SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company its general partner
By:   /s/ Nino Marakovic
Name:   Nino Marakovic
Title:   Managing Member

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
FOCUS VENTURES III, L.P.
By: Focus Ventures Partners III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ James Boettcher
Name:   James Boettcher, Managing Member
FV INVESTORS III, L.P.
By: Focus Ventures Partners III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ James Boettcher
Name:   James Boettcher, Managing Member

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
ENTREPRENEURS CAPITAL FUND VIII, LP
By:   Vilicus Ventures, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Jon P. Otterstatter
Its:   Jon P. Otterstatter, Managing Partner
ENTREPRENEURS CAPITAL FUND IX, LP
By:   Vilicus Ventures, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Jon P. Otterstatter
Its:   Jon P. Otterstatter, Managing Partner

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
BAY PARTNERS X, L.P.
By: Bay Management Company X, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Neal Dempsey
Its:   Manager
BAY PARTNERS X ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.
By: Bay Management Company X, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Neal Dempsey
Its:   Manager

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
SAIYED ATIQ RAZA AND NOREEN
TIRMIZI RAZA, TRUSTEES, N & A RAZA
REVOCABLE TRUST, U/A/D/03/22/1997
/s/    S. Atiq Raza        
S. Atiq Raza, Trustee
/s/    Noreen T. Raza        
Noreen T. Raza, Trustee
RAZA FAMILY LLC
By:   /s/ S. Atiq Raza
Name:   S. Atiq Raza
Its:   Managing Member

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
/s/    Ravishankar Chandrasekaran        
Ravishankar Chandrasekaran

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
ACCENTURE LLP, represented by Accenture Inc., Managing Partner
By:   /s/ Ronald J. Robert
Name: Ronald J. Robert
Title: Secretary

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
/s/ Alberto Yepez
Alberto Yepez

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


INVESTORS:
/s/ Arvind Sinha
Arvind Sinha

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


STOCKHOLDERS:
/s/ S. Atiq Raza
S. Atiq Raza

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


SCHEDULE A

LIST OF INVESTORS

Name:

Snailmarker & Co.

(for benefit of: Alpha Opportunities Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Snaildive & Co.

(for benefit of: Alpha Opportunities Trust)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Snailcreek & Co.

(for benefit of: John Hancock Funds IISmall Cap Growth Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Stormbeach & Co.

(for benefit of: John Hancock Pension Plan)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Beachcraft & Co.

(for benefit of: John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Small Cap Growth Trust)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-1


Name:

Snailreef & Co.

(for benefit of: Mid Cap Stock Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Cudd & Co.

(for benefit of: Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Cudd & Co.

(for benefit of: Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Cudd & Co.

(for benefit of: Hartford Small Company HLS Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Cudd & Co.

(for benefit of: The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Cudd & Co.

(for benefit of: The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-2


Name:

Cudd & Co.

(for benefit of: The Hartford Small Company Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Tunaship & Co.

(for benefit of: Mid Cap Stock Trust)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Mac & Co.

(for benefit of: Northeast Utilities Service Company Master Trust)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Mac & Co.

(for benefit of: Optimum Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund)

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P.

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

Quissett Partners, L.P.

Wellington Management Company, LLP

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Emily D. Babalas

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-3


Name:

Pine River Master Fund Ltd.

c/o Pine River Capital Management L.P.

Attn: Legal

601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330

Minnetonka, MN 55305

Nisswa Acquisition Master Fund Ltd.

c/o Pine River Capital Management L.P.

Attn: Legal

601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330

Minnetonka, MN 55305

The 32 Capital Master Fund SPC Ltd.

55 East 52nd Street, 6th Floor New York, NY 10055

Attn: Jonathan Ross

Telephone: (212) 810-3248

Fax:

Email: jonathan.ross@blackrock.com

BlackRock Global Long/Short Equity Fund, a series of BlackRock Funds

BlackRock Small Cap Growth Equity Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds

BlackRock Master Small Cap Growth Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Master LLC

c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC

Scientific Active Equity Group

400 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attn: Raffaele Savi

Email: raffaele.savi@blackrock.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

c/o BlackRock, Inc.

Office of the General Counsel

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Attn: David Maryles and Vincent Taurassi

Email: legaltransactions@blackrock.com

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-4


Name:

Focus Ventures III, L.P.

525 University Ave, Ste 1400

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attn: James H. Boettcher

Telephone: (650) 325-7400

Fax: (650) 325-8400

Email: Jim@FocusVentures.com

FV Investors III, L.P.

525 University Ave, Ste 1400

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attn: James H. Boettcher

Telephone: (650) 325-7400

Fax: (650) 325-8400

Email: Jim@FocusVentures.com

Third Point Partners, L.P.

Third Point Partners Qualified, L.P.

Third Point Offshore Master Fund, L.P.

Third Point Ultra Master Fund L.P.

390 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Robert Schwartz

Telephone: (212) 224-7406

Fax: (212) 318-2806

Email:Rob@ThirdPointVentures.com

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, L.L.C.

3408 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Andrea Scholz

Telephone: (650) 849-3996

Fax: (650) 687-9097

Email: andrea@sapventures.com

Swadesh Family Trust

1055 Fremont Avenue

Los Altos, CA 94024

Attn: Rajvir Singh

Telephone: (408) 748-1730

Email: Rajfiber@aol.com

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-5


Name:

Bay Partners X, LP

2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 345

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn: Neal Dempsey

Telephone: (650) 854-1500

Fax: (650) 854-1515

Email: Neal@baypartners.com

Email: Maria@Baypartners.com

Bay Partners X Entrepreneurs Fund, LP

2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 345

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn: Neal Dempsey

Telephone: (650) 854-1500

Fax: (650) 854-1515

Email: Neal@baypartners.com

Email: Maria@Baypartners.com

Norwest Venture Partners VIII, LP

525 University Ave, Ste 800

Palo Alto, CA 94301-1922

Attn: Promod Haque

Telephone: (650) 321-8000

Fax: (650) 321-8010

Email:Promod.Haque@nvp.com

Norwest Venture Partners IX, LP

525 University Ave, Ste 800

Palo Alto, CA 94301-1922

Attn: Promod Haque

Telephone: (650) 321-8000

Fax: (650) 321-8010

Email: Promod.Haque@nvp.com

Entrepreneurs Capital Fund VIII, LP

c/o Vilicus Ventures, LLC

10 South 5th Street, Ste 888

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attn: Jon P. Otterstatter

Telephone: (612) 643-5060

Email: Jon@VilicusVentures.com

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-6


Name:

Entrepreneurs Capital Fund IX, LP

c/o Vilicus Ventures, LLC

10 South 5th Street, Ste 888

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attn: Jon P. Otterstatter

Telephone: (612) 643-5060

Email: Jon@VilicusVentures.com

Alberto Yepez

3067 East Ruby Hill Drive

Pleasanton, CA 94566

Telephone: (408) 691-3990

Fax: (925) 484-2642

Email: Alberto.Yepez@gmail.com

Goel Family Partnership

98 Ridgeview Drive

Atherton, CA 94027

Attn: Prabhu Goel

Telephone: (650) 224-7729

Fax: (650) 854-0593

Email: Prabhugoel@gmail.com

Cherukuri Family Living Trust

5788 Vitero Way

San Jose, CA 93138

Attn: Ravikrishna Cherukuri

Telephone: (408) 531-8876

Fax: (408)748-1732

Email: Cvravi@yahoo.com

GJ Trust

c/o Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Jorge del Calvo

Telephone: (650) 233-4500

Fax: (650) 233-4545

Email: Jorge@Pillsburylaw.com

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-7


Name:

Evergreen Venture Fund V, LLC

c/o Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Jorge del Calvo

Telephone: (650) 233-4500

Fax: (650) 233-4545

Email: Jorge@Pillsburylaw.com

Sridar A. Iyengar Profit Sharing Plan

85 Fair Oaks Lane

Atherton, CA 94027

Attn: Sridar A. Iyengar

Telephone: (650) 324-0428

Fax: (650) 321-6234

Email: Sridar.Iyengar@gmail.com

Madhavan Living Trust

225 Alameda de las Pulgas

Atherton, CA 94027

Attn: Rajeev Madhavan

Telephone: (408) 565-7760

Fax: (408) 565-7871

Email:Rajeev.Madhavan@Reflektion.com

Raghavan Family Trust

21789 Mt Eden Rd.

Saratoga, CA 95070

Attn: Rajan Raghavan

Telephone: (408) 922-2761

Fax: (408) 790-6551

Email: Rajan@Ekulam.com

N&A Raza Revocable Trust

UAD 03-22-1997

1781 Arastradero Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Ati Raza

Telephone: (408) 434-5502

Fax: (408) 434-5599

Email: Atiq_Raza@yahoo.com

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-8


Name:

Raza Family LLC

1781 Arastradero Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Ati Raza

Telephone: (408) 434-5502

Fax: (408) 434-5599

Email: Atiq_Raza@yahoo.com

Avtar Saini

Savera, Plot 212, 11th Road

Chembur, Mumbai 400071, India

Telephone: (91) 22-25297475

Email: Av.Saini@gmail.com

Sethuram Family Trust

27860 Fawn Creek Court

Los Altos Hills, CA 94022

Attn: Jay Sethuram

Telephone: (650) 947-4078

Fax: (650) 947-9078

Email: Jay@Sethuram.com

Arvind Sinha

1171 Crestline Drive

Cupertino, CA 95014

Email: Arvind.K.Sinha@gmail.com

Ravishankar Chandrasekaran

17628 Vineland Court

Monte Sereno, CA 95030

Telephone: (408) 206-7028

Email: Ravi.Chandra@yahoo.com

In-Q-Tel, Inc.

Attn: Matthew Strottman

2107 Wilson Boulevard, Ste 1100

Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: (703) 248-3000

Fax: (703) 248-3001

Email: SSuk@iqt.org

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-9


Name:

Juniper Networks, Inc.

1194 N. Mathilda Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: General Counsel

Telephone: (408) 745-2000

Fax: (408) 745-2100

Email: Sgreene@Juniper.net

NetOne Systems Co., Ltd.

2-2-8 Higashi Shinagawa

Shinagawa-ku

Tokyo Japan 140-8621

Attn: Mikio Yanashita

Telephone: +81-3-5462-0800 ext. 3138

Fax: +81-3-5462-0848

Email: M-Yanashita@Netone.co.jp

Satjiv Chahil

961 Los Altos Avenue

Los Altos, CA 94022

Telephone: (650) 949-5899

Fax: (650) 948-2019

Email: Satjiv@hp.com

Alak K. Deb

3230 Vintage Crest Drive

San Jose, CA 95148

Telephone: (408) 802-2855

Fax: (408) 531-1067

Email: Alak@Xambala.com

Ashok Jain

18630 Allendale Avenue

Saratoga, CA 95070

Telephone: (408) 674-1196

Fax: (408) 400-4101

Email: Ajain@Internetdevices.com

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-10


Name:

E.S.P. Das

950 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10028

Telephone: (212) 288-0451

Fax: (212) 288-4695

Email: Lokamata@Ureach.com

The Deb Living Trust dtd 12/6/1999

3230 Vintage Crest Drive

San Jose, CA 95148

Attn: Alak K. Deb

Telephone: (408) 802-2855

Fax: (408) 531-1067

Email: Alak@Xambala.com

Accenture LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10105

Attn.: John Coltsmann

 

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-11


SCHEDULE A-1

LIST OF INVESTORS OF INSIGHTSONE WHO RECEIVED SERIES G AND/OR

SERIES G-1 PREFERRED STOCK

Series G Stockholders:

Norwest Venture Partners XI, L.P.

Farzad Nazem and Nooshen Hashemi Living Trust Dated 07/10/95

Alameda Alpha, LLC

Series G-1 Stockholders:

Hasan, Waqar

Chand, Jagdish

Thomas, Joy

Tran, Lap

Bhargava, Rajesh

Kunchappan, Ashokkumar

Anand, Shubhasheesh

Mohan, Prem

Robert Dutcher

Sanjeev Srivastav

Barry, John W

Dao, Kim

Gulati, Vrishri

Gurram, Jyothi

 

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-12


Hunt, Adam

Mejari, Shruti

Pathak, Sudhir

Sharma, Deepti

Tse, Lily

Vu, Jonathan

Shivaram, Akhilesh Bhargav Malvalli

Evans, William

Leskoveck, Jure

Buckby, Kevin

Salim, Sijith

Thukral, Jatinder

Valley, Qin

Roo, Pein-Yuan

Behnam, Ali

Morell, Michael

Wadehra, Anurag

Widom, Jennifer

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SA-13


EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: APIGEE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares: 315,000 (the “Initial Shares”), plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7
Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock
Warrant Price: $0.09
Issue Date: May 1, 2012
Expiration Date: May 1, 2022         See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

 

 

2


(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7 Additional Shares. In addition to the Initial Shares granted to Holder pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, on the Funding Date of the first Term Loan Advance, the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the number of Shares which this Warrant can otherwise be exercised for by Holder, the right to purchase 185,000 additional Shares at the price per share as determined by the Company’s most recent 409(A) valuation at the time of the Funding Date of such Term Loan Advance (such additional Shares being called the “Additional Shares”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Section 1.7 shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

4


2.3 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued, or options to purchase Shares of the Class were last issued, prior to the Issue Date hereof.

(b) All Shares and any other securities, if any, which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

 

5


(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) sell, in an initial, underwritten public offering, shares of Company’s common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (an “IPO”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition

 

6


of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 1.12 of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

7


(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED APRIL     , 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof.

 

8


Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Email address: warradmi@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Apigee Corporation

260 Sheridan Avenue, Suite 320

Palo Alto, California 943 04

Attn: Don Dixon, Chief Financial Officer

Telephone:                    

Facsimile:                    

Email: don@apigee.com

 

9


5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts., Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
APIGEE CORPORATION
By:

/s/ Don Dixon

Name:

Don Dixon

(Print)
Title: CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

/s/ Brian Fitzpatrick

Name:

Brian Fitzpatrick

(Print)
Title: Relationship Manager

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                     shares of the Common Stock of Apigee Corporation (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] check in the amount of $            payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]                                                                     

1. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

2. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

(Date):

 

 

12


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

13


EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAD) ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

Company: APIGEE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares: That number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number) which could be purchased for $                     at the Warrant Price (the “Initial Shares”), plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7
Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock
Warrant Price: $                    
Issue Date:
Expiration Date:                                                      See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Common Stock”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.


SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =

the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A =

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =

the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s Common Stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of Common Stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

2


1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, (x) the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof, or (y) the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than or equal to the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

 

3


(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7 Additional Shares. In addition to the Initial Shares granted to Holder on the Issue Date, on the Funding Date of the first Tranche B Advance, the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the number of Shares which this Warrant can otherwise be exercised for by Holder, the right to purchase that number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number) which could be purchased for $                     at the Warrant Price (such additional Shares being called the “Additional Shares”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Section 1.7 shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Common Stock payable in securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are reclassified, exchanged,

 

4


combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Common Stock and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of Company Common Stock, or options to purchase shares of the Company Common Stock were issued immediately prior to the Issue Date hereof.

(b) All Shares and any other securities, if any, which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws and any encumbrances imposed or incurred by Holder. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

5


3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) sell, in an initial, underwritten public offering, shares of Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (an “IPO”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements. Holder agrees that any information provided to Holder by the Company pursuant to this Warrant may be confidential and. Holder agrees that with respect to any such confidential information received by Holder pursuant to this Warrant that Holder will be bound by the confidentiality provisions of Section 12.9 of the Loan Agreement, which provision is incorporated herein by this reference. For the avoidance of any doubt, Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that no future termination of such Section 12.9 contained in the Loan Agreement (including the termination of the Loan Agreement itself) shall in any way affect the foregoing obligation contained in the previous sentence.

 

6


SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 1.12 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated April 17, 2014.

 

7


4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

4.8 No Stockholder Rights. Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until exercise of this Warrant.

4.9 Absence of Public Market. Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

4.10 Tax Advisors. Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, and local and foreign tax consequences of this investment. With respect to such matters, Holder shall rely solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of the issuance of the Warrant and the underlying securities.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. This Warrant, any warrant issued in replacement of this Warrant, and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED NOVEMBER 17, 2014, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE

 

8


TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCKUP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and. upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant, including but not limited to the Market Stand-Off Agreement set forth in Section 4.6 hereof, and shall make each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 as the date thereof Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares

 

9


or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Attn:                     

Telephone:                     

Facsimile:                     

Email address:                     

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Apigee Corporation

260 Sheridan Avenue, Suite 320

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn:                     

Telephone:                    

Facsimile:                    

Email:                     

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts: Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature

 

10


page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
APIGEE CORPORATION
By:

                     

Name:

                     

(Print)
Title:
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

                     

Name:

                     

(Print)
Title:

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Common Stock]

 

12


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                     shares of the Common Stock of Apigee Corporation (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Common Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] check in the amount of $            payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]             

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
   Holder’s Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
   (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:    
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

14


EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

APIGEE CORPORATION

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [                    ], 2015, and is between Apigee Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [insert name of indemnitee] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs,


telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and


(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law or the Company’s bylaws; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.


9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to such insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.


10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of


a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or


(B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.


13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Reserved.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges


that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.


25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Counsel of the Company at 10 S. Almaden Blvd., 16th Floor, San Jose, California 95113, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to David J. Segre, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts,


each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Title)

[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Street address)

 

(City, State and ZIP)


EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

As Amended and Restated by the Board on December 14, 2013

Approved by the Stockholders on December 14, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

PURPOSE

     1   

SECTION 2.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.1

 

“Award”

     1   

2.2

 

“Award Agreement”

     1   

2.3

 

“Board”

     1   

2.4

 

“Cause”

     1   

2.5

 

“Change in Control”

     2   

2.6

 

“Code”

     3   

2.7

 

“Committee”

     3   

2.8

 

“Company”

     3   

2.9

 

“Consultant”

     3   

2.10

 

“Disability”

     3   

2.11

 

“Employee”

     3   

2.12

 

“Exchange Act”

     3   

2.13

 

“Exercise Price”

     3   

2.14

 

“Fair Market Value”

     3   

2.15

 

“ISO”

     3   

2.16

 

“NSO”

     3   

2.17

 

“Option”

     3   

2.18

 

“Other Stock Award”

     3   

2.19

 

“Outside Director”

     3   

2.20

 

“Parent”

     4   

2.21

 

“Participant”

     4   

2.22

 

“Plan”

     4   

2.23

 

“Purchase Price”

     4   

2.24

 

“Restricted Stock Award”

     4   

2.25

 

“Restricted Stock Unit”

     4   

2.26

 

“Securities Act”

     4   

2.27

 

“Service”

     4   

2.28

 

“Share”

     4   

2.29

 

“Stock”

     4   

2.30

 

“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR”

     4   

2.31

 

“Subsidiary”

     4   

2.32

 

“Ten-Percent Stockholder”

     5   

SECTION 3.

 

ADMINISTRATION

     5   

3.1

 

General Rule

     5   

3.2

 

Board Authority and Responsibility

     5   

SECTION 4.

 

ELIGIBILITY

     5   

 

-i-


SECTION 5.

 

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     5   

5.1

 

Share Limit

     5   

5.2

 

Additional Shares

     6   

5.3

 

Incentive Stock Option Limit

     6   

SECTION 6.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK

     6   

6.1

 

Restricted Stock Award

     6   

6.2

 

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     6   

6.3

 

Consideration

     6   

6.4

 

Vesting Restrictions

     6   

SECTION 7.

 

STOCK OPTIONS

     7   

7.1

 

Stock Option Award

     7   

7.2

 

Number of Shares; Kind of Option

     7   

7.3

 

Exercise Price

     7   

7.4

 

Term

     7   

7.5

 

Exercisability

     7   

7.6

 

Transferability of Options

     8   

7.7

 

Exercise of Options on Termination of Service

     8   

7.8

 

No Rights as a Stockholder

     8   

7.9

 

Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options

     8   

SECTION 8.

 

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     9   

8.1

 

Stock Appreciation Right Award

     9   

8.2

 

Number of Shares

     9   

8.3

 

Exercise Price

     9   

8.4

 

Term

     9   

8.5

 

Exercisability

     9   

8.6

 

Exercise of SARs

     9   

8.7

 

Transferability of SARs

     10   

8.8

 

Exercise of SARs on Termination of Service

     10   

8.9

 

No Rights as a Stockholder

     10   

8.10

 

Modification, Extension and Renewal of SARs

     10   

SECTION 9.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND OTHER STOCK AWARDS

     10   

9.1

 

Restricted Stock Unit Award

     10   

9.2

 

Number of Shares; Payment

     11   

9.3

 

Vesting Conditions

     11   

9.4

 

Settlement of Restricted Stock Units

     11   

9.5

 

Transfer Restrictions

     11   

9.6

 

No Rights as a Stockholder

     11   

9.7

 

Other Stock Awards

     11   

SECTION 10.

 

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     12   

10.1

 

General

     12   

10.2

 

Surrender of Stock

     12   

 

-ii-


10.3

 

Services Rendered

     12   

10.4

 

Promissory Notes

     12   

10.5

 

Exercise/Sale

     12   

10.6

 

Exercise/Pledge

     12   

10.7

 

Net Exercise

     12   

10.8

 

Other Forms of Payment

     13   

SECTION 11.

 

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     13   

11.1

 

General

     13   

11.2

 

Dissolution or Liquidation

     13   

11.3

 

Mergers and Consolidations

     13   

11.4

 

Reservation of Rights

     14   

11.5

 

Buyout Provisions

     14   

SECTION 12.

 

REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

     14   

12.1

 

Company’s Right to Repurchase Shares

     14   

SECTION 13.

 

WITHHOLDING AND OTHER TAXES

     14   

13.1

 

General

     14   

13.2

 

Share Withholding

     14   

13.3

 

Cashless Exercise/Pledge

     15   

13.4

 

Other Forms of Payment

     15   

13.5

 

Employer Fringe Benefit Taxes

     15   

13.6

 

Section 409A

     15   

SECTION 14.

 

LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

     15   

SECTION 15.

 

NO RETENTION RIGHTS

     16   

SECTION 16.

 

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

     16   

16.1

 

Term of the Plan

     16   

16.2

 

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     16   

16.3

 

Effect of Amendment or Termination

     16   

SECTION 17.

 

EXECUTION

     16   

 

-iii-


APIGEE CORPORATION

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE.

The Plan was originally adopted by the Board of Directors effective March 29, 2005. The Plan has been amended and restated by the Board of Directors as set forth herein effective December 14, 2013. The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected service providers the opportunity to acquire equity in the Company through awards of Options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options), Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock Awards.

The Awards under the Plan are intended to be exempt from the securities qualification requirements of the California Corporations Code by satisfying the exemption under section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. However, Awards may be made in reliance upon other state securities law exemptions. To the extent that other state exemptions are relied upon, the terms of this Plan which are included only to comply with section 25102(o) shall be disregarded to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, to the extent that section 25102(o) or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended to delete any requirements set forth in such law or regulations, the terms of this Plan which are included only to comply with section 25102(o) or the regulations promulgated thereunder as in effect prior to any such amendment shall be disregarded to the extent permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.

 

2.1 “Award” shall mean, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock Awards.

 

2.2 “Award Agreement” shall mean the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan, as determined by the Board. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

2.3 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

2.4

“Cause” shall mean (i) in the case where the Employee, Consultant or Outside Director does not have an employment agreement, consulting agreement or similar agreement in effect with the Company or its affiliate at the time of grant of the Award or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import), conduct related to the Employee’s, Consultant’s or Outside Director’s service to the Company or an affiliate for which either criminal or civil penalties against the Employee, Consultant or Outside Director may be sought, misconduct, insubordination, material violation of the Company’s or its affiliate’s policies, disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material


  concerning the Company or an affiliate or material breach of any employment agreement, consulting agreement or similar agreement, or (ii) in the case where the Employee, Consultant or Outside Director has an employment agreement, consulting agreement or similar agreement in effect with the Company or its affiliate at the time of grant of the Award that defines a termination for “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined in such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement that defines “cause” on occurrence of or in connection with a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control actually occurs and then only with regard to a termination thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Award which is intended to comply with section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, such event must also constitute “cause” under applicable law.

 

2.5 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity;

 

  (b) The consummation of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or

 

  (c) Any “person” (as defined below) who, by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company.

For purposes of Section 2.5(c), the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.

 

-2-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change in Control” shall not include (a) a transaction the sole purpose of which is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, (b) a transaction the sole purpose of which is to form a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, (c) a transaction the sole purpose of which is to make an initial public offering of the Company’s Stock or (d) any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board.

 

2.6 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.7 “Committee” shall mean the committee designated by the Board, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section 3 hereof.

 

2.8 “Company” shall mean Apigee Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

2.9 “Consultant” shall mean a consultant or advisor who is not an Employee or Outside Director and who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary.

 

2.10 “Disability” shall mean a condition that renders an individual unable to engage in substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

2.11 “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary and who is an “employee” within the meaning of section 3401(c) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder.

 

2.12 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.13 “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option, or the amount from which appreciation is measured upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, as specified in an Award Agreement.

 

2.14 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a Share, the market price of one Share of Stock, determined by the Board in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

2.15 “ISO” shall mean an incentive stock option described in section 422(b) of the Code.

 

2.16 “NSO” shall mean a stock option that is not an ISO.

 

2.17 “Option” shall mean an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

2.18 “Other Stock Award” shall mean an Award based in whole or in part by reference to Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 9.7 of the Plan.

 

2.19 “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary who is not an Employee.

 

-3-


2.20 “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

2.21 “Participant” shall mean the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

2.22 “Plan” shall mean the Apigee Corporation 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

2.23 “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award.

 

2.24 “Restricted Stock Award” shall mean an award or sale of Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6 of the Plan.

 

2.25 “Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean an Award of an unfunded and unsecured right to receive Shares (or cash or a combination of Shares and cash, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board) upon settlement of the Award, which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 9 of the Plan.

 

2.26 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.27 “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, a Consultant or an Outside Director, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Service shall be deemed to continue during a bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company in writing if and to the extent that continued crediting of Service for purposes of the Plan is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law, as determined by the Company. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, and to the extent required under the Code, an Employee’s employment will be treated as terminating three (3) months after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract or such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

 

2.28 “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 (if applicable).

 

2.29 “Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

 

2.30 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 8 of the Plan.

 

2.31 “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

-4-


2.32 “Ten-Percent Stockholder” means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership for purposes of this Section 2.32, the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

 

3.1 General Rule. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, the Board may delegate any or all administrative functions under the Plan otherwise exercisable by the Board to one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of at least one member of the Board who has been appointed by the Board. Each Committee shall have the authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board has assigned to it. If a Committee has been appointed, any reference to the Board in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee to whom the Board has assigned a particular function. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than such authorized officer or officers, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board shall specify the total number of Awards that such officer or officers may so award.

 

3.2 Board Authority and Responsibility. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and any other actions of the Board with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons deriving rights under the Plan.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.

Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. Only Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors shall be eligible for the grant of NSOs, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock Awards.

SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

5.1 Share Limit. Subject to Section 11, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan shall be 48,600,310 Shares1 (the “Authorized Share Limit”). The number of

 

1  Initial Plan reserve of 6,715,000 shares approved April 2005; reserve increased by 4,443,880 shares approved October 2006; reserve increased by 5,212,741 shares approved in June 2008, reserve increased by 5,242,445 shares approved in September 2010, reserve increased by 6,111,597 shares approved in October 2011, reserve increased by 7,665,704 shares approved in November, 2011, reserve increased by 5,272,937 shares approved in July, 2012 and reserve increased by 7,936,006 shares approved in July, 2013 for an aggregate total of 48,600,310 shares.

 

-5-


  Shares which are subject to Options or other rights to acquire Shares pursuant to Awards which are outstanding at any time shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

 

5.2 Additional Shares. Shares subject to Awards that are cancelled, forfeited, settled in cash or expire by their terms, and Shares subject to Awards that are used to pay withholding obligations or the Exercise Price of an Option, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with other Awards. However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan will not be added back to the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan unless reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision.

 

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the foregoing limits, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of ISOs shall not exceed ten times the Authorized Share Limit set forth in Section 5.1 (as amended from time to time and as adjusted pursuant to Section 11), plus, only to the extent allowable under section 422 of the Code, any Shares previously issued under the Plan that are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision.

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED STOCK.

 

6.1 Restricted Stock Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Restricted Stock Awards to Participants in such amounts as the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine. Each award or sale of Shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions imposed by the Board, as set forth in the Award Agreement, that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of such Award Agreements need not be identical.

 

6.2 Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to acquire Shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Participant within thirty (30) days after the Company communicates the grant of such right to the Participant, unless otherwise determined by the Board. Such right shall be nontransferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom the right was granted, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

6.3 Consideration. To the extent an Award consists of newly issued Shares, the Award recipient shall furnish consideration having a value not less than the par value of such Shares as determined by the Board. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 6.3, the Board shall determine the amount of the Purchase Price in its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 10.

 

-6-


6.4 Vesting Restrictions. Each award or sale of Shares shall be subject to such vesting and forfeiture conditions as the Board may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, shall apply to any dividends paid with respect to such Shares. The vesting of a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant for Service as an Outside Director shall be automatically accelerated in full in the event of a Change in Control.

SECTION 7. STOCK OPTIONS.

 

7.1 Stock Option Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Options to Participants in such amounts as the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions imposed by the Board, as set forth in the Option Award Agreement, which are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Option Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

7.2 Number of Shares; Kind of Option. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11. The Award Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO.

 

7.3 Exercise Price. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the Exercise Price, which shall be payable in a form described in Section 10. Subject to the following requirements, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion:

 

  (a) Minimum Exercise Price for ISOs. The Exercise Price per Share of an ISO shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant; provided, however, that the Exercise Price per Share of an ISO granted to a Ten-Percent Stockholder shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

  (b) Minimum Exercise Price for NSOs. The Exercise Price per Share of an NSO shall not be less than one-hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

7.4 Term. Each Award Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term of an Option shall in no event exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. The term of an ISO granted to a Ten-Percent Stockholder shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant. Subject to the foregoing, the Board in its sole discretion shall determine when an Option shall expire.

 

7.5 Exercisability. Each Award Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable unless the Participant has delivered to the Company an executed copy of the Award Agreement. Subject to the following restrictions, the Board in its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and may, in its discretion, provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a Change in Control or other events:

 

  (a) Options Granted to Outside Directors. The vesting and exercisability of an Option granted to a Participant for Service as an Outside Director shall be automatically accelerated in full in the event of a Change in Control.

 

-7-


  (b) Early Exercise. An Option Award Agreement may permit the Participant to exercise the Option prior to the time that it has become vested provided that the Shares acquired on exercise will be treated as unvested and subject to a right of repurchase by the Company and any other restrictions that the Board determines appropriate as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

7.6 Transferability of Options. During a Participant’s lifetime, his or her Options shall be exercisable only by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representatives, and shall not be transferable other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, an NSO may be transferred by the Participant to a revocable trust or to one or more family members or a trust established for the benefit of the Participant and/or one or more family members to the extent permitted by section 260.140.41(c) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations and Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

7.7 Exercise of Options on Termination of Service. Each Option shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service. Each Award Agreement shall provide the Participant with the right to exercise the Option following the Participant’s termination of Service during the Option term, to the extent the Option was exercisable for vested Shares upon termination of Service, for at least thirty (30) days if termination of Service is due to any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, and for at least six (6) months after termination of Service if due to death or Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the Option term). If the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option Award Agreement may provide that the Participant’s right to exercise the Option terminates immediately on the effective date of the Participant’s termination. To the extent the Option was not exercisable for vested Shares upon termination of Service, the Option shall terminate when the Participant’s Service terminates. Subject to the foregoing, such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

 

7.8 No Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant, or a transferee of a Participant, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of the Option. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 11.

 

-8-


7.9 Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Participant, materially impair his or her rights or increase the Participant’s obligations under such Option.

SECTION 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

 

8.1 Stock Appreciation Right Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants in such amounts as the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine. Each grant of a Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. The Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions imposed by the Board, as set forth in the Award Agreement, which are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

8.2 Number of Shares. Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.

 

8.3 Exercise Price. Each Award Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price of the SAR. The Exercise Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

8.4 Term. Each Award Agreement shall specify the term of the SAR. The term of a SAR shall in no event exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. Subject to the foregoing, the Board in its sole discretion shall determine when an Option shall expire.

 

8.5 Exercisability. Each Award Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable; provided, however, that no SAR shall be exercisable unless the Participant has delivered to the Company an executed copy of the Award Agreement. The Board in its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of a SAR is to become exercisable and may, in its discretion, provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a Change in Control or other events. The vesting and exercisability of a SAR granted to a Participant for Service as an Outside Director shall be automatically accelerated in full in the event of a Change in Control. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such Awards may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited.

 

8.6 Exercise of SARs. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Board shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.

 

-9-


8.7 Transferability of SARs. During a Participant’s lifetime, his or her SARs shall be exercisable only by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representatives, and shall not be transferable other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, a SAR may be transferred by the Participant to a revocable trust or to one or more family members or a trust established for the benefit of the Participant and/or one or more family members to the extent permitted by section 260.140.41(c) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations and Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

8.8 Exercise of SARs on Termination of Service. Each SAR shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant’s Service. Each Award Agreement shall provide the Participant with the right to exercise the SAR following the Participant’s termination of Service during the SAR term, to the extent the SAR was vested upon termination of Service, for at least thirty (30) days if termination of Service is due to any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, and for at least six (6) months after termination of Service if due to death or Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the SAR term). If the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the SAR Award Agreement may provide that the Participant’s right to exercise the SAR terminates immediately on the effective date of the Participant’s termination. To the extent the SAR was not vested upon termination of Service, the SAR shall terminate when the Participant’s Service terminates. Subject to the foregoing, such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board, need not be uniform among all SARs issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

 

8.9 No Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant, or a transferee of a Participant, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the SAR unless and until such person becomes entitled to receive Shares upon exercise of the SAR. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 11.

 

8.10 Modification, Extension and Renewal of SARs. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board may modify, extend or renew outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the Participant, materially impair his or her rights or increase the Participant’s obligations under such SAR.

 

-10-


SECTION 9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND OTHER STOCK AWARDS.

 

9.1 Restricted Stock Unit Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Restricted Stock Units to Participants in such amounts as the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and any other terms and conditions imposed by the Board, as set forth in the Award Agreement, that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

9.2 Number of Shares; Payment. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Award and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, no consideration other than services shall be required of the Participant for a Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

9.3 Vesting Conditions. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Award Agreement. The Board may determine, at the time of granting Restricted Stock Units or thereafter, that all or part of such Award shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company. The vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant for Service as an Outside Director shall be automatically accelerated in full in the event of a Change in Control.

 

9.4 Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Restricted Stock Units shall be settled when they vest. The Award Agreement may provide that settlement may be deferred to any later date, provided that the terms of such deferral satisfy the requirements of section 409A of the Code. Settlement of the Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of cash or whole Shares or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

9.5 Transfer Restrictions. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Restricted Stock Units may not be transferred other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

9.6 No Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant, or a transferee of a Participant, shall have no voting, dividend or other rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award until such person receives such Shares upon settlement of the Award. Unless the Award Agreement provides otherwise, the Participant shall have no right to be credited with amounts equal to dividends paid on Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. A Participant shall have no rights under a Restricted Stock Unit Award other than those of a general creditor of the Company.

 

9.7 Other Stock Awards. The Board may grant other forms of Award under the Plan that are based in whole or in part on Stock or the value thereof. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have authority in its sole discretion to determine the terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards, including the number of Shares (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Awards.

 

-11-


SECTION 10. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

10.1 General. The entire Purchase Price of Shares or Exercise Price of Options issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash, cash equivalents or one of the other forms provided in this Section 10, to the extent provided under Applicable Law.

 

10.2 Surrender of Stock. To the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, payment may be made in whole or in part by surrendering (in good form for transfer), or attesting to ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Participant; provided, however, that payment may not be made in such form if such action would cause the Company to recognize any (or additional) compensation expense with respect to the Award for financial reporting purposes. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of surrender.

 

10.3 Services Rendered. As determined by the Board in its discretion, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of past or future services rendered to the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary.

 

10.4 Promissory Notes. To the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, payment may be made in whole or in part with a full-recourse promissory note executed by the Participant. The interest rate payable under the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate required to avoid the imputation of income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note, and interest thereon; provided that if the Participant is a Consultant, such note must be collateralized with such additional security to the extent required by applicable laws. In no event shall the stock certificate(s) representing such Shares be released to the Participant until such note is paid in full. Subject to the foregoing, the Board shall determine the term, interest rate and other provisions of the note.

 

10.5 Exercise/Sale. To the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, and if a public market for the Shares exists, payment may be made in whole or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

10.6 Exercise/Pledge. To the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, and if a public market for the Shares exists, payment may be made in whole or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

10.7

Net Exercise. To the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, payment of the Exercise Price may be made by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be reduced by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise

 

-12-


  Price (plus tax withholdings, if applicable) and any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price (and/or applicable tax withholdings) not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued shall be paid by the Participant in cash or other form of payment permitted under the Option Award Agreement.

 

10.8 Other Forms of Payment . To the extent permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

11.1 General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification, or a similar occurrence, the Board shall make appropriate adjustments to the following: (i) the number of Shares available for future Awards under Section 5; (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Award; and (iv) the price of Shares subject to the Company’s right of repurchase; provided, however, that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Board.

 

11.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

 

11.3 Mergers and Consolidations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other consolidation, or in the event of a transaction providing for the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger, consolidation or sale, in each case without the Participant’s consent. Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, such agreement may provide, without limitation, for one or more of the following: (i) the continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation; (ii) the assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (iii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of its own awards for such outstanding Awards; (iv) immediate vesting, exercisability and settlement of outstanding Awards followed by the cancellation of such Awards upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the transaction; or (v) settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding Awards (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Awards or the underlying Shares) followed by the cancellation of such Awards (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Board determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment). Any acceleration of payment of an amount that is subject to section 409A of the Code will be delayed, if necessary, until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any additional taxes applicable under Section 409A. The Company will have no obligation to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

 

-13-


11.4 Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 11, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

11.5 Buyout Provisions. The Board may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Award previously granted, or (b) authorize a Participant to elect to cash out an Award previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall establish.

SECTION 12. REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

 

12.1 Company’s Right to Repurchase Shares. Shares acquired through an Award shall be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, shall apply to any dividends paid with respect to such Shares. Such restrictions shall apply in addition to any restrictions otherwise applicable to holders of Shares generally.

SECTION 13. WITHHOLDING AND OTHER TAXES.

 

13.1 General. A Participant or his or her successor shall pay, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board for the satisfaction of, any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan if such obligations are not timely satisfied.

 

13.2 Share Withholding. The Board may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that would otherwise be issued to him or her upon exercise or settlement of an Award, or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or she previously acquired; provided, however, that in no event may a Participant surrender Shares in excess of the legally required minimum tax withholding amount. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. Any payment of taxes by assigning Shares to the Company may be subject to restrictions, including any restrictions required by rules of any federal or state regulatory body or other authority. All elections by Participants to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Board may deem necessary or advisable.

 

-14-


13.3 Cashless Exercise/Pledge. The Board may provide that if Company Shares are publicly traded at the time of exercise, arrangements may be made to meet the Participant’s withholding obligation by cashless exercise or pledge.

 

13.4 Other Forms of Payment. The Board may permit such other means of tax withholding as it deems appropriate.

 

13.5 Employer Fringe Benefit Taxes. To the extent permitted by applicable federal, state, local and foreign law, a Participant shall be liable for any fringe benefit tax that may be payable by the Company and/or the Participant’s employer in connection with any award granted to the Participant under the Plan, which the Company and/or employer may collect by any reasonable method established by the Company and/or employer.

 

13.6 Section 409A. Each Award that provides for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of section 409A of the Code shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. If any amount under such an Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of section 409A) to a Participant who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service, or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent the Award from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to section 409A. In addition, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by section 409A. The provisions of the Plan and each Award Agreement are intended to comply with or be exempt from the provisions of section 409A and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may in its sole discretion (but without any obligation to do so) amend the terms of any Award to the extent it determines necessary to comply with section 409A.

SECTION 14. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable. The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has not obtained from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under the Plan; and (b) any tax consequences expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted under the Plan.

 

-15-


SECTION 15. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

No provision of the Plan, or any Award granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any Participant any right to become an Employee or other Service provider, to be treated as an Employee, or to continue in Service for any period of time, or restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary to whom the Participant provides Service), which rights are expressly reserved, to terminate the Service of such person at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 16. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

 

16.1 Term of the Plan. The Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. In the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within twelve (12) months after its adoption by the Board, any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded, and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall be made under the Plan after such date. The Plan shall terminate automatically ten (10) years after the later of (i) its adoption by the Board, or (ii) the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 5 (other than pursuant to Section 11) that was approved by stockholders within twelve (12) months before or after the Board’s approval of such increase. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Section 16.2 below.

 

16.2 Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. An amendment of the Plan shall not be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders unless it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 11) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of Awards.

 

16.3 Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise or settlement of an Award granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not have a material adverse effect on any Award previously granted under the Plan without the holder’s consent.

SECTION 17. EXECUTION.

To record the adoption of the amendment and restatement of the Plan by the Board on December 14, 2013 effective on such date, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

APIGEE CORPORATION
By   /s/ Chet Kapoor
Its   Chief Executive Officer

 

-16-


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION, AND MAY BE OFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED PURSUANT TO THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF U.S. FEDERAL AND STATE OR APPLICABLE FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS OR IF THE COMPANY IS PROVIDED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER U.S. FEDERAL AND STATE OR APPLICABLE FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED.

APIGEE CORPORATION

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

Apigee Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants you the following Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) representing its Shares as set forth below (the “Award”). The terms and conditions of this Award are set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (“RSU Agreement”) and the Apigee Corporation 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document (“Notice of Grant”).

 

Date of Grant:

[Date of Grant]

 

Name of Participant:

[Name of Participant]

 

Total Number of RSUs:

[Number of RSUs]

 

Vesting Start Date:

[Vesting Start Date]

 

Expiration Date:

Seven (7) years after Date of Grant

 

Vesting Schedule:

You will receive a benefit with respect to an RSU only if it vests. Two vesting requirements must be satisfied on or before the Expiration Date in order for an RSU to vest — a time and service-based requirement (the “Time-Based Requirement”) and the “Liquidity Event Requirement” (described below). Your RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date. If both the Time-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Expiration Date, the vesting date (“Vesting Date”) of an RSU will be the first date upon which both of those requirements were satisfied with respect to that particular RSU.

 

Liquidity Event Requirement

The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied (as to any then-outstanding RSUs that have not theretofore been terminated pursuant to Section 3 of the RSU Agreement) on the first to occur of: (1) an underwritten public offering by the Company of its securities that is registered under the United States Securities Act


 

of 1933, as amended (an “IPO”), or (2) a Change in Control pursuant to which the Shares subject to the RSU will be exchanged for cash and/or readily tradeable securities, or the RSU will be settled for cash and/or readily tradeable securities, or as otherwise determined by the Board (the “RSU Change in Control”).

 

Time-Based Requirement

The Time-Based Requirement will be satisfied in equal installments as to 1/12th of the Total Number of RSUs on each three (3) month anniversary of the Vest Start Date; in each case subject to Section 3 of the RSU Agreement.

 

Settlement

If an RSU vests as provided for above, the Company will deliver one Share for that RSU unless at the time of settlement the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash, based on the then Fair Market Value of a Share of the Company’s Common Stock. No fractional Shares will be issued or delivered pursuant to the Award, and the Company will determine whether cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional Share or whether such fractional Share and any rights thereto will be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated. Settlement will occur within thirty (30) days following the Vesting Date; provided, however, if the Liquidity Event Requirement is triggered by an IPO, settlement will not be made before the earliest of (i) the 181st day following the IPO, (ii) the March 15th following the year in which the IPO occurs, or (iii) the Expiration Date. In no event will an RSU be settled later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months following the end of the year in which the Vesting Date applicable to that RSU occurs.

 

Acknowledgements

You understand that your employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Notice of Grant, the RSU Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. You acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice of Grant is conditioned on the satisfaction of the Time-Based Requirement and the occurrence, on or before the Expiration Date, of an IPO or RSU Change in Control. You will have no right with respect to the RSUs to the extent an IPO or RSU Change in Control does not occur on or before the Expiration Date (regardless of the extent to which the Time-Based Requirement was satisfied).

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this RSU is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the RSU Agreement. You agree that you have reviewed the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the RSU Agreement in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice of Grant, and fully understand all provisions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the RSU Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

 

-18-


final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions relating to the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the RSU Agreement. You further agree to notify the Company upon any change in your residence address.

You further agree to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or the RSUs and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it will notify you by email of their availability. You acknowledge that you may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with your ability to access the documents.

 

[PARTICIPANT]     APIGEE CORPORATION
     

By:

   
    Its:    

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

 

-19-


APIGEE CORPORATION

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan or in the related Notice of Grant, as the case may be, shall have the same defined meanings in this RSU Agreement.

SECTION 1. PAYMENT FOR STOCK UNITS.

No cash payment is required for the RSUs subject to this Award (except to the extent necessary to pay applicable withholding taxes). The RSUs are granted in consideration for past or future Services rendered by Participant.

SECTION 2. VESTING.

The RSUs will vest in accordance with the terms set forth in the Notice of Grant.

SECTION 3. TERMINATION.

If Participant’s Service is terminated for any reason, all RSUs as to which the Time-Based Requirement has not been satisfied as of the date of such termination shall automatically terminate upon such termination. In such event, any RSUs as to which the Time-Based Requirement had been satisfied will (if an IPO or RSU Change in Control had not occurred) remain outstanding until the first to occur of an IPO, RSU Change in Control, or the Expiration Date. In case of any dispute as to whether a termination of Participant’s Service has occurred, the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination. Further, if an IPO or RSU Change in Control does not occur on or before the Expiration Date, all RSUs (regardless of whether or not, or the extent to which, the Time-Based Requirement had been satisfied as to such RSUs) shall automatically terminate upon such Expiration Date. Upon a termination of one or more RSUs pursuant to this Section 3, Participant shall have no further right with respect to such RSUs.

SECTION 4. NATURE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

The RSUs are mere bookkeeping entries. They represent only the Company’s unfunded and unsecured promise to issue Shares on a future date. As a holder of RSUs, Participant has no rights other than the rights of a general creditor of the Company.

SECTION 5. NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.

Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, Participant shall have no ownership of the Shares (including, without limitation, voting rights). Further, Participant shall have no right to dividends (or as to any adjustment for dividends, other than stock dividends) as to any dividend record date that occurs before such Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs.

 

A-1


SECTION 6. NO TRANSFER.

The RSUs and any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of.

SECTION 7. TAX MATTERS.

 

  (a) Withholding Taxes. Prior to the settlement of the RSUs, Participant shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or Participant’s actual employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy any or all withholding obligations of the Company and/or the Employer for income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items (“Tax-Related Items”). In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by Participant from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to Participant when the RSUs are settled, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization), or (c) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. Finally, Participant shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan or purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to deliver the Shares if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this section, and Participant’s rights to the Shares shall be forfeited if Participant does not comply with such obligations on or before December 31 of the calendar year in which the applicable vesting date for the RSUs occurs.

 

  (b)

Section 409A. The RSUs are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the “short-term deferral exemption” in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be administered and interpreted in a manner that complies with such exemption. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption from Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are exempt from Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Award is interpreted as not being exempt from Section 409A of the Code, it shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section 409A

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

A-2


  of the Code so that the Award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code.

 

  (c) Acknowledgements. Participant acknowledges that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Shares, if any, received hereunder, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participant’s tax obligations prior to such event. Participant acknowledges that the Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan or acquisition or sale of Shares subject to this award. Participant is hereby advised to consult with Participant’s own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan. Participant acknowledges that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the tax treatment of the award of RSUs, including but not limited to the grant, vesting, or settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such RSUs, and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability or achieve any particular tax result. Participant shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers, or employees related to tax matters arising from this award or Participant’s other compensation.

SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Participant shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares issued pursuant to this RSU Agreement except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this RSU Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

SECTION 9. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT.

Participant hereby agrees that in connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any transaction prohibited by the underwriter, or sell, make any short sale of, contract to sell, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. Such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days and may be required by the underwriter as a market condition of the offering; provided, however, that if either (a) during the last seventeen (17) days of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, the Company issues an

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

A-3


earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16) day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180) day period, then the restrictions imposed during such one hundred eighty (180) day period shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18) day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided, further, that in the event the Company or the underwriter requests that the one hundred eighty (180) day period be extended or modified pursuant to then-applicable law, rules, regulations or trading policies, the restrictions imposed during the one hundred eighty (180) day period shall continue to apply to the extent requested by the Company or the underwriter to comply with such law, rules, regulations or trading policies. Participant hereby agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. To enforce the provisions of this Section, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Common Stock until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

SECTION 10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

In accordance with Section 14 of the Plan, the issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant (or the beneficiary or personal representative of Participant in the event of Participant’s death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances as the Company may deem necessary or reasonably desirable to ensure compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

SECTION 11. LEGEND ON CERTIFICATES.

The certificates representing the Shares issued hereunder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the Plan, this RSU Agreement or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions, including the following:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION, AND MAY BE OFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED PURSUANT TO THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF U.S. FEDERAL AND STATE AND APPLICABLE FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS OR IF

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

A-4


THE COMPANY IS PROVIDED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER U.S. FEDERAL AND STATE AND APPLICABLE FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE INITIAL HOLDER HEREOF. SUCH AGREEMENT PROVIDES FOR CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.

SECTION 12. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

The Company may assign any of its rights under this RSU Agreement. This RSU Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this RSU Agreement will be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

SECTION 13. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT; SEVERABILITY.

The Plan and Notice of Grant are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice of Grant and this RSU Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board may modify this Award. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of the Award shall, without Participant’s consent, materially impair Participant’s rights or increase Participant’s obligations under the Award. The Company may unilaterally waive any provision of the Award in writing, but no such waiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof. If any provision of the Award is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

SECTION 14. PLAN.

The RSUs and all rights of the Participant under this RSU Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in other sections of this RSU Agreement, provisions of the Plan that confer discretionary authority on the Board do not and shall not be deemed to create any rights in the Participant unless such rights are expressly set

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

A-5


forth herein or are otherwise in the sole discretion of the Board so conferred by appropriate action of the Board under the Plan after the date hereof.

SECTION 15. NO RIGHTS AS EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT.

Nothing in the Plan, the Notice of Grant or this RSU Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Participant’s Service, for any reason, with or without cause, affect the Participant’s status, if he or she is an employee, as an employee at will who is subject to termination without cause, confer upon the Participant any right to remain employed by or in Service to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company at any time to terminate such employment or Service, or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to increase or decrease the Participant’s other compensation.

SECTION 16. APPLICABLE LAW.

This RSU Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to its choice of law provisions).

 

APIGEE CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

A-6


EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

Revised Effective November 21, 2014

THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE (“Agreement”) is entered into on date set forth below, voluntarily, knowingly, and willingly, between Steve Valenzuela (“Mr. Valenzuela”), his representatives, successors, and assigns and Apigee Corporation. (“Apigee”), and all its parent, subsidiary, predecessor, successor and affiliated companies, including corporations, partnerships, divisions and joint ventures, as well as officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns of Apigee Corporation, or any parent, subsidiary, predecessor or affiliated company.

Apigee has employed Mr. Valenzuela in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee mutually desire to amicably conclude his employment relationship with Apigee. Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee mutually desire to enter into this Separation Agreement and General Release, and the terms and implications of this Separation Agreement and General Release have been fully explained to Mr. Valenzuela. Mr. Valenzuela certifies that he has been afforded a reasonable opportunity to consider this Separation Agreement and General Release, and has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions and effects of this Separation Agreement and General Release.

THEREFORE, in return for the mutual commitments and other consideration provided for in this Agreement, which Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee acknowledge constitute valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Termination of Prior Relationships.

1.1 Last Date of Employment. The effective date of Mr. Valenzuela’s termination shall be Friday, December 19, 2014 (the “Termination Date”), although Mr. Valenzuela will not report to Apigee’s premises after November 18, 2014. Mr. Valenzuela shall remain available for transitional assistance through the Termination Date. He will then have a break in service and will be available for consulting services as requested from December 24, 2014 through June 23, 2015. Beginning November 18, 2014 Mr. Valenzuela shall not hold himself out as representing Apigee in any matters, nor bind Apigee.

1.2 Payments and Benefits.

 

  a. Provided that Mr. Valenzuela does not revoke this Agreement within seven (7) days following its execution and does not breach its provisions, Apigee shall provide to Mr. Valenzuela:

 

  (i) Within ten (10) days following the Termination Date, a lump sum payment of $125,000 will be provided, subject to applicable taxes and other withholdings;

 

  (ii) Reimbursement of COBRA continuation premiums covering the seven months beginning January 1, 2015; and

 

  (iii) Should Apigee pay a Q1 company bonus, covering the period August 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014 (with maximum payment at 20% per the approved bonus plan), Mr. Valenzuela will be eligible to receive this bonus.

 

  b. The vesting of Mr. Valenzuela’s options shall cease as of the Termination Date; however, accelerated vesting of unvested stock options (an additional 223,125 shares vested) will be provided effective upon his Termination Date;

 

  c. As stipulated in his options agreement, Mr. Valenzuela may exercise the vested portion of his options within three (3) months from the Termination Date; and

 

  d. Apigee agrees not to contest any claims by Mr. Valenzuela for unemployment compensation benefits.

 

  e. Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee entered into an indemnification agreement on March 25, 2014. This agreement shall remain in effect as stipulated in section 19 thereof.

 

  f. Mr. Valenzuela shall continue to be covered by Apigee’s Directors and Officers insurance policy for so long as Apigee purchases such coverage generally.


Transitional Collaborative Services

 

  a. The parties have entered into an Independent Contractor Agreement (the “ICA”), attached hereto as Exhibit A that will become effective as of December 24, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the ICA the parties agree that Mr. Valenzuela:

 

  •   will make himself available to collaborate with Apigee on financial and investor relations matters pursuant to a mutually agreed upon SOW and at a rate of $250 per hour for such services.

 

  •   Mr. Valenzuela may represent on LinkedIn and other employment based communications (e.g., resume) that he is engaged in a professional capacity with Apigee during the term of the ICA.

 

  •   Apigee will incur no financial or employment related liability other than “an hour’s pay for an hour’s work”.

 

  •   Mr. Valenzuela acknowledges that he shall have a termination of “Service” (as defined in Apigee’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan) and therefore (1) all stock option vesting ceases as of the Termination Date (subject to the acceleration provisions of the Payment and Benefits section above), (2) the post-termination exercise period for each of his stock options runs from the Termination Date, and (3) the stock options will be unaffected by the ICA.

1.3 No Admission of Liability. Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee agree that this Agreement represent a compromise of any disputed factual and legal claims which are potential only and which are denied by Apigee. Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee also agree that entering this Agreement is not and shall not be construed to be an admission of liability by either party or by any parties released or held harmless.

 

2. Releases and Covenants.

2.1 General Release of Apigee by Mr. Valenzuela; Covenant Not to Sue.

In return for the consideration provided in Section 1, to which Mr. Valenzuela would not otherwise be entitled, Mr. Valenzuela fully and forever releases, absolves, and discharges Apigee from any and all claims, demands, damages, debts, controversies, liabilities, losses, obligations, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, actions, liens, and causes of action, at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may exist or which may have arisen up to and including the date of the execution of this Agreement (the “Claims”), that Mr. Valenzuela had, has, or might claim to have against Apigee, including, but not limited to:

a. any and all claims in connection with Mr. Valenzuela’s employment relationship, the terms and conditions of his employment (including compensation, commission, insurance and other benefits and terms and conditions of employment practices of Apigee);

b. any and all claims in connection with the termination of Mr. Valenzuela’s employment relationship or the surrounding circumstances of that relationship;

c. any and all claims of discrimination on the basis of race, religion, sex, age, color, national origin, ancestry, disability, handicap, medical condition, and marital status, or other employment claims for injury to Mr. Valenzuela arising under the Fair Labor Standards Act (including the Equal Pay Act), as amended; the American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA); the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended; the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act; the Immigration Reform and Control Act, as amended, the Comprehensive Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended, the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, or any other similar state anti-discrimination laws;

d. any and all claims which may be raised under the California Workers’ Compensation Act; the Constitution of the State of California; or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA);

e. any and all claims which may be raised pursuant to any federal, state or local law, constitution, statute, regulation, ordinance, or common law theory or other legal theory (including any and all wrongful discharge theories), whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise.

2.2 Waiver of Civil Code Section 1542. Apigee and Mr. Valenzuela have both read and understood the following language contained in Section 1542 of the California Civil Code:

 

2


A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Having reviewed this provision, Mr. Valenzuela nevertheless voluntarily waives and relinquishes any and all rights or benefits, other than the obligations arising from this Agreement, which he may have under this provision or under any other similar provision of the statutory or non-statutory law of any other jurisdiction and fully and generally releases Apigee from all liability for unknown or unsuspected claims. In connection with such waiver and relinquishment, Mr. Valenzuela acknowledges that he is aware that he may discover claims or facts in addition to or different from those which he now knows or believes to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement or the other party, but that it is his intention to settle and release fully, finally, and forever all of the matters released in this Agreement, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, notwithstanding the existence or subsequent discovery of any additional or different claims or facts.

2.3 ADEA Provisions and Notification. In compliance with the requirements of the Age Discrimination In Employment Act (ADEA), as amended by the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act of 1990, Mr. Valenzuela acknowledges by his signature below that, with respect to the rights and claims waived and released under the Age Discrimination In Employment Act (ADEA), he has read and understands this Agreement and specifically understands the following:

 

  a. That he may, and that Apigee advises and has advised him to, consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement;

 

  b. That he is releasing Apigee from, among other things, any claims which he might have against it pursuant to the Age Discrimination In Employment Act as amended;

 

  c. That the releases contained in this Agreement do not cover the rights or claims that may arise after the Release Date of this Agreement;

 

  d. That he has been given a period of twenty-one (21) days in which to consider this Agreement.

2.4 Covenant Not to Sue. Mr. Valenzuela covenants not to sue Apigee or any party released in this Agreement on account of any claim(s) released under this Agreement. Mr. Valenzuela further covenants not to accept, recover or receive any monetary damages or any other form of relief which may arise out of or in connection with any administrative remedies which may be filed with or pursued independently by any federal, state or local governmental agencies.

2.5 Promise Not to Induce or Incite Claims. Mr. Valenzuela agrees and promises that he will not induce or incite claims of discrimination, wrongful discharge, breach of contract, tortious acts, or any other claims against Apigee by any other person or employee.

Neither Mr. Valenzuela nor Apigee’s management or Board of Directors shall engage in any harassing or disparaging conduct directed at Mr. Valenzuela, Apigee or its customers or suppliers, and shall refrain from making any harassing or disparaging statements concerning Mr. Valenzuela, Apigee or its customers or suppliers.

2.6 Return of Apigee Property. Mr. Valenzuela agrees to return all Apigee property in his possession on or before his last date of employment. Such property includes, but is not limited to, Company-issued equipment, keys, data cards and/or mobile phone, all business documents, records, papers, and data pertaining to Apigee’s business or that of Apigee’s customers, proprietary computer software, printouts, brochures, original personnel records, or Confidential and Proprietary Information. Mr. Valenzuela agrees not to take with him, procure, photocopy or reproduce any documents or property of Apigee.

 

3. Confidential Information/Non-solicitation.

3.1 Unfair Competition. Mr. Valenzuela shall not be restricted in terms of working for any company, assuming he honors the PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT he signed when he joined Apigee.

3.2 Non-Solicitation. Mr. Valenzuela promises and agrees to adhere to the Apigee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement pertaining to non-solicitation.

 

3


3.3 Confidentiality of Agreement. Mr. Valenzuela, on behalf of himself, warrants that all of the negotiations, agreements, facts, terms, amounts, and provisions of this General Release and Settlement Agreement, will remain strictly confidential. Mr. Valenzuela agrees not to discuss any negotiations, agreements, facts, terms, amount and/or provisions of this Agreement with any person or entity. As the sole exceptions to this confidentiality, it is not in violation of this Agreement if information is disclosed solely for the purposes of obtaining tax or legal advice, as long as such disclosure is made to an individual or entity bound to maintain such information in confidence under state, federal, or common law.

 

4. General and Miscellaneous Terms.

4.1 Representations and Warranties. Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee represent and warrant that each has read and understood and has had access to independent legal advice with respect to the advisability of making this Agreement. Both parties have made such investigation of the facts pertaining to this Agreement and of all other matters as they deem necessary. The parties represent and warrant that each signatory has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and bind the party on whose behalf this Agreement is executed. The parties represent and warrant that neither has assigned or transferred to any other person or party any matter or any part of any matter released under this Agreement, and each party shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other from and against any claim (including the payment of attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred) based on, in connection with, or arising out of any such assignment or transfer.

4.2 Rights Upon Breach. Mr. Valenzuela acknowledges that in the event that he breaches any portion of this Agreement, such a breach will cause harm to Apigee. If Mr. Valenzuela should breach any portion of this Agreement, Apigee shall be entitled to cease immediately making any payments to be made pursuant to this Agreement and shall not be obligated to make any remaining payments. In addition, Apigee shall be entitled to recover from Mr. Valenzuela the full settlement amount previously paid under this Agreement and/or injunctive relief, plus attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses, or any other equitable or legal remedy or damages incurred in enforcing this Agreement or in prosecuting any counterclaim or cross claim based on this Agreement.

4.3 Waiver/Severability. Waiver by either party of any default or breach of this Agreement by the other party will not constitute or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent default or breach. Should any of the provisions of this Agreement be declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of the remaining provisions will not be affected.

4.4 Revocation. Mr. Valenzuela may revoke this Agreement at any time during the seven (7) day period following the date of execution, and this Agreement shall not become effective until the expiration of that seven (7) day period. If Mr. Valenzuela revokes this Agreement, Apigee shall be under no obligation or duty to provide, and shall not provide Mr. Valenzuela any of the consideration as described in Section 1. To be effective, such revocation must be received by Paul DuCharme, People Operations, in writing. Revocation can be made by hand delivery, telegram, facsimile with overnight mail confirmation, or mail postmarked before the expiration of this seven (7) day period.

4.5 Section 409A. The severance payments and benefits under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from the requirements of “Section 409A” (as defined below) so that none of the payments to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms in this Agreement will be interpreted to be so exempt or otherwise comply with Section 409A. Specifically, the cash severance payments under Sections 1.2(a)(i), (ii) and (iv) of this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral exemption” under Section 409A and in all cases will be paid no later than March 15, 2015. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will Apigee reimburse Mr. Valenzuela for any taxes that may be imposed on Employee as a result of Section 409A. Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions that are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to him under Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any final regulations and guidance under that statute, and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

4.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California.

4.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties and constitutes the only and entire agreement between Apigee and Mr. Valenzuela. This Agreement may be modified only with a written instrument executed by both parties. No person has any authority to make any representation or promise on behalf of any party that is not set forth in this Agreement, and the parties acknowledge that this Agreement has not been executed in reliance upon any representation or promise except those contained in it.

 

4


Mr. Valenzuela and Apigee have read this Agreement, understand all of its terms, and execute it voluntarily with full knowledge of its significance.

 

Date: November 21, 2014 By:

/s/ Chet Kapoor

Apigee Corporation
Name: Chet Kapoor
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: November 22, 2014 By:

/s/ Steve Valenzuela

Steve Valenzuela

 

5


Exhibit A

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT

This Independent Contractor Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into between Apigee Corporation (“Apigee”) and Steve Valenzuela (“Contractor”) effective December 24, 2014 (“Effective Date”). The terms of this Agreement shall apply to all services provided by Contractor under this Agreement (“Services”).

 

1. SERVICES

 

1.1 Statements of Work. Contractor shall diligently provide Services on behalf of and as directed by Apigee as specified in one or more statement(s) of work executed under this Agreement (“Statement(s) of Work” or “SOWs”), each such SOW to be attached hereto as an Exhibit A-1 and incorporated by reference herein. Each Statement of Work shall reference this Agreement, specify the Services to be performed, names of the individual(s) of Contractor who will work on the project described in the Statement of Work, the compensation to be paid to Contractor, the method of invoicing and payment, the reports of work completed that may be required, and other provisions applicable to a particular project.

 

2. SERVICES FEES

 

2.1 Services Fees. The Services fees to be paid to Contractor hereunder and the applicable payment dates and/or schedules shall be specified in the applicable SOW. Contractor shall commence Services hereunder promptly upon the receipt of the applicable SOW executed by both parties.

 

2.2 Incidental Expenses. Apigee shall only reimburse Contractor for reasonable expenses incurred by Contractor that have been pre-approved in writing by Apigee. Contractor shall provide copies of the applicable receipts to Apigee for such expenses.

 

2.3 Invoicing and Payment. Apigee shall pay Contractor for Services listed under an SOW in accordance with the SOW.

 

2.4 Taxes. The fees listed in this Agreement do not include federal, state, local, sales, use, excise, or similar taxes levied on the Services provided under this Agreement. Apigee shall have no obligation to pay any taxes or fees related to the provision of the Services and/or based on Contractor’s gross or net income or receipts, personal property taxes, and any other taxes or any interest or penalties arising from Contractor’s failure to invoice taxes, file returns or provide tax information as required under applicable law or regulation.

 

2.5 Records. Contractor shall maintain adequate books, records and documents in accordance with generally accepted accounting procedures, including, original receipts for costs or expenses billed to Apigee, evidencing the Services performed, hours worked, and expenses
  under this Agreement. At a minimum, such records shall be retained for a period of two (2) years from the date that such work is concluded. Upon written request by Apigee, Contractor shall provide Apigee or its designee with access to such books and records in order to determine the accuracy of the charges and fees under this Agreement.

 

3. OWNERSHIP AND TITLE

 

3.1 Developments. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable SOW and as to Pre-Existing Works as set forth in Section 3.2 below:

All intellectual property including inventions, improvements, developments, trade secrets, copyrightable works, software, papers, deliverables, and materials disclosed or first reduced to tangible work product by Contractor, solely or in collaboration with others, in the course of its performance hereunder (the “Developments”), shall be the sole and exclusive property of Apigee and Apigee shall exclusively have all ownership and title thereto and all intellectual property and proprietary rights therein; and,

Contractor agrees that: (a) the Developments shall be works made for hire and that Apigee shall retain all copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark and any other intellectual property and proprietary rights in the Developments; (b) Contractor will assign and hereby does assign to Apigee, at no additional consideration, all right, title and interest to the Developments and all extensions and renewals thereof; and (c) Contractor will promptly execute a written assignment of such rights in the Developments to Apigee and any other documents necessary for Apigee to establish, preserve or enforce its rights in and to the Developments if so requested in writing by Apigee during the term of this Agreement or thereafter.

 

3.2

Pre-Existing Works. Deliverables provided by Contractor hereunder may contain any of Contractor’s pre-existing works and/or any third party works (“Pre-Existing Works”). All deliverables provided under an SOW shall be deemed Developments, except as otherwise defined in the SOW as Pre-Existing Works. In connection with any Pre-Existing Works provided to Apigee hereunder, Contractor represents that it has the right to distribute such Pre-Existing Works hereunder and to provide such Pre-Existing Works pursuant to the applicable SOW, and hereby grants Apigee a non-exclusive, perpetual, worldwide, fully paid-up, royalty free license to make, use, copy, reproduce, modify, make derivative works thereof, and/or distribute the Pre-Existing Works and such derivative works.

 

 

6


4. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1 Term. The Term of this Agreement shall be six (6) months commencing on the Effective Date written below, unless performance of the applicable SOW has been completed prior thereto or the Agreement is otherwise terminated earlier as provided herein. This Agreement may be extended until an SOW has been completed or terminated as required by such an SOW or upon written Agreement of the parties.

 

4.2 Termination for Convenience. Apigee may terminate this Agreement at its convenience immediately upon written notice to Contractor.

 

4.3 Termination for Breach. Each party may terminate this Agreement and/or any Statement of Work upon written notice if the other party materially breathes this Agreement or a Statement of Work and fails to correct the breach within thirty (30) days following written notice specifying the breach.

 

4.4 Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination of this Agreement and/or any Statement of Work under this Section 4, Contractor shall (I) be paid any and all undisputed amounts for time actually worked, properly documented, and approved by Apigee prior to the date of termination; and (ii) promptly deliver to Apigee any and all Deliverables created under this Agreement. The parties’ rights and obligations under Sections 3, 4, 5, and 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

5. WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Warranties

A. Contractor represents and warrants that there exists no actual or potential conflict of interest concerning the Services to be performed under this Agreement. Contractor further represents that Contractor’s performance under this Agreement does not require the breach of any agreement or obligation to keep in confidence the proprietary information of another party. Contractor will not bring to Apigee or use in performance of Contractor’s duties under this Agreement any materials or documents of another party considered confidential or proprietary unless Contractor has obtained written authorization from such party, and the informed consent of Apigee, for the possession and use and distribution of such materials. Contractor hereby represents and warrants to Apigee that it will fully comply with any and all applicable national, federal, state, provincial, and local laws, codes, and government regulations.

B. Contractor hereby warrants that its Services hereunder shall be performed diligently and in a professional and workmanlike manner by skilled and trained personnel, and, at a minimum, shall be performed in accordance with generally accepted industry standards.

C. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE WARRANTIES FOR THE PARTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

5.2 Limitation of Liability. Except for a breach of Section 6.1, in no event shall either party be liable for any indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages, or damages for loss of profits, revenue, data or use, incurred by either party or any third party, whether in an action in contract or tort, even if the other party has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Except for a breach of Section 6.1, in no event shall either party’s liability for damages hereunder exceed the amount of fees paid to Contractor under this Agreement.

 

6. GENERAL TERMS

 

6.1 Confidential information. By virtue of this Agreement, Contractor will have access to information that is sensitive, of a competitive nature, and confidential to Apigee (“Confidential Information”). For the purposes of this Section, “Confidential Information” shall include information disclosed in any form, whether or not marked or identified as “confidential”: (i) the Developments; (ii) all software, technical data, documentation, product plans, product ideas, financial information, customer lists, leads, marketing and customer data of Apigee; (iii) any other material or information that is either marked as confidential or is disclosed under circumstances that one would reasonably expect it to be confidential; and (iii) the terms of this Agreement.

Confidential Information shall not include information that: (a) is or becomes a part of the public domain through no act or omission of Contractor, or (b) was in Contractor’s lawful possession prior to the disclosure and can be documented as such by Contractor’s written records.

Contractor shall hold it in Confidential Information In strict confidence during the term of this Agreement and for ten years thereafter. Contractor shall use the Confidential Information it receives under this Agreement solely to facilitate the Services provided under this Agreement. Contractor shall not make the Confidential Information available in any form to any other party. Contractor shall use best efforts to prevent unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information.

All Confidential Information furnished to Contractor shall remain solely the property of Apigee. Confidential Information, including all copies in any form, shall be returned to Apigee upon completion or termination of this Agreement, or upon request by Apigee, may be destroyed and certified as such.

 

 

7


6.2 Independent Contractor/Background Check. Each party hereto agrees that it is an independent contractor to the other party hereto and, as such, it is not an employee or principal of such other party. Each party will not act for or in the place of the other in relations with third parties. Each party is not responsible for withholding or deducting from the compensation of the other party’s employees, agents and contractors, any sums for national, federal, state income taxes, social security, unemployment compensation, medical, dental, workers’ compensation or disability insurance coverage, pension or retirement plans or the like. Contractor specifically agrees to pay any and all of the foregoing. Contractor agrees that Apigee may perform its standard 3rd party background check on Contractor and that in the event that Contractor does not fully pass such check, Apigee may terminate this Agreement immediately.

 

6.3 Governing Law/Jurisdiction. This Agreement, and all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall be deemed to be executed in California. Any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be instituted in a state or federal court in Santa Clara County, California. The parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and agree that venue shall be held in, these courts in any such legal action or proceeding.

 

6.4 Notice. All notices, including notices of address change, required to be sent hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when mailed by private carrier that provides confirmation of delivery has confirmed such delivery or upon receipt of e-mail, to the applicable address listed below.

 

6.5 Assignment. Contractor shall not assign this Agreement to another legal entity or third party without the prior written consent of Apigee.

 

6.6 Severability and Waiver. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force. The waiver by either party of any default or breach of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent default or breach.

 

6.7 Non-Solicitation. Contractor shall not recruit for employment (employee or contractor) any Apigee employee of contractor for one (1) year from the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements or representations, written or oral, concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party; no other act, document, usage or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Agreement.

Executed by Apigee Corporation:

 

Authorized Signature:

/s/ Paul E. DuCharme

Name:

Paul DuCharme

Title:

CPO

Address:

10 Almaden Blvd, 16th Floor

San Jose, CA 95113

E-mail:

ap@apigee.com

Date:

November 20, 2014

Executed by Contractor:

 

Authorized Signature:

/s/ Steve Valenzuela

Name:

Steve Valenzuela

Address:

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

8


EXHIBIT A-1

STATEMENT OF WORK

This Statement of Work (“SOW”) is effective December 24, 2014 (“Effective Date”) by and between Apigee Corporation (“Apigee”) and Steve Valenzuela (“Contractor”) and shall be governed by the terms of the Independent Contractor Agreement effective December 24, 2014 between the parties (the “Agreement”).

 

A. SERVICES

 

  1. Contractor Obligations.

Scope of Services to be provided

Contractor may provide the following Services hereunder.

Assistance on transitioning projects and general consulting on finance and investor relations matters as requested from time to time by Apigee. Work shall occur only with the prior written approval of the CEO of Apigee.

 

  2. Performance Period.

The term of this SOW shall start on December 24, 2014 and continue until June 23, 2015 (-Term”). The Term may be extended by the mutual agreement of the parties.

 

B. RATES AND PAYMENTS

 

  1. Rates.

Services shall be provided under this SOW at a rate of $250 USD/hr.

 

  2. Payment.

Contractor shall invoice Apigee by e-mail to ap@apigee.com every month for the Services performed and expenses pre-approved in writing and incurred during such period and payment shall be made by Apigee within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice to the address listed in the Agreement.

Apigee Corporation

 

Signature:

/s/ Steve Valenzuela

Signature:

/s/ Paul E. DuCharme

Name:

Steve Valenzuela

Name:

Paul DuCharme

Title:

CFO

Title:

CPO

 

9


EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of November 17, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and APIGEE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 1, 2012 (as amended, modified, supplemented, or renewed, the “Prior Loan Agreement”). Pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made available to Borrower (i) a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) (the “Existing Revolving Line”), (ii) a term loan in the original principal amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) (the “Existing Term Loan”), and (iii) an equipment term loan in the original principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) (the “Existing Equipment Term Loan”).

B. Bank made available to InsightsOne Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“InsightsOne Subsidiary”) a growth capital loan in the original principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (the “Existing Growth Capital Loan”) pursuant to a certain Loan and Security Agreement between InsightsOne Subsidiary and Bank dated April 19, 2013 (as amended, modified, supplemented, or renewed, the “Prior Growth Capital Loan Agreement”). On or about December 13, 2013, InsightsOne Subsidiary became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower, and pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated December 19, 2013 by and between Borrower and Bank, Borrower assumed all of the Obligations of InsightsOne Subsidiary under the Prior Growth Capital Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed pursuant to this Agreement, that Bank (i) make available to Borrower a revolving line of credit which will refinance and replace the Existing Revolving Line in its entirety, (ii) provide to Borrower a new term loan which will refinance and replace the Existing Term Loan and Existing Growth Capital Loan in their entirety, and (iii) replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby amended, restated, and replaced in its entirety as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or


requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

(c) Early Termination. The Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date as follows: (i) by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is received by Bank; or (ii) by Bank at any time from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice, effective immediately. If this Agreement is terminated prior to the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date (A) by Bank in accordance with clause (ii) in the foregoing sentence, or (B) by Borrower for any reason, Borrower shall pay to Bank the Early Termination Fee. If applicable, the Early Termination Fee shall be due and payable on the effective date of such termination and if not paid in full shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.

2.1.2 Term Loan.

(a) Availability. Bank shall make a term loan available to Borrower in two (2) tranches (“Tranche A” and “Tranche B”; each advance under Tranche A and Tranche B hereinafter referred to individually as a “Term Loan Advance”, and collectively, as “Term Loan Advances”) not exceeding the Term Loan Commitment. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) Bank will fund Tranche A on or about the Effective Date in a single advance in an amount equal to Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), the proceeds of which shall be used to refinance and replace the Existing Term Loan and Existing Growth Capital Loan in their entirety (the “Tranche A Advance”), and (ii) Tranche B will be available to Borrower during the Tranche B Draw Period in multiple advances in the aggregate amount not

 

2


to exceed Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000) (each a “Tranche B Advance”, and collectively, the “Tranche B Advances”). Each Tranche B Advance may be advanced in multiple advances in an amount equal to not less than (i) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or (ii) the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Term Loan Commitment. After repayment, no Term Loan Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment. Borrower shall repay each Term Loan Advance as follows: (i) for the Tranche A Advance, commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of such Tranche A Advance occurs (the “Tranche A Amortization Date”), and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make thirty (30) consecutive equal monthly payments of principal, in an amount which would fully amortize the outstanding Tranche A Advance, as of the Tranche A Amortization Date, over the Tranche A Repayment Period, plus accrued and unpaid interest (each, a “Tranche A Payment”), and (ii) for each Tranche B Advance, Borrower shall (A) make monthly payments of accrued interest only, commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of such Tranche B Advance occurs, and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter during the Interest-Only Period; and (B) commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Interest-Only Period ends (the “Tranche B Amortization Date”) and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter, make twenty-four (24) consecutive equal monthly payments of principal in an amount which would fully amortize each such outstanding Tranche B Advance, as of the Tranche B Amortization Date, over the Tranche B Repayment Period, plus accrued and unpaid interest (each, a “Tranche B Payment”). All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on each Term Loan Advance is due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Reserved.

(d) Prepayment.

(i) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Term Loan Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances through the date the prepayment is made, plus (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Term Loan Advances, plus (C) the Final Payment, plus (D) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(ii) Permitted Prepayment. So long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (A) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan Advances at least three (3) days prior to such prepayment, and (B) pays, on the date of such prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances through the date the prepayment is made, (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (iii) the Final Payment, and (iv) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

3


2.1.3 Existing Equipment Term Loan.

(a) Outstanding Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances. As part of the Existing Equipment Term Loan, Bank made advances to Borrower under the Prior Loan Agreement to finance certain Eligible Equipment (each an “Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance”, and collectively, the “Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances”). Bank and Borrower hereby agree that there is no further availability under the Existing Equipment Term Loan. The Obligations owing with respect to the Existing Equipment Term Loan have not been extinguished or discharged hereby and the execution of this Agreement is not intended to and shall not cause or result in a novation with respect to the Existing Equipment Term Loan. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that as of the Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance on the Existing Equipment Term Loan is Three Million Sixty Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty-One Dollars and 15/100 Cents ($3,060,751.15), and that such sum is not subject to any offset or defense of any kind whatsoever, and in the event Borrower has any offsets or defenses thereto, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all such offsets and defenses. Borrower will continue to repay the outstanding balance of the Existing Equipment Term Loan (including interest on the outstanding balance) in accordance with the terms set forth herein. After repayment, no Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment of Existing Equipment Term Loan. Subject to the prepayment provisions set forth in Sections 2.1.3(c) and 2.1.3(d), Borrower shall continue to repay the Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances on the first (1st) calendar day of each successive calendar month following the Effective Date through the Existing Equipment Term Loan Maturity Date in thirty-one (31) monthly payments of (A) principal which would fully amortize such outstanding Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance, plus (B) accrued and unpaid interest. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due and payable in full on the Existing Equipment Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss. Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any item of Financed Equipment is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a governmental authority for any reason for a period ending beyond the Existing Equipment Term Loan Maturity Date with respect to such Financed Equipment (an “Event of Loss”), then, within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued and unpaid interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment.

 

4


(d) Prepayment.

(i) Permitted Prepayment. At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay each of the Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances, provided Borrower (A) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay such Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance at least three (3) days prior to such prepayment, and (B) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to such Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance; and (iii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to such Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance.

(ii) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances are accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances; (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances; and (C) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.2 Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate.

(i) Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, plus one and one-half of one percent (1.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(ii) Term Loan Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Term Loan Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, plus three-quarters of one percent (0.75%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.1.2(b) above and Section 2.3(d) below.

(iii) Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, plus two percent (2.0%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.1.3(b) above and Section 2.3(d) below.

 

5


(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is three percent (3.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation. Interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Revolving Line Anniversary Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable anniversary fee of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) upon each May 1st following the Effective Date;

(b) Term Loan Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) (the “Term Loan Commitment Fee”) on the Effective Date;

(c) Early Termination Fee. The Early Termination Fee, when due hereunder;

(d) Final Payment. The Final Payment due on either (i) the date on which the final Tranche A Payment is made (if no Tranche B Advance has been advanced), provided, that if a Tranche B Advance has been advanced, the date on which the final Tranche B Payment is made, or (ii) at the time of a prepayment pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.2(d);

(e) Good Faith Deposit. Borrower has paid to Bank a good faith deposit of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses, accrued on or before the Effective Date, will be applied to the Term Loan Commitment Fee; and

(f) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement, which fees and expenses for the documentation and negotiation of this Agreement will not exceed Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) as of the Effective Date) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

 

6


(g) Fees Fully Earned. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5 Designated Deposit Account; Account Collection Services.

Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account. This Section does not impose any affirmative duty on Bank to perform any act other than as specifically set forth herein. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof are Collateral and if an Event of Default occurs, Bank shall apply the proceeds of such Accounts pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof.

2.6 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.7 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and

 

7


agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant issued on the Effective Date;

(c) the Operating Documents and (i) good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (ii) a foreign qualification certificate certified by the Secretary of State of the State of California, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements constitute Permitted Liens;

(e) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(f) a copy of Borrower’s Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(g) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(h) duly executed shareholder approval of the incurrence of the Obligations pursuant to the Fourth Article(C)(5)(h)(vii) of the Borrower’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and

 

8


(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Advances. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

9


(b) Term Loan. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Term Loan Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

10


4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim in an amount greater than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (or, if an Event of Default exists, in any amount), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that, except to the extent Borrower has provided notice to Bank under one or more provisions contained in this Agreement specifically contemplating such notices, that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate (as may from time to time be updated in writing by Borrower after the Effective Date) and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate (as may from time to time be updated in writing by Borrower after the Effective Date) accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ,

 

11


judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall be required to update its Perfection Certificate promptly in writing only if a change has been made to such Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, to the extent required by Section 6.6(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate (as may from time to time be updated in writing by Borrower after the Effective Date) or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate (as may from time to time be updated in writing by Borrower after the Effective Date) or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Financed Equipment was new at the time it became Financed Equipment, except for such Financed Equipment that has been disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower as “used” and that Bank, in its sole discretion, previously agreed to finance under the Prior Loan Agreement. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

12


5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. So long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account.

(b) All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation. Except as otherwise disclosed to Bank pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.2, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

13


5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Except for (i) equity interests in the UK Subsidiary, Indian Subsidiary, Singapore Subsidiary, Australian Subsidiary, Japanese Subsidiary, Dubai Subsidiary and InsightsOne Subsidiary, and (ii) Permitted Investments, Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (A) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, (B) for taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed to a Governmental Authority in the United States, that (i) do not at any time exceed an amount of, individually, Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) and (ii) there are no Liens on any of the Collateral in favor of such Governmental Authority resulting from such unpaid taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions that are not other than “Permitted Liens”, and (C) for taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed to a Governmental Authority in India, that (i) do not at any time exceed an amount of, individually or in the aggregate, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and (ii) there are no Liens on any of the Collateral in favor of such Governmental Authority resulting from such unpaid taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions that are not other than “Permitted Liens”.

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments for sales and use taxes proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could reasonably be expected to result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, and to fund its general business requirements (including the refinancing of the Existing Revolving Line, the Existing Term Loan and the Existing Growth Capital Loan) and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

14


5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the “Borrowing Base Reports”);

(b) Borrowing Base Certificate. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;

(c) Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

 

15


(e) Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(f) Other Statements. Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all material statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(g) SEC Filings. In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, copies of all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed by Borrower with the SEC (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC), or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be, due with the next Compliance Certificate that is to be delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(d). Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(h) Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more;

(i) Board Approved Projections. As soon as available, but no later than seven (7) days after approval by Borrower’s Board of Directors or more frequently as updated, income statement projections, and annual financial projections for the upcoming fiscal year approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial plans and projections; and

(j) Other Financial Information. Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

 

16


6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof and taxes with respect to which the amount does not exceed the amount set forth in Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1.3(c), proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

17


6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ primary domestic operating, deposit and investment accounts with Bank and its Affiliates, including all foreign exchange transactions and letters of credit, if such Bank Services are available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall cause its UK Subsidiary to maintain all of its primary operating, deposit and investment accounts with Bank’s and its Affiliates’ branches located in the United Kingdom, including all foreign exchange transactions and letters of credit, if such Bank Services are available.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains in the United States, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.7 Financial Covenants.

(a) Minimum Revenue. On a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower (commencing on the fiscal quarter ending on October 31, 2014 and continuing for each subsequent fiscal quarter ending through the fiscal quarter ending on July 31, 2015), maintain revenues (as defined by GAAP) on a rolling two (2) quarter basis, of not less than eighty percent (80%) of Borrower’s projected revenues for such rolling two (2) quarter period outlined in Borrower’s consolidated revenue plan dated August 19, 2014 approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and delivered to, and approved by, Bank before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall establish the applicable minimum revenue financial covenant for the fiscal quarter ending on October 31, 2015 and each subsequent fiscal quarter ending during Borrower’s fiscal year 2016 based upon eighty percent (80%) of Borrower’s projected revenues for each rolling two (2) quarter period outlined in Borrower’s board-approved plan for the fiscal year ending April 30, 2016, delivered in accordance with Section 6.2, and such covenant shall be set in a manner (but not in amounts) consistent with the covenant set as of Effective Date through the fiscal quarter ending on July 31, 2015 (the “Proposed Fiscal Year 2016 Minimum Revenue Covenant”). In furtherance of the immediately preceding sentence, the Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the aforementioned percentage used to calculate the Proposed Fiscal Year 2016 Minimum Revenue Covenant may be adjusted by Bank in its good faith business judgment to take into consideration any material circumstances which could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(b) Minimum Liquidity Ratio. Maintain as of the last day of each month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a Liquidity Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

 

18


6.8 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Reserved.

6.9 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on three (3) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses; provided that the total charge for each such inspection and audit shall not exceed Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) at any time without Borrower’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall, upon Bank’s request in its sole and absolute discretion (a) cause such new Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Domestic Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in any such new Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (provided that in no event shall more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising

 

19


issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any such Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, be required to be so pledged), and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.

6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, unneeded or obsolete Equipment that does not constitute Financed Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (e) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (f) other Transfers not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.1 in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate at any time.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) the Key Person ceases to hold such office with Borrower unless the board of directors appoints a replacement Chief Executive Officer within ninety (90) days; or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital, strategic corporate investors or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank such investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

20


Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to have such bailee execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (an “Acquisition”) unless the Acquisition is a Permitted Acquisition. Once an Acquisition is completed the Borrower shall provide Bank with complete details of the Acquisition and updated pro-forma projections. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, herein, a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) per fiscal year; and (iv) Borrower may pay cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such payment and would not exist after giving effect to such payment; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

21


7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) reasonable compensation arrangements entered into the ordinary course of business and approved by Borrower’s board of directors; (iii) bona fide equity and bridge financings with Borrower’s existing investors, so long as such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and such bridge financings constitute Subordinated Debt.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, Existing Equipment Term Loan Maturity Date or Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

22


8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, or 6.10 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Priority of Bank’s Security Interest. If there is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000); or (b) a default by the Borrower under any agreement which either generates revenues for Borrower or which Borrower pays fees in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000);

 

23


8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Dollar Equivalent (or one hundred ten percent (110%) if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

 

24


(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit

 

25


Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

26


9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:    

   Apigee Corporation
   10 S. Almaden Boulevard
   San Jose, California 95113
   Attn: Senior Vice President of Operations
   Fax: (408) 343-7301
   Email: don@apigee.com

If to Bank:    

   Silicon Valley Bank
   2400 Hanover St.
   Palo Alto, California 94304
   Attn: Kaare Wagner, Vice President
   Fax: _______________________________
   Email: kwagner@svb.com

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed

 

27


appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

28


This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), the Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

29


12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”) provided that such Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall agree to be bound by the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 12.9; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

30


12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Transitional Arrangements. On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this Section. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties evidenced by the Prior Loan Agreement shall be evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the grant of security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower under the Prior Loan Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) shall continue under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished or annulled but shall hereafter be governed by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All references to the Prior Loan Agreement in any Loan Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the provisions hereof.

 

31


13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Acquisition” is defined in Section 7.3.

“Adjusted Quick Ratio” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities minus Deferred Revenue.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Australian Subsidiary” means Apigee Australia Pty Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the Australia.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of all Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

 

32


“Bookings” are the values of (i) new contracts entered into between Borrower and new customers which result in the sale of Borrower’s products or services to such new customers, (ii) new contracts entered into between Borrower and existing customers which result in the sale of Borrower’s products or services to such existing customers, and (iii) renewals of existing contracts entered into between Borrower and existing customers resulting in the sale of Borrower’s products or services to such existing customers, during any period of measurement by Bank.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) the lesser of (i) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Foreign Accounts or (ii) Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000), as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentages in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

“Borrowing Base Report” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E
.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

 

33


“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

34


“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Overadvance, Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance, Term Loan Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Current Liabilities” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number ending XXXXX5761, maintained by Borrower with Bank.

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Dubai Subsidiary” means Apigee Corporation (branch)—Dubai, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the United Arab Emirates.

“Early Termination Fee” is a non-refundable termination fee in an amount equal to One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000) if the termination of the Revolving Line occurs before the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

35


(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States, unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise—sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements (excepting payment penalties due to Account Debtors specifically resulting from “downtime failures” in connection with “three nines” guarantee clauses set forth in Borrower’s Service Level Agreements with such Account Debtors) where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

36


(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for (A) goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor, or (B) services that have not been rendered to the Account Debtor, unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) as it relates to invoiced goods, it has title to and has ownership of such goods wherever located, and as it relates to invoiced services, it will receive a direct benefit from such services being rendered, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods or services, as applicable, has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods or services, as applicable, in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Reserved.

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, except for AT&T Inc., for which such percentage is forty percent (40%), for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing in its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

“Eligible Equipment” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at 10 S. Almaden Boulevard, San Jose, CA 95113 or such other location of which Bank has approved in writing, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank, subject to Permitted Liens: (a) general purpose office equipment, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

 

37


“Eligible Foreign Accounts” are Accounts for which the Account Debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and which (a) otherwise satisfy the definition of Eligible Accounts, and (b) are billed and collected in the United States.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Event of Loss” is defined in Section 2.1.3(c).

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Equipment Term Loan” is defined in Recital A.

“Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance” or “Existing Equipment Term Loan Advances” is defined in Recital A.

“Existing Equipment Term Loan Maturity Date” is June 1, 2017.

“Existing Growth Capital Loan” is defined in Recital B.

“Existing Revolving Line” is defined in Recital A.

“Existing Term Loan” is defined in Recital A.

“Final Payment” is, for the Term Loan Advances, a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the date set forth in Section 2.4(d), equal to One Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($156,250).

“Financed Equipment” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Existing Equipment Term Loan Advance.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

 

38


“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Good Faith Deposit” is defined in Section 2.4(c).

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Indian Subsidiary” means Apigee Technologies (India) Pvt. Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of India.

“InsightsOne Subsidiary” is defined in Recital B.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

39


(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all software, including, without limitation, all source code and object code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Interest-Only Period” means, for the Tranche B Advances, the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through May 31, 2016.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Japanese Subsidiary” means Apigee Japan K K, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the Japan.

“Key Person” is Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is, as of the Effective Date, Chet Kapoor.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Liquidity Ratio” means a ratio equal to (a) Borrower’s unrestricted cash not subject to any Lien securing Indebtedness (other than Obligations owing to Bank) and Cash Equivalents, plus an amount equal to Borrower’s net balance sheet Eligible Accounts, minus the aggregate principal balance of the outstanding Advances, divided by (b) the aggregate principal balance of the outstanding Term Loan Advances.

 

40


“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

“Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Other Equipment” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

“Overadvance” is defined in Section 2.2.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

41


“Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition(s) in which: (a) the Borrower’s board of directors has approved the Acquisition; (b) the Person so acquired (the “Target”) is in a similar line of business or a business reasonably related thereto; (c) the Borrower is the sole surviving corporation; (d) either (i) Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio, measured on a pro-forma basis based on Borrower’s and Target’s consolidated financial statements for the most recent reporting period, is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.00 or (ii) if Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio, measured on a pro-forma basis based on Borrower’s and Target’s consolidated financial statements for the most recent reporting period, is less than 1.50 to 1.00, then (A) cash consideration for all Acquisitions does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate at any time and (B) total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration for all Acquisitions does not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate at any time; (e) the Acquisition is not a hostile acquisition; (f) at the time of the Acquisition and after giving effect to the Acquisition, there shall not exist any Event of Default under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; and (g) after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Borrower will remain in compliance with any financial covenants set forth in this Agreement on a pro-forma basis.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) capital leases in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(f) reimbursement obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business under corporate credit cards in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(g) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(i) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

 

42


(j) Indebtedness that constitutes Permitted Investments under paragraph (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments; and

(k) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents and (ii) Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts; provided that with respect to any deposit accounts maintained by Borrower, Bank shall have a perfected security interest in such deposit account to the extent required by Section 6.6(b);

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries (except for the Indian Subsidiary and the UK Subsidiary) not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (ii) investments by Borrower in the Indian Subsidiary to cover operating expenses in the ordinary course of business not to exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (iii) investments by Borrower in the UK Subsidiary to cover operating expenses in the ordinary course of business not to exceed Twenty-Four Million Dollars ($24,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (iv) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

43


(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) (i) Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement which is otherwise a Permitted Investment; and

(k) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 of this Agreement not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

44


(h) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that with respect to Borrower’s accounts, Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts to the extent required by Section 6.6(b); and

(k) deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade contracts, leases, government contracts, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance and return money bonds, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

“Prior Growth Capital Loan Agreement” is defined in Recital B.

“Prior Loan Agreement” is defined in Recital A.

“Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash not subject to any Lien securing Indebtedness (other than Obligations owing to Bank) and Cash Equivalents and Eligible Accounts.

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

45


“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

“Revolving Line” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is October 31, 2017.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Service Level Agreements” means those certain Service Level Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, in an arm’s length transaction, by and between Borrower and an Account Debtor, which contain a “three nines” guarantee against “downtime failures” in Borrower’s services.

“Singapore Subsidiary” means Apigee Singapore Pte Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the Singapore.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower, which shall include, but is not limited to, the UK Subsidiary, Indian Subsidiary, Singapore Subsidiary, Australian Subsidiary, Japanese Subsidiary, Dubai Subsidiary and InsightsOne Subsidiary.

“Term Loan Advance” or “Term Loan Advances” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Term Loan Commitment” is a Term Loan Advance or Term Loan Advances in an aggregate original principal amount of up to Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000).

“Term Loan Commitment Fee” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

 

46


“Term Loan Maturity Date” is, for (a) the Tranche A Advance, the date on which the thirtieth (30th) Tranche A Payment is due with respect to the Tranche A Advance, but in no event later than May 31, 2017, and (b) the Tranche B Advance, the date on which the twenty-fourth (24th) Tranche B Payment is due, but in no event later than May 1, 2018.

“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and current portion of Subordinated Debt permitted by Bank to be paid by Borrower, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Tranche A” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Tranche A Advance” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Tranche A Amortization Date” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

“Tranche A Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

“Tranche A Repayment Period” is, for the Tranche A Advance, a period of time equal to thirty (30) consecutive months commencing on the Tranche A Amortization Date.

“Tranche B” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Tranche B Advance” or “Tranche B Advances” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Tranche B Amortization Date” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

“Tranche B Draw Period” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) May 31, 2016 or (b) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

“Tranche B Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

“Tranche B Repayment Period” is, for each Tranche B Advance, a period of time equal to twenty-four (24) consecutive months commencing on the Tranche B Amortization Date.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“UK Subsidiary” means Apigee Europe Limited, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the United Kingdom.

 

47


“Warrant” is that certain (i) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of May 1, 2012 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (ii) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of April 19, 2013 executed by InsightsOne Subsidiary in favor of Bank, and (iii) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, each as may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time.

[Signature page follows.]

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

 

APIGEE CORPORATION
By  

/s/ Steve Valenzuela

Name:   Steve Valenzuela
Title:   CFO

BANK:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ John Willard

Name:   John Willard
Title:   MD

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following: (a) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, and (b) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

Exhibit A


EXHIBIT B - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower: Apigee Corporation

Lender: Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount: $12,500,000

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  

1. Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                     

   $                        

2. Additions (Please explain on next page)

   $                        

3. Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts

   $                        

4. NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   $                        

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

  

5. 90 Days Past Invoice Date

   $                        

6. Credit Balances over 90 Days

   $                        

7. Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (Cross-Age or Current Affected)

   $                        

8. Foreign Account Debtor Accounts (other than Eligible Foreign Accounts up to $6,000,000)

   $                        

9. Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts

   $                        

10. Contra / Customer Deposit Accounts

   $                        

11. U.S. Government Accounts

   $                        

12. Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

   $                        

13. Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings

   $                        

14. Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress / Milestone Billings

   $                        

15. Accounts for Retainage Billings

   $                        

16. Trust / Bonded Accounts

   $                        

17. Bill and Hold Accounts

   $                        

18. Unbilled Accounts

   $                        

19. Non-Trade Accounts (If not already deducted above)

   $                        

20. Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)

   $                        

21. Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos

   $                        

22. Product Returns / Exchanges

   $                        

23. Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts

   $                        

24. [Reserved]

   $                        

25. Concentration Limits (25%; except for AT&T, 40%)

   $                        

26. TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

   $                        

27. Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)

   $                        

28. ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #27)

   $                        

BALANCES

  

29. Maximum Loan Amount

   $ 12,500,000   

30. Total Funds Available [Lesser of #29 or #28]

   $                        

31. Present balance owing on Line of Credit

   $                        

32. Outstanding under Sublimits (if any)

   $                        

33. RESERVE POSITION (#30 minus #31 and #32)

   $                        

[Continued on following page.]

 

Exhibit B


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:

 

By:                                                      

            Authorized Signer

 

Date:                                                  

  

BANK USE ONLY        

Received by:                                                              

                             AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Date:                                                                          

Verified:                                                                    

                        AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Date:                                                                          

Compliance Status:                     Yes                   No

 

Exhibit B


EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

        TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK                        Date:                                                      
        FROM: APIGEE CORPORATION   

The undersigned authorized officer of Apigee Corporation (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending             with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

   Complies  

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate (“CC”)

   Monthly within 30 days      Yes No   

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

   FYE within 180 days      Yes No   

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   With next Compliance Certificate      Yes No   

Borrowing Base Certificate; A/R & A/P Agings

   Monthly within 30 days      Yes No   

Annual Board Approved financial projections

   Annually within 30 days after board approval or more frequently as updated      Yes No   

 

Financial Covenants

   Required    Actual    Complies  

Maintain on a rolling 2-quarter basis:

        

Minimum revenues (as defined by GAAP)

   80% of forecast    $                  Yes No   

Maintain on a monthly basis:

        

Minimum Liquidity Ratio

   1.25 : 1.00                 : 1.00      Yes No   

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

 

Exhibit C


Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower (prior to the date on which an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock has been consummated) and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.      Yes         No   

 

Have there been any 10-Q, 10-K and 8-K filings by Borrower with the SEC (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC), or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be? If yes, provide copies of any such filings.      Yes         No   

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

APIGEE CORPORATION      BANK USE ONLY
        Received by:                                                                                                    
By:   

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Name:   

 

     Date:                                                                                                                  
Title:   

 

       
        Verified:                                                                                                            
           AUTHORIZED SIGNER
        Date:                                                                                                                  
        Compliance Status:    Yes     No

 

Exhibit C


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                         

I. Minimum Revenue (Section 6.7(a) of the Loan Agreement)

Required: On a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower (commencing on the fiscal quarter ending on October 31, 2014 and continuing for each subsequent fiscal quarter ending through the fiscal quarter ending on July 31, 2015), maintain revenues (as defined by GAAP) on a rolling two (2) quarter basis, of not less than eighty percent (80%) of Borrower’s projected revenues for such rolling two (2) quarter period outlined in Borrower’s consolidated revenue plan dated August 19, 2014 approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and delivered to, and approved by, Bank before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall establish the applicable minimum revenue financial covenant for the fiscal quarter ending on October 31, 2015 and each subsequent fiscal quarter ending during Borrower’s fiscal year 2016 based upon eighty percent (80%) of Borrower’s projected revenues for each rolling two (2) quarter period outlined in Borrower’s board-approved plan for the fiscal year ending April 30, 2016, delivered in accordance with Section 6.2, and such covenant shall be set in a manner (but not in amounts) consistent with the covenant set as of Effective Date through the fiscal quarter ending on July 31, 2015 (the “Proposed Fiscal Year 2016 Minimum Revenue Covenant”). In furtherance of the immediately preceding sentence, the Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the aforementioned percentage used to calculate the Proposed Fiscal Year 2016 Minimum Revenue Covenant may be increased by Bank in its good faith business judgment in the event that Bank determines in its sole discretion that a Material Adverse Change has occurred and is continuing during the period in which the Proposed Fiscal Year 2016 Minimum Revenue Covenant is being established.

Actual:     $                    

Is the amount of Borrower’s revenue (as defined by GAAP) at the end of the applicable testing period equal to or greater than the amount as required above for its respective period ending?

 

             No, not in compliance

                Yes, in compliance

II. Liquidity Ratio (Section 6.7(b) of the Loan Agreement)

Required: Borrower shall maintain as of the last day of each month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a Liquidity Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

Actual:

 

A.    Borrower’s unrestricted cash not subject to any Lien securing Indebtedness    $            
B.    Net balance sheet Eligible Accounts    $            
C.    Aggregate principal balance of the outstanding Advances    $            
D.    Liquidity (line A plus line B minus line C)    $            
E.    Aggregate principal balance of the outstanding Term Loan Advances    $            
F.    Liquidity Ratio (line D divided by line E)   

 

Is line F at least 1.25 to 1.00?

 

             No, not in compliance

                Yes, in compliance

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit C


EXHIBIT D – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

Fax To:

   Date:                                 

LOAN PAYMENT:

            APIGEE CORPORATION

 

From Account #                                                                                           To Account #                                                                                   

(Deposit Account #)

      (Loan Account #)
Principal $                                                                                                      and/or Interest $                                                                               

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                    Phone Number:                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                                            

LOAN ADVANCE:

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #            To Account #     
   (Loan Account #)          (Deposit Account #)

 

Amount of Advance $              

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                    Phone Number:                                                                         
Print Name/Title:                                                                            

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:                                                                          Amount of Wire: $                                                                   
Beneficiary Bank:                                                                           Account Number:                                                                     
City and State:                                                                                 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:           Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):     
        (For International Wire Only)   

 

Intermediary Bank:        Transit (ABA) #:     
For Further Credit to:     

 

Special Instruction:     

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                    2nd Signature (if required):                                                    
Print Name/Title:                                                                             Print Name/Title:                                                                      
Telephone #:                                                                                      Telephone #:                                                                               

 

Exhibit D


EXHIBIT E – BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

[On file with Bank]

 

Exhibit E


EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (this “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1.1, is made by and between CA-10 ALMADEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and APIGEE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The following exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part hereof: Exhibit A-1 (Outline of Suite 1600); Exhibit A-2 (Outline of Suite 1700); Exhibit B (Work Letter); Exhibit C (Form of Confirmation Letter); Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations); Exhibit E (Judicial Reference); Exhibit F (Additional Provisions); Exhibit F-1 (Building Signage); Exhibit F-2 (Additional Building Signage); Exhibit F-3 (Form of Letter of Credit); Exhibit F-4 (EV Spaces); and Exhibit F-5 (Additional Work Letter).

1. BASIC LEASE INFORMATION.

 

        1.1

Date: October 18, 2013

        1.2

Premises.

1.2.1 “Building”:

10 Almaden Avenue, San Jose, California 95113, commonly known as 10 Almaden.

1.2.2 “Premises”:

Subject to Section 2.1.1, 41,151 rentable square feet of space consisting of (i) 20,823 rentable square feet located on the 16th floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 1600, the outline and location of which is set forth in Exhibit A-1; and (ii) 20,328 rentable square feet located on the 17th floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 1700, the outline and location of which is set forth in Exhibit A-2. If the Premises include any floor in its entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such floor shall be considered part of the Premises.

1.2.3 “Property”:

The Building, the parcel(s) of land upon which it is located, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any parking facilities and other improvements serving the Building and the parcel(s) of land upon which such parking facilities and other improvements are located.

1.2.4 “Project”:

The Property or, at Landlord’s discretion, any project containing the Property and any other land, buildings or other improvements.

        1.3

Term:

1.3.1 Term:

The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall begin on the Commencement Date and expire on the Expiration Date (or any earlier date on which this Lease is terminated as provided herein).


   1.3.2 “Commencement    The earlier of (i) the first date on which Tenant Date”: business in the Premises, or (ii) the later of (A) the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work (defined in Exhibit B) is Substantially Complete (defined in Exhibit B), or (B) December 1, 2013.
  

1.3.3 “Expiration Date”:

   The last day of the 66th full calendar month beginning on or after the Commencement Date.

    1.4

   “Base Rent”:   

 

Period During

Term

  

Monthly

Installment of

Base Rent

 

Commencement Date through last day of 12th full calendar month of Term

   $ 119,337,90   

13th through 24th full calendar months of Term

   $ 122,918,04   

25th though 36th full calendar months of Term

   $ 126,605.58   

37th through 48th full calendar months of Term

   $ 130,403.75   

49th through 60th full calendar months of Term

   $ 134,315.86   

61st full calendar month of Term through Expiration Date

   $ 138,345.33   

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Default (defined in Section 19.1) exists, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent, in the amount of $119,337.90 per month, for the first six (6) full calendar months of the Term.

    1.5

   “Base Year” for Expenses:    Calendar year 2014.
   “Base Year” for Taxes:    Calendar year 2014.

1.6

   “Tenant’s Share”:    13.3065 % (based upon a total of 309,255 rentable square feet in the Building), subject to Section 2.1.1.

1.7

   “Permitted Use”:    General office use consistent with a first-class office building; provided, however, that, at no time shall the Premises be used by any one of the following entities: Starpoint, Atlantic Partners, CDI, Kforce, Aquent, NetTeks, PSG, Sapphire, Communications Collaborative, Winter Wyman, Eliason and US Edge (or any successor (by merger, consolidation, name change or otherwise) to any one of the foregoing) or any other person or entity whose primary business (or whose primary business in the Building) is the operation of a personnel service offering recruitment and staffing services.

 

-2-


        1.8

   “Security Deposit”:    None.
   Prepaid Base Rent:    $119,337.90, as more particularly described in Section 3.

1.9

   Parking:    98 unreserved parking spaces, at the rate of $135.00 per space per month, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time to reflect Landlord’s then current rates; provided, however, that during the portion of the Term beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the 24th full calendar month of the Term, such rate shall be $0.00 per space per month.
      Three (3) reserved parking spaces, at the rate of $240.00 per space per month, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time after the first to reflect Landlord’s then current rates; provided, however, that during the portion of the Term beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the 24th full calendar month of the Term, such rate shall be $0.00 per space per month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, by 30 days’ notice to Landlord, may irrevocably convert one or more of such three (3) reserved parking spaces to unreserved parking spaces, in which event, from and after the effective date of such conversion, such converted spaces shall be governed by the first paragraph of this Section 1.9.

1.10

   Address of Tenant:    Before the Commencement Date:
      Apigee Corporation
      260 Sheridan Avenue, Suite 320
      Palo Alto, CA 94306
      From and after the Commencement Date: the Premises.

1.11

   Address of Landlord:    CA-10 Almaden Limited Partnership
      c/o Equity Office
      2001 Gateway Place, Suite 350W
      San Jose, CA 95110
      Attention: Property Manager
      with copies to:
      Equity Office
      2655 Campus Drive, Suite 100
      San Mateo, CA 94403
      Attn: Managing Counsel

 

-3-


      and
      Equity Office
      Two North Riverside Plaza
      Suite 2100
      Chicago, IL 60606
      Attn: Lease Administration

        1.12

   Broker(s):    Colliers Parrish International, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant’s Broker”), representing Tenant, and Cassidy Turley Northern California, Inc., a California corporation (“Landlord’s Broker”), representing Landlord.

1.13

   Building HVAC Hours and Holidays:    “Building HVAC Hours” means 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding the day of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any other locally or nationally recognized holiday that is observed by other Comparable Buildings (defined in Section 25.10) (collectively, “Holidays”).
1.14    “Transfer Radius”:    None.

1.15

   “Tenant Improvements”:    Defined in Exhibit B, if any.

1.16

   “Guarantor”:    As of the date hereof, there is no Guarantor.

1.17

   Letter of Credit:    As more particularly described in Section 7 of Exhibit F.

2. PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS.

2.1 The Premises.

2.1.1 Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the rentable square footage of the Premises is as set forth in Section 1.2.2 and the rentable square footage of the Building is as set forth in Section 1.6; provided, however, that Landlord may from time to time re-measure the Premises and/or the Building in accordance with any generally accepted measurement standards selected by Landlord and adjust Tenant’s Share based on such re-measurement; provided further, however, that any such re-measurement shall not affect the amount of Base Rent payable for, or the amount of any tenant allowance applicable to, the initial Term. At any time Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit C, as a confirmation of the information set forth therein. Tenant shall execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) such notice within five (5) days after receiving it, and if Tenant fails to do so, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

 

-4-


2.1.2 Except as expressly provided herein (including in Exhibit B), the Premises are accepted by Tenant in their configuration and condition existing on the date hereof (or in such other configuration and condition as any existing tenant of the Premises may cause to exist in accordance with its lease), without any obligation of Landlord to perform or pay for any alterations to the Premises, and without any representation or warranty regarding the configuration or condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or their suitability for Tenant’s business.

2.2 Common Areas. Tenant may use, in common with Landlord and other parties and subject to the Rules and Regulations (defined in Exhibit D), any portions of the Property that are designated from time to time by Landlord for such use (the “Common Areas”).

3. RENT. Tenant shall pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent (defined below) (collectively, “Rent”) to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, without prior notice or demand or any setoff or deduction (except as otherwise provided herein), at the place Landlord may designate from time to time, in money of the United States of America that, at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of all obligations. As used herein, “Additional Rent” means all amounts, other than Base Rent, that Tenant is required to pay Landlord hereunder. Monthly payments of Base Rent and monthly payments of Additional Rent for Expenses (defined in Section 4.2.2), Taxes (defined in Section 4.2.3) and parking (collectively, “Monthly Rent”) shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term; provided, however, that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month for which Base Rent is payable hereunder shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution and delivery hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other items of Additional Rent shall be paid within 30 days after Landlord’s request for payment. Rent for any partial calendar month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in such month. Without limiting Landlord’s other rights or remedies, (a) if any installment of Rent is not received by Landlord or its designee within five (5) business days after its due date, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of the overdue amount (provided, however, that such late charge shall not apply to any such delinquency unless either (i) such delinquency is not cured within five (5) business days after notice from Landlord, or (ii) Tenant previously received notice from Landlord of a delinquency that occurred earlier in the same calendar year); and (b) any Rent that is not paid within 10 days after its due date shall bear interest, from its due date until paid, at the lesser of 18% per annum or the highest rate permitted by Law (defined in Section 5). Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant herein.

4. EXPENSES AND TAXES.

4.1 General Terms. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, in accordance with Section 4.4, for each Expense Year (defined in Section 4.2.1), an amount equal to the sum of (a) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “Expense Excess”) by which Expenses for such Expense Year exceed Expenses for the Base Year, plus (b) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “Tax Excess”) by which Taxes for such Expense Year exceed Taxes for the Base Year. No decrease in Expenses or Taxes for any Expense Year below the corresponding amount for the Base Year shall entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against amounts due hereunder. Tenant’s Share of the Expense Excess and Tenant’s Share of the Tax Excess for any partial Expense Year shall be prorated based on the number of days in such Expense Year.

 

-5-


4.2 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

4.2.1 “Expense Year” means each calendar year (other than the Base Year and any preceding calendar year) in which any portion of the Term occurs.

4.2.2 “Expenses” means all expenses, costs and amounts that Landlord pays or accrues during the Base Year or any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Property. Landlord shall act in a reasonable manner in incurring Expenses. Expenses shall include (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm-drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, the cost of contesting any Laws that may affect Expenses, and the costs of complying with any governmentally-mandated transportation-management or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance premiums and deductibles; (iv) the cost of landscaping and relamping; (v) the cost of operating, repairing, restoring, and maintaining the Parking Facility (defined in Section 24); (vi) a management fee in the amount (which is hereby acknowledged to be reasonable) of 3% of gross annual receipts from the Building (excluding the management fee), together with other fees and costs, including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (vii) the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation, expenses and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Property, and costs of training, uniforms, and employee enrichment for such persons; (ix) the costs of operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment (and components thereof) of the Property; (x) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xi) rental or acquisition costs of supplies, tools, equipment, materials and personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Property; (xii) the cost of capital improvements or any other items that are (A) intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Property, reduce current or future Expenses, enhance the safety or security of the Property or its occupants, or enhance the environmental sustainability of the Property’s operations, (B) replacements or modifications of the nonstructural portions of the Base Building (defined in Section 7) or Common Areas that are required to keep the Base Building or Common Areas in good condition, or (C) required under any Law (except to the extent that such Law was in effect and required such capital improvements or other items before the date hereof); (xiii) the cost of tenant-relation programs reasonably established by Landlord; and (xiv) payments under any existing or future reciprocal easement agreement, transportation management agreement, cost-sharing agreement or other covenant, condition, restriction or similar instrument affecting the Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Expenses shall not include:

(a) capital expenditures not described in clauses (xi) or (xii) above (in addition, any capital expenditure shall be included in Expenses only if paid or accrued after the Base Year and shall be amortized (including actual or imputed interest on the amortized cost) over the lesser of (i) the useful life of the item purchased through such capital expenditure, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or (ii) the period of time that Landlord reasonably estimates will be required for any Expense savings resulting from such capital expenditure to equal such capital expenditure; provided, however, that any capital expenditure that is included in Expenses solely on the grounds that it is intended to reduce current or future Expenses shall be so amortized over the period of time described in the preceding clause (ii));

(b) depreciation;

(c) ground lease rental, and payments (including principal and interest payments) of any debt not incurred to finance a capital expenditure included in Expenses;

 

-6-


(d) costs of repairs to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds;

(e) except as provided in clause (xiii) above, costs of leasing space in the Building, including advertising and marketing costs, brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants, and costs of constructing (as distinguished from repairing) tenant improvements for specific tenants;

(f) costs of selling, financing or refinancing the Building;

(g) fines, penalties or interest resulting from late payment of Taxes or Expenses;

(h) organizational expenses of creating or operating the entity that constitutes Landlord;

(i) damages paid to Tenant hereunder or to other tenants of the Property under their respective leases, and attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants of the Building;

(j) costs of services, utilities or benefits made available to other tenants of the Building but not to Tenant;

(k) amounts (other than management fees) paid to Landlord’s affiliates for goods and/or services, but only to the extent such amounts exceed the prices paid by owners of Comparable Buildings for such goods and/or services provided on a competitive basis by unaffiliated third parties having similar skill and experience;

(l) Taxes;

(m) costs of investigating, monitoring, cleaning up, remediating and/or removing Hazardous Materials (defined below), except for routine cleanup performed as part of the ordinary operation and maintenance of the Property (as used herein, “Hazardous Materials” means any material now or hereafter defined or regulated by any Law or governmental authority as radioactive, toxic, hazardous, or waste, or a chemical known to the state of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, including (1) petroleum and any of its constituents or byproducts, (2) radioactive materials, (3) asbestos in any form or condition, and (4) materials regulated by any of the following, as amended from time to time, and any rules promulgated thereunder: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601, et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; The California Health and Safety Code; The California Water Code; The California Labor Code; The California Public Resources Code; and The California Fish and Game Code);

(n) Landlord’s charitable and political contributions;

(o) costs of purchasing or leasing fine art that Landlord installs in the Building or on the Property;

(p) fines or penalties or other expenses (including costs of repairing damage to the Building, but excluding insurance deductibles (subject to clause (q) below)) resulting from any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its employees, agents or contractors;

 

-7-


(q) “insurance deductibles other than (i) earthquake insurance deductibles up to the amount (the “Annual Limit”) of 0.5% of the total insurable value of the Property per occurrence (provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if, for any occurrence, the earthquake insurance deductible exceeds the Annual Limit, then, after such deductible is included (up to the Annual Limit) in Expenses for the applicable Expense Year, such excess may be included (up to the Annual Limit) in Expenses for the immediately succeeding Expense Year, and any portion of such excess that is not so included in Expenses for such immediately succeeding Expense Year may be included (up to the Annual Limit) in Expenses for the next succeeding Expense Year, and so on with respect to each Expense Year; provided further, however, that in no event shall the portions of such deductible that are included in Expenses for any one or more Expense Years exceed, in the aggregate, 5.0% of the total insurable value of the Property), and (ii) any other insurance deductibles up to $100,000.00 per occurrence;

(r) any cost of repairing damage resulting from a Casualty, other than (i) any insurance deductible (subject to clause (q) above), and (ii) if such damage is not covered by Landlord’s insurance (as determined without regard to any deductible), any portion of such cost that does not exceed the maximum amount of the insurance deductible for such damage that would not have been excluded from Expenses under clause (q) above if such damage had been covered by Landlord’s insurance;

(s) Parking Expenses (defined below), except to the extent that Parking Expenses exceed parking revenues on an annual basis (as used herein, “Parking Expenses” means costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Parking Facility, including costs of parking equipment, tickets, supplies, signs, cleaning, resurfacing, restriping, parking-garage management fees, and the wages, salaries, employee benefits and taxes for individuals working exclusively in the Parking Facility; provided, however, that Parking Expenses shall exclude (i) capital expenditures of any type, and (ii) costs of electricity, janitorial service, elevator maintenance and insurance); or

(t) Amenity Expenses (defined below), except to the extent that Amenity Expenses exceed revenues from Amenities (defined in Section 6 of Exhibit F) on an annual basis (as used herein, “Amenity Expenses” means costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Amenities; provided, however, that Amenity Expenses shall exclude (i) capital expenditures of any type, and (ii) costs of electricity, janitorial service, and insurance).

If, during any portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, the Building is not 100% occupied (or a service provided by Landlord to Tenant is not provided by Landlord to a tenant that provides such service itself, or any tenant of the Building is entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like), Expenses for such year shall be determined as if the Building had been 100% occupied (and all services provided by Landlord to Tenant had been provided by Landlord to all tenants, and no tenant of the Building had been entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like) during such portion of such year. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Expenses for the Base Year shall exclude (a) any market-wide cost increases resulting from extraordinary circumstances, including Force Majeure (defined in Section 25.2), boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, and (b) at Landlord’s option, the cost of any repair or replacement that Landlord reasonably expects will not recur on an annual or more frequent basis.

4.2.3 “Taxes” means all federal, state, county or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges, assessments, levies, licenses or other impositions, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, that are paid or accrued during the Base Year or any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property. Taxes shall include (a) real estate taxes; (b) general and special assessments; (c) transit taxes; (d) leasehold taxes; (e) personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, appurtenances, furniture and other personal

 

-8-


property used in connection with the Property; (f) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from any portion of the Property or as against the business of leasing any portion of the Property; (g) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge imposed by any governmental agency, or by any non-governmental entity pursuant to any private cost-sharing agreement, in order to fund the provision or enhancement of any fire-protection, street-, sidewalk- or road-maintenance, refuse-removal or other service that is (or, before the enactment of Proposition 13, was) normally provided by governmental agencies to property owners or occupants without charge (other than through real property taxes); and (h) payments in lieu of taxes under any tax increment financing agreement, abatement agreement, agreement to construct improvements, or other agreement with any governmental body or agency or taxing authority. Any costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes for the year in which they are incurred. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Taxes shall be determined without regard to any “green building” credit and shall exclude (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, transfer taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent (x) applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Property), or (y) measured solely by the square footage, rent, fees, services, tenant allowances or similar amounts, rights or obligations described or provided in or under any particular lease, license or similar agreement or transaction at the Building; (ii) any Expenses, and (iii) any items required to be paid or reimbursed by Tenant under Section 4.5.

4.3 Allocation. Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may equitably allocate Expenses among office, retail or other portions or occupants of the Property. If Landlord incurs Expenses or Taxes for the Property together with another property, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall equitably allocate such shared amounts between the Property and such other property.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Expense Excess and Tax Excess.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Expenses and Taxes; Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant, after the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) setting forth the actual Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess and Tax Excess for such Expense Year. If the amount paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to Section 4.4.2 is less or more than the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Statement), Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after delivery of such Statement. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Statement on or before April 30 of the calendar year immediately following the Expense Year to which it applies. Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver the Statement for any Expense Year shall not diminish either party’s rights under this Section 4.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Expenses and Taxes. Landlord shall give to Tenant, for each Expense Year, a statement (the “Estimate Statement”) setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimates of the Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess (the “Estimated Expense Excess”) and Tax Excess (the “Estimated Tax Excess”) for such Expense Year. Upon receiving an Estimate Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount obtained by multiplying (i) the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Estimate Statement), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Expense Year (including the month of such payment) and the denominator of which is 12, over (b) any amount previously paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to this Section 4.4.2. Until Landlord delivers a new Estimate

 

-9-


Statement (which Landlord may do at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess, as such amounts are set forth in the previous Estimate Statement. Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver any Estimate Statement shall not diminish Landlord’s rights to receive payments and revise any previous Estimate Statement under this Section 4.

4.4.3 Retroactive Adjustment of Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if, after Landlord’s delivery of any Statement, an increase or decrease in Taxes occurs for the applicable Expense Year or for the Base Year (whether by reason of reassessment, error, or otherwise), Taxes for such Expense Year or the Base Year, as the case may be, and the Tax Excess for such Expense Year shall be retroactively adjusted. If, as a result of such adjustment, it is determined that Tenant has under- or overpaid Tenant’s Share of such Tax Excess, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after such adjustment is made.

4.5 Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant, promptly upon demand, shall pay (or if paid by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for) each of the following to the extent levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property: (a) any tax based upon or measured by (i) the cost or value of Tenant’s fixtures, equipment, furniture or other personal property, or (ii) the cost or value of the Leasehold Improvements (defined in Section 7.1) to the extent such cost or value exceeds that of a Building-standard build-out, as determined by Landlord; (b) any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax, value added tax, use tax, business tax, gross income tax, gross receipts tax, or other tax, assessment, fee, levy or charge measured solely by the square footage, Rent, services, tenant allowances or similar amounts, rights or obligations described or provided in or under this Lease; (c) any tax assessed upon the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of any portion of the Property; and (d) any tax assessed on this transaction or on any document to which Tenant is a party that creates an interest or estate in the Premises.

4.6 Books and Records. Within 120 days after receiving any Statement (the “Review Notice Period”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“Review Notice”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of the Expense Excess and/or Tax Excess for the Expense Year to which such Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review. Within a reasonable time after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed confidentiality agreement as described below), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, or make available for inspection at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records. Within 90 days after such records are made available to Tenant (the “Objection Period”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord notice (an “Objection Notice”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Statement, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections. Tenant may not deliver more than one Review Notice or more than one Objection Notice with respect to any Expense Year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to deliver or make available to Tenant records relating to the Base Year, and Tenant may not object to Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, other than in connection with the first review for an Expense Year performed by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be

 

-10-


with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State of California and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such review; provided, however, that if Expenses and/or Taxes for the Expense Year in question were overstated by more than 5%, Landlord, within 30 days after receiving paid invoices therefor from Tenant, shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable amounts paid by Tenant to third parties in connection with such review. The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, and as applicable only to the Premises, by Tenant, its auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s Auditors”). Before making any records available for review, Landlord may require Tenant and Tenant’s Auditors to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement, in which event Tenant shall cause the same to be executed and delivered to Landlord within 30 days after receiving it from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, the Objection Period shall be reduced by one day for each day by which such execution and delivery follows the expiration of such 30-day period. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant may not examine Landlord’s records or dispute any Statement if any Rent remains unpaid past its due date. If, for any Expense Year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess is less or more than the amount reported, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment against Rent then or next due hereunder, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, within 30 days after such determination.

5. USE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Tenant shall not (a) use the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, or (b) do anything in or about the Premises that violates any of the Rules and Regulations, damages the reputation of the Project, interferes with, injures or annoys other occupants of the Project, or constitutes a nuisance. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Laws relating to (i) the operation of its business at the Project, (ii) the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises, or (iii) the Building systems located in or exclusively serving the Premises. If, in order to comply with any such Law, Tenant must obtain or deliver any permit, certificate or other document evidencing such compliance, Tenant shall provide a copy of such document to Landlord promptly after obtaining or delivering it. If a change to any Common Area, the Building structure, or any Building system located outside of and not exclusively serving the Premises becomes required under Law (or if any such requirement is enforced) as a result of any Tenant-Insured Improvement (defined in Section 10.2.2), the installation of any trade fixture, or any particular use of the Premises (as distinguished from general office use), then Tenant, upon demand, shall (x) at Landlord’s option, either make such change at Tenant’s cost or pay Landlord the cost of making such change, and (y) pay Landlord a coordination fee equal to 5% of the cost of such change. As used herein, “Law” means any existing or future law, ordinance, regulation or requirement of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project or the parties.

6. SERVICES.

6.1 Standard Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below): (a) subject to limitations imposed by Law, customary heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) in season during Building HVAC Hours; (b) electricity supplied by the applicable public utility, stubbed to the Premises; (c) water supplied by the applicable public utility (i) for use in lavatories and any drinking facilities located in Common Areas within the Building, and (ii) stubbed to the Building core for use in any plumbing fixtures located in the Premises; (d) customary janitorial services to the Premises, except on weekends and Holidays; and (e) elevator service (subject to scheduling by Landlord, and payment of Landlord’s standard usage fee, for any freight service).

 

-11-


6.2 Above-Standard Use. Landlord shall provide HVAC service outside Building HVAC Hours if Tenant gives Landlord such prior notice and pays Landlord such hourly cost per zone as Landlord may require. The parties acknowledge that, as of the date hereof, Landlord’s charge for HVAC service outside Building HVAC Hours is $90.00 per hour per zone, subject to change from time to time. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use equipment that may affect the temperature maintained by the air conditioning system or consume above-Building-standard amounts of any water furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1. If Tenant’s consumption of electricity or water exceeds the rate Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Building, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, including any costs of installing, operating and maintaining any equipment that is installed in order to supply or measure such excess electricity or water. For purposes of the preceding sentence, any consumption of electricity in a computer server room shall be deemed to exceed the standard rate for the Building. The connected electrical load of Tenant’s incidental-use equipment shall not exceed the Building-standard electrical design load, and Tenant’s electrical usage shall not exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation.

6.3 Interruption. Subject to Section 11, any failure to furnish, delay in furnishing, or diminution in the quality or quantity of any service resulting from any application of Law, failure of equipment, performance of maintenance, repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruption, or event of Force Majeure (each, a “Service Interruption”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a material portion of the Premises is made untenantable or inaccessible for more than five (5) consecutive business days after notice from Tenant to Landlord by a Service Interruption that (a) does not result from a Casualty (defined in Section 11), a Taking (defined in Section 13) or an Act of Tenant (defined in Section 10.1), and (b) can be corrected through Landlord’s reasonable efforts, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, Monthly Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the day immediately following such 5-business-day period and ending on the day such Service Interruption ends, but only in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises made untenantable or inaccessible and not occupied by Tenant. For purposes of this Section 6.3, a portion of the Premises shall be deemed “untenantable” if and only if it cannot reasonably be used in a normal manner for the Permitted Use.

7. REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.

7.1 Repairs. Subject to Section 11, Tenant, at its expense, shall perform all maintenance and repairs (including replacements) to the Premises, and keep the Premises in as good condition and repair as existed when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder. Tenant’s maintenance and repair obligations shall include (a) all leasehold improvements in the Premises, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for, including any Tenant Improvements, any Alterations (defined in Section 7.2), and any leasehold improvements installed pursuant to any prior lease, but excluding the Base Building (the “Leasehold Improvements”); (b) all supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning units, kitchens (including hot water heaters, dishwashers, garbage disposals, insta-hot dispensers, and plumbing) and similar facilities exclusively serving the Premises, whether located inside or outside of the Premises, and whenever and by whomever installed or paid for; and (c) all Lines (defined in Section 23) and trade fixtures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at its option, perform such maintenance and repairs on Tenant’s behalf, in which case Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such work plus a coordination fee equal to 5% of such cost. Landlord shall perform all maintenance and repairs to, and keep in good condition and repair, (i) the roof and exterior walls and windows of the Building, (ii) the Base Building, and (iii) the Common Areas. As used herein, “Base Building” means the structural portions of the Building, together with all mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life-safety systems serving the Building in general, whether located inside or outside of the Premises.

 

-12-


7.2 Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvement, alteration, addition or change to the Premises or to any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facility or other system serving the Premises (an “Alteration”) without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than 30 days before commencement of work and shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required for any Alteration that is decorative only (e.g., carpet installation or painting) and not visible from outside the Premises, provided that Landlord receives 10 business days’ prior notice. For any Alteration, (a) Tenant, before beginning work, shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of, plans and specifications; (b) Landlord, in its discretion, may require Tenant to obtain security for performance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; (c) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord), completion affidavits, full and final lien waivers, and all governmental approvals; and (d) Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand (i) Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in reviewing the work, and (ii) a coordination fee equal to 5% of the cost of the work; provided, however, that this clause (d) shall not apply to any Tenant Improvements.

7.3 Tenant Work. Before beginning any repair or Alteration or any work affecting Lines (collectively, “Tenant Work”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of, (a) names of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers and materialmen; (b) evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance; and (c) any required governmental permits. Tenant shall perform all Tenant Work (i) in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord; (ii) in compliance with any approved plans and specifications, all Laws, the National Electric Code, and Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; and (iii) in a manner that does not impair the Base Building. If, as a result of any Tenant Work, Landlord becomes required under Law to perform any inspection, give any notice, or cause such Tenant Work to be performed in any particular manner, Tenant shall comply with such requirement and promptly provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of such compliance. Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Section 7.3. In performing any Tenant Work, Tenant shall not use contractors, services, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with any workforce or trades engaged in performing other work or services at the Project.

8. LANDLORD’S PROPERTY. All Leasehold Improvements shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Tenant-Insured Improvements (other than any supplemental HVAC unit, which shall be governed by Section 25.5) are not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Building-standard, then before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election, either (a) at Tenant’s expense, and except as otherwise notified by Landlord, remove such Tenant-Insured Improvements, repair any resulting damage to the Premises or Building, and restore the affected portion of the Premises to its configuration and condition existing before the installation of such Tenant-Insured Improvements (or, at Landlord’s election, to a Building-standard tenant-improved configuration and condition as determined by Landlord), or (b) pay Landlord an amount equal to the estimated cost of such work, as reasonably determined by Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely perform any work required under clause (a) of the preceding sentence, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense. If, when it requests Landlord’s approval of any Tenant Improvements or Alterations, Tenant specifically requests that Landlord identify any such Tenant Improvements or Alterations that Tenant will not be required to remove under this Section 8, Landlord shall do so when it provides such approval.

 

-13-


9. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Project free from any lien arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligation incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall remove any such lien within business days after notice from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord, without limiting its remedies, may pay the amount necessary to cause such removal, whether or not such lien is valid. The amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand.

10. INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.

10.1 Waiver and Indemnification. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord, its Security Holders (defined in Section 17), Landlord’s managing agent(s), their (direct or indirect) owners, and the beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (including Landlord, the “Landlord Parties”) for (i) any damage to person or property (or resulting from the loss of use thereof), except to the extent such damage is caused by any gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by any Landlord Party, or (ii) any failure to prevent or control any criminal or otherwise wrongful conduct by any third party or to apprehend any third party who has engaged in such conduct. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) (each, a “Claim”) that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any cause in, on or about the Premises, or (b) any negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by, Tenant, any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, their (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees (each, an “Act of Tenant”), except to the extent such Claim arises from any gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of or by any Landlord Party.

10.2 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts:

10.2.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations and contractual liabilities, including coverage formerly known as broad form, on an occurrence basis, with combined primary and excess/umbrella limits of $3,000,000 each occurrence and $4,000,000 annual aggregate.

10.2.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property in the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, and (ii) any Leasehold Improvements installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, whether pursuant to this Lease or pursuant to any prior lease or other agreement to which Tenant was a party (“Tenant-Insured Improvements”). Such insurance shall be written on a special cause of loss form for physical loss or damage, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance, and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril, including vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year.

10.2.3 Workers’ Compensation statutory limits and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000.

 

-14-


10.3 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability. Such insurance shall be issued by an insurance company that has an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII and shall be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance shall (a) name the Landlord Parties and any other party designated by Landlord (“Additional Insured Parties”) as additional insureds; and (b) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and non-contributing with Tenant’s insurance. Landlord shall be designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Commencement Date and at least 15 days before the expiration dates thereof, certificates from Tenant’s insurance company on the forms currently designated “ACORD 25” (Certificate of Liability Insurance) and “ACORD 28” (Evidence of Commercial Property Insurance) or the equivalent. Attached to the ACORD 25 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds, and attached to the ACORD 28 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement designating Landlord as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements, and each such endorsement shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, in lieu of such certificates, copies of the policies of insurance required to be carried under Section 10.2 showing that the Additional Insured Parties are named as additional insureds and that Landlord is designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements.

10.4 Subrogation. Each party waives, and shall cause its insurance carrier to waive, any right of recovery against the other party, any of its (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees or agents for any loss of or damage to property which loss or damage is (or, if the insurance required hereunder had been carried, would have been) covered by the waiving party’s property insurance. For purposes of this Section 10.4 only, (a) any deductible with respect to a party’s insurance shall be deemed covered by, and recoverable by such party under, valid and collectable policies of insurance, and (b) any contractor retained by Landlord to install, maintain or monitor a fire or security alarm for the Building shall be deemed an agent of Landlord.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall maintain such increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Section 10, and such other types and amounts of insurance covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but not in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of Comparable Buildings.

11. CASUALTY DAMAGE. With reasonable promptness after discovering any damage to the Premises (other than trade fixtures), or to any Common Area or Building system necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises, resulting from any fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required to substantially complete repair of such damage (the “Landlord Repairs”). If, according to such estimate, the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within 210 days after the date of the Casualty, either party may terminate this Lease upon 60 days’ notice to the other party delivered within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery of such estimate. Within 90 days after discovering any damage to the Project resulting from any Casualty, Landlord may, whether or not the Premises are affected, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant if (i) any Security Holder terminates any ground lease or requires that any insurance proceeds be used to pay any mortgage debt; (ii) any damage to Landlord’s property is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iii) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that it or they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; or (iv) the damage occurs during the last months of the Term and Landlord’s estimate indicates that the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within the period beginning on the date of the Casualty and having a duration equal to 25% of the balance of the Term remaining on such date; provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of this sentence unless the Premises have been materially damaged or Landlord also exercises all rights it may have acquired as a result of the Casualty to terminate any other similarly situated leases of space in the Building. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this

 

-15-


Section 11, Landlord shall promptly and diligently perform the Landlord Repairs, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment and other events of Force Majeure. The Landlord Repairs shall restore the Premises (other than trade fixtures) and any Common Area or Building system necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Casualty occurred, except for (a) any modifications required by Law or any Security Holder, and (b) any modifications to the Common Areas that are deemed desirable by Landlord, are consistent with the character of the Project, and do not materially impair access to or tenantability of the Premises. Notwithstanding Section 10.4, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or its designee) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.2 with respect to any Tenant-Insured Improvements, and if the estimated or actual cost of restoring any Tenant-Insured Improvements exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, Tenant shall pay such excess to Landlord within 15 days after Landlord’s demand. No Casualty and no restoration performed as required hereunder shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder; provided, however, that if the Premises (other than trade fixtures) or any Common Area or Building system necessary for access to or tenantability of the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, then, during any time that, as a result of such damage, any portion of the Premises is inaccessible or untenantable and is not occupied by Tenant, Monthly Rent shall be abated in proportion to the rentable square footage of such portion of the Premises.

12. NONWAIVER. No provision hereof shall be deemed waived by either party unless it is waived by such party expressly and in writing, and no waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach of any provision hereof, other than Tenant’s failure to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of such acceptance. No acceptance of payment of an amount less than the Rent due hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount of Rent due, whether or not any endorsement or statement accompanying such payment purports to effect an accord and satisfaction. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the giving of any notice, the commencement of any suit, the issuance of any final judgment, or the termination hereof shall affect such notice, suit or judgment, or reinstate or extend the Term or Tenant’s right of possession hereunder.

13. CONDEMNATION. If any part of the Premises, Building or Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use by power of eminent domain or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”) for more than 180 consecutive days, Landlord may terminate this Lease. If more than 25% of the rentable square footage of the Premises is Taken, or access to the Premises is substantially impaired as a result of a Taking, for more than 180 consecutive days, Tenant may terminate this Lease. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession must be surrendered to the authority, and the terminating party shall provide termination notice to the other party within 45 days after receiving written notice of such surrender date. Except as provided above in this Section 13, neither party may terminate this Lease as a result of a Taking. Tenant shall not assert, and hereby assigns to Landlord, any claim it may have for compensation because of any Taking; provided, however, that Tenant may file a separate claim for any Taking of Tenant’s personal property or any fixtures that Tenant is entitled to remove upon the expiration hereof, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Security Holder and is payable separately to Tenant. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 13, all Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If a Taking occurs and this Lease is not so terminated, Monthly Rent shall be abated for the period of such Taking in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises, if any, that is subject to, or rendered inaccessible by, such Taking.

 

-16-


14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other transfer hereof or any interest hereunder by operation of law, enter into any sublease or license agreement, otherwise permit the occupancy or use of any part of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors, or permit a Change of Control (defined in Section 14.6) to occur (each, a “Transfer”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) notice of the terms of the proposed Transfer, including its proposed effective date (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), a calculation of the Transfer Premium (defined in Section 14.3), and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (ii) current financial statements of the proposed transferee (or, in the case of a Change of Control, of the proposed new controlling party(ies)) certified by an officer or owner thereof and any other information reasonably required by Landlord in order to evaluate the proposed Transfer (collectively, the “Transfer Notice”). Within 15 business days after receiving the Transfer Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of (a) its consent to the proposed Transfer, (b) its refusal to consent to the proposed Transfer, or (c) its exercise of its rights under Section 14.4. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (defined in Section 19). Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of $1,500.00 for Landlord’s review of any proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to it.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Subject to Section 14.4, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer. Without limiting other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer if:

14.2.1 The proposed transferee is not a party of reasonable financial strength in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date the Transfer Notice is received; or

14.2.2 The proposed transferee has a character or reputation or is engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project; or

14.2.3 The proposed transferee is a governmental entity or a nonprofit organization; or

14.2.4 In the case of a proposed sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, the rent or occupancy fee charged by Tenant to the transferee during the term of such agreement, calculated using a present value analysis, is less than the Applicable Percentage (defined below) of the rent being quoted by Landlord or its Affiliate (defined in Section 14.6) at the time of such Transfer for comparable space in the Project for a comparable term, calculated using a present value analysis (for purposes of this Section 14.2.4, “Applicable Percentage” means (i) 50% if the proposed sublease, license or other occupancy agreement commences less than 18 months before the scheduled expiration date of this Lease, and (ii) 75% in all other cases); or

14.2.5 The proposed transferee or any of its Affiliates, on the date the Transfer Notice is received, leases or occupies (or, at any time during the 6-month period ending on the date the Transfer Notice is received, has negotiated with Landlord to lease) space in the Project and Landlord has (or believes in good faith, based on the scheduled expiration dates of existing leases and/or its rights to relocate existing tenants, that it will have) space available that, in its good faith judgment, will meet the proposed transferee’s leasing needs.

 

-17-


Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) if Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to this Section 14.2 but Tenant does not enter into such Transfer within six (6) months thereafter, such consent shall no longer apply and such Transfer shall not be permitted unless Tenant again obtains Landlord’s consent thereto pursuant and subject to the terms of this Section 14; and (b) if Landlord unreasonably withholds its consent under this Section 14.2, Tenant’s sole remedies shall be contract damages (subject to Section 20) or specific performance, and Tenant waives all other remedies, including any right to terminate this Lease.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer (other than a Change of Control), Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 50% of any Transfer Premium (defined below). As used herein, “Transfer Premium” means (a) in the case of an assignment, any consideration (including payment for Leasehold Improvements) paid by the assignee for such assignment (less any reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such assignment, including brokerage fees, legal fees, and Landlord’s review fee); and (b) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, the amount by which all rent and other consideration paid by the transferee to Tenant pursuant to such agreement (less all reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such agreement, including brokerage fees, legal fees, construction costs and Landlord’s review fee, as amortized on a monthly, straight-line basis over the term of such agreement) exceeds the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant hereunder with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space. Payment of Landlord’s share of the Transfer Premium shall be made (x) in the case of an assignment, within 10 days after Tenant receives the consideration described above, and (y) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, within five (5) business days after Tenant receives the rent and other consideration described above.

14.4 Landlord’s Right to Recapture. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, except in the case of a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 14.8), Landlord, by notifying Tenant within 15 business days after receiving the Transfer Notice, may terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. If the Contemplated Transfer Space is less than the entire Premises, then Base Rent, Tenant’s Share, and the number of parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under Section 1.9 shall be deemed adjusted on the basis of the percentage of the rentable square footage of the portion of the Premises retained by Tenant. Upon request of either party, the parties shall execute a written agreement prepared by Landlord memorializing such termination.

14.5 Effect of Consent. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) such consent shall not be deemed a consent to any further Transfer, (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, a complete statement, certified by an independent CPA or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium. In the case of an assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. No Transfer, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor hereof from any liability hereunder. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall not enter into, or permit any party claiming by, through or under Tenant to enter into, any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement that provides for payment based in whole or in part on the net income or profit of the subtenant, licensee or other occupant thereunder.

14.6 Change of Control. As used herein, “Change of Control” means (a) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, the withdrawal or change (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of more than 25% of its equity owners within a 12-month period; and (b) in all other cases, any transaction(s) resulting in the acquisition of a Controlling Interest (defined below) in Tenant by one or more parties that neither owned, nor are Affiliates (defined below) of one or more parties that owned, a Controlling Interest in Tenant immediately before such transaction(s). As used herein,

 

-18-


“Controlling Interest” means control over an entity, other than control arising from the ownership of voting securities listed on a recognized securities exchange. As used herein, “control” means the direct or indirect power to direct the ordinary management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. As used herein, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any party, a person or entity that controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by such party.

14.7 Effect of Default. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord is irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any transferee under any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations hereunder) until such Default is cured. Such transferee shall rely upon any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in Default, whether or not confirmed by Tenant.

14.8 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if Tenant is not in Default, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 14.1, assign this Lease to (a) an Affiliate of Tenant (other than pursuant to a merger or consolidation), (b) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation, or (c) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (a “Permitted Transfer”), provided that (i) at least three(3) business days before the Transfer, Tenant notifies Landlord of the Transfer and delivers to Landlord any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord relating thereto, including reasonable documentation that the Transfer satisfies the requirements of this Section 14.8; (ii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (a) or (c) above, the assignee executes and delivers to Landlord, at least three (3) business days before the assignment, a commercially reasonable instrument pursuant to which the assignee assumes, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder; (iii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (b) above, (A) the successor entity has a net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding intellectual property and any other intangible assets (“Net Worth”)) immediately after the Transfer that is not less than Tenant’s Net Worth immediately before the Transfer, and (B) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, at least 75% of its equity owners existing 12 months before the Transfer are also equity owners of the successor entity; (iv) the transferee is qualified to conduct business in the State of California; and (v) the Transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not in order to evade the requirements of this Section 14.

15. SURRENDER. Upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, and subject to Sections 8 and 11 and this Section 15, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good condition and repair as existed when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder. Before such expiration or termination, Tenant, without expense to Landlord, shall (a) remove from the Premises all debris and rubbish and all furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, Lines, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property that are owned or placed in the Premises by Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant (except for any Lines not required to be removed under Section 23), and (b) repair all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. If Tenant fails to timely perform such removal and repair, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense (including storage costs). If Tenant fails to remove such property from the Premises, or from storage, within 30 days after notice from Landlord, any part of such property shall be deemed, at Landlord’s option, either (x) conveyed to Landlord without compensation, or (y) abandoned.

16. HOLDOVER. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant’s tenancy shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance only, for the entire Premises, and Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent (on a per-month basis without reduction for any partial month) at a rate equal to twice the Monthly Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Term. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit Landlord’s rights or remedies or be deemed a consent to any holdover. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, Tenant shall be liable for all resulting damages, including lost profits, incurred by Landlord.

 

-19-


17. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

17.1 This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all existing and future ground or underlying leases, mortgages, trust deeds and other encumbrances against the Building or Project, all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof (each, a “Security Agreement”), and all advances made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless in each case the holder of such Security Agreement (each, a “Security Holder”) requires in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Upon any termination or foreclosure (or any delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure) of any Security Agreement, Tenant, upon request, shall attorn, without deduction or set-off, to the Security Holder or purchaser or any successor thereto and shall recognize such party as the lessor hereunder and agree to continue this Lease, without material modification, as a direct lease between Tenant, as tenant, and such party, as landlord, provided that such party agrees, subject to the terms of a non-disturbance agreement that satisfies clause (c) of the second sentence of Section 17.2 and is otherwise commercially reasonable, to recognize Tenant’s rights as tenant hereunder and continue this lease as a direct lease between such party, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant. Within 10 days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such further commercially reasonable instruments as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Security Agreement. Tenant waives any right it may have under Law to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder upon a foreclosure. Within 10 business days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of such parties as Landlord may reasonably designate, including current and prospective Security Holders and prospective purchasers.

17.2 Notwithstanding Section 17.1, Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to a future Security Agreement shall not be effective unless Landlord has provided Tenant with a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement from the Security Holder. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a non-disturbance agreement shall not be deemed commercially reasonable unless it provides that: (a) so long as no Default exists, this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession hereunder shall remain in full force and effect; (b) the Security Holder shall have a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 60 days after written notice from Tenant) to cure any default of Landlord; and (c) neither the Security Holder nor any successor in interest shall be (i) bound by (A) any payment of Rent for more than one (1) month in advance, or (B) any amendment of this Lease made without the written consent of the Security Holder or such successor in interest; (ii) liable for (A) the return of any security deposit, letter of credit or other collateral, except to the extent it was received by the Security Holder, or (B) any act, omission, representation, warranty or default of any prior landlord (including Landlord); or (iii) subject to any offset or defense that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord).

17.3 The parties acknowledge that before entering into this Lease Landlord has provided to Tenant the standard form of SNDA used by Landlord’s existing Security Holder (“Existing Security Holder”). Promptly upon receiving Tenant’s written comments to such form of SNDA, Landlord shall forward the same to Existing Security Holder and provide Tenant with the contact information for Existing Security Holder’s attorney. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for (or, upon Landlord’s request, promptly pay directly to Existing Security Holder or its attorney, as the case may be) all expenses and costs, including attorney’s fees, that Landlord becomes required to pay to Existing Security Holder in connection with any negotiation, preparation, execution or delivery of such SNDA, but only to the extent that such expenses and costs exceed $1,000.00.

 

-20-


18. ENTRY BY LANDLORD. At all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant, or in an emergency, Landlord may enter the Premises to (i) inspect the Premises; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, current or prospective Security Holders or insurers, or, during the last 12 months of the Term (or while an uncured Default exists), prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of non-responsibility; or (iv) perform maintenance, repairs or alterations. At any time and without notice to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises to perform required services; provided, however, that, except in an emergency, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice (which notice, notwithstanding Section 25.1, may be delivered by e-mail, fax, telephone or orally and in person) of any entry to perform a service that is not performed on a monthly or more frequent basis. If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Premises to perform maintenance, repairs or alterations. In exercising its rights under this Section 18, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises; provided, however, that the reasonableness of such efforts shall be determined taking into account any emergency. In an emergency, Landlord may use any means it deems proper to open doors to and in the Premises. No entry into or closure of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 18 shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder.

19. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES.

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “Default”:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s cure herein (in which event Tenant’s failure to cure within such time period shall be a Default), and except as otherwise provided in this Section 19.1, any breach by Tenant of any other provision hereof where such breach continues for 30 days after notice from Landlord; provided that if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, Tenant shall not be in Default as a result of such breach if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period, thereafter diligently pursues such cure, and completes such cure within 60 days after Landlord’s notice (or within such longer period as may be reasonably required provided that such failure can be cured and Tenant diligently pursues such cure); or

19.1.3 Abandonment or vacation of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 Any breach by Tenant of Section 17 or 18 where such breach continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.5 Tenant becomes in breach of Section 25.3.

If Tenant breaches a particular provision hereof (other than a provision requiring payment of Rent) on three (3) separate occasions during any 12-month period, Tenant’s subsequent breach of such provision shall be, at Landlord’s option, an incurable Default. The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon any Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive) without any notice or demand:

 

-21-


19.2.1 Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including brokerage commissions, advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling any portion of the Premises for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; plus

(e) At Landlord’s option, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Law.

As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord shall reasonably designate if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, or (ii) the highest rate permitted by Law. As used in Section 19.2.1(c), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, or any Law or other provision hereof), without prior demand or notice except as required by Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Efforts to Relet. Unless Landlord provides Tenant with express notice to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Landlord shall (a) be construed as an election by Landlord to

 

-22-


terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, or (b) operate to release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. Tenant waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming by, through or under Tenant, California Civil Code § 3275 and California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1174(c) and 1179 and any existing or future rights to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, this Lease or Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination hereof.

19.4 Landlord Default. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless it fails to begin within 30 days after notice from Tenant, or fails to pursue with reasonable diligence thereafter, the cure of any breach by Landlord of its obligations hereunder. Before exercising any remedies for a default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice and a reasonable time to cure to any Security Holder of which Tenant has been notified.

20. LANDLORD EXCULPATION. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) the liability of the Landlord Parties to Tenant shall be limited to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) Landlord’s interest in the Building, or (ii) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to 80% of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord); (b) Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any judgment or award against any Landlord Party; (c) no Landlord Party shall have any personal liability for any judgment or deficiency, and Tenant waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all parties claiming by, through or under Tenant; and (d) no Landlord Party shall be liable for any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or for any form of special or consequential damage.

21. [Intentionally Omitted.]

22. [Intentionally Omitted.]

23. COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINES. All Lines installed pursuant to this Lease shall be (a) installed in accordance with Section 7; and (b) clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, and the purpose of such Lines (i) every six (6) feet outside the Premises (including the electrical room risers and any Common Areas), and (ii) at their termination points. Landlord may designate specific contractors for work relating to vertical Lines. Sufficient spare cables and space for additional cables shall be maintained for other occupants, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant, at its expense and before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, shall remove all Lines and repair any resulting damage. As used herein, “Lines” means all communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for, including any such wires or cables installed pursuant to any prior lease.

24. PARKING. Tenant may park in the Building’s parking facilities (the “Parking Facility”), in common with other tenants of the Building, upon the following terms and conditions. Tenant shall not use more than the number of unreserved and/or reserved parking spaces set forth in Section 1.9. Tenant shall pay Landlord, in accordance with Section 3, any fees for the parking spaces described in Section 1.9. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall this Lease be affected, if any parking is impaired by (or any parking charges are imposed as a result of) any Law. Tenant shall pay Landlord any fees, taxes or other charges imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency in connection with the Parking Facility, to the extent such amounts are allocated to Tenant by Landlord based on the number and type of parking spaces Tenant is entitled to use. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility,

 

-23-


including any sticker or other identification system and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Parking Facility. Landlord may, in its discretion, allocate and assign parking passes among Tenant and the other tenants in the Building. Tenant’s use of the Parking Facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall have no liability for any personal injury or damage to or theft of any vehicles or other property occurring in the Parking Facility or otherwise in connection with any use of the Parking Facility by Tenant or its employees or invitees. Landlord may alter the size, configuration, design, layout or any other aspect of the Parking Facility, and, in connection therewith, temporarily deny or restrict access to the Parking Facility, in each case without abatement of Rent or liability to Tenant. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator, in which case (i) such parking operator shall have all the rights of control reserved herein by Landlord, (ii) Tenant shall enter into a parking agreement with such parking operator, (iii) Tenant shall pay such parking operator, rather than Landlord, any charge established hereunder for the parking spaces, and (iv) Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such parking operator except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant’s parking rights under this Section 24 are solely for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and invitees and such rights may not be transferred without Landlord’s prior consent, except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under Section 14.

25. MISCELLANEOUS.

25.1 Notices. Except as provided in Section 18, no notice, demand, statement, designation, request, consent, approval, election or other communication given hereunder (“Notice”) shall be binding upon either party unless (a) it is in writing; (b) it is (i) sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized courier service, or (iii) delivered personally; and (c) it is sent or delivered to the address set forth in Section 1.10 or 1.11, as applicable, or to such other place (other than a P.O. box) as the recipient may from time to time designate in a Notice to the other party. Any Notice shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant is the recipient and has vacated its notice address without providing a new notice address, three (3) days after the date the Notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service as described above.

25.2 Force Majeure. If either party is prevented from performing any obligation hereunder by any strike, act of God, war, terrorist act, shortage of labor or materials, governmental action, civil commotion or other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), such obligation shall be excused during (and any time period for the performance of such obligation shall be extended by) the period of such prevention; provided, however, that this Section 25.2 shall not (a) permit Tenant to hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination hereof, or (b) excuse (or extend any time period for the performance of) (i) any obligation to remit money or deliver credit enhancement, (ii) any obligation under Section 10 or 25.3, or (iii) any of Tenant’s obligations whose breach would interfere with another occupant’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of its premises or the Project or result in any liability on the part of any Landlord Party.

25.3 Representations and Covenants. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that (a) Tenant is, and at all times during the Term will remain, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its formation and qualified to do business in the state of California; (b) neither Tenant’s execution of nor its performance under this Lease will cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement or Law; (c) Tenant (and any guarantor hereof) has not, and at no time during the Term will have, (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) suffered (A) the filing by creditors of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy that is not dismissed within 30 days, (B) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, or (C) the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (v) made an offer of

 

-24-


settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally; and (d) no party that (other than through the passive ownership of interests traded on a recognized securities exchange) constitutes, owns, controls, or is owned or controlled by Tenant, any guarantor hereof or any subtenant of Tenant is, or at any time during the Term will be, (i) in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the parties identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

25.4 Signs. Landlord shall include Tenant’s name in any tenant directory located in the lobby on the first floor of the Building. If any part of the Premises is located on a multi-tenant floor, Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, shall provide identifying suite signage for Tenant comparable to that provided by Landlord on similar floors in the Building. Tenant may not install (a) any signs outside the Premises, or (b) without Landlord’s prior consent in its sole and absolute discretion, any signs, window coverings, blinds or similar items that are visible from outside the Premises.

25.5 Supplemental HVAC. If any supplemental HVAC unit (a “Unit”) serves the Premises, then (a) Tenant shall pay the costs of all electricity consumed in the Unit’s operation, together with the cost of installing a meter to measure such consumption; (b) Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) operate and maintain the Unit in compliance with all applicable Laws and such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) keep the Unit in as good working order and condition as existed upon installation (or, if later, when Tenant took possession of the Premises), subject to normal wear and tear and damage resulting from Casualty; (iii) maintain in effect, with a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, a contract for the maintenance and repair of the Unit, which contract shall require the contractor, at least once every three (3) months, to inspect the Unit and provide to Tenant a report of any defective conditions, together with any recommendations for maintenance, repair or parts-replacement; (iv) follow all reasonable recommendations of such contractor; and (v) promptly provide to Landlord a copy of such contract and each report issued thereunder; (c) the Unit shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant; provided, however, that upon Landlord’s request at the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Unit and repair any resulting damage (and if Tenant fails to timely perform such work, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense); (d) the Unit shall be deemed (i) a Leasehold Improvement (except for purposes of Section 8), and (ii) for purposes of Section 11, part of the Premises; (e) if the Unit exists on the date of mutual execution and delivery hereof, Tenant accepts the Unit in its “as is” condition, without representation or warranty as to quality, condition, fitness for use or any other matter; (t) if the Unit connects to the Building’s condenser water loop (if any), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s standard one-time fee for such connection and Landlord’s standard monthly per-ton usage fee; and (g) if any portion of the Unit is located on the roof, then (i) Tenant’s access to the roof shall be subject to such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) Tenant shall maintain the affected portion of the roof in a clean and orderly condition and shall not interfere with use of the roof by Landlord or any other tenants or licensees; and (iii) Landlord may relocate the Unit and/or temporarily interrupt its operation, without liability to Tenant, as reasonably necessary to maintain and repair the roof or otherwise operate the Building. For purposes of this Section 25.5 and clause (b) of the second sentence of Section 7.1, an HVAC unit shall be deemed “supplemental” if it would not customarily be considered part of the base building of a first-class multi-tenant office building.

25.6 Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding between the parties, including any appellate or alternative dispute resolution proceeding, the prevailing party may recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees and costs that Landlord incurs in interpreting or enforcing this Lease or otherwise protecting its rights hereunder (a) where Tenant has failed to pay Rent when due, or (b) in any bankruptcy case, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency, liquidation or reorganization proceeding involving Tenant or this Lease.

 

-25-


25.7 Brokers. Tenant represents to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker as its broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all claims of any brokers, other than Tenant’s Broker, claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from all claims of any brokers, including Landlord’s Broker, claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any Affiliate of Landlord that is involved in the negotiation of this Lease is representing only Landlord, and that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of such Affiliate in connection with this Lease or any subsequent amendment or other document related hereto has been or will be rendered as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

25.8 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. THE PARTIES WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

25.9 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. Each party waives California Civil Code §§ 1932(2), 1933(4) and 1945. Tenant waives (a) any rights under (i) California Civil Code §§ 1932(1), 1941, 1942, 1950.7 or any similar Law, or (ii) California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1263.260 or 1265.130; and (b) any right to terminate this Lease under California Civil Code § 1995310.

25.10 Interpretation. As used herein, the capitalized term “Section” refers to a section hereof unless otherwise specifically provided herein. As used in this Lease, the terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Lease and the term “include” and its derivatives are not limiting. Any reference herein to “any part” or “any portion” of the Premises, the Property or any other property shall be construed to refer to all or any part of such property. As used in this Lease in connection with insurance, the term “deductible” includes self-insured retention. Wherever this Lease requires Tenant to comply with any Law, rule, regulation, procedure or other requirement or prohibits Tenant from engaging in any particular conduct, this Lease shall be deemed also to require Tenant to cause each of its employees, licensees, invitees and subtenants, and any other party claiming by, through or under Tenant, to comply with such requirement or refrain from engaging in such conduct, as the case may be. Wherever this Lease requires Landlord to provide a customary service or to act in a reasonable manner (whether in incurring an expense, establishing a rule or regulation, providing an approval or consent, or performing any other act), this Lease shall be deemed also to provide that whether such service is customary or such conduct is reasonable shall be determined by reference to the practices of owners of buildings (“Comparable Buildings”) that (i) are comparable to the Building in size, age, class, quality and location, and (ii) at Landlord’s option, have been, or are being prepared to be, certified under the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system or a similar rating system. Tenant waives the benefit of any rule that a written agreement shall be construed against the drafting party.

25.11 Entire Agreement. This Lease sets forth the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous agreements (none of which shall be used to interpret this Lease). Tenant acknowledges that in entering into this Lease it has not relied upon any representation, warranty or statement, whether oral or written, not expressly set forth herein. This Lease can be modified only by a written agreement signed by both parties.

 

-26-


25.12 Other. Landlord, at its option, may cure any Default, without waiving any right or remedy or releasing Tenant from any obligation, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such cure. If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable, no other provision shall be affected. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease, and this instrument is not binding until it has been executed and delivered by both parties. If Tenant is comprised of two or more parties, their obligations shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision hereof in which time of performance is a factor. So long as Tenant performs its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms hereof. Landlord may transfer its interest herein, in which event Landlord shall be released from, Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of, and the transferee shall be deemed to have assumed, all of Landlord’s obligations arising hereunder after the date of such transfer (including the return of any Security Deposit) and Tenant shall attorn to the transferee. If Tenant (or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant) pays directly to the provider for any energy consumed at the Property, Tenant, promptly upon request, shall deliver to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument enabling Landlord to obtain from such provider) any data about such consumption that Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, is required to disclose to a prospective buyer, tenant or Security Holder under California Public Resources Code § 25402.10 or any similar Law. Landlord reserves all rights not expressly granted to Tenant hereunder, including the right to make alterations to the Project. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property are granted to Tenant hereunder. The expiration or earlier termination hereof shall not relieve either party of any obligation that accrued before, or continues to accrue after, such expiration or termination. This Lease may be executed in counterparts.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

CA-10 ALMADEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

EOP Owner GP L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its general partner

  By:   /s/ Todd R. Hedrick
  Name:    Todd R. Hedrick
  Title:   Senior Vice President-Leasing
TENANT:  
APIGEE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Steve Valenzuela
Name:    Steve Valenzuela
Title:   CFO


EXHIBIT A-1

10 ALMADEN

OUTLINE OF SUITE 1600

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A-1

-1-


EXHIBIT A-2

ALMADEN

OUTLINE OF SUITE 1700

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A-2

-1-


EXHIBIT B

10 ALMADEN

WORK LETTER

As used in this Exhibit B (this “Work Letter”), the following terms shall have the following meanings: “Tenant Improvements” means all improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter. “Tenant Improvement Work” means the construction of the Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements.

1. ALLOWANCE.

1.1 Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Allowance”) in the amount of $823,020.00 (i.e., $20.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises) to be applied (i) toward the TI Allowance Items (defined in Section 1.2.1 below) as provided in Section 1.2.1 below, and (ii) toward the Other Allowance Items (defined in Section 1.2.2 below) as provided in Section 1.2.2 below. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Tenant Improvement Work, including the costs of the TI Allowance Items, to the extent such costs exceed the lesser of (a) the Allowance, or (b) the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of the Other Allowance Items to the extent such costs exceed the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant to this Work Letter. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant fails to use the entire Allowance by June 30, 2014, the unused amount shall revert to Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

1.2 Disbursement.

1.2.1 TI Allowance Items. Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, the Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items (the “TI Allowance Items”): (a) the fees of the Architect (defined in Section 2.1 below); (b) the cost of preparing the Engineering Drawings (defined in Section 3.1 below); (c) plan-check, permit and license fees relating to performance of the Tenant Improvement Work; (d) the cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work, including after hours charges, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions; (e) the cost of any change to the base, shell or core of the Premises or Building required by the Plans (defined in Section 4 below), including all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; (f) the cost of any change to the Plans or the Tenant Improvement Work required by Law; (g) the Landlord Supervision Fee (defined in Section 3.3.1 below); (h) sales and use taxes; and (i) all other costs expended by Landlord in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

1.2.2 Other Allowance Items. If any portion of the Allowance remains unused after all TI Allowance Items have been fully paid, then, upon Tenant’s request, and subject to Section 1.1 above, Landlord shall disburse such amount, not to exceed $123,453.00 (i.e. $3.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises), to Tenant to pay (i) the reasonable costs of purchasing and installing in the Premises furniture, fixtures, equipment (the “Other Allowance Items”), within thirty (30) days after receiving paid invoices from Tenant with respect to such costs, or (ii) installments of Monthly Rent next coming due under this Lease.

 

Exhibit B

-1-


1.3 Offset Against Security Holder. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant enters into an agreement with a Security Holder which permits Tenant, from and after a Foreclosure Date (defined below), to offset Rent to the extent that Landlord fails to disburse the Allowance as required under this Work Letter, then, from and after such Foreclosure Date, Tenant may perform such offset to the extent permitted by such agreement. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “Foreclosure Date” means, with respect to any Security Holder, the date, if any, on which such Security Holder (or its nominee or designee) succeeds to the rights of Landlord under this Lease through possession or foreclosure action, delivery of a deed, or otherwise, or another person purchases the Property or the portion thereof containing the Premises upon or following foreclosure of the applicable Security Agreement or in connection with any bankruptcy case commenced by or against Landlord in which such Security Holder participates as a secured creditor by virtue of its interest in the Property under the applicable Security Agreement.

2. ARCHITECTURAL PLANS; PRICING.

2.1 Selection of Architect. Landlord shall retain the architect/space planner of Landlord’s choice (the “Architect”) to prepare the Architectural Drawings (defined in Section 2.5 below).

2.2 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.3 Approved Space Plan. Landlord and Tenant have approved that certain space plan for the Premises dated October 7, 2013 prepared by L. Kershner Design (the “Approved Space Plan.”)

2.4 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.5 Architectural Drawings. Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant the final architectural (and, if applicable, structural) working drawings for the Tenant Improvement Work that are in a form that (a) when combined with any programming information that is contained in the Approved Space Plan but not expressly incorporated into such working drawings, will be sufficient to enable the Contractor and its subcontractors to bid on the work and prepare the Engineering Drawings, and (b) when accompanied by any Engineering Drawings that satisfy the Engineering Requirements (defined in Section 3.2.1 below), will be sufficient to obtain the Permits (defined in Section 3.2.3 below) (the “Architectural Drawings”). Simultaneously with such delivery of the Architectural Drawings to Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of any change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal (defined in Section 2.6.1 below), if any, that results from the preparation of the Architectural Drawings. The Architectural Drawings shall conform to the Approved Space Plan. The Architect’s preparation and delivery of the Architectural Drawings, together with Landlord’s notice to Tenant of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal (if any), shall occur not later than October 25, 2013. Tenant shall approve or disapprove the Architectural Drawings by notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves the Architectural Drawings, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall specify any revisions Tenant desires in the Architectural Drawings. After receiving such notice of disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Architect to revise the Architectural Drawings and resubmit them to Tenant, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause the Architect to make any revision to the Architectural Drawings that conflicts with Landlord’s requirements for avoiding aesthetic, engineering or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building (collectively, the “Landlord Requirements”) or is otherwise reasonably disapproved by Landlord. Such revision and resubmission shall occur within three (3)

 

Exhibit B

-2-


business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of disapproval or the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 10 business days after the later of such receipt or such mutual execution and delivery) if such revision is material. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has approved the Architectural Drawings. Such approved Architectural Drawings shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Architectural Drawings.”

2.6 Construction Pricing.

2.6.1 Construction Pricing Proposal. On or before October 17, 2013, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s reasonable estimate (for purposes of this Work Letter, the “Construction Pricing Proposal”) of the cost of all TI Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Space Plan. The Construction Pricing Proposal shall be based upon at least two (2) competing qualified bids submitted from subcontractors for each major trade involved in the Tenant Improvement Work except for work affecting the Building’s fire/life-safety system. Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice approving or disapproving the Construction Pricing Proposal. If Tenant disapproves the Construction Pricing Proposal, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall be accompanied by proposed revisions to the Approved Space Plan that Tenant requests in order to resolve its objections to the Construction Pricing Proposal, and Landlord shall respond as required under Section 2.7 below. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until the Construction Pricing Proposal is approved by Tenant. Upon Tenant’s approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal, Landlord may purchase the items set forth in the Construction Pricing Proposal and begin construction relating to such items.

2.6.2 Over-Allowance Amount. If the Construction Pricing Proposal exceeds the Allowance, then Tenant, concurrently with its delivery to Landlord of its approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal, shall deliver to Landlord cash in the amount of such excess (for purposes of this Work Letter, the “Over-Allowance Amount”). Any Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord before the Allowance and pursuant to the same procedure as the Allowance. If, after the Construction Pricing Proposal is approved by Tenant, (a) any revision is made to the Approved Space Plan, or Tenant disapproves any Engineering Drawings that satisfy the Engineering Requirements, or the Tenant Improvement Work is otherwise changed, in each case in a way that increases the Construction Pricing Proposal, (b) the Construction Pricing Proposal is increased as a result of the preparation of the Approved Architectural Drawings, or (c) the Construction Pricing Proposal is otherwise increased to reflect the actual cost of all TI Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the terms hereof, then Tenant shall deliver any resulting Over-Allowance Amount (or any resulting increase in the Over-Allowance Amount) to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request.

2.7 Revisions to Approved Architectural Drawings or the Approved Space Plan.

2.7.1 Approved Architectural Drawings. If Tenant requests any revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision, and, if Landlord approves such revision, Landlord shall have such revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal, if any, within 10 business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 15 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within three (3) business days, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If

 

Exhibit B

-3-


Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Architectural Drawings without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof. For purposes hereof, any change order affecting the Approved Architectural Drawings shall be deemed a revision to the Approved Architectural Drawings.

2.7.2 Approved Space Plan. If Tenant requests Landlord’s approval of any revision to the Approved Space Plan, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision, together with notice of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal, if any, within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, whereupon Tenant, within three (3) business days, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Space Plan without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Space Plan within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof.

2.8 Tenant’s Approval Deadlines.

2.8.1 Construction Pricing Proposal. Tenant shall approve the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above on or before Tenant’s Pricing Approval Deadline (defined below). As used in this Work Letter, “Tenant’s Pricing Approval Deadline” means October 18, 2013; provided, however, that Tenant’s Pricing Approval Deadline shall be extended by one (1) business day for each business day, if any, by which Tenant’s approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above is delayed by any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Section 2.

2.8.2 Architectural Drawings. Tenant shall approve the Architectural Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above on or before Tenant’s Architectural Approval Deadline (defined below). As used in this Work Letter, “Tenant’s Architectural Approval Deadline” means October 28, 2013; provided, however, that Tenant’s Architectural Approval Deadline shall be extended by one (1) business day for each business day, if any, by which Tenant’s approval of the Architectural Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above is delayed by any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Section 2.

3. CONSTRUCTION.

3.1 Contractor. Landlord shall retain McLarney Construction (for purposes of this Work Letter, the “Contractor”) to (a) prepare the engineering working drawings relating to the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire-alarm and fire sprinkler work in the Premises (the “Engineering Drawings”), and (b) perform the Tenant Improvement Work. In addition, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in connection with the preparation of the Engineering Drawings or the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

 

Exhibit B

-4-


3.2 Engineering Drawings.

3.2.1 Preparation. Within seven (7) business days after the latest to occur of Tenant’s approval of the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above, Tenant’s approval of the Architectural Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above, or the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to prepare and deliver to Tenant Engineering Drawings that conform to the Approved Architectural Drawings, the Approved Space Plan, and the first sentence of Section 4 below (collectively, the “Engineering Requirements”). Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), the Engineering Drawings within two (2) business days after receiving them. After receiving any such notice of reasonable disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to revise the Engineering Drawings and resubmit them to Tenant, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to make any revision to the Engineering Drawings that conflicts with the Engineering Requirements or the Landlord Requirements or is otherwise reasonably disapproved by Landlord. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has reasonably approved the Engineering Drawings. Such approved Engineering Drawings shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Engineering Drawings”.

3.2.2 Revisions. If Tenant requests any revision to the Approved Engineering Drawings, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such revision, and, if Landlord approves such revision, Landlord shall have such revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the most recent Construction Pricing Proposal, within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 10 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If Landlord has begun performing the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Engineering Drawings without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Approved Engineering Drawings within two (2) business days after receiving Landlord’s request for approval thereof. Any change order affecting the Approved Engineering Drawings shall be deemed a revision to the Approved Engineering Drawings.

3.2.3 Permits. After the Architectural Drawings and the Engineering Drawings have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to submit the Approved Architectural Drawings and the Approved Engineering Drawings (collectively, the “Approved Construction Drawings”) to the appropriate municipal authorities and otherwise apply for and obtain from such authorities all permits necessary for the Contractor to complete the Tenant Improvement Work (the “Permits”). Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and the Contractor to enable the Contractor to obtain the Permits as soon as possible.

3.3 Construction.

3.3.1 Performance of Tenant Improvement Work. Landlord shall cause the Contractor to perform the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the Approved Construction Drawings. Tenant shall pay a construction supervision and management fee (the “Landlord Supervision Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to 2% of the aggregate amount of all TI Allowance Items other than the Landlord Supervision Fee.

 

Exhibit B

-5-


3.3.2 Contractor’s Warranties. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord relating to any defects in the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that if, within 30 days after Substantial Completion (defined in Section 5 below) of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any non-latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, or if, within 11 months after Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall, at its option, either (a) assign to Tenant any right Landlord may have under the Construction Contract (defined below) to require the Contractor to correct, or pay for the correction of, such defect, or (b) at Tenant’s expense, use reasonable efforts to enforce such right directly against the Contractor for Tenant’s benefit. As used in this Work Letter, “Construction Contract” means the construction contract between Landlord and the Contractor pursuant to which the Tenant Improvements will be constructed.

4. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW; SUITABILITY FOR TENANT’S USE. Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Contractor to use the Required Level of Care (defined below) to cause the Architectural Drawings and the Engineering Drawings to comply with Law; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any violation of Law resulting from any particular use of the Premises (as distinguished from general office use). As used herein, “Required Level of Care” means the level of care that reputable architects and engineers customarily use to cause architectural and engineering plans, drawings and specifications to comply with Law where such plans, drawings and specifications are prepared for spaces in buildings comparable in quality to the Building. Except as provided above in this Section 4, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Approved Space Plan, the Architectural Drawings and the Engineering Drawings (collectively, the “Plans”) are suitable for Tenant’s use of the Premises and comply with Law, and neither the preparation of any of the Plans by the Architect or the Contractor nor Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility. To the extent that either party (the “Responsible Party”) is responsible under this Section 4 for causing the Plans to comply with Law, the Responsible Party may contest any alleged violation of Law in good faith, including by seeking a waiver or deferment of compliance, asserting any defense allowed by Law, and exercising any right of appeal (provided that the other party incurs no liability as a result of such contest and that, after completing such contest, the Responsible Party makes any modification to the Plans or any alteration to the Premises that is necessary to comply with any final order or judgment).

5. COMPLETION.

5.1 Substantial Completion. For purposes of Section 1.3.2 of this Lease, and subject to Section 5.2 below, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be “Substantially Complete” upon the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Construction Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

5.2 Tenant Delay. Tenant shall use its best efforts to cooperate with Landlord, the Architect, the Contractor, and Landlord’s other consultants to complete all phases of the Plans, approve the Construction Pricing Proposal and obtain the Permits as soon as possible, and Tenant shall meet with Landlord, in accordance with a schedule determined by Landlord, to discuss the parties’ progress. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvement Work is delayed (a “Tenant Delay”) as a result of (a) any failure of Tenant to approve the Construction Pricing Proposal pursuant to Section 2.6.1 above on or before Tenant’s Pricing Approval Deadline, or any failure of Tenant to approve the Architectural Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above on or before Tenant’s Architectural Approval Deadline; (b) any failure of Tenant to timely approve the Engineering Drawings

 

Exhibit B

-6-


for any reason other than their failure to satisfy the Engineering Requirements; (c) any failure of Tenant to timely approve any other matter requiring Tenant’s approval; (d) any breach by Tenant of this Work Letter or this Lease; (e) any request by Tenant for a revision to, or for Landlord’s approval of a revision to, any portion of the Plans that has previously been approved by both parties (except to the extent that such delay results from a failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under Section 2.7 or 3.2.2 above, and except to the extent that (i) Tenant makes such request after approving the Construction Pricing Proposal and before approving the Architectural Drawings, and (ii) such request is reasonably designed solely to eliminate or reduce any increase in the Construction Pricing Proposal resulting from the preparation of the Architectural Drawings); (f) any requirement of Tenant for materials, components, finishes or improvements that are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvement Work as set forth in this Lease; (g) any change to the base, shell or core of the Premises or Building required by the Approved Construction Drawings; or (h) any other act or omission of Tenant or any of its agents, employees or representatives, then, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, and regardless of when the Tenant Improvement Work is actually Substantially Completed, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Completed on the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work would have been Substantially Completed if no such Tenant Delay had occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant before the Tenant Improvement Work has been Substantially Completed, as determined without giving effect to the preceding sentence.

6. MISCELLANEOUS. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant defaults under this Lease before the Tenant Improvement Work is completed, Landlord’s obligations under this Work Letter shall be excused until such default is cured and Tenant shall be responsible for any resulting delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work. This Work Letter shall not apply to any space other than the Premises.

 

Exhibit B

-7-


EXHIBIT C

10 ALMADEN

CONFIRMATION LETTER

                    , 20    

 

To:   

      
      
      

Re: Office Lease (the “Lease”) dated                     , 20        , between                                              , a                                               (“Landlord”), and                                              , a                                               (“Tenant”), concerning Suite                  on the                  floor of the building located at                                 ,                                  California.

 

 

Lease ID:

          
 

Business Unit Number: 

      

Dear                     :

In accordance with the Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and confirms the following:

 

  1. The Commencement Date is                      and the Expiration Date is                     .

 

  2. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is              square feet, subject to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.

 

  3. Tenant’s Share, based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises, is                     %, subject to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.

Please acknowledge the foregoing by signing all three (3) counterparts of this letter in the space provided below and returning two (2) fully executed counterparts to my attention. Please note that, pursuant to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease, if Tenant fails to execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) this letter within five (5) days after receiving it, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

 

“Landlord”:  
 

 

  ,
a                                       

 

Exhibit C

-1-


By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Agreed and Accepted as of                                     , 20    .

 

“Tenant”:  
    ,
a                                     
By:      
Name:      
Title:      

 

Exhibit C

-2-


EXHIBIT D

ALMADEN

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall comply with the following rules and regulations (as modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Rules and Regulations”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two (2) keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant, and if any such keys are lost, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing them or of changing the applicable locks if Landlord deems such changes necessary.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord may close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for Comparable Buildings. Tenant shall cause its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees who use Building doors during such hours to securely close and lock them after such use. Any person entering or leaving the Building during such hours, or when the Building doors are otherwise locked, may be required to sign the Building register, and access to the Building may be refused unless such person has proper identification or has a previously arranged access pass. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests them. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord and its agents shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion of any person to or from the Building. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord may prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord may prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property. Any damage to the Building, its contents, occupants or invitees resulting from Tenant’s moving or maintaining any such safe or other heavy property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant (notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease).

 

Exhibit D

-1-


5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle or canvass any occupant of the Project.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance shall be thrown therein. Notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease, Tenant shall bear the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from any violation of this rule by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, or mark, drive nails or screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or (other than by reasonable methods in order to hang customary lightweight office decorations such as pictures and whiteboards) drywall of the Premises, or otherwise deface the Premises, without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not purchase bottled water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.

11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use, store, install, disturb, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, any asbestos-containing materials, any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law, or any inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluid or substance; provided, however, that Tenant may use, store and dispose of such substances in such amounts as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes provided that such use, storage and disposal does not damage any part of the Premises, Building or Project and is performed in a safe manner and in accordance with all Laws. Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of such materials by Tenant and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal. No burning candle or other open flame shall be ignited or kept by Tenant in or about the Premises, Building or Project.

12. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or occupy or use the Premises in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere with other occupants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, CD player or otherwise. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

 

Exhibit D

-2-


14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals (other than service animals), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done in the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for lodging, for living quarters or sleeping apartments, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and invitees, provided that such use complies with all Laws. Nothing in this Section 15 shall prevent the serving in the Premises of hot food cooked elsewhere.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except to the extent such storage may be incidental to the Permitted Use. Tenant shall not occupy the Premises as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or tobacco, or as a medical office, a barber or manicure shop, or an employment bureau, without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees in the Premises except those actually working for Tenant in the Premises, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord may exclude from the Project any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who violates any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning, shall cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall not attempt to adjust any controls. Tenant shall install and use in the Premises only ENERGY STAR rated equipment, where available; provided, however that this sentence shall not apply to equipment moved by Tenant from its previous location. Tenant shall use recycled paper in the Premises to the extent consistent with its business requirements.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage inside the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash or garbage receptacles if, under Law, it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of disposing of trash and garbage in the vicinity of the Building. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s recycling program, if any.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work (a) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent; (b) shall not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, disturb labor harmony with any workforce or trades engaged in performing other work or services at the Project; and (c) while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or employee of such manager or Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

 

Exhibit D

-3-


23. No awning or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior consent. Other than Landlord’s Building-standard window coverings, no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings.

24. Tenant shall not obstruct any sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows or doors that reflect or admit light or air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building, nor shall Tenant place any bottles, parcels or other articles on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5 and with any local “No-Smoking” ordinance that is not superseded by such law.

27. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

28. All office equipment of an electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.

31. Without Landlord’s prior consent, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

32. Landlord may from time to time modify or supplement these Rules and Regulations in a manner that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is appropriate for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas and the Project, for the preservation of good order therein, and for the convenience of other occupants and tenants thereof. Landlord may waive any of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of such Rule and Regulation in favor of any other tenant nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing such Rule and Regulation against any tenant.

 

Exhibit D

-4-


EXHIBIT E

ALMADEN

JUDICIAL REFERENCE

IF THE JURY-WAIVER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 25.8 OF THIS LEASE ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW SHALL APPLY.

It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of this Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner. Accordingly, except with respect to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or with respect to the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 — 645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (the “Referee Sections”). Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter — except for copies ordered by the other parties — shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Section 25.6 of this Lease. The venue of the proceedings shall be in the county in which the Premises are located. Within 10 days of receipt by any party of a request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Exhibit E, the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections. If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such 10-day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in the county in which the Premises are located for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections. If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from Jams/Endispute, Inc., ADR Services, Inc. or a similar mediation/arbitration entity approved by each party in its sole and absolute discretion. The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of the grounds listed in the Referee Sections. The referee shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease. The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor any other damages that are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties waive any right to recover any such damages. The parties may conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California Law. The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California Law (including the rules of evidence), and in

 

Exhibit E

-1-


all regards, the referee shall follow California Law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding. The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit E. In this regard, the parties agree that the parties and the referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (a) discovery be conducted for a period no longer than six (6) months from the date the referee is appointed, excluding motions regarding discovery, and (b) a trial date be set within 9 months of the date the referee is appointed. In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court. Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder. The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure. Nothing in this Exhibit E shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.

 

Exhibit E

-2-


EXHIBIT F

10 ALMADEN

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

1. California Civil Code Section 1938. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52).

 

2. Provisions Required Under Existing Security Agreement. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease:

 

  2.1. Permitted Use. No portion of the Premises shall be used for any of the following uses: any pornographic or obscene purposes, any commercial sex establishment, any pornographic, obscene, nude or semi-nude performances, modeling, materials, activities, or sexual conduct or any other use that, as of the time of the execution hereof, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Property or its use, operation or value.

 

  2.2. Subordination and Attornment. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any Security Agreement (other than a ground lease) existing as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease (as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, an “Existing Security Agreement”) or any loan document secured by any Existing Security Agreement (an “Existing Loan Document”). In the event of the enforcement by any Security Holder of any remedy under any Existing Security Agreement or Existing Loan Document, Tenant shall, at the option of the Security Holder or of any other person or entity succeeding to the interest of the Security Holder as a result of such enforcement, attorn to the Security Holder or to such person or entity and shall recognize the Security Holder or such successor in the interest as lessor under this Lease without change in the provisions thereof; provided, however, the Security Holder or such successor in interest shall not be liable for or bound by (i) any payment of an installment of rent or additional rent which may have been made more than thirty (30) days before the due date of such installment, (ii) any act or omission of or default by Landlord under this Lease (but the Security Holder, or such successor, shall be subject to the continuing obligations of Landlord to the extent arising from and after such succession to the extent of the Security Holder’s, or such successor’s, interest in the Property), (iii) any credits, claims, setoffs or defenses which Tenant may have against Landlord, or (iv) any obligation under this Lease to maintain a fitness facility at the Property. Tenant, upon the reasonable request by the Security Holder or such successor in interest, shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Security Holder under any Existing Security Agreement or Existing Loan Document shall have entered into a separate subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement directly with Tenant governing Tenant’s obligation to attorn to the Security Holder or such successor in interest as lessor, the terms and provisions of such agreement shall supersede the provisions of this Subsection.

 

Exhibit F

-1-


  2.3. Proceeds.

 

  A. As used herein, “Proceeds” means any compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, insurance recoveries, causes or rights of action (whenever accrued) or payments which Landlord may receive or to which Landlord may become entitled with respect to the Property or any part thereof (other than payments received in connection with any liability or loss of rental value or business interruption insurance) in connection with any taking by condemnation or eminent domain (“Taking”) of, or any casualty or other damage or injury to, the Property or any part thereof.

 

  B. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to entitle Tenant to receive and retain Proceeds except those that may be specifically awarded to it in condemnation proceedings because of the Taking of its trade fixtures and its leasehold improvements which have not become part of the Property and such business loss as Tenant may specifically and separately establish. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to expand any right Tenant may have under this Lease to receive or retain any Proceeds.

 

  C. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to prevent Proceeds from being held and disbursed by any Security Holder under any Existing Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of such Existing Loan Documents. However, if, in the event of any casualty or partial Taking, any obligation of Landlord under this Lease to restore the Premises or the Building is materially diminished by the operation of the preceding sentence, then Landlord, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of such casualty or partial Taking, shall provide written notice to Tenant describing such diminution with reasonably specificity, whereupon, unless Landlord has agreed in writing, in its sole and absolute discretion, to waive such diminution, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective 10 days after the date of such termination notice.

 

3. Extension Option.

 

  3.1. Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have the right (the “Extension Option”) to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years beginning on the day immediately following the expiration date of this Lease and ending on the 5th anniversary of such expiration date (the “Extension Term”), if:

 

  (A) not less than 12 and not more than 15 full calendar months before the expiration date of the initial Term, Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord (the “Extension Notice”) electing to exercise the Extension Option and stating Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market (defined in Section 3.5 below) rate for the Extension Term;

 

  (B) no Default exists when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice;

 

  (C) not more than 20% of the Premises is sublet when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice; and

 

  (D) this Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) before Tenant delivers the Extension Notice.

 

Exhibit F

-2-


  3.2 Terms Applicable to Extension Term.

 

  A. During the Extension Term, (a) the Base Rent rate per rentable square foot shall be equal to the Prevailing Market rate per rentable square foot; (b) Base Rent shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed in the determination of Prevailing Market rate; and (c) Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

  B. During the Extension Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

 

  3.3 Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market.

 

  A. Initial Procedure. Within 30 days after receiving the Extension Notice, Landlord shall give Tenant either (i) written notice (“Landlord’s Binding Notice”) accepting Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term stated in the Extension Notice, or (ii) written notice (“Landlord’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such estimate and stating Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term. If Landlord gives Tenant a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, Tenant, within 15 days thereafter, shall give Landlord either (i) written notice (“Tenant’s Binding Notice”) accepting Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term stated in such Landlord’s Rejection Notice, or (ii) written notice (“Tenant’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such estimate. If Tenant gives Landlord a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term. If, within 30 days after delivery of a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, the provisions of Section 3.3.B below shall apply.

 

  B. Dispute Resolution Procedure.

 

  1. If, within 30 days after delivery of a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, Landlord and Tenant, within five (5) days thereafter, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term (collectively, the “Estimates”). Within seven (7) days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant shall each select a broker or agent (an “Agent”) to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term. Each Agent so selected shall be licensed as a real estate broker or agent and in good standing with the California Department of Real Estate, and shall have had at least five (5) years’ experience within the previous 10 years as a commercial real estate broker or agent working in San Jose, California, with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices relating to buildings similar to the Building.

 

Exhibit F

-3-


  2. If each party selects an Agent in accordance with Section 3.3.B.1 above, the parties shall cause their respective Agents to work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term. The Estimate, if any, so agreed upon by such Agents shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Agents fail to reach such agreement within 20 days after their selection, then, within 10 days after the expiration of such 20-day period, the parties shall instruct the Agents to select a third Agent meeting the above criteria (and if the Agents fail to agree upon such third Agent within 10 days after being so instructed, either party may cause a court of competent jurisdiction to select such third Agent). Promptly upon selection of such third Agent, the parties shall instruct such Agent (or, if only one of the parties has selected an Agent within the 7-day period described above, then promptly after the expiration of such 7-day period the parties shall instruct such Agent) to determine, as soon as practicable but in any case within 14 days after his selection, which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate. Such determination by such Agent (the “Final Agent”) shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Final Agent believes that expert advice would materially assist him, he may retain one or more qualified persons to provide such expert advice. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the Final Agent and of any experts retained by the Final Agent. Any fees of any other broker, agent, counsel or expert engaged by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such broker, agent, counsel or expert.

 

  C. Adjustment. If the Prevailing Market rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Extension Term upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month ending on or before the expiration date of the Lease until such time as the Prevailing Market rate has been determined. Upon such determination, the Base Rent for the Extension Term shall be retroactively adjusted. If such adjustment results in an under- or overpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the next Base Rent due under the Lease.

 

  3.4. Extension Amendment. If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Extension Option, and if the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term is determined in accordance with Section 3.3 above, Landlord, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “Extension Amendment”) reflecting changes in the Base Rent, the Term, the expiration date of this Lease, and other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 3, and Tenant shall execute and return (or provide Landlord with reasonable objections to) the Extension Amendment within 15 days after receiving it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term in accordance with Section 3.3 above, an otherwise valid exercise of the Extension Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Extension Amendment is executed.

 

Exhibit F

-4-


  3.5. Definition of Prevailing Market. For purposes of this Extension Option, “Prevailing Market” shall mean the arms-length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot under extension and renewal leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the downtown San Jose, California area. The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account (i) any material economic differences between the terms of this Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes; (ii) any material differences in configuration or condition between the Premises and any comparison space, including any cost that would have to be incurred in order to make the configuration or condition of the comparison space similar to that of the Premises; and (iii) any reasonably anticipated changes in the Prevailing Market rate from the time such Prevailing Market rate is being determined and the time such Prevailing Market rate will become effective under this Lease.

 

4. Building Signage.

 

  4.1. Tenant’s Right to Building Signage. Subject to the terms of this Section 4, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain, repair, replace and operate the Building Signage (defined below). As used herein, “Building Signage” means, collectively, a sign that (i) bears the Tenant Name (defined below) and is located on the exterior side of the Building facing West Santa Clara Street (i.e., the north side of the Building) in the eyebrow signage location, as more particularly shown in Exhibit F-1 attached hereto. As used herein, “Tenant Name” means, at any time, at Tenant’s discretion, (i) the name of Tenant set forth in the first paragraph of this Lease (“Tenant’s Existing Name”), or (ii) if Tenant’s name is not then Tenant’s Existing Name, then Tenant’s name, provided that such name is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and/or (iii) Tenant’s logo, provided that such logo is then being used by Tenant on a substantially nationwide basis and is compatible with a first-class office building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Tenant’s rights to the Building Signage under this Section 4 shall be personal to the party named as Tenant in the first paragraph of this Lease (“Existing Tenant”) and to any successor to Existing Tenant’s interest in this Lease that acquires its interest in this Lease solely by means of one or more Permitted Transfers originating with Existing Tenant, and may not be transferred to any other party; and (ii) if at any time a Signage Default (defined below) occurs or the Minimum Occupancy Requirement (defined below) is not satisfied, then, at Landlord’s option (which shall not be deemed waived by the passage of time), Tenant shall no longer have any further right to the Building Signage under this Section 4, even if such Signage Default is later cured and/or the Minimum Occupancy Requirement later becomes satisfied, as applicable. For purposes of this Section 4, a “Signage Default” shall be deemed to occur if and only if (x) after a Default, Landlord provides Tenant with written notice that Tenant may lose its right to Building Signage under this Section 4 if Tenant fails to cure such Default within five (5) business days after such notice, and (y) such Default is not cured within such 5-business-day period. For purposes of this Section 4, the “Minimum Occupancy Requirement” shall be deemed satisfied if and only if not more than 25% the rentable square footage of the Premises has been subleased for more than 75% of the balance of the term of this Lease.

 

Exhibit F

-5-


  4.2. Landlord’s Approval. The size, color, materials and all other aspects of the Building Signage, including the manner in which it is attached to the Building and any provisions for illumination, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, that Landlord’s approval as to aesthetic matters may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion. For purposes of this Section 42, Landlord hereby approves all aspects of the Building Signage shown with reasonable specificity in Exhibit F-1 attached hereto.

 

  4.3. General Provisions. Tenant, at its expense, shall design, fabricate, install, maintain, repair, replace, operate and remove the Building Signage, in each case in a first class manner consistent with a first-class office building and in compliance with all applicable Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not install or modify the Building Signage until after obtaining and providing copies to Landlord of all permits and approvals necessary therefor. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its expense, for obtaining such permits and approvals; provided, however, that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no material cost or liability to Landlord, in executing permit applications and performing any other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain such permits and approvals. Within 30 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or, if earlier, the date on which Tenant becomes no longer entitled to Building Signage under this Section 4), Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Building Signage and restore all damage to the Building caused by its installation, operation or removal. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this I Pase , Tenant, not Landlord, shall, at its expense, (i) cause its property insurance policy to cover the Building Signage, and (ii) promptly repair the Building Signage if it is damaged by fire or any other casualty (unless Tenant, by prompt written notice to Landlord, elects to remove the Building Signage altogether, in which event Tenant shall no longer be entitled to Building Signage under this Section 4). Except as may be expressly provided in this Section 4, the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, removal and any other work performed by Tenant affecting the Building Signage shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of this Lease as if such work were an Alteration. If an emergency results from Tenant’s failure to maintain, repair, replace, operate or remove the Building Signage as required under this Section 4, then, without limiting Landlord’s remedies, Landlord, at its option, with notice to Tenant (by telephone, e-mail, fax or any other reasonable method, notwithstanding Section 25.1 of this Lease), may perform such maintenance, repair, replacement, operation or removal, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost thereof upon Landlord’s demand. The costs of any utilities consumed in operation of the Building Signage shall be paid by Tenant upon Landlord’s demand in accordance with Section 3 of this Lease.

 

5. Additional Building Signage If Available and Tenant’s Share Exceeds 50%.

 

  5.1.

Tenant’s Right to Additional Building Signage if Available and Tenant’s Share Exceeds 50%. If and (notwithstanding any contrary provision of Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 below) only if the parties amend this Lease to expand the Premises so that Tenant’s Share exceeds 50%, and Landlord has not previously granted to any other party any right to install signage at or near the top of the exterior side of the Building facing Almaden Boulevard (i.e., the west side of the Building) on or after the effective date of such expansion, then, subject to the terms of this Section 5, and from and after the effective date of such expansion, but only so long as Tenant’s Share exceeds 50%, Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain, repair, replace and operate the Additional Building

 

Exhibit F

-6-


  Signage (defined in Section 5.2 below) as provided in Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 below. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to impose upon Landlord any obligation to (x) enter into, negotiate, or consider any proposal to enter into or negotiate any such expansion amendment, or (y) refrain from granting to any other party any right to install signage at or near the top of the exterior side of the Building facing Almaden Boulevard (i.e., the west side of the Building).

 

  5.2. Additional Building Signage. As used herein, “Additional Building Signage” means, collectively, a sign that (i) bears the Tenant Name and is located at the top of the exterior side of the Building facing Almaden Boulevard (i.e., the west side of the Building), as more particularly shown in Exhibit F-2 attached hereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Tenant’s rights to the Additional Building Signage under this Section 5 shall be personal to Existing Tenant and to any successor to Existing Tenant’s interest in this Lease that acquires its interest in this Lease solely by means of one or more Permitted Transfers originating with Existing Tenant, and may not be transferred to any other party; and (ii) if at any time a Signage Default (defined below) occurs or the Minimum Occupancy Requirement (defined below) is not satisfied, then, at Landlord’s option (which shall not be deemed waived by the passage of time), Tenant shall no longer have any further right to the Additional Building Signage under this Section 5, even if such Signage Default is later cured and/or the Minimum Occupancy Requirement later becomes satisfied, as applicable. For purposes of this Section 5, a “Signage Default” shall be deemed to occur if and only if (x) after a Default, Landlord provides Tenant with written notice that Tenant may lose its right to Additional Building Signage under this Section 5 if Tenant fails to cure such Default within five (5) business days after such notice, and (y) such Default is not cured within such 5-business-day period. For purposes of this Section 5, the “Minimum Occupancy Requirement” shall be deemed satisfied if and only if Tenant occupies more than 50% of the rentable square footage of the Building.

 

  5.3. Landlord’s Approval. The size, color, materials and all other aspects of the Additional Building Signage, including the manner in which it is attached to the Building and any provisions for illumination, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, that Landlord’s approval as to aesthetic matters may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion.

 

  5.4.

General Provisions. Tenant, at its expense, shall design, fabricate, install, maintain, repair, replace, operate and remove the Additional Building Signage, in each case in a first class manner consistent with a first-class office building and in compliance with all applicable Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not install or modify the Additional Building Signage until after obtaining and providing copies to Landlord of all permits and approvals necessary therefor. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its expense, for obtaining such permits and approvals; provided, however, that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no material cost or liability to Landlord, in executing permit applications and performing any other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain such permits and approvals. Within 30 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or, if earlier, the date on which Tenant becomes no longer entitled to Additional Building Signage under this Section 5), Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Additional Building Signage and restore all damage to the Building caused by its installation, operation or removal. Notwithstanding any

 

Exhibit F

-7-


  contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant, not Landlord, shall, at its expense, (i) cause its property insurance policy to cover the Additional Building Signage, and (ii) promptly repair the Additional Building Signage if it is damaged by fire or any other casualty (unless Tenant, by prompt written notice to Landlord, elects to remove the Additional Building Signage altogether, in which event Tenant shall no longer be entitled to Additional Building Signage under this Section 5). Except as may be expressly provided in this Section 5, the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, removal and any other work performed by Tenant affecting the Additional Building Signage shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of this Lease as if such work were an Alteration. If an emergency results from Tenant’s failure to maintain, repair, replace, operate or remove the Additional Building Signage as required under this Section 5, then, without limiting Landlord’s remedies, Landlord, at its option, with notice to Tenant (by telephone, e-mail, fax or any other reasonable method, notwithstanding Section 25.1 of this Lease), may perform such maintenance, repair, replacement, operation or removal, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost thereof upon Landlord’s demand. The costs of any utilities consumed in operation of the Additional Building Signage shall be paid by Tenant upon Landlord’s demand in accordance with Section 3 of this Lease.

 

6. Fitness Center. So long as Landlord causes an exercise facility and/or swimming pool (each an “Amenity”) to be maintained and operated within the Building for general use by occupants of the Building, Landlord shall cause such Amenity to be made available for use by Tenant or Tenant’s employees during the same hours and upon the same terms and conditions as such Amenity is made generally available for use by other occupants of the Building; provided, however, that during the initial Term there shall be no charge to Tenant for such use (subject to Section 4 of this Lease). Any party electing to use any Amenity shall be required, before commencing such use, to execute and deliver to Landlord (or the operator of such Amenity) Landlord’s (or such operator’s) then-standard form of license or other agreement governing such use.

 

7. Letter of Credit.

 

  7.1.

General Provisions. Within three (3) business days after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with one or more provisions of this Lease, a standby, unconditional, irrevocable, transferable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the form of Exhibit F-3 and containing the terms required herein, in the face amount of $477,351.60 (the “Letter of Credit Amount”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, issued (or confirmed) by a financial institution acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, permitting multiple and partial draws thereon, and otherwise in form acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through replacement, renewal or extension) in the Letter of Credit Amount through the date (the “Final LC Expiration Date”) that is 60 days after the scheduled expiration date of the Term, as it may be extended from time to time. If the Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires before the Final LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord not later than 60 days before the expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord. In addition, if, at any time

 

Exhibit F

-8-


  before the Final LC Expiration Date, the financial institution that issued (or confirmed) the Letter of Credit held by Landlord fails to meet the Minimum Financial Requirement (defined below), Tenant, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, shall deliver to Landlord, in replacement of such Letter of Credit, a new Letter of Credit issued (or confirmed) by a financial institution that meets the Minimum Financial Requirement and is otherwise acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, whereupon Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit that is being replaced. For purposes hereof, a financial institution shall be deemed to meet the “Minimum Financial Requirement” on a particular date if and only if, as of such date, such financial institution (i) has not been placed into receivership by the FDIC; and (ii) has a financial strength that, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, is not less than that which is then generally required by Landlord and its affiliates as a condition to accepting letters of credit in support of new leases. Any new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension (a “Renewal or Replacement LC”) shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 7, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Final LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the Letter of Credit that is expiring or being replaced.

 

  7.2. Drawings under Letter of Credit. If Tenant breaches any provision of this Lease and either (i) such breach continues beyond any applicable notice and cure period, or (ii) this Lease expires or terminates, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy provided in this Lease or by Law, draw on the Letter of Credit in an amount necessary to satisfy any damages suffered by Landlord (including any damages arising under section California Civil Code § 1951.2 following termination of this Lease) as a result of such breach. In addition, if Tenant fails to furnish a Renewal or Replacement LC complying with all of the provisions of this Section 7 when required under this Section 7, Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) in accordance with the terms of this Section 7 (the “LC Proceeds Account”).

 

  7.3. Use of Proceeds by Landlord. The proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall constitute Landlord’s sole and separate property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and Landlord may, immediately upon any draw (and without notice to Tenant), apply or offset the proceeds of the Letter of Credit against (a) any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due; (b) all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with one or more provisions of this Lease; (c) any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease (including attorneys’ fees); and (d) any other amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with this Lease. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, within 45 days after the Final LC Expiration Date, the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied as provided above; provided, however, that if, before the expiration of such 45-day period, a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant or any Guarantor, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or any Guarantor by any of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s creditors, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, then such payment shall not be required until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in each case pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending appeal.

 

Exhibit F

-9-


  7.4. Additional Covenants of Tenant. If, for any reason, the amount of the Letter of Credit becomes less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 7, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, such failure shall constitute an incurable Default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

  7.5. Nature of Letter of Credit. Landlord and Tenant (a) acknowledge and agree that in no event shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof, any substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof (including the LC Proceeds Account) be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”); (b) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof, any substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit and shall not be subject to the Security Deposit Laws; and (c) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby waives all provisions of Law, now or hereafter in effect, which (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord may claim from the security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified above in this Section 7 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease or the acts or omission of Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease.

 

  7.6. Reduction in Letter of Credit Amount. Provided that no Default exists or has previously occurred, Tenant may reduce the Letter of Credit Amount so that the reduced Letter of Credit Amount becomes $238,675.80 effective as of the third (P) anniversary of the Commencement Date. Any such reduction in the Letter of Credit Amount shall be accomplished by Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a substitute letter of credit in the reduced amount or an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit reflecting the reduced amount.

 

8. Right of First Offer.

 

  8.1. Grant of Option; Conditions.

 

  A.

Subject to the terms of this Section 8, Tenant shall have a right of first offer (“Right of First Offer”) with respect to the 14th and 15th floors of the Building (and with respect to each portion thereof) (each such floor or portion thereof, a “Potential Offering Space”). Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall be exercised as follows: At any time after Landlord has determined that a Potential Offering Space has become Available (defined below), but before leasing such Potential Offering Space to a third party, Landlord, subject to the terms of this Section 8,

 

Exhibit F

-10-


  shall provide Tenant with a written notice (for purposes of this Section 8, an “Advice”) advising Tenant of the material terms on which Landlord is prepared to lease such Potential Offering Space (sometimes referred to herein as an “Offering Space”) to Tenant, which terms shall be consistent with Section 8.2 below. For purposes hereof, a Potential Offering Space shall be deemed to become “Available” as follows: (i) if such Potential Offering Space is not leased to a third party as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, such Potential Offering Space shall be deemed to become Available when Landlord has received a written proposal to lease such Potential Offering Space from a prospective tenant; and (ii) if such Potential Offering Space is leased to a third party as the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, such Potential Offering Space shall be deemed to become Available when Landlord has determined that such third-party tenant, and any occupant of such Potential Offering Space claiming under such third-party tenant, will not extend or renew the term of its lease, or enter into a new lease, for such Potential Offering Space. If the term for the Offering Space, as set forth in the Advice, extends beyond the expiration date for the balance of the Premises, Landlord, at its option, may state in the Advice that if Tenant exercises its Right of First Offer based on the Advice, the term for the balance of the Premises shall be extended to be coterminous with the term for the Offering Space, as provided in Section 8.2.E below). Upon receiving an Advice, Tenant may lease the Offering Space, in its entirety only, under the terms set forth in the Advice, by delivering to Landlord a written notice of exercise satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 8.2.E below (for purposes of this Section 8, a “Notice of Exercise”) within five (5) business days after receiving the Advice.

 

  B. If Tenant receives an Advice but does not deliver a Notice of Exercise within the period of time required under Section 8.1.A above, Landlord may lease the Offering Space to any party on any terms determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  C. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice if any of the following conditions exists when Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; and (ii) if Tenant receives an Advice from Landlord, Tenant shall not be entitled to lease the Offering Space based on such Advice if any of the following conditions exists:

 

  (1) a Default exists;

 

  (2) more than the Maximum Portion (defined below) of the Premises is sublet (As used herein, “Maximum Portion” means 20%; provided, however, that if the Premises have been expanded to include any portion of the 14th or 15th floors of the Building, then “Maximum Portion” means the lesser of (i) 33%, or (ii) 21,000 rentable square feet);

 

  (3) the Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer); or

 

  (4) Tenant is not occupying the Premises.

 

Exhibit F

-11-


If, by operation of the preceding sentence, Landlord is not required to provide Tenant with an Advice, or Tenant, after receiving an Advice, is not entitled to lease the Offering Space based on such Advice, then Landlord may lease the Offering Space to any party on any terms determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  8.2. Terms for Offering Space.

 

  A. The term for the Offering Space shall be such period as Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, may set forth in the Advice; provided, however, that such term shall be not less than coterminous with the term for the balance of the Premises and (except to the extent necessary to be so coterminous) shall not exceed 120 months. Except as provided in Section 8.2.E below, Section 3 above shall not apply to the Offering Space unless the term for the Offering Space is coterminous with the term for the balance of the Premises.

 

  B. The term for the Offering Space shall commence on the commencement date stated in the Advice and thereupon the Offering Space shall be considered a part of the Premises subject to the provisions of the Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of the Advice (including the provision of the Advice establishing the expiration date for the Offering Space) shall prevail to the extent they conflict with the provisions of the Lease.

 

  C. Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the Offering Space in accordance with the provisions of the Advice. The Advice shall reflect the Prevailing Market (defined in Section 8.4 below) rate for the Offering Space as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment.

 

  D. Except as may be otherwise provided in the Advice, (i) the Offering Space (including improvements and personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its configuration and condition existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the Offering Space or the commencement date for the Offering Space; and (ii) if Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Offering Space by any holdover or unlawful possession of the Offering Space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the Offering Space and any obligation of Landlord to tender possession of, permit entry to, or perform alterations to the Offering Space, together with the commencement date for the Offering Space, shall be deferred until after Landlord has obtained possession of the Offering Space.

 

  E.

If the term for the Offering Space extends beyond the expiration date for the balance of the Premises, then (i) at Landlord’s option (which Landlord may exercise by so stating in the Advice), the term for the balance of the Premises shall be extended to be coterminous with the term for the Offering Space (the period of such extension shall be referred to hereinafter as the “Offering Extension Term”); and (ii) if Landlord exercises such option, then (a) Tenant shall include in the Notice of Exercise a statement of Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market (defined in Section 3.5 above) rate for the Offering Extension Term, and (b) the terms of such extension shall be governed by Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.5 above, as if the Offering Extension Term were an “Extension Term” within the meaning of Section 3.1 above; provided, however, that, as applied to

 

Exhibit F

-12-


  such extension, (1) all references in such Sections to the “Extension Term” shall be deemed to refer to the Offering Extension Term; (2) all references in such Sections to the “Extension Notice” shall be deemed to refer to the Notice of Exercise; and (3) all references in such Sections to the “Extension Option” shall be deemed to refer to the Right of First Offer.

 

  8.3. Termination of Right of First Offer; One-Time Right.

 

  A. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice after the date occurring 15 months before the expiration date of the initial Term (the “Initial Cutoff Date”) unless Tenant has previously validly exercised, or continues to have the right to exercise, its Extension Option under Section 3 above; (b) Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Offer after the Initial Cutoff Date unless Tenant has previously validly exercised, or then validly exercises, its Extension Option pursuant to Section 3 above; and (c) if the term of the Lease is extended pursuant to Section 3 above, then Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Offer, after the date occurring 15 months before the expiration date of the Extension Term.

 

  B. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with an Advice, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its Right of First Offer, with respect to any Potential Offering Space after the date, if any, on which Landlord becomes entitled to lease such Potential Offering Space to a third party under Section 8.1.B or 8.1.C above.

 

  8.4. Offering Amendment. If Tenant validly exercises its Right of First Offer, Landlord, within a reasonable period of time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding the Offering Space to the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share, the term for the balance of the Premises (if applicable), and other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 8. Tenant shall execute and return the Offering Amendment to Landlord within 15 days after receiving it, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First Offer shall be fully effective whether or not the Offering Amendment is executed.

 

  8.5. Definition of Prevailing Market. For purposes of this Section 8, “Prevailing Market” means the arms-length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot, under renewal and expansion leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder, for space comparable to the Offering Space in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the San Jose, California area. The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account (i) any material economic differences between the terms of the Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes; and (ii) any material differences in configuration or condition between the Offering Space and any comparison space, including any cost that would have to be incurred in order to make the configuration or condition of the comparison space similar to that of the Offering Space.

 

Exhibit F

-13-


9. EV Spaces.

 

  9.1. Subject to the terms of this Section 9, Tenant may use, on an exclusive basis, the two (2) parking spaces in the Parking Facility identified in Exhibit F-4 attached hereto (the “EV Spaces”) for the purpose of parking and charging electric vehicles. Tenant shall pay monthly fees for the EV Spaces pursuant to Sections 1.9 and 24 of this Lease as if they were unreserved parking spaces used by Tenant for parking pursuant to those provisions.

 

  9.2. Tenant shall be responsible, at its expense, for making any alterations to the EV Spaces or the Building that may be necessary to equip the EV Spaces to charge electric vehicles, including the installation of two (2) electric vehicle charging stations and appropriate electrical cable and other equipment connecting such charging stations to the EV Space Feeds (defined in Section 9.5 below). Such alterations (the “EV Space Alterations”) shall be deemed Alterations and Tenant-Insured Improvements and shall be subject to Sections 5, 7, 8, 10.2.2, 11 and all other provisions of this Lease governing Alterations and/or Tenant-Insured Improvements, as if the EV Space Alterations were located within the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall (a) design and install the EV Space Alterations in accordance with Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of this Lease; (b) maintain the EV Space Alterations in good condition and repair in accordance with Section 7.1 of this Lease; and (c) cause the EV Space Alterations to be covered by Tenant’s property insurance required under Section 10.2.2 of this Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to maintain, repair (other than pursuant to Section 11) or safeguard the EV Space Alterations or to prevent unauthorized third parties from using the EV Spaces or the EV Space Alterations.

 

  9.3. The EV Space Alterations and Tenant’s use of the EV Spaces shall comply with all applicable Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to Section 9.5 below, if a change to any Common Area, the Building structure, or any Building system located outside of and not exclusively serving the Premises becomes required under Law (or if any such requirement is enforced) as a result of the EV Space Alterations or the use of the EV Spaces for charging electric vehicles, then Tenant, upon demand, shall (x) at Landlord’s option, either make such change at Tenant’s cost or pay Landlord the cost of making such change, and (y) pay Landlord a coordination fee equal to 5% of the cost of such change.

 

  9.4. Tenant acknowledges that it has inspected the EV Spaces and agrees to accept them in their existing configuration and condition, without any representation by Landlord regarding their configuration or condition and without any obligation on the part of

 

Exhibit F

-14-


EXHIBIT F-3

10 ALMADEN

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF             

DATE:                     

BENEFICIARY:

CA-10 ALMADEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

C/O EQUITY OFFICE

GATEWAY PLACE, SUITE 350 W.

SAN JOSE, CA 95110

ATTENTION: BUILDING MANAGER

WITH A COPY OF ANY NOTICES TO:

EQUITY OFFICE

2 NORTH RIVERSIDE PLAZA, SUITE 2100

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606

ATTENTION: TREASURY DEPARTMENT

APPLICANT:

APIGEE CORPORATION

SHRIDAN AVENUE, 3RD FLOOR

PALO ALTO, CA 94306

AMOUNT: US$477,351.60 (U.S. DOLLARS FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY SEVEN

THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FIFTY ONE AND SIXTY EXCATLY)

EXPIRATION DATE: [ 1 YEAR FROM LC ISSUANCE DATE]

LOCATION: SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE BY SIGHT PAYMENT WITH OURSELVES ONLY AGAINST PRESENTATION AT THIS BANK’S OFFICE (AS DEFINED BELOW) OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

  1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT (S), IF ANY.

 

  2. YOUR SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “A”.

 

Exhibit F-3

-1-


  3. A DATED CERTIFICATION PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER PRINTED NAME AND DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN BRACKETS THEREIN COMPLIED WITH:

 

  (A.) “THIS DRAW IN THE AMOUNT OF [INSERT AMOUNT IN NUMERALS] [INSERT AMOUNT IN WORDS] UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE AND OWING TO US PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE BY AND BETWEEN CA - 10 ALMADEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, AS LANDLORD, AND APIGEE CORPORATION, AS TENANT, AND/OR ANY AMENDMENT TO THE LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES RELATED TO THE LEASE.”

OR

 

  (B.) “WITHIN SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF SILICON VALLEY BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              BENEFICIARY HAS NOT RECEIVED AN EXTENSION AT LEAST FOR ONE YEAR TO THE EXISTING LETTER OF CREDIT OR A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT SATISFACTORY TO THE BENEFICIARY.”

THE LEASE MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS ARE ALLOWED. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

WE AGREE THAT WE SHALL HAVE NO DUTY OR RIGHT TO INQUIRE AS TO THE BASIS UPON WHICH BENEFICIARY HAS DETERMINED THAT THE AMOUNT IS DUE AND OWING OR HAS DETERMINED TO PRESENT TO US ANY DRAFT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, AND THE PRESENTATION OF SUCH DRAFT IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, SHALL AUTOMATICALLY RESULT IN PAYMENT TO THE BENEFICIARY.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS WITH A COPY OF SUCH NOTICE TO: EQUITY OFFICE, 2 NORTH RIVERSIDE PLAZA, SUITE 2100, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606, ATTENTION: TREASURY DEPARTMENT, THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND                      [INSERT DATE] WHICH SHALL BE THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE.

 

Exhibit F-3

-2-


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY ALSO BE CANCELED PRIOR TO ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UPON RECEIPT BY SILICON VALLEY BANK BY OVERNIGHT COURIER OR REGISTERED MAIL (RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED) OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENTS (IF ANY) FROM THE BENEFICIARY TOGETHER WITH A STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD STATING THAT THE LETTER OF CREDIT IS NO LONGER REQUIRED AND IS BEING RETURNED FOR CANCELLATION.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE THAT IS THE SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST TO BENEFICIARY (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR LETTER OF TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION AS PER ATTACHED EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. APPLICANT SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF IA OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. ANY REQUEST FOR TRANSFER WILL BE EFFECTED BY US SUBJECT TO THE ABOVE CONDITIONS. HOWEVER, TRANSFER IS NOT CONTINGENT UPON APPLICANT’S ABILITY TO PAY (OR ACTUAL PAYMENT OF) OUR TRANSFER FEE (. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD PROMPLTY THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE.

DRAMS) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

WE HEREBY AGREE THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, 2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054, ATTENTION: GLOBAL TRADE FINANCE -

STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”). PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE IN PERSON OR BY OVERNIGHT COURIER DELIVERY SERVICE OR BY FACSIMILE ON OR BEFORE OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE PRESENTATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION (IT NEED NOT TRANSMIT THE LETTER OF CREDIT). IT MAY DO SO IN LIEU OF PRESENTING THE PHYSICAL DOCUMENTS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR PRESENTATION UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. PROVIDED HOWEVER, SHOULD IT ELECT TO DO SO, EACH SUCH FACSIMILE

 

Exhibit F-3

-3-


TRANSMISSION SHALL BE MADE ON A BUSINESS DAY AT FAX NO. (408) 654-6211; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7127 OR (408) 654-7716 OR (408) 654-3035 AND, ON THE DAY OF SUCH TRANSMISSION, BE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWED BY BENEFICIARY’S SENDING TO US ALL OF THE ORIGINALS OF SUCH FAXED DOCUMENTS TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY OVERNIGHT MAIL OR COURIER SERVICE TO THE BANK’S OFFICE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, WE WILL DETERMINE TO HONOR OR DISHONOR ANY SUCH FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURELY ON THE BASIS OF OUR EXAMINATION OF SUCH FACSIMILE PRESENTATION, AND WILL NOT EXAMINE THE ORIGINALS.

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERM “BUSINESS DAY” MEANS A DAY ON WHICH WE ARE OPEN AT OUR ABOVE ADDRESS IN SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA TO CONDUCT OUR LETTER OF CREDIT BUSINESS. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY IN THE ISP98 (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED), IF THE EXPIRATION DATE OR THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH DATE SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED TO THE NEXT SUCCEEDING DATE WHICH IS A BUSINESS DAY.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN AND/OR DOCUMENTS PRESENTED UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO SILICON VALLEY BANK, IF PRESENTED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FEDERAL WIRE TRANSFER TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES 1998 (“ISP98”), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

(FOR S V BANK USE ONLY)     (FOR S V BANK USE ONLY)
 

 

     

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

Exhibit F-3

-4-


EXHIBIT “A”

 

DATE:                              REF. NO.                     
   
AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT        
 
PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                                                                   US $                    
 
US DOLLARS                                                                                                                                                                    
 
_____________________________________________________________________________________
 
DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY
 
LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                         DATED                         
   
TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK       
    3003 TASMAN DRIVE      _________________________________________
    SANTA CLARA, CA 95054      (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)
   
         _________________________________________
             AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2. REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

 

4. USD: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

 

5. US DOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

 

8. BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

 

9. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

IF YOU NEED FURTHER ASSISTANCE IN COMPLETING THIS DRAFT, PLEASE CALL OUR L/C PAYMENT SECTION AT 408-654-6274 (JOHN DOSSANTOS), 408-654-7127 (ENRICO NICOLAS), 408-654-7716 (LINDA WU), 408-654-3035 (EVELIO BARAIRO), OR 408-654-5545 (SIVARAM ESWARAN).

 

Exhibit F-3

-5-


EXHIBIT “B”

DATE:

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK   

        3003 TASMAN DRIVE

   RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER

        SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

   OF CREDIT NO.                                         

        ATTN: GLOBAL TRADE FINANCE—

   ISSUED BY: SILICON VALLEY BANK

        STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

   L/C AMOUNT:                                         

GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE) (ADDRESS)

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

         
SINCERELY,            Signature and Legal Capacity Guaranteed By:     
     
                        
     (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)            (Name of Bank)     
     
                        
     (SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)            (Address of Bank)     
     
                        
     (NAME AND TITLE)            (City, State, ZIP Code)     
     
                      
                (Authorized Name and Title)     
     
                      
                (Authorized Signature)     
     
                      
                    (Telephone Number)     

 

Exhibit F-3

-6-


EXHIBIT F-4

10 ALMADEN

EV SPACES

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit F-4

-1-


EXHIBIT F-5

10 ALMADEN

ADDITIONAL WORK LETTER

As used in this Exhibit F-5 (this “Additional Work Letter”), the term “Landlord Electrical Work” means the installation of the electrical improvements to be constructed in the Building pursuant to this Additional Work Letter, together with all work necessary to perform such installation.

1 COST OF LANDLORD ELECTRICAL WORK. Upon satisfaction of the Landlord Electrical Work Conditions pursuant to Section 9.5 of Exhibit F, and except as provided in Section 2.7 below, the Landlord Electrical Work shall be performed at Landlord’s expense.

2 WORK LIST.

2.1 Work List. Upon satisfaction of the Landlord Electrical Work Conditions pursuant to Section 9.5 of Exhibit F, Landlord shall perform the Landlord Electrical Work in accordance with the following work list (the “Work List”) using Building-standard methods and materials: Install one (1) 40A 220V feed and one (1) 20A 110V feed for each of the two (2) EV Spaces (collectively, the “EV Space Feeds”).

2.2 Responsibility for Approving Work List. Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that all elements of the design of the Landlord Electrical Work are suitable for Tenant’s use of the EV Spaces, and neither the preparation nor the approval of the Work List by Landlord shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility.

2.3 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.4 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.5 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.6 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.7 Revisions to Work List. The Work List shall not be revised without Landlord’s agreement, which agreement may be withheld or conditioned in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. If Tenant requests any revision to the Work List, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or disapproving such revision, and, if Landlord approves such revision, Landlord shall have such revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the cost of the Landlord Electrical Work, within 10 business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 15 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within three (3) business days, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such revision. If Landlord has commenced performance of the Landlord Electrical Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within 10 days after demand, for any increase in the cost of the Landlord Electrical Work that results from such revision.

 

Exhibit F-5

-1-


2.8 Time Deadlines. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord and its contractors and other consultants to provide any necessary approvals relating to the Work List and obtain any necessary permits for the Landlord Electrical Work as soon as possible after satisfaction of the Landlord Electrical Work Conditions pursuant to Section 9.5 of Exhibit F, and Tenant shall meet with Landlord, in accordance with a schedule determined by Landlord, to discuss the parties’ progress.

3. CONSTRUCTION.

3.1 Contractor. A contractor designated by Landlord (for purposes of this Additional Work Letter, the “Contractor”) shall perform the Landlord Electrical Work. In addition, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in connection with the performance of the Landlord Electrical Work.

3.2 Construction

3.2.1 [Intentionally Omitted.]

3.2.2 Landlord’s Retention of Contractor. Landlord shall independently retain the Contractor to perform the Landlord Electrical Work in accordance with the Work List. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Contractor to complete the Landlord Electrical Work as soon as reasonably practicable after the satisfaction of the Landlord Electrical Work Conditions pursuant to Section 9.5 of Exhibit F and Landlord’s receipt of all necessary governmental permits.

4 MISCELLANEOUS. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant defaults under this Lease before the Landlord Electrical Work is completed, Landlord’s obligations under this Additional Work Letter shall be excused until such default is cured and Tenant shall be responsible for any resulting delay in the completion of the Landlord Electrical Work.

 

Exhibit F-5

-2-


EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

APIGEE CORPORATION

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions.

(a) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(b) “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will be the Committee administering the Plan.

(g) “Company” means Apigee Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

(i) “Employee” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(j) “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(k) “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.


(l) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(m) “Plan” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as set forth in this instrument (including any appendix hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(n) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

(o) “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

(a) Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula as the Committee determines).

(c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine the performance goals (if any) applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation,


(i) attainment of research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings, (iii) business divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income (or loss), (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, and (xxxiii) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee determines, including but not limited to, as applicable, (A) in absolute terms, (B) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (C) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (D) on a per-share basis, (E) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (F) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d). The Committee also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) in the sole discretion of the Committee.

4. Payment of Awards.

(a) Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee, but in no event later than (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award for any Performance Period is first no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award for any Performance Period is first no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.


It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

(c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award under the Company’s then-current equity compensation plan.

(d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or is terminated due to his or her Disability prior to the payment of an Actual Award the Committee has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

5. Plan Administration.

(a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and/or any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act


under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions.

(a) Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration.

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board and/or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.


(b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s and/or Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.

8. Legal Construction.

(a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.


EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF APIGEE CORPORATION

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction

Apigee Technologies (India) Private Limited   India
Apigee Europe Limited   United Kingdom
Apigee Singapore Pte Ltd   Singapore
Apigee Australia Pty Ltd   Australia
Apigee Japan K K   Japan
Apigee Corporation (branch)   Dubai
InsightsOne Systems, Inc.   Delaware

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors

Apigee Corporation:

 

We consent to the use of our report dated November 26, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Apigee Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2014, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Santa Clara, California

March 19, 2015


EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

As independent auditors, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated December 9, 2013, relating to the financial statements of InsightsOne Systems, Inc., (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the uncertainty of InsightsOne Systems, Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, in this Registration Statement and prospectus, which is part of said Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the prospectus, which is part of said Registration Statement.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

San Diego, California

March 19, 2015